Home

User Guide - Oracle Documentation

Contents

1. Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action View Edit Create Interactive NONE Batch List Apply Changes View Edit Create Safety Stock List Apply Changes View Edit Create Analyzer NONE NONE Links NONE NONE Exception Inbox ALL but these Individual View Comments Edit Comments Change Status Group View Comments Edit Comments Change Status Read Only Delete View Comments Criteria Individual List Delete Create Create Advanced Apply Changes User and Role Permissions C 5 Table C 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Copy New Delete Group List Delete Create Data View Edit NONE Create Aggregates Create NONE Revision NONE History Metrics NONE List Apply Changes Create Reports NONE List Template Create Extracts NONE List Create Preferences General NONE Layout ALL but one Lists Report Password NONE Help ALL NONE Logout NONE NONE Home NONE NONE Company Create NONE Master Data ALL Aggregates Create C 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table C 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subta
2. Default Format utml Plain Text Hide Columns Visible Hidden r Criteria Name a amp Severity Inbex 4 L View Exception Period xl Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Criteria Name a Severity Period 4 Product Local x Save The E mail Alert Configuration section of the Exceptions tab permits the following to be configured a Default Format Select whether you wish the e mail to be Plain Text or HTML format See Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts a Hidden Columns Select which columns you do not want to display in the e mail by moving column header names from the Visible to Hidden select box with the left right arrows Note View Exception Criteria Name and Inbox columns cannot be moved to the Hidden and will be visible in all exception e mail alerts a Reorder Columns Reorder columns by moving selected column headers up or down with the up down arrows a Multi Column Sort Order Select which column contents should be sorted in what order Note that columns must first be in the Visible box in order to be appear in the Multi Column Sort Order Select box Note E mail alerts will contain both Group Exceptions and Individual Exceptions Most of the E mail Alert Configuration settings pertain to Individual Exception alerts Group Exception format will use the same Default Format and the same localization settings i e Numbe
3. 20 00 Copy Ctrl C 30 00 Paste Gtri y z 60 00 Undo Girl z so 10 00 10 00 10 or use the following keys to perform the actions a Ctrl x Cut a Ctrl c Copy a Ctrl v Paste a Ctrl z Undo 4 Click into the first editable cell where you want to start the paste and right click paste 5 Click Save Data 3 3 Using the Right Click Menu Utility Zero Fill VCC s Data Mass Entry screen also provides an option which can automatically Zero Out a specific data stream After you have selected the context the data stream and the period the system will present the Zero Out option that will populate that datastream with zero values for all the selected periods In previous versions Oracle Retail VCC would default all values for a selected period to 0 Now cells default to empty Cells that are not modified remain empty unless Zero Fill is selected To apply Zero Fill to your data streams 1 Set your context 2 Click Data Mass Entry and click the Table mode tab The Mass Entry screen appears 3 Select a leaf level context in the Context Chooser and pick a Start Date and End Date 4 Click Set The table display pane appears 5 Once the stream is created you must select a table cell within the Table display pane The border of the cell you have selected darkens to indicate you have selected it 6 Right click to access the pop up menu Figure 3 4 Zero Fill Save 09
4. Modules Language Genera Zir List Assign Displaying 1 20 of 136 G 8 Strearn Narne Stream Type Accumulation Rule Revision History Edit by Edit When Substreams Actual Sales 2 Movement No Buyer Past 2 Actual Shipments 43 Movement Yes Seller Past 2 Aged Inventory 104 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Always 3 Available to Promise 49 Balance No Buyer amp Seller Always a Average POS 106 Measure No Buyer Past 1 Q Base Unit Factor 124 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future ab Calculated Strearn 1 126 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never i Calculated Stream 10 135 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never al Calculated Stream 2 127 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never 1 Calculated Stream 3 128 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never a Calculated Stream 4 129 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never 1 Calculated Stream 5 130 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never al Calculated Stream 6 131 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never 1 Calculated Stream 7 132 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never a Calculated Stream 8 133 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never 1 Calculated Stream 9 134 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Never 1 Canceled Orders 83 Movement No Buyer amp Seller Past 1 Capable to Promise 103 Balance No Seller Always 1 Capacity 52 Movement No Seller Always 1 Category Rank 67 Measure No Seller Future al 123456700 3 Click the colored dot under the binocular icon next to the stream type you want to modify or vie
5. Exceptions 5 25 Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features m Created Before After or Between a Period format MM DD YYYY Note Between includes both start amp end dates a Status Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes or Auto In Process a Severity Low Medium or High a UOM Base Units Stat Units Loads or Currency Type 1 type 1 stream name Type 2 type 2 stream name a Criteria Name The above search filter criteria allow you to display specific exceptions or broad categories of exceptions based on your requirements Using the Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features To locate an individual exception using the Exception Inbox Search or Filter feature 1 Set your context 2 Select Exceptions Inbox Individual 3 Select Context Chooser Display Mode Figure 5 22 Context Chooser Display Mode Screen Context Display Mode p 2 i Gul A 5 Filter Select A Filter x Search choose Search Type 4 Select either the Filter or Search option a Ifyou wish to Filter select the filter name from the drop down list For example if you have created a filter to display only exceptions that are by percentages greater than 20 select that filter a If you would like to Search select the search criteria from the drop down list For example search for Percent gt 20 5 Click the Apply Changes icon and a list mat
6. only Base Units value will be extracted UOM is not applied u Only Local and or Partner at aggregate level stream subtype leaf period stream total leaf period stream subtype period overlay stream total period overlay standard UOM will be applied if selected from the General Config Real Time Extract tab Using the Stream Types Tab The Stream Types tab is located under Company General Config and allows you to configure some or all of the following options for each stream type Decimal Places Apply UOM a Fill Bucket To view and configure stream types 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Select the Stream Types tab The Stream Types screen appears Figure 16 12 Stream Types Screen Preferences I Groups Period Overlays Real Time Extract f Stream Types E mail Eza Displaying 1 8 of 8 Stream Name Stream Type Accumulation Rule Revision History Edit by Edit When Substreams Decimal Places Apply UOM Fill Buck Actual Sales 2 Movement No Buyer Past 2 E Vv DC Inventory 28 Balance No Buyer Past 1 Ro Vv Ir DC Receipts 29 Movement No Buyer amp Seller Past 1 ET Vv DC Shipments 35 Movement No Seller Past 2 Ro VV Finished Goods Inv 33 Balance No Buyer Past i E Vv r Price in Measure No Buyer amp Seller Future 2 fz E Sales Forecast 17 Movement Yes Buyer amp Seller Future 3 ET Vv Shipment Forecast 44 Movement Yes Buyer amp Seller Future 3 kR VV 3 Configure D
7. 10 11 12 Click Select Locations Select your location or locations Highlight individual locations to create an aggregate for each location highlighted Highlight a location category to roll up all the locations under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yellow for the category by clicking on it until it changes to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Note Note that you can select multiple folders so be sure to highlight only the category or folders you require Click Select Partners Select a partner location or locations Highlight individual partner locations to create an aggregate for each location highlighted Highlight a partner location category to roll up all the partner locations under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yellow for the category by clicking on it until it changes to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Click Select Products Select a product or products Highlight individual products to create an aggregate for each product highlighted Highlight a product category to roll up all the products under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yel
8. Select a Partner Company from the drop down list of companies available to you This is the partner location for which the Promotion is defined It may be at leaf or folder level but if at folder level must contain only locations from a single company Enter a Partner Promotion ID if desired Specify a list of E mail Notification recipients optional Separate multiple entries with a semi colon Select the E mail Language that will be used when E mail is sent In the Details section a Price Impact and Sales Impact Qty must be entered The default Price Impact Type is Absolute Decrease The Sales Impact Type defaults to Absolute Increase If you want the Impact entered to affect the Entire Promotion check the check box Events 10 23 Promotions Details Price Impact Type Figure 10 20 Create Promotion Screen Details Section Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Store Invoice Date Stream Set Target Audience URL Comment Metrics Inventory Turns Periods Of Supply pre event Location Days Out Of Stock 10 11 12 13 14 15 Absolute Decrease EI Price Impact J Absolute Increase z Sales Impact Qty I Entire Promotion Delivery Date Promotional Item Definition Date J Nabisco_STREAMS Ordering Policy l Test Link Ei Note Price and Sales Impacts both allow you to enter positive negative and fractional numbers Select a First Ship Date
9. a Edit All check boxes allow for selection of Promotion Items in order to change Attributes Changes will take effect for all the Items selected under Edit All Note One or more of the columns seen above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Promotion Items You can view edit comment on and delete Items from the Event Promotion Items screen The comment column allows you to leave comments on individual Items by clicking on the dot beneath the speech bubble icon Comment dots will appear white when they are empty When they contain a comment they will change color If you have access rights to delete an Item the delete column will contain check boxes which you can select for deletion and then hit the Process Selected Items button To view the details for a particular Item click the drilldown dot under the View Edit icon Creating Promotion Items Promotion Items can be viewed within the Event Promotions list screen They appear under the Number of Items column If there are any Items for a particular Promotion the exact number of Items that exist will appear in the column You may add edit and examine the Items by clicking on the numeric link If you add more Items to the Promotion the number on the List screen will increase and will decrease if you remove Items If the number displayed for a Promotion is 0 this indicates that there are no existing Items at present You ca
10. 1 General company specific configuration information including Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types and E mail Master data which includes products your trading partners your company locations data stream time periods and period overlays if applicable You can create master data manually using the administrator tasks or you can load master data from a file see the VCC Operations Guide Collaborations which are the products you and your trading partner collaborate on Users and roles Base Price Profiles for products Disaggregation if applicable For details about disaggregations see About Data Stream Disaggregation Aggregates if applicable For details about aggregates see About Aggregates Data purge For details about data purging see About Data Purge Requests Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 1 Managing Company General Preferences Managing Company General Preferences A company s general preferences can be configured by a superuser serveradmin or by a company administrator superadmin or admin Company general preferences configuration allows you to configure your company to a Change the company name and or ID a Freeze future periods a Set Balance Stream view preferences Set the number of results displayed per page a Set the number of decimal places a Allow or disallow proportional disaggregation a Allow or disallow straight line disa
11. 64 25 32 65 101 61 ca te do n Zil emn SE na pate ind patejvaluelunit of Menmure comnenta aa mman 10 06 03 10 06 03 wom This 15 coment for tactics Display Display Igersral 10 06 03 10 06 03 22 wom This is coment for tactic commer Incentive BOGO Buy x Get y 10 06 03 10 06 03 33 uom3 Promotion Item Sample PDF Report Screens E 5 Promotion Item E 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Geneva Forecast Engine How Does Geneva Work The Geneva algorithm seeks to optimize forecasts by minimizing a Mean Squared Error MSE This is completed by conducting a competition between combinations of data filters and forecasting models each of which is optimized over its relevant parameter vector The optimal model is derived by a two stage optimization process At one level different combinations of data filters and models are compared At another level each model is optimized according to its own specific parameters each of which is adjusted to hone the individual method to yield its best results The competition is conducted by predicting the last data values provided using the data values from time periods prior to the predicted ones The top level competition is between each combination of a specific type of forecasting method used in conjunction with a specific form of the filtered data series The different forecasting methods include different types of linear and non linear regression methods
12. Both subtabs offer the following choices a Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded View Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View a Viewing a Group Exception s Criteria a Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Viewing Exceptions in the Context Only Subtab The Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only screen displays exceptions that are triggered by a group criteria with a comparison type set to Context amp Period or Context Only Figure 5 18 Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Screen Partner Context Onl Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts bm OR y Period Only uy Criteria Q Name Groupi Groupi 9 Groupi Groupi Groupi Displaying 1 5 of 5 Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status Criteria History t oaao planters Mined Mabie at gpesdvRxst o pivo p o o pwaayoa Blants Mxed Nabioat need xat o oaoa pa e o gawra Planters Mined Mabie a Setedy kat o gavo p e o ZERE ERAN eee SIR TE MAE ere pyasroa Planters Mined Mabie at oaadyRxst gavo pa o Viewing Exceptions in the Period Only Subtab The Exceptions Inbox Group Period Only screen displays exceptions that are triggered by a group criteria with a comparison type set to Period Only Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded View The Expanded view shows each group exception individually at or below a given context To
13. Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner E Product Dave Wilson All Products A 2 Displaying 1 4 of x Local Partner Product Period Type Type2 Offset Deviation Percent Severity UOM Source Compared Crested Status Pos Speedy Planters 11 03 03 Forecast r nak ece ar Rx at Holiday Units N A o 86 00 77 48 Low HEYE 25 00 111 00 mk e Q Active squatuck Boston Pack 11 09 03 POS Fest a un Bas pos i Speedy Planters 11 10 03 Forecast i r Nabisco r Rx at Holiday Units N A 0 81 00 72 97 Low ner 30 00 111 00 1072 Wo3 Q Active q Boston Pack 11 16 03 POS Fest ents Bas Pos i Speedy Planters 11 17 03 Forecast a r Nabisco at Rxat Holiday Units N A O 76 00 68 47 Low Dae 35 00 111 00 TEE Q Active p Boston Pack 11 23 03 POS Fest ee Bas pos Speedy Planters 10 27 03 Forecast r Nabifco at Rxat Holiday Units N A O 91 00 81 98 Low tae 20 00 114 00 1012403 Q Active a Boston Pack 11 02 03 POS Fest ee Bas Exceptions 5 7 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data a Local displays the local location for the exception a Partner displays the partner location for the exception Product displays a description of the product Period displays the time period of the data stream exception u Type 1 displays the first source data stream used to calculate the exception Type 2 displays the second source data stream used to calculate the exception u Off
14. Demand Module Demand Calculation Lift Factor Calculation m BI Migrated from Syncra Demand Supply Module i Supply Calculation Safety Stock Calculation LD Migrated from Syncra Replenishment l 2 When the Highlight Source screen appears check the box next to the stream source that you want to highlight 3 Click Save Now when a stream is created or changed by a source you chose to highlight the data will appear in the color code for that source Creating and Editing Groups There are two kinds of data stream groups company and user defined Company defined data stream groups are created by an admin user superuser server admin superadmin or admin in the Configuration Groups screen for a selected company The company defined groups can be viewed but not modified by company users User defined data stream groups are created and modified by the individual user A user defined group can only be viewed by the user who created it Groups allow you to combine data stream subtypes that will appear when you select a context As a user you may have access to all streams that have been assigned to your company by the superuser or server admin Some of these streams may not impact your particular duties and therefore do not need to be accessed by you This feature lets you combine streams that you need into user defined groups In Groups you can a Edit Groups u Add Groups a Remove Groups a Previewing
15. Use Like Item Since historical data is required to generate a forecast new or replacement SKU s can present a challenge One way around the problem is to allow the use of history data from a like item For example Use like item yes End Date 9 1 2001 Multiplier 1 5 Request a forecast using history range from 6 1 2001 to 10 31 2001 Current item is A Like Item is B The history from item B for the periods 6 1 to 9 1 is multiplied by 1 5 and pre pended to the history from item A from 9 2 through 10 31 yielding a single composite history stream from 6 1 through 10 31 This Demand 11 3 Demand Policy Parameters entire composite stream is passed to the forecasting engine to generate the future forecast for item A If Use Like Item is set to No then Context End Date and Multiplier do not apply Match Option When setting a like item at an foldercontext by using the edit all functionality or when first creating leaf level policies at a folder the match option will set that dimension of the like item to match that of the leaf level policy while using the other dimensions from the selected like item For example consider there were two demand policies under the All Locations Partner X Product 1 context Location A Partner X Product 1 Location B Partner X Product 1 The user selects edit all and chooses All Locations Partner X Product 2 as the like item and selects Match Location T
16. biye a E isa Hen l Min nn GIN 6 26 Sample Text E Mail Alert ansis riren ua A ARK ME RA RN NAN e H e GE d WE Y KA 6 27 Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas rrr rere ereke reke re ereke kek Keke 6 27 Reports Introd lala lai WAM ND DD aces Dl e DD ey 7 1 ADOUERE POrts 2 neei aces ce Paa n na Y KE S YA Hee E Vek K ne ede K AI Ae eW n Ke EE 7 2 Viewing M PN ND isive caves ae ee aea a E a E a seventh r 7 2 Creating Reports Templates iiia dikr canika aeia aiena S aa Er ka SE RAL Aaa Era 7 3 Common Report Settings siiin hyrna eaaa aea ahe ana a ai nai k z o aanta 7 3 Creatine Reports ononon u e k MERE Ge inan a aaa interes E k A Ee 7 10 EE AA A E E E E ski ech A E A EO GE a ENA k ki Ki d e dR Ae d 7 11 D ta Chang ern rn ISE K E RD RA eaaa Sore ea OEE EN ROE Ea RE t 7 11 Data Shien e a OA AA EA A 3 be rek 7 12 Distributed Exception ass ne euena iaa ed ina WARA S aii 7 13 Exception Log issne yan anaiei a a aa Enea bas aeaaeae ea Ea Aa Ee Gait Raia taansens essossaake 7 14 PAA i REVAND e EEO NN AN E eet E E a ON OO nel 7 14 EASES TPANS OO OL Su ene nedey en r kan Hebe ye ka key yekan d ke dev KE ec K Kew ege yek eb Nir e Kr A Kak ek dee sek r ek 7 15 N r EranSactOns oe el benca kk ae k kela kr Ak Se b k Rek R kan Ree id AR AR Ke Us HAO deyan n key eke obs ek 7 16 Promotion Detail axi nnispnna Ey ba heb ke kb beye lan bay b h yid bi vay k e
17. 4 Click the Refresh icon to see any changes that have been made since you entered this screen 5 Click on the Printer Icon to obtain aPrinter Friendly View of this screen Monitoring Server Locks Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Whenever a task or job requires exclusive access VCC acquires a lock for it This lock may block other VCC activity For a complete list of server locks their descriptions and behavior refer to VCC Locks and Jobs To monitor server locks 1 Select Monitor from the VCC menu 2 Click the Server Locks tab The Server Locks Process screen appears Figure 24 6 Server Locks Process Screen a Process Data Stream Displaying 1 1 of 1 Name Job ID Location Stream Type Sub Type Status Nabisco Modify Product Hierarchy 222 3 Click on the Refresh icon If a job has been completed the lock will no longer display 4 Ifa server lock is retained inadvertently or occurs due to a contention for system resources you can clear the lock by clicking the Clear Lock button Note Do not clear a lock until you verify that the locked process has terminated by viewing the appropriate log file Clearing a lock does not halt the activity which generated the lock Though the lock is no longer listed it will continue blocking until processing has completed Managing the Monitor 24 7 Monitoring Server Locks You can view clear and monitor Data Stream loc
18. 63 Items Rejected J 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table J 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 64 Downtime 65 Collaboration Units 66 Gross Margin 67 Category Rank 68 Category Share 69 POS Forecast Error 70 Receipt Fcst Error 71 Fill Rate 72 Sales Growth Rate 73 Inventory Turns 74 RDC Availability 75 Store In Stock 76 Store Out of Stock 77 Shrink 78 Retail DC Stockout 79 Store Inv Days 80 Raw Mat Inv Days 81 Raw Mat Inv Weeks 82 On Time Delivery 83 Canceled Orders 84 Emergency Orders 85 Store Orders Placed 86 RDC Orders Placed 87 Unit Cost Standard 88 Unit Cost Actual 89 Shipments 90 DC Inventory Days 91 DC Inventory Weeks 92 Open Order Qty 93 Inventory at Cost 94 Store Inv Weeks 95 Store Inventory 96 GMROII 97 GMROII Forecast 98 Store Markdowns 99 Store Markdown 100 Lead Time Days Avg Data Stream Type Codes J 3 Table J 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 101 Lift Factor 102 Inventory Proj 103 Capable to Promise 104 Aged Inventory 105 Shipment Fcst Calc 106 Average POS 107 Order Forecast 108 Cust Allocation Fcst 109 Cross Docking Fcst 110 For
19. Auto Table 3 shows all the possible status options depending the Stream to Adjust and the adjustment method chosen Table 6 2 Auto Status Options Stream Adjust Method Status Code Type 3 Local lose me H D gt Stream to 2 g g g Type 1 Source Type 2 Compare Adjust 9 e f 3 2 Local Current Partner Current 1 S1 5S2 S S amp S S4 Local Current Partner Current 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Partner Current Local Current 2 Sl 5S2 S S S4 Partner Current Local Current 3 S1 S7 S7 S37 S7 Local Current Local Previous 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Previous 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Local Current Local Generation Offset 1 S1 s2 s8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Generation Offset 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Local Current Local Period Offset 1 S1 s2 s8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Period Offset 3 S1 S7 S7 57 S7 Partner Current Partner Previous 3 S1 so S9 S9 S9 6 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Table 6 2 Cont Auto Status Options Stream Adjust Method Status Code Type 3 Local AN ek k kan a SIRE Stream to 2 g o g S Type 1 Source Type 2 Compare Adjust 9 ee E l 2 Partner Current Partner Generation Offset 3 S1 S9 S9 S9 S9 Partner Current Partner Period Offset 3 S1 So So S9 S9 Local Current Threshold 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S8 Local Current Threshold 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Partner Current Threshold 3 S1 S9 S9
20. Below is an example of a warning message in Demand Interactive Figure 11 10 Example of a Warning Message in the Demand Interactive Screen Context Parameters Jf History Start 08 01702 History End 10 14 02 Method Single Exponential Smoothing Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 10 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter 3 Period Moving Median History Data Count Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Seasonal Adjustment Forecast Data Count Save All Recalculate Save Data Stream Restore Policy Save Policy Locked Cells Warning Adjusted History periods Adjusted Forecast periods Warning M essage 10 1303 10 14 03 10 15 03 10 16 03 10 1703 10 1803 a a a SalesFestBase 15 00 20 00 30 00 a u u u a a SalesFestProm u u a a a a Ship Forecast Adj Any settings that are different than the permanent profile are highlighted as different Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting is designed to allow the user to specify time aggregate granularity forecasting on any Oracle Retail VCC database When this is specified the base period history is aggregated to the specified period overlay prior to being passed to the forecasting engine The forecasting engine forecasts in terms of the period overlay buckets and then logic in Oracle Retail VCC allocates the time aggregate level forecast back into days This is a useful approach for forecasting items w
21. Documents 2 Check the delete check box of the document or documents you wish to remove 3 Click Process Selected Items 4 The user can configure VCC to disable documents delete option for collaborative partners This would disable the collaborative partner from deleting the documents created 10 36 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Status Changes The screen below shows how the user can disable the delete column option to certain documents based on the User preferences Figure 10 34 Delete a Document Product v O Gem Oun M eee select Bookmark x Process Selected Items Standard Document FEA JBP FEA JBP FEA JBP Olympus Jan Scorecard Updated Disable the checkboxes based on the User Preferences a Au yere Displaying 1 7 of 7 Company13 bestbuvadmin BestBuy Company13 documentadmin eae Companyi3 documentadmin peste es Company13 documentsdmin eae Companyi3 documentadmin Best Buy Companyia stephanievigen Desuments Best Buy documentadmin Companyi3 ir yekt 01 26 05 11 27 50 03 03 05 15 05 00 03 03 05 15 07 34 Documents Olympus DEE 03 31 05 Documents Olympus 1143 27 04 05 05 15 59 13 04 26 05 Documents Olympus 14 51 07 Documents Documents Olympus Documents Olympus Documents Olympus Promotion Status Changes The figure below illustrates the promotion status lifecycle with all the The figure at the bottom shows
22. Event User Defined 3 Promotion User Defined 1 Promation User Defined 2 ___ __ _ _ _ Promotion User Defined 3 Promotion User Defined 4 Promotion User Defined 5 Promotion User Defined 6 Promation User Defined 7 Promotion User Defined 8 Prornetion User Defined 9 Prornotion User Defined 10 Metrics Inventory Turns Number Of Expedited Shipments Periods Of Supply Pre Event Periods Of Supply Post Event _ E Location Days Out Of Stock Out Of Stock ORACLE Service Level Of Promotional Order Consumed Category Lift 96 Actual Sales Lift s d Applet TresApplet started o While accessing the events promotion promotion items screens for view edit delete the UI view should meet the access control criteria as mentioned in Editability Rules in the Table below Table 10 6 Edit Rules for Promotion Work Flow Status Creator Editable Partner Editable New Proposed Planned Modified ZK ZKK Change_Req Rej Cancelled ZZ Complete Expired Prop_Acknowledge Mod_Acknowledge Active Terminated Z Z22Z22222222 8 22424 2 lt Z ZKKK Non_Local_Planned 10 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Table 10 6 Cont Edit Rules for Promotion Work Flow Status Creator Editable Partner Editable Active_Modified Y N The following general rules apply for the various status states a All Promotions are initially created
23. Figure 2 1 Oracle Retail VCC Login screen ORACLE RETAIL Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Version 12 0 User Name PG Password Login Copyright 2004 2006 Oracle All rights reserved This step may already have been completed by your administrator For more information refer to the Installation and Configuration Guide 3 Enter your user name and password You can change your password after entering a valid password See Changing Your Password 4 Once you have logged in the VCC user interface appears 2 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Logging Out of Oracle Retail VCC Figure 2 2 VCC User Interface Local PG AII Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner PG All Partners Product gt PG AII Products SERRI Procuce v JC Name Cem un Hee r _ O A32 Select Bookmark Welcome PG Logging Out of Oracle Retail VCC Figure 2 3 Logging Out of Oracle Retail VCC To log out of VCC click Logout at the bottom of the Menu If you do not log out of VCC using the Logout button your session information is maintained until it expires the default is 15 minutes If you return before your session has expired VCC continues your previous session Cer Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 3 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Before you begin using the Oracle Retail VCC user interface fami
24. M put alert in Inbox 3 Enter a name 40 character maximum in the text box next to Name Exception Criteria 6 17 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 7 In the E Mail text box enter the e mail of the person s to be notified when a group exception is triggered optional Select the E mail Language you would like to have any e mail sent in if you opted to have group exceptions trigger an e mail alert Note The default E mail Language will be whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen Select whether you wish to trigger if matched on Context and Period Context Only or Period Only Trigger if matched on options are a Context and Period A group exception will be triggered only if all the criteria based on the AND or OR rules in the group trigger an exception for the same context and period For example if you create a group criteria with the following rules Criteria A Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 1 through 5 OR Criteria B Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 3 through 7 AND Criteria C Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 2 through 4 The following example condition will trigger a group exception Criteria A triggered in period 3 Criteria B triggered in period 4 and Criteria C triggered in periods 2 3 and 4 In this condition you will receive two group exceptions for periods 3 and 4 T
25. Name Rolling6 LLF Save Reference Period 5 Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Add Remove Display Buckets 1 2 Blue z Leafl j 1 2 Yellow X Jleat2 ji 2 2 Green z Leaf3 Fa ji ka a A telescoping overlay is displayed showing the period levels above leaf minimum number of consecutive buckets each bucket color and each bucket s column prefix as it appears in the Data View screen You can rename the overlay change the time period change the display bucket size change the number of consecutive display buckets change the display bucket color change the column prefix or add remove time buckets Click Save to save your edits Figure 9 15 Preferences Layout Screen Name Tele_overlay Period All Periods Reference Period 0 M Use existing period labels Levels Above Base Periods Minimum Number of Color Column Prefix Add Remove Consecutive Display Buckets o fi Blue WA 15 1 fi Yellow WA 2 fi Green N A 3 Click Cancel when you are finished viewing the overlay to return to the main Period Overlay subtab view or Save to retain any changes you made while on the screen Setting Highlight Source Preferences Highlight Source allows you to color tag data streams to indicate how that number was created The list below shows the possible data stream sources that can be color tagged Each data stream source displays in
26. Process Exception Alerts Internal Command Process Extract Requests Internal Command Process Leaf Actions Internal Command Process Leaf Exceptions Internal Command Purge Jobs Monitor Internal Command Internal Command Recalculate Aggregates Internal Command Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Internal Command Recalculate Metrics Internal Command Report Usage Internal Command Roll Criteria Internal Command Run And Send Reports Internal Command Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests Internal Command Run Demand Batch Requests Internal Command Run Lift Factor Batch Requests Internal Command Run Reports Internal Command Run Saf ck Batch Requests Internal Command 2 Click the Add Task to create a new task Managing the Scheduler 25 9 Editing a Task Figure 25 5 Add Task Screen Add Task Name Command Cancel 3 Inthe Name field enter the task name 4 Inthe Command field enter the task command 5 The new task is listed It can be selected edited and deleted Click the Cancel button to exit this dialog without saving Editing a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin User created Task names and commands can be modified at any time Preloaded Tasks cannot be changed To edit a user created task 1 Click the Edit button colored dot next to a task 2 The Edit a Task screen opens and allows you to revise the Task name and command if allowed F
27. Product Planters G A 2 Displaying 1 2 of 2 KE Local Partner Product Metric Metric Processing Last Last Process D Last Last Status Sum Copy C Type Name Order Updated Updated On Run Run By Demand By Speedy Nabisco at Dave 09 26 03 A O Q Pisquatuck Rx at Planters Average Averagel Wilson 45 55 00 r r Active Product a Speedy Nabisco at Dave 09 26 03 4 C Q Pisan At Rx at Planters Average Average2 Wilson 15 58 53 Ir E Active Product a Boston The Metrics List Detail View is used to view and edit the details of each metric Note Metrics List may contain collaborations that no longer exist Attempting to access a collaboration that has been removed will result in an Invalid context error To avoid this problem click the Set button after changing your context The Detail View allows you to configure the following a Metric Name User defined name for each metric The name does not have to be unique a Metric Type Displays a list of available metric types Some metric types Simple Math operations Ratio Growth Variability Weighted Average Forecast Error Forecast Error Rolling Error and Count Missing require you to choose between a Percent formula or an Absolute formula If you select one of these metric types radio buttons will appear after the drop down Aggregate On This option will show None unless a folder level Metric is being viewed For any dime
28. Promotion Items This list will display the Items regardless of the Promotion they were created for The Events Promotion Items list is context specific Figure 10 24 Events Promotion Items List DP vcc M Bl we page G Toos Display Mode Search End Date Before _ Date o4 os G l Process Selected Iter Edit No Records Found View Event Promotion Local Partner Product Promotion Event Event Beqin End Status Condition Overridden Entire Sal X Data ID ID Location Location Item ID Name Category Date Date Promotion Imp 9 2 Similarly Promotions can be viewed by accessing the Examine Events screen where a Number of Items link exists in the Context Chooser area This number is clickable and will display a list of Promotions for that Event Figure 10 25 Number of Items Link in the Context Chooser Area Context roaa SI Name GNP O AORN Number Of Promotion Number OF Items 1 Documents Examine Event Header Creator Company Nabisco Created By Dave Wilson Created Date Last Changed Date 08 01 03 Last Changed By Dave Wilson Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name Test Event 2 Event ID 4 o_wre_2 Event Category Holiday z Begin Date 02 11702 End Date 02 11 02 Event Theme Event Description Comment Details Stream Set Nabisco_STREAMS Set Sales Impacts Set Order Impacts Vv Partner Exclusivity
29. This icon is not available on all screens For more information see Export Data il Stream Info Opens a new browser window which displays the data stream types available to you based on company and user stream assignments For more information see Stream Info Export Data Some screens export in csv format only When this is the case you will not be presented with the above option to select file format Figure 2 5 Export Type e Select File Type Web Page Didie d File Type HTML gt Dr Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 5 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface All List screens allow exporting in either file format The file will be saved to a location that you specify in the Save As dialog box a When you click Export Data the following File Download dialog box appears Figure 2 6 File Download File Download xi Q You are downloading the file ve_ Wilson_Data_Streams csv from diana Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Open E E Cancel More Info IV Always ask before opening this type of file a Click Save and you will be prompted for the location that you wish to save the file to Figure 2 7 Save As Dialog Box 2 My Computer My Network Places My Documents My Computer TE NE Dave Wilson E ceplions csv My Network P Save as type Microsoft Excel Comma Separated Values File Z a In csv format file will be
30. To aggregate data for local partner and or product folder level contexts 1 Select your context 2 Click Data View Edit 3 Ifno aggregate data exist for your selected context the following message appears Figure 3 12 No Aggregate Data Message No aggregate data available at this context Create Aggregates Data 3 13 Creating Aggregates EE Al Periods ERS Fiscal 2002 2004 E a Fiscal 2002 ES Half 2002 a Atri 2002 a Feb 2002 FHS Febw2 2002 HAY Febw3 2002 Note Ifno Create Aggregates button appears it is because you cannot create aggregates when a context folder is at root level Check your context to verify that no All Locations All Partners or All Products are selected Click Create Aggregates If aggregates can be created the Context Chooser Context displays a Period Link Click the link to choose the time period s for the aggregates Select the time period from the Period Tree screen and Click the Create Aggregates icon to begin creating aggregates Figure 3 13 Period Tree Screen Click the check when selection is complete HS 02 04 02 02 04 02 J 02 05 02 02 05 02 HS 02 06 02 02 06 02 H 02 07 02 02 07 02 HS 02 08 02 02 08 02 H 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 02 11 02 02 11 02 HS 02 12 02 02 12 02 f 02 13 02 02 13 02 HS 02 14 02 02 14 02 A message appears telling you that the aggregates are being
31. administrator admin aggregate Alpha Balance Stream base forecast base price Beta buyer collaboration Collaboration Units Role and Users General Demand General General General Demand General General General A type of user role that has access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for her own company The sum of items in a category Local Partner Product or Time Period in a given context For example a user can aggregate all data in a product category as one number The level parameter in Single Exponential Smoothing Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing A data stream that measures counts of inventory open orders or other quantities that are reported as an ending balance Balance Streams can be aggregated across products and locations but not time The projection of future demand or supply not including any special one time events such as promotions Depending upon the situation the base forecast may or may not include a seasonal profile which tracks the typical variation of demand at different times of the year A price of a product for a specific time period for a specific collaboration not including any one time changes such as a promotion The trend parameter in Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Wint
32. drop down you can set the language that the e mail will be generated in The default will be whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list None makes no change Type 1 Type 2 depending on your criteria local current to partner current or partner current to local current adjusts your local value to your partner s value For example local current to partner current Type 2 adjusts local value to match your partner s Exception Criteria 6 13 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria partner current to local current Type 1 adjusts local value to match your partner s Higher changes your local value to your partner s value if your partner s value is higher Lower changes your local value to your partner s value if your partner s value is lower Average changes to an average of your partner s and your values 6 Set the status from the Set Status drop down list The Set Status option has the following values None Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Auto Escalated Note When None is selected from the Adjust Local Value drop down list you can manually select Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Auto Resolved or Auto Unresolvable or Auto Escalated from the Set Status drop down list If you select any other Adjust Local Value item is chosen the status is automatically set to
33. 1 System r System Generated Item IDs Item ID Prefix copy of Begin Date C nee Number Of Days J End Date J 4 Enter a new name in the Name field verify Begin Date and select either the Number of Periods you wish the Event to span or a specific End Date If you do not specify an Event ID the system will provide one for you 5 Click Create to proceed The Examine Event screen appears 6 All of the fields that were filled from the original Event will appear with the same information in the copy Modify the Event its Items and Tactics For more information on adding and configuring Items see Creating Promotion Items Events 10 7 Promotions Note Ifthe dates applied to the original Event do not relate directly to the new copy some Items may not be included in the copied event For instance if the original Event span is 12 16 12 22 with Items that begin on dates12 17 12 19 12 21 and the copy specifies a span from 12 16 12 18 then the copied Event would only include the first Item Promotions During the Promotion creation process you will define the Promotion with specific data such as which partner company you will share the Promotion with a brief description of the Promotion how long it should run which sale category the Promotion falls under a holiday sale a regular Promotion etc how much the Promotion will affect the original price of the Item etc About Promotion Attri
34. 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 10 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active View Group Inbox https diana 1 estrella isp commonsframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup exception inbox 26locati 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D01 25468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 11 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Oracle Retail VCC generates data stream exceptions based on the specific formula for the data stream exception criteria comparison type you select Oracle Retail VCC provides one general formula that can be used by each comparison type current to current current to previous default and current to threshold default and three formulas that are only options for the current to current comparison mode When you create a data stream exception criterion to compare any two data streams or substreams using the current to current current to previous or current to threshold comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on absolute value Deviation type 1 type 2 When you create a data stream exception criterion to compare any t
35. 4 When you have finished viewing editing data click Save to save changes and Back to return to Exceptions List screen Exceptions 5 3 Introduction View Collapsed Expanded If you are viewing an Exceptions List in collapsed view the View Expanded button will appear If viewing in expanded mode the View Collapsed button will be displayed This button functions as a toggle between the collapsed and expanded inbox views The initial list display collapsed or expanded will depend on your preference settings For more information on selecting a display mode in user preferences see Setting List Screen Preferences The third button Apply Changes on the Exception Inbox screen does not affect viewing and is used to apply status changes made on the screen List Columns The following are descriptions of the columns in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen a View Exception click the colored dot below the View icon to view the data streams that triggered the exception u Criteria Name displays the name of the causal exception criteria a Severity displays the severity level of the exception Low Medium or High a View Edit Comment click the colored dot below the View Edit Comment icon to view edit the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code from a drop down list Note The View Edit Comment dot appears grey when individual exceptions do not have an associated c
36. Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin As superuser or server admin you can change any user password Any administrative role can change passwords for subordinate roles All users are allowed to change their own passwords To change the password for a user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu Select a user and right click on the highlighted user Click Examine The Examine User screen appears In the New Password field enter the new password Reenter the password in the Confirm Password field Click Update User Click Done N O oO gt DM To change your own password 1 Select Preferences Password from the VCC menu The Change Password screen appears 2 Enter your password in the Password field Figure 15 23 Change Password Screen Change Password Password LO TT New Password Confirm Password 3 Enter your new password in the New Password field Confirm it by reentering it in the Confirm Password field 4 Click Save 15 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Copying a User Copying a user allows you to create a new user with all the hierarchy access rights and data stream access rights of the user being copied To create a new user by copying an existing user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Select a user and right click on the highlighted user Click on Copy User Figure 15 24 Copy an Existing User User Friar Tu
37. Active Active Active Active Figure 18 13 Sample Plain Text E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions Criteria Name l3 Severity Medium View Inbox https diana 1 estrella isp commonfframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dindividual_exception irbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D01254687 12 View Exception httos diana 1 estrella jsp commonfframes do screen 3DdatastreamsDefault View 26exceptionld 3D282 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Variance 20 0 Source 70 0 Compared 50 0 Percent 40 0 Created 01 09 03 14 04 59 Status Active UOM Base Units Type1 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Type2 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Offset Period 01 10 03 Group Exceptions View Group Inbox https diana estrella isp common frames do screen 3Dexceptioninbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup exception inbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 10 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active View Group Inbox https diana 1 estrella isp commonfframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup exception inbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue
38. Extracting Master ata sisstin neisazaka iait H 0 4 Sa Rhe kek a ei hekele h hebek a ded h kef sk khe RA k a RA RAWIR HERKE SARE q 4 2 About Repeat Prequency 555155443222 Wiya dk Raya WAYA ASK WEYAN WESANA VIRR HAA EAS 4 2 Extracting Other Data Types issii see een ee E arsevesnat Avin di ewc Kay Kek qe RAKE Eren m QER 4 5 Extracts File Fokn1a 8t i l li nalin Gund W n te dakir bee nike r ira Mi dessin a nek d ka dei adaa Eek AA L 4 8 5 Exceptions Introd U GELO TE a ikna KRA KI L ad AL edie Seed GE AN ei ees A Me Ad An V na k n Dn ben aea eaa oai 5 1 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data rere reee ekere reke r ekere eee ee keke e re K 5 8 Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox un rrr kerer kerre rexek kek ere 5 10 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded Viev 5 10 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Collapsed Viev 5 13 Viewing an Individual Exception s Criterla E rrr reee ekere k rk 5 16 Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History E rrr erek keke 5 17 Viewing Exceptions in the Group InDoX E reee kereker kereke kek reke kek r R k AK KAK KAK HKH 5 18 Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded View Errre er eekeeke 5 18 Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View EErreere ere ee kerek ek eee 5 20 Viewi
39. I LO Ne Colgate LAUNDRY Absolu Oo SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA 3755 Se olive South POWDER SYNCRA_S87 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Darren CONC 1k DYNAMO Colgate BI LO LIQUID Absolu n SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_3755 simolive Victoria REGULAR SYNCRA_S88 promo Flo 03 08 06 09 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 araz bo namingAllocation BI LO Dynamo O SYNCRA_144 syNcRA 37500193 Nother LIQUID SYNCRA_589 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 09 Absolu Palmolive Tenite REGULAR lev Decrea Colgate 2 Peale be Absolu n SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_3755 2 2 jive Nothern LIQUID SYNCRA_590 promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 005 trea Territory EUCALYPT namingAllocation NAMO E test Freight solil O SYNCRA_144 syncra_37560l9ate MOO ane LAUNORY SYNCRA_S91 romo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No s oo Absolur ek namingAllocation _ BI LO New DYNAMO test Freight O SYNCRA_444 syncrA_ 37569982 south LIQUID promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No sonora Palmolive Decrea Wales MATIC 70 naming Allocation YNAMO test Freight Colgate BI LO South LAUNDRY Absolu n SYNCRA 144 SYNCRA_275p amolive Australia POWDER S CRA S93 proms Leen 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Derea CONC REF naming COLGATE test Freight Colgate Coles PLAX dert Absolu jal SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA 3755 slmolive Queensland MOUTHWASH SYNCRA_594 Brame Flow a 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No Se PEPPERMINT naming Mocatio DYNAMO j al test Freight M SYNCRA_444 syncra_a7sCol
40. Metrics Extract Price Profile Extract Supply Policy Process Leaf Actions Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monitor When there are more jobs listed than the Number n to be retained n defaults to 50k in the UI and can be modified Recalculate Aggregates Recalcualte Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage If recipient e mail address is supplied and Send check box is checked in Config Billing and sender e mail address is supplied in VCC Configuration Server Messaging also see Send Usage Report Roll Exception Criteria Run and Send Reports Run Batch Demand amp Lift Factor Requests Run Batch Demand Requests Run Batch Lift Factor Requests Run Reports VCC Locks and Jobs G 5 Loader Jobs Loader Jobs Run Safety Stock 1 2 3 CSL DSL Run Safety Stock Requests Batch Requests Run Supply amp Safety 1 2 3 CSL DSL Run Batch Supply Requests Stock Batch Requests Run Supply Batch 4253 CSL DSL Run Supply Batch Requests Requests Send Exception 6 None See Job ID 1109 Alerts Send Promotion 6 None Send Promotion Alerts Alerts Send Reports 6 None Send Reports Send Usage Report 6 None See Job ID 1136 Update Promotion 6 None Update Promotions Job Screen Display Job Lock Type Job Lock Trigger Click Run button on Type Integrator Loader after selecting control file for Int Load Aggregate 1 2 Create Aggregate Definitions Definitions Aggregates Lock Int Load Aggregate 3 ISL
41. Partner Wall Drugs at J ville Product Planters Cashews reduc J Name Can T RO RR Stream Set Name Dernand z History Period Start Date 08 01 02 End Date 10 14 02 rmidd yy mm dd yy Display Period Start Date ro 15 02 End Date 10720 02 set mmddyy mmddyy 3 Choose the Stream Selection set from the drop down list 4 Enter the History Period Start Date and History Period End Date in the text boxes or click the calendar icon next to each box and select the dates from the pop up calendar if you want to base the lift factors on history 5 Enter the Display Period Start Date and Display Period End Date in the text boxes or click the calendar icon next to each box and select the dates from the pop up calendar 6 Click Set and the specified Display Periods appear The first row contains normalized historical data for the history period if one was selected The remaining rows contain actual data in lift factor stream cells 11 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Lift Factors Figure 11 16 Demand Lift Factor Calculation Screen Stream Set Name Demand History Period Start Date o5 01 02 End Date 10 14 02 mm dd yy mm dd yy Display Period Start Date 07 29 02 End Date 10 20 02 Set mm dd yy mm dd yy Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun Normalize 07 29 02 e227 fz24 freon so jeso ea fonas r 08 05 02 Jooo Jooo fooo fooo fooo fooo
42. Periods Forward and Actual Consumption jobs calculate future safety stock values based on automatic Periods of Supply The Periods of Supply value is computed using the Single Value Normal Actual Consumption method Figure 13 10 Formula to Calculate Periods of Supply Safety Stock Periods of Supply _ _ _ Average Demand Time Series Periods Forward and Forecast Error jobs calculate future safety stock values based on automatic Periods of Supply Periods of Supply value is computed using the Single Value Normal Forecast Error method Formula used is the same as seen above Example 13 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Figure 13 11 Example for Periods of Supply Service Level 95 Service Level Factor 1 6449 Lead Time Average 3 0 Lead Time Variability 2 0 Period 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 POS FC 109 98 91 94 105 104 109 108 102 Actual POS 104 95 92 100 102 ABS FC Error 5 3 1 6 3 MAD 1 5 sum ABS FC Error for periods 5 to 1 3 6 Mean Demand avg Act POS for periods 5 to 1 98 6 Sigma d 1 25 MAD 45 Sigma sqrt mu t sigma d 2 mu d 2 sigma t 2 197 35 Optimal Safety Stock SS k sigma 325 Days Supply SS Mean Demand 3 3 Future Safety Stock sum current next 2 periods 0 3 4th period 352 350 344 341 Safety Stock Calculation Rules The following rules apply in the creation of safety stock calculations Matching supply policies sh
43. Processing Order 2 Processing continues in a stepwise fashion until all metrics have been calculated This is useful if you want to use the output of one metric as the input for another a Last Updated By The name of the last user who updated the Metric Last Updated The date and time the metric definition was last updated a Last Run The date and time the metric was last calculated a Last Run By The name of the last user to run processing a Status Status of metric Status includes both Active and Processed metrics When a metric is created it is assigned an Active status After job processing is completed status will change to Processed a Sum If your context contains a folder that you choose to aggregate on all the leaves under the selected folder will be summed On the list screen this column can be blank or will contain either Local Partner Product or a combination of the three a Copy Copy an existing metric This will take you to a screen duplicating the original metric s settings where you can name the metric change the context make adjustments or save it as is Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Metrics 8 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing and Editing Metrics Figure 8 1 Metrics List Detail View Context f Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner
44. Promotions a Assortment Change a Location Change u Packaging u Trade Funds u Other Each Category has its own set of tactics attributes These attributes further describe the tactic with the exception of Other and Trade Funds These two categories only have a Value Unit Of Measure Begin and End Date and Comment option when they are selected Selecting any other tactics from the drop down will produce a new list that appears in the next drop down immediately to its right i e when a selection is made in the Category column the Tactic column becomes active with the appropriate choices All categories includes a numeric Value text UOM Begin Date End Date and a text Comment can be entered for every activity Comments can be up to 255 characters The table below shows a list of all the available options that can be selected for a tactic The Value Unit Of Measure and Comment fields are always available for each category regardless of what is selected in the drop downs Table 10 1 Promotion Tactics Category Tactic Ad Billboard Direct Mail Ad Direct Mail Blow In Flyer Free Standing Insert Handbill Internet Ad Line Ad Magazine Ad Mobile Ad Newspaper Ad Radio Ad Retail Circular Shelf Talker Television Ad Events 10 9 Promotions Table 10 1 Cont Promotion Tactics Category Tactic Display Display general Dump Bin Display End Cap Display Floor Stack Display In Store Dispenser
45. Report that identifies products that never had any transactions for any data streams The Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Partner location of their organization business which can include specific stores warehouses distribution centers factories etc or logical regions tiers or other location categories that contain many specific locations Comparison of partner s current data with partner s previous data Report that shows metrics in terms of product availability and product waste Glossary A 5 English Term Function Module Definition period overlay Periods supply plan horizon Planner Point of Sales POS Poisson distribution Primary promotion promotional event supply policy Reviewer Rolling Period Overlay Root Mean Square Error RMS safety stock safety stock calculator scenario planning Scheduler Scorecard General Supply Supply Role and Users General Supply General Promotion Promotion Supply Role and Users General Demand Supply Supply Supply Scheduler Scorecard A 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide An aggregate time series For example a user can create a monthly overlay that will total all weekly data into a set of monthly totals Period overlays are flexible they can include time periods of varying lengths and can be for a fixed timeframe or on
46. SalesFestProm a a a a a a SalesFostSeas a a a a Ship Forecast Base a a a a a a Ship Forecast Promo a a a Ship Forecast Adj Maf gt gt ija Table Graph xl In addition to editing the values in the temporary profile you can choose one of the following actions a Save All saves the policy and the displayed streams a Recalculate recalculates the data stream values based on your policy Note The output stream values do not automatically recalculate when you open Supply Interactive To update values based on the current input streams you must click Recalculate u Save Data Stream saves the changes to the displayed data stream s in the table a Restore Policy resets the settings to match those saved in the permanent policy a Save Policy saves the current settings to the permanent policy The supply policy algorithm calculates a receipt forecast a shipment forecast and a projected inventory with the following goals The projected ending inventory for the buyer should be above the minimum safety stock defined in the policy a Projected receipt quantities should conform to the minimum and incremental order quantity parameters defined in the policy a Projected receipt dates should be allowed by the calendar for the receiving location if applicable a Projected shipping dates should be allowed by the calendar for the shipping location if applicable 13 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration U
47. Sea neka lal keke bakan eai a Ryan ER Kana E Ha EAE a Keye ME L rk Akra ee RR 10 7 vi 11 12 13 PEO Ta da Tal a SR WEST M DS a ss laa M SR ye DD E e N ew a Se ba e NM ees 10 8 About Promotion A tfriDUt S A al ne elle dle liye ee davek ieee b ez e va ve b y Welty 10 8 Ab ut Promotonal Tactics serisine paene dkey aie sek Ak ku Seto ewa es 10 8 VAC WINE PiOTl HO PSS 414i 0354416022 H L n EA y R ke Ri keke adi wek L k keka k ra kak A ka nk d30 aa irak RRA 10 11 Changing the Status of a Promotion isinisisi iisas eiiiai 10 15 Adding PEGOEIOD S03 oss ate eyek Nabe e el Hey s Pee ee b are 1k lover atte donee stghslounsetuashoversetiuts 10 21 Deleting Promotions sissies ina e SAD ANEAN 2 nA RRA Wabba WERE ash aA 10 26 Piohtoti on Items ciyi n dir ad LER IR Ek ke D A d n nie ka St ete eles n B k re Ka i Kuba eae ca n Ku Mele A seats 10 26 Viewing Promotion Iten in kl eke ka lane i barey Merziy larson k ER Keke sate da d Ne h lan 10 28 Creating Promotion Hems iesistie a dlke MIE ke Ay Grn Xua A ee vee eae 10 30 Deleting Promotion Item os n 2d3544464 4 pleas Sis K r a e r ay n rE aaa ie a aodain AA esiti 10 33 Table Graph View in Promotion Items erer rene erkeke reke reke kek k ereke Kek 10 34 Documents r r rr rrr ean eh ae a eh hase a Seeds g hate dete ated enna e i 10 34 Viewing Documents isa estima naie aikaa k
48. Ship Forecast Total Yr AgoP Base 5 Double click on an editable cell to change a value or add a comment 6 Click Save and the changes to the stream are saved 3 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Aggregates 7 The message Successfully Saved appears below the table This indicates that your data was saved successfully Figure 3 11 Saved Successfully Message Yr Ago POS Promo Yr AgoPOS Total POS Base POS Promo POS Total ocal Curr DC Receipts 16 00 8 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 DC Shipments 16 00 8 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 artner Curr DC Inventory 16 00 8 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 DC Receipts 16 00 8 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 Finished Goods Inv 4 44 Pll 4 Table Graph Saved Successfully A colored diamond process indicator appears to the left of the relevant folder or stream name to indicate whether aggregates exceptions or neither have been processed Indicator colors include Blue Data has not been processed for either exceptions or aggregates Appears whenever you make a change to a data stream Yellow Data has been processed for exceptions only Orange Data has been processed for aggregates only For details on processing exceptions see Managing the Scheduler Creating Aggregates Access to this feature superadmin admin and manager Oracle Retail VCC allows you to aggregate data for local partner and or product folder level contexts
49. Tama Wilmcn All Locations Partner Dave ilecn Kil Partners No Transaction Report Report Run Date 1 Sart mate 00 29 Product Dave Wilen AlL producta End Tata 10 26 03 eran menan cnn SERIM ZEN TRT Se ea Mabisa at Temar Wall Deus at Bt Clout Mabies at Temer Wall Drugs at Bt Clout Nabigo at Denver Wall Drugs at Bt Clout Mabteco at Temar Wall Druge at Rodv ri Mabies at Denver Wall Druge at Redwing Mabisa at Denver Wall Druge at Roding Mabtesn at Demer Wall Druge at Redwing Nabies at Denver Wali Druge at Redwing Matiaso at Pinquatur Quick Stop at Riverhead Habigao at Pinquatucd Quick Stop at Riverhead Matiaso at Pinquat d Quick Step at Brockiyn Natisso at piequatuc Quick Stop at Brockiyn Mabisso at Piaquatuck Quick Stop at Manhattan Pisntara minsa muta Planters Cashowe rigid merre Btosutts Teguy Bag Treats Planters Cashowe Origin Mite Btosutts Piar sake Punters Baliday Fack Plantere Cashew Puntare Holiday Pak Planters Cashave Puntare Holiday Fack Plantera mixa meta Matiaso at Piaquat d utk Stop at Manhattan Pantere Holiday Pack Matiem at Denver Kall Drug at dackecewille Grigiral Milene Bisoutte Mabtesn at Denver Kall eug at dackecrwilie Phantare Holiday Fock Mableco at Denver Wall Deugs at Bt Clout Mabisa at tonver Wall Deug at Bt Clout Matiem at Denver Wali Teuga at Bt Clout Nabiec at Denver Wall Druge at Padving Mabiaco at Pinquatud Quick Stop at Riverhead abiso at Piequatuck Qui
50. The Promotion Items list screen will continue to list Items even if the collaboration is removed or deleted for existing Promotion Items You may wish to delete such Promotion Items See User and Role Permissions for Permissions and Accessibility for deleting Promotions and Promotion Items Promotion Items Promotion Items are located at the collaboration level Only one Promotion Item can be defined for the a given product location context and period Promotion Items can be generated for a single period or can span multiple contiguous periods To create and access Promotion Items a leaf level location a partner location and a product must be selected in the context chooser Each Item includes a collection of attributes such as the price point sales forecast and order forecast for the Item Some of the Event Item attributes will be inherited from the Promotion itself However establishing a local value for the attribute can override the inherited Item attributes This allows pricing timing and quantities to vary by location and product 10 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items Note If Entire Promotion is turned in use and some Items are deleted the Sales Impact Qty for the Items will not be re adjusted The Events Promotion items screen appears as shown Promotion Item attributes include Price Impact Type Price Impact Sales Impact Type Sales Impact Oty DSD Order
51. These fields are optional 10 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Event User Defined 1 Event User Defined 2 v Events 7 Enter the final creation Details by selecting your Stream Set from the drop down and checking or unchecking the Impact boxes 8 If you wish the promotion to be shared only with one partner company check the Partner Exclusivity check box 9 Enter a Target Audience optional and provide a URL if so desired Be sure to test any link you provide 10 Click Create Once you have created the Event you will be directed to the Examine Event screen This is where you can add Promotions and attach Documents to the new Event For more information on performing these tasks see Adding Promotions and Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions Copying an Event In order to save time Events can be duplicated to create similar Events This can be easily done with the Copy icon Any Event that appears in the Event List screen can be copied and that copy can be modified To copy an Event 1 Select a context 2 Select Event List The List screen appears 3 Click the copy icon under the Copy column for the Event that you wish to duplicate The Copy Event screen appears Figure 10 7 Copy Event Screen Creator Company Last Changed By Last Changed Date Nabisco Dave Wilson 10 21 03 Number Of Promotions 1 Number Of Items Copy Event Event Name Event ID
52. Total Monetary Sales TT Last Totaled Date Pi DC Order Offset mm DSD Order Offset Pi Forward Buy Offset EE HEEE Crossdock Order Offset rn Number Of Locations TT Nurnber Of Partners mn Number Of Products TT 5 The Events Labels are comprised of 6different Label Types or categories within the Events module Common Labels that are common throughout the Events module Changing these labels will make a global Events module change a Events Labels that appear at the Events level Promotions Labels that appear at the Promotions level on Promotions screens a Tactics Labels concerning tactics Promotion Items Labels appearing at the Promotion Items level a Event Categories Labels in the Event Category enumerated list This is also used to configure the color coding of the Event calendar Accessing these labels is as easy as selecting your level from the Label Type drop down You have the option of configuring some none or all of the labels available All labels will default to the Default Label seen on these screens unless a New Label is specified Some labels will appear with the option to Show or hide only When this is the case the entire label and input field will be hidden from view if Show is not checked Providing a Default Value will add a specific value to the field each time the screen containing it is accessed by a user If you hide the column where a Default Value can be provided a red aster
53. Trend Hold Demand The degree to which the periodic trend has held steady in recent periods trials Demand The number of times a statistical model is calculated to optimize the model s parameters unavailable Supply The number of inventory items that cannot be stock used but must be counted as part of the total Unit of Measure General UOM Usage Report General Deviation Exception Volatility Scorecard The scalar type used to measure quantities of the item e g kilograms meters each truck load etc A report of the current consumption of collaboration units that is visible in the Oracle Retail VCC usage monitor The amount a source data stream varies from its comparison The comparison could be another data stream or a fixed threshold The percentage difference between the high values and low values for a selected stream within a period range collected for a context A 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide VCC Supported Platforms This appendix contains platform support information for English French Spanish Japanese and Korean Operating Systems The diagram below applies to the English OS only See Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC for additional languages Figure B 1 Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC Logical Layer Application Component Client IE 5 5 win 2000 Pro IE 6 0 Win XP Pro Web IIS 5 0 on Win 2000 Apache 1 3 19 x on S
54. U usage statistics 24 4 user hierarchy access rights edit 23 7 set 23 7 user interface 2 4 context chooser 2 10 display pane 2 22 generalicons 2 5 list view icons 2 8 menus and submenus 2 9 required fields 2 28 title bar 2 4 V variability 8 19 view active exceptions 6 22 aggregates 20 5 data in expand mode 3 16 data stream revision history 3 18 demand policies 11 5 documents 10 35 exception criteria 6 22 6 23 group exception criteria 5 21 group exception status history 5 21 individual exception criteria 5 16 individual exception status history 5 17 metrics 8 1 promotion items 10 28 promotions 10 11 UOM list 27 2 Index 5 view data 3 6 view exception status history active exceptions screen 6 23 view exceptions 5 8 collapsed view 5 9 context only subtab 5 18 expanded view 5 9 group inbox 5 18 individual collapsed view 5 13 individual expanded view 5 10 individual inbox 5 10 partner inbox 5 22 period only subtab 5 18 view group exception collapsed view 5 20 group expanded view 5 18 view group exception status history 5 21 W weighted average forecast error 8 20 Index 6
55. View Edit Graph view you may want to create a specific graph view group in Preferences Layout Table Graph Groups see Creating and Editing Groups or Company General Config Groups see Managing Groups for a Company to establish the default available substream selections for the Graph Key 1 Click the Configure icon The Graph Key changes to a series of drop down lists Figure 2 33 Graph Key Drop down Lists Loe SalesFestBase x kee SalesFestSeas x ks SalesFestTotl X Part SalesFestBase X Part SalesFestTotl X ks Ship Forecast Base kse Ship Forecast Promo kse Ship Forecast Total x OK Cancel Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 27 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface 2 Choose a subtype from the drop down list The list contains all the subtypes for the group in the Context Chooser Display Mode that you have selected Only the subtypes you select will appear in the graph 3 Click OK and the changes appear in the graph Note The subtype names that appear in the drop down lists are the long names that are given to the subtype when the stream is created in Configuration Streams View See Configuration Stream Types Tab for details The names you see in the legend are the short names Required Fields All required fields will be marked with a red asterisk If a required field is left blank and an action button is clicked an error mes
56. When a balance stream is viewed in a period overlay the value displayed will be the value listed in either the first or the last period contained in the range of the periods specified in the period overlay Server Level Configuration and Management 15 7 Configuration Stream Types Tab Value entered into Balance Strem Period Overlays will be disaggregated to 1st or last The Balance Stream first or last configuration is defined in Company General Config Preferences See Managing Company General Preferences Admins override the First Last configuration in Company General Config Stream Type by selecting its Fill Bucket The value entered into period overlays will be placed in each underlying period A sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a balance stream Note Movement and Balance aggregates may be editable if there is a Disaggregation Profile existing for the specified periods or if no periods for the specified stream type have a Disaggregation Profile and the Proportional Disaggregation option is set to Yes in Company General Config Preferences You must also adhere to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When You can load values manually or can get data using the Integrator A Measure stream cannot accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local nor across time dimensions period overlays Unlike the aggregates formed
57. a In Process a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Escalated Auto Escalated supersedes to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed In Process Auto In Process to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Only exceptions that have a status of Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Supersedes Auto Incomplete or Auto In Process are displayed in the Inbox a Status History When the colored dot is clicked drills down to the Status History screen to show the status change history for the exception The Exceptions Inbox Group screen shown below provides the following group exception information in the Display pane Exceptions 5 5 Introduction Figure 5 5 Exceptions Inbox Group Screen Local Nabisco st Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx st Boston Product Planters G 5 2 Context Only Period Only Displaying 1 12 of 12 K Criteria Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status z h Name Criteria History Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active TT Hl re B 04 12 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 Active 9 Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 ative El Groupi 04 17 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active 9 9 Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Acive TH 9 Groupt 04 11 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active Q Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 ative E 9 Grou
58. and later add edit or remove Promotion Items the Promotion s Sales Impact Value will not be automatically readjusted This may result in some numbers to being out of sync Note After Processing Totals two kinds of fields will display as empty 1 Each Stream Set data type that has not been selected to Enable Totals 2 Each Stream Set data type that has null values in the Event date range Note Totals displayed in the Event are the sum of the current value of all items in the Event a First Ship Date first available date product can be shipped a Planned Date date Promotion is planned Proposed Due Date due date proposed for Promotion a Planned Due Date due date planned for Promotion a Partner Promotion ID collaboration partners ID assigned to the Promotion a E Mail Notification e mail addresses of to be sent notification of promotion u E Mail Language language to be used in e mail notification To view a Promotion 1 Select your context 2 Select Events Promotions Display the screen appears as shown below Figure 10 11 Events Promotion Screen Or vec d B mu Page G Tools o Events Promotio Context y Mod Ki ul a 5 Local PG AII Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner gt PG AII Partn Product PGA Products m Searehi Product v iame Oam Olu vJrolder J A532 all Events Procter amp Gamble PG All
59. and difference Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Product ratio product and difference v Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Difference ratio product and difference N IN PRA S lt lt Metrics 8 9 Metric Types Average Count Missing Table 8 2 Cont Metrics that Calculate on the Basis of Period Overlays o Available G 2 5 2 g 5 8 o Metric Description 3 gt Z u E A Time Average Average of a single data stream over a rolling 1 horizon vw Variability MAD or PMAD of a stream over a rolling 1 horizon v v Y Weighted Average Weighted average forecast error or accuracy 2 Forecast Error aggregated for all items under a folder v v This Metric calculates the average of a single data stream for all leaf values under the selected context on a period by period basis If the output stream selected is not a measure stream a Disaggregation Profile must first be in place for the appropriate context stream type and period range of the metric Table 8 3 Average Metric Item Details Formula Average of streams for all contexts under folder Input Any Output Any streams If not Measure an aggregate context will need a disaggregate profile in order to disaggregate Leaf No Sum Yes Overlay No Treat Null As Zero Option Null values will be treated as 0 This counts all leaves con
60. displays the date and time when the policy was last updated a Process on Demand this check box will enable you to generate forecasts for the selected policies To initiate processing click the Apply Changes button Last Plan displays the date that the last demand plan for this policy was run u Last Plan By displays the user that ran the last demand plan for this policy u Period Overlay displays the period overlay name selected Default display is none Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Demand Policy Creating a Demand Policy Demand policies contain collaboration specific data relevant to the forecasting process Demand policies can apply at leaf level and folder level collaboration items You must specify which streams to use in both the demand and lift factor calculations by creating stream sets in Company Module Config Demand For details see Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company When creating Demand policies bear in mind that an aggregate Demand policy cannot be created with a Measure stream for an output stream Output streams at aggregate level must be disaggregated and Measure streams are not disaggregated To create a Demand policy 1 Set your context 2 Select Demand Policy Create and the following screen appears 11 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Demand
61. gt Standard Day1 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day2 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day3 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day4 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day5 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day6 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day7 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 5 Click Save Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 9 Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly UOMs in order to access this feature The Daily Allocation screen allows you to specify how your daily data stream is structured It lets you specify how to allocate data across the week You can use the daily allocation setup profiles you create when creating disaggregation profiles for databases that use daily time buckets The Daily Allocation profile you create appears in the drop down list of profiles that appears when setting up a disaggregation profile for a company that uses a database based on daily time buckets To specify a data stream daily allocation structure 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu 2 Click the Daily Allocation tab The Daily Allocation screen appears Figure 21 10 Daily Allocation Screen List Create f Daily Allocation Profile Standard z Default Daily Allocation Standard zj Dayi 0 20 Day2 0 20 Day3 0 20 Day4 0 10 Day5 0 10
62. oo Min Inventory 100 0 r Apply Frozen Period Transit Lead Time Periods 1 Order Increment Qty oo Max Inventory 150 0 Receiving Lead Time Periods 0 Safety Stock fo o0 Unavail Stock 0 00 b Percentage of Safety Stock to use as minimum allowable inventory Number gt 0 lt Max Inventory expressed as a percentage 13 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Interactive Supply Max Inventory Percentage of Safety Stock to use as maximum desired inventory Number gt 100 expressed as a percentage Order Processing Lead Time Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Integer gt 0 Transit Lead Time Travel time between the seller location and buyer location Integer gt 0 Receiving Lead Time Time allowed for receiving prior to consumption For example if a chemical requires a 2 day quality assurance test after it is received prior to allowing it to be consumed the consumption plan is to use it on Wednesday the material must be received on Monday These additional 2 days would be the Receiving Lead Time Integer gt 0 Min Order Quantity The minimum quantity that may be ordered Number gt 0 Order Increment Qty After the minimum quantity the increment by which that order quantity may be increased Number gt 0 Safety Stock Target inventory level for the item in terms of base units If SS Type Fixe
63. select the report will not be rejected but will be reported at the period overlay If records processed in a report have duplicate UOM or Offset and either of these columns are set to be Hidden the Report s generation process will only consider one of the duplicate rows for the column that is set to be visible i e Output will display one record for each Offset or UOM To create a Data Stream report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings 7 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Filter I Creation Date M Revision Status Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Figure 7 12 Filter and Stream Selections Sections Superseded Type Subtype Creator U0M Generation Offset Year Ago None NA waz Base Units fo False None AI waz Base units o False Nore eS I wat Base Units o False None OA waz Base Units fo False one d I wake Base units fo False Nore es I wal Base units fo False 4 Select up to ten Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Select the UOM for each stream you have chosen If you want t
64. with a recurrence of once which means that the calculation will not repeat If you wish the calculation to repeat change the Recurrence drop down to the desired frequency Other options include always daily weekly and monthly Streams Configure the input and output streams and options for each metric The options available depend on the Metric Type selected To Edit or View Metrics Details 1 2 3 Select a context Select Metrics List The List screen appears Click the appropriate colored dot under the binoculars icon to View Edit pre existing metrics The View Edit screen appears Figure 8 2 View Edit Screen List I Create Metric Name Dave s Metrid Metric Type Simple Math z Operation Type Sum x Aggregate On T Product Treat Null Value as Zero E Processing Order 3 jg Period Overlay None zi Periods Fixed Rolling Start 0 End 1 Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 09 29 03 Time Any Time IT End Date ram dd yy HH mm mm dd yy Recurrence Once zj Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Streami Actual Sales zj Movement ActualSales Base x Partner Stream2 None x None zj None aj Stream3 None x None z None z Stream4 None x None z None Streams None x None None Stream6 None x None zj None al Stream7 None x None z None z Streams None x None None z Stream9 None None None z Stream10 None None None Output Stream DC Receipts zj Mo
65. you only collaborate on two items in a product folder that contains three items only the leaves that you collaborate on are changed In this case each collaboration item would change to 30 Note that if your aggregate values add up to zero you will receive an error message since it is impossible to aggregate on zero i e Leaf 1 30 Leaf 2 30 and leaf 3 0 In such an instance Oracle Retail VCC will display the following error message Some cell data could not be saved Divide by zero error Click Refresh to get latest stream data To activate Proportional Disaggregation select either Self or Total from the drop down lists in the Proportional Disaggregation section See Managing Company General Preferences for details Data 3 15 Viewing Data in Expand Mode As with using disaggregation profiles you must first create aggregates see Creating Aggregates Then you can edit the aggregate as you would any other stream see Editing a Data Stream Using Period Overlays Oracle Retail VCC allows you to disaggregate daily databases from week to day when in a fixed weekly period overlay at leaf or folder level contexts However the following conditions apply a You must have already created a disaggregation profile for context a Your period overlay must be defined as running from Monday through Sunday a This is only available for movement streams Viewing Data in Expand Mode Access to this feature superadmin ad
66. you will use the administrator tasks to view and edit your hierarchy folders but most companies master data is too voluminous to actually create using the administrator tasks although you can use the administrator tasks to create new folder For details on entering master data in bulk mode see the VCC Operations Guide Most often master data is exported from an existing legacy system using a third party tool that extracts the data from the legacy system and formats it in the required master data flat file format for loading If this is the method you initially used to load your master data you must always use this method to load any additional master data Loading additional data using the administrator tasks could cause the primary keys stored in your Oracle Retail VCC database to conflict Also if you create a folder using the administrator tasks you can add children to that folder using the master data hierarchy loader as long as you use the same local ID to reference it Managing Company Locations Oracle Retail VCC allows you to establish a collaboration between your company and a partner If you and your trading partner have only one location the collaboration is simple This is seldom the case It is more likely that you and your trading partner each have multiple locations and you want to establish multiple collaborations between multiple locations To accomplish this the VCC Client allows you to define location hierarchies for your
67. 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nebisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 16 03 06 22 03 18 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Bslance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Distributed Exception Report 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 FriteriaName Creator Jpartner Product Name Period i of Periods from Current 8ase Stream Name Compare Stream NamefPercent Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx st Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 ixceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 26 03 06 22 03 18 Salance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck
68. 01 03 03 0303 09 0503 09 0603 03 07 03 09 09 03 n u a Cut Ctrl Copy Ctrl C Copy All Ctrl A Paste Ctrl V Undo Ctrl z Zero Fill Row Ctrl 0 Clear All Cells Ctrl w 7 Select Zero Fill Row from the pop up menu You may also use Zero Fill by using the keystroke combination Ctrl 0 The entire row containing the cell you selected will be filled with zeros even if you previously entered other numbers This method zeroes out all data contained in the row If you would like to restore the empty cells and eliminate the zeroes you just added to the table select Clear All Cells ctrl w from the right click menu The zero values will be replaced with empty cells For more information see Clear All Cells The option to Clear All Cells is only available in the Data Mass Entry Table view and will not be accessible in View Edit mode 3 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Mass Entry of Data Mass Entry of Data Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Data can be entered for multiple products and multiple folders simultaneously through the Data Mass Entry screen When a folder level product is selected for mass entry all the leaf level products that it contains will automatically be selected for mass entry Data Stream Type and SubType can also be selected for mass data entry To use Mass Entry 1 Select Data Mass Entry from the Oracle Retail VCC menu 2 Select L
69. 06 5 00 SYNCRA_144 03 08 06 SYNCRA_375 E Allc ation 03 17 06 Increase 5 00 44 40 20 58 Colgate s oo vccoor 03 09 06 SYNCRA_379 Test Event P N na oz ne Sbsclute Eis Sene Colgate Q lt j a Promotions Editability In certain promotion status the promotion promotion item is not editable by one partner or both the partners Thus the content is grayed out as shown in the following screen view When a promotions is editable by the creator add delete modify of promotion items is allowed When it is partner editable only Comments are editable at the promotion level Events 10 19 Promotions Figure 10 17 Edit Promotions artners Product Colgate All Products eeo sn TOI vena II O Select Bookmark Examine Promotion Summary Status Planned Condition oK Promotion ID 37 Partner Company Coles Myer Event Category Freight Flow Allocation Partner Promotion ID Begin Date 03 01 06 End Date 03 20 06 Event Description Event Theme Objective E Mail E Mail Notification use to separate consecutive addresses E Mail Language Details Price Impact Type Absolute Decre Price Impact Sales Impact Type te Increase Sales Impact Qty 1 Entire Promotion First Ship Date Delivery Date Ha Store Invoice Date ii Promotional Item Definition Date a Stream Set sti Target Audience Ordering Policy URL Test Link Event User Defined 1 Event User Defined 2
70. 10 delete 3 10 read 3 10 data stream exception formulas 6 27 data stream exception criteria 6 1 create 6 2 data streams assign 15 11 delete aggregates 20 5 company link 16 7 events 25 5 link 15 14 metrics 8 6 promotion items 10 33 promotions 10 26 tasks 25 10 UOM factors 27 4 demand 11 1 create policy 11 6 interactive 11 10 view policies 11 5 demand batch jobs batch forecast jobs 11 15 lift factor 11 15 demand parameters advanced 11 5 policy 11 2 disable a user 23 11 disable user 15 23 disaggregate data using disaggregation profile 3 15 using period overlays 3 16 using proportional disaggregation 3 15 disaggregation profile based 21 1 proportional 21 3 straight line 21 3 disaggregation factors 21 1 disaggregation profiles 21 5 edit 21 12 list 21 12 view 21 12 display pane 2 22 graph mode 2 24 table mode 2 22 E edit company link 16 6 link 15 14 metrics 8 1 period overlays 9 4 tasks 25 10 edit groups 9 15 edit user access 15 20 email alerts 16 11 e mail notification for usage statistics 24 5 Index 2 event promotions 15 29 events 10 2 attach documents 10 35 calendar tab 10 2 create tab 10 6 delete documents 10 36 documents 10 34 list Tab 10 4 events labels 18 3 events module 10 1 events module configurations 18 1 events stream 18 1 examine user 15 23 23 10 exception comments create 5 24 view 5 24 exception count 8 11 exceptio
71. 14 2 The Administrators sis2 20e6e2 r bg Mn Er a Eaa M 14 2 About the Company Chooser lt lt i 4 2ya n da a k kk dwa Ker stir be sb tues aves d v Sise e derek WAR 14 4 Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail VCC LE rere ee kereker ere kerek kereke k ee 14 5 Where To Begin 3455A a dede yene Kela ADE Peya ye EDI Sr e cousins KO ele 50 xoe Keye sk Ava Vay 14 5 Superuser Responsibilities ccc ak kar knee aker kede Aka EREK en qere NEEE evan an ede E N 14 6 Administrator Responsibilitie8 i gt 5 ar E3x 41l4458 24454018 ki E lk kak kdc A4 hn akla te ekle asii ati 14 6 15 Server Level Configuration and Management About Server Level Configuration L nnn reee eee er ekere ke KAK HK KK KEK HH HHH HHHH KAHR 15 2 Managing Company Creationism Ryan kou ka dila daney baye sib y k kk ebaya ad ek yek 4a B 15 2 Creating a Company with Company Create rere kereke ekere kerek kereke kre 15 3 About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules rrr eee eee r ekere ke kek k reke re e 15 4 Configuration Modules TabD rrr erer eee ereke kereker ereke reke Ke er HKH Her AH HHHH HHH 15 5 About Data Stream Types and Data Stream s rere ereke erkeke re keke keke ke e 15 6 Ab ut ecum lation Ru l 5 sirkeya kira Rake K n k du ken a i EN a 15 7 Configuration Stream Types Tabirini mni anek airasia i kej kak aki a eisai 15 8 As
72. 20 15 148 33 118 oo 147 21 51 50 36 14 112 21 00 oo 119 End Time 09 29 03 11 09 19 03 14 09 18 03 17 09 17 03 17 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 16 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 16 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 11 03 10 09 11 03 11 09 11 03 10 09 11 03 10 01 20 03 20 45 11 09 57 36 36 09 36 34 09 26 14 29 00 03 12 01 09 03 20 00 01 08 03 20 00 01 08 03 18 27 mm dd yy Status Active 15 Completed 52 Completed 106 Completed 31 Completed 149 Completed 42 Completed 40 Aborted 02 Completed 49 Completed 40 Aborted 9 Completed 13 Completed 147 Completed 14 Could not obtain lock 19 Completed 53 Completed 134 Completed 40 Completed 102 Completed 6 You can click on the Job ID link in the Monitor Jobs tab to view a detailed log containing the Name Start and End Time number of Data Stream Items Processed and Rejected counts and Status If the metric has an output stream that needs to be disaggregated you may view disaggregation related messages in case of failure Metrics 8 7 Metric Types Batch Processing Although Metrics can be scheduled for processing at any desired frequency each Metric will only process if the specified period has elapsed since the last processing If a scheduler job is set to process the metrics but a metric s repeat frequency specifies processing
73. 20 5 Exporting Agere gates ieiunia ini ainar EEA E oa ATENa a a ea Tae aia aeneae ena Si 20 6 Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation About Data Stream Disaggregation L reee ereke kereker ere kerek K ere KK Ke He 21 1 Profile Based Disaggregation L E rrr rere ke kereker ereke kereker ke Ke Ker KAK KK KHK AH KA 21 1 Proportional Disaggregation ccc cece cscs Ke en iniaa piiat 4 43 ke EE kak y ka d i eaaa ek 21 3 Straight Line Disaggregation i 45x5 k ke A Ha YA WENE E RE S AY De e JE Wer EWAN Re z 21 3 About Disaggregation Profiles 5 4xi 0 Kulllkan Badek Henne dele lay k la l k AR keda naz arii 21 5 Configuring Disaggregation Factors E E reee ereke ekere eee ee kerker ereke Kek KAKA KA KAHR 21 5 Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab 21 8 Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab 21 10 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tapisan a e a a a ra aa E R solely teivevels doses D 21 12 22 23 24 25 26 Managing Company Collaborations ADOut Collab orathoms css 2i52xo yc 05y y n n SUKA eke sis ye sie Sone rel E deus Zen de H U ewen E 22 1 Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen 22 1 Managing Roles and Users Ab t Ro
74. 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Exception Severity Levels Figure 6 11 Active Group Exception Criteria Context Local ab_padkro All Locations Partner ab_padkro All Partners Product ab_padkro All Products Displaying 1 1 of I ame Criteria Period Product Local Partner Created Status Status n Collapsed Q Name History Count 11111111111_111 l an 15656 multiple z 1111 EGYPT FLFLT Reg Hiert Parmearco multiple z na z s YELLOW Reg_Hier Exception Severity Levels Oracle Retail VCC allows you to assign severity levels to exceptions to help you quickly identify the severity of an exception in the exception inbox To create severity levels for an exception you set a medium severity limit and a high severity limit The low severity limit automatically sets itself as being any value that is below medium severity and above the deviation threshold Note All exceptions that are generated from criteria where the medium and high thresholds were not provided will always trigger exceptions with a Low severity The severity for all Current to Threshold exceptions is based on the base quantity and not on the deviation For example you create an absolute exception criteria with an exception deviation of 100 a medium severity limit of 120 and a high severity limit of 150 If the deviation is 99 or below no exception is generated If the deviation is between 100 and 119 the exce
75. 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Stream Exceptions Oracle Retail VCC does the following for exceptions marked as Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes or Auto In Process Ifa change ina data stream affects an Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete exception it is marked superseded in the database It then disappears from the Inbox A new active exception with a status of Supersedes is generated in its place a An Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes exception is marked Obsolete in the database if the exception criterion that triggered the exception is dismissed The exception then disappears from the Inbox An active auto inprocess escalated auto escalated auto incomplete supersedes or in process exception is removed from the inbox if you delete the criterion that triggered it after the next processing round Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Oracle Retail VCC allows you to manually change the status of Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes exceptions by a Dismissing an exception removes the exception from the inbox a Marking an exception Unresolvable removes the exception from the inbox a Resolv
76. 3 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface uL erkeke ek eke ke ek ek ake kek ke kek ek a Kak KuK KK KK KA 2 4 Title Bat DD JJTZX Xrwr r r r raar r rr aa ia era BOE hiss 2 4 General Icons neinn o pp prpr r re r_n rh Mia eda tad aids 2 5 Export Dataities kane he tate ba nk E n e ala MENA m lk kare sk e RL ek k NERE AR Mar rde ki kak a a VETA NA 2 5 Stream j E qi o DIS KN N EE U DK r a AE 2 6 List View Kons 5 A xe n kla N Al take lA RW da QIR eve Qa nw vee ace 2 8 Men s and S bDbmell S 35a Xula y x aka See tess eee ese ne n ne a E kek yek d k 2 9 Context Chooser SO N cenilec coins aa a dea iaia than tehia adaa aaa aaa kaaranan 2 10 GONE XU es DD N a a s a a a ei ane 2 10 Display Modens sce cust Sroneest occas a E e Ree ee E TR A OARS 2 19 Display Pa sion DD eE E EER Na e SE a a E E A EE S 2 22 Table Moder sninen e eee ea r ea a e a a n gg inea 2 22 Graph Modessa aesa l n n a EE raae a E ken A a E E E Ea R aae 2 24 R g ired De rr n g a 2 28 3 Data Introd UH Oh xun K lan Sees de e ka ad a A dak div n ees BR R S 3 1 Using the Right Click Menu Utility siisii aerieni kanal Akkaya k araia d n ati aeien 3 1 Clear All els ennaa DE YO e DN nN DM DD r DD oN NOR Rea oxos 3 2 Cut Copy Paste un ur kan wh ikl tate E e E N A K ee n HAYA YARYA 3 2 Z ro Fil oi u A N e kc helke SO SE i
77. A utility that calculates the required safety stock Interactive what if supply planning of single collaboration items A Oracle Retail VCC facility that allows users to execute any predefined VCC tasks or any Windows or Unix command on a one time or periodic basis A set of key performance measures including goals and results achieved English Term Function Module Definition Seasonal General A factor that describes the deviation of the forecast forecast for a given period from the average across all periods based upon period seasonal effects Seasonal Demand A filter that smooths seasonal outliers from the Pre Filter input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting process Secondary General The partner value in a local to partner comparison or the previous value in a current to previous comparison seller General A company that is operating in the role of supplying products to one or more trading partners service level General The percent of time that sufficient inventory exists to meet demand shipping receiv Supply Specifies which days are valid for shipping or ing calendar receiving Smoothing Demand A median type filter that smooths outliers from Pre Filters the input data stream before submittal to the forecasting engine statistical Demand A forecast of future values generated by fitting a forecast statistical model to actual historical values Stream General Another name for a data stre
78. Create Tab Schedule your tasks to execute using the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler superadmin only Introduction to VCC Administration 14 7 Where To Begin 14 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 15 Server Level Configuration and Management This chapter contains the following topics About Server Level Configuration Managing Company Creation Creating a Company with Company Create About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules Configuration Modules Tab About Data Stream Types and Data Streams About Accumulation Rules Configuration Stream Types Tab Managing Links Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Managing Time Periods for All Companies Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab Configuration General Tab Renaming Labels Setting Export Compression Size Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data Server Level Configuration and Management 15 1 About Server Level Configuration About Server Level Configuration Server level configuration includes all tasks that must be performed by the superuser or server admin Server level configuration tasks affect all companies doing business on the
79. DC Inventory DC Inventory S DC Receipts DC Receipts P DC Receipts DC Receipts S DC Shipments DC Shipments P DC Shipments DC Shipments S Finished Goods Inv Finished Goods Inv P Finished Goods Inv Finished Goods Inv S Aj v Sales Forecast SalesFcstBase P Sales Forecast SalesFcstProm P Graph Sales Forecast SalesFcstSeas P Sales Forecast SalesFcstTotl P Sales Forecast SalesFcstBase S Sales Forecast SalesFcstProm S Sales Forecast SalesFestSeas S Sales Forecast SalesFcstTotl S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Promo P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Promo S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total S aA lt gt 7 3 Inthe Add pane enter a name for the new group no more than 40 alphanumeric characters 4 Use the left right arrows to select the streams you want to add to the new group 9 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout 5 Use the up down arrows to arrange the order of the streams when the new group is displayed 6 The up down arrows located between the Table and Graph boxes move streams into and out of the Graph select box This allows you to display groups in the Table that may not appear in the Graph
80. DSL Aggregate Stream Data Stream Int Load 6 ISL Collaboration Item Collaboration Item Int Load Demand 1 ISL Demand Policy Policy Int Load Demand 1 ISL Demand Stream Set Stream Set Int Load Disagg 1 Create Disagg Profile Profile Aggregates lock Int Load Events 3 ISL Events Int Load Event 6 None Event Stream Set Stream Set Int Load Exception 6 ISL Exception Criteria Criteria Int Load Exceptions 6 ISL Exception Int Load Leaf 3 ISL DSL Leaf Stream Data Stream Int Load Master 6 ISL The desired Master Data files Location Data Partners Products Periods User s Int Load Metrics 1 2 3 ISL Metrics Int Load Multiple 6 ISL When multiple control files for different loaders are included in the run Int Load Price 1 3 ISL DSL Price Profile Stream Data Profile G 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Extractor Jobs Int Load Supply 6 ISL Supply Blocked Dates Blocked Dates Int Load Supply 6 ISL Supply Policy Policy Int Load Supply 6 None Supply Stream Set Stream Set Int Load UOMs 6 None UOM Int Local Custom 6 None Custom Tasks Tasks Extractor Jobs Job Screen Display Job Type Job Lock Trigger Click Run button on Integrator Extractor after selecting control file for Int Extract All 5 All Stream Changes Stream Changes Int Extract Current 5 Current Aggregate Stream Aggregate Stream Int Extract Current 5 Current Leaf Stream Leaf Stream Int Extract Manual 5
81. Display Roles amp Users Search Creating Users Setting and Editing User Access Control Examining a User Disabling a User Moving a User to a New Role Changing a User Password Copying a User Designating a System User Oracle Retail VCC defines the following roles into which you can group users Serveradmin permits access to all administrative functions except creating price profiles and disaggregation profiles A serveradmin can create companies create users and assign them to roles at any level purge data and access all local trading partners Username superuser is created by default All other subsequent serveradmin users must be created by the superuser and will have the same priveleges as superuser except creation of user roles at or above serveradmin level Superadmin permits access to all administrative functions A superadmin however cannot create a company or purge data can only schedule task events and create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for his own company and roles below his own level Admin permits access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles of his own company and roles below his own level Supervisor In addition to planner and manager privileges can create users aggregates and disaggregation profiles Manager permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VC
82. Display Type s Lock Type Job Lock Trigger UI Trigger Create 1 2 CSL Click Create in Co Agg Review Selections Aggregates Create Click Create Agg on Demand from Data Aggregates on Stream gt View Edit Click Create in Demand Co Disagg Setup gt Create Create 1 2 Create Click Create button in Company gt Disaggregation Aggregates Disagg Setup Profile lock Create Edit Event 3 CSL DSL Click Save button in Events Create screen after creating an Event Create Periods 4 None Click Save button in Configuration Periods screen Create Price Profile 1 3 DSL Click Set button in Company Price Profiles Create Edit screen after entering Base Price Delete Aggregates 6 Create Click Delete or Delete All in the Aggregates Aggregate List screen Click Delete or lock Delete All in an Aggregate s View Period screen Modify Access Rights 4 None Click Start Editing button on Roles amp Users Edit Hierarchy Access screen Modify 1 None Click Start Editing button in Company gt Collaborations Create Collaboration screen Modify Location 4 CSL Click Start Editing button on Master Hierarchy Data Locations Modify Product 4 CSL Click Start Editing button on Master Hierarchy Data Products Modify Partner 4 CSL Click Start Editing button on Master Hierarchy Data Partners Modify Period 4 CSL Click Save button in Hierarchy Configuration Periods Process Demand 2 3 CSL Click Process Selected Items af
83. Edit Hierarchy Access Copy User Edit Stream Access Ei 3 The Edit Stream Access screen appears From the Available Streams list box select the streams you want to assign to the user and add them to either the Full Access list or the Read Only list 4 Click Save Assigning Modules to the Users Examining a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Examining a user allows you to view and update the user s e mail address login status exception notification settings and URL and to change a user s password To examine a user 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the Administrator main page 2 Select a user and right click on the highlighted user 3 Click Examine The user s Profile screen appears 23 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Figure 23 12 User s Profile Screen Examine User User Name Lauren Grey Company Name Quick Stop Login Allowed Vv New Password Confirm Password Language American English Update User Done Bi 4 Click Done when you are finished to return to the Edit Roles Users screen Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To disable a user 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Highlight the us
84. Events 10 3 Events Figure 10 4 Examine Event Screen Context Local 9 Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Drug Stores Product Dave Wilson All Products erosua sl hame Cem OG Fre A 2 Number Of Promotions 1 Add Promotion Number Of Items 1 Documents 0 Examine Event Header Creator Company Nabisco Created By Dave Wilson Created Date Last Changed Date 08 01 03 Last Changed By Dave Wilson Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name Test Events Event ID omes Event Category Location opening zl Begin Date je2 a2 a2 T7 End Date e2 a2 a2 T7 Event Theme ras s i O Event Description TT TIT Comment _______ axXXP P9P En Details Stream Set Set Sales Impacts V Set OrderImpacs V Partner Exclusivity n Target Audience Event User Defined 1 Event User Defined 2 Event User Defined 3 Promotions Promotion Items 4 If you modify the Event click Save If you have viewed the Event and wish to return to the calendar without editing click Cancel Events List Tab Select Events Overview List tab The Events List appears It contains the following columns Figure 10 5 Events List o du c Context Mode Local pG All Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner gt PG AII Partners E gt pG AII Event Event Event Event Crestor Begin End Total Total Total Total DC Total Total Process Co
85. Fiscal 2002 ne Halfi 2002 a Otri 2002 EHS Feb 2002 EHE Febw2 2002 02 04 02 02 04 02 H 02 05 02 02 05 02 02 06 02 02 06 02 02 07 02 02 07 02 02 08 02 02 08 02 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 Febw3 2002 02 11 02 02 11 02 02 12 02 02 12 02 fst 8 Enter the Levels Above Leaf 0 leaf level 1 folder level containing the leaf 2 next folder level 9 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Note Levels must be entered in ascending order i e 0 1 2 not 2 0 1 9 Enter Minimum Number of Consecutive Display Buckets that you want to include for each level 10 Select a color that you want your telescoping period overlay to display The color you choose is the color that will mark your overlay Green Blue a Yellow Orange a Purple 11 If you would like to override the column prefix labels that will be displayed in Data View Edit table view uncheck the use existing period labels check box and the inaccessible fields that previously read N A will be working text fields 12 If you unchecked Use Existing Period Labels you must enter a Column prefix This will display in the data stream table view on the period column heading e g enter Week if the overlay is weekly Column Prefix defaults to the existing period labels which are configured in the Company Mas
86. Groups Preferences 9 15 Layout Edit Groups To edit user defined groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears Figure 9 17 Groups Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups DCGroup actualSalesGroup salesForecastGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup 2 Select the group you want to edit Click Edit and the Edit pane appears Figure 9 18 Edit Pane Update Group a Legend Group Name shipFestGroup Peyenimarry Rename Group shipFestGroup S Secondary Y Year Ago Data Stream Sub Types Selected Table Sales ActualSales Base P Actual Sales ActualSales Promo P Actual Sales ActualSales Total P Actual Sales ActualSales Base S Actual Sales ActualSales Promo S Actual Sales ActualSales Total S Actual Sales ActualSales Base Y 4 gt Actual Sales ActualSales Promo Y Actual Sales ActualSales Total Y DC Inventory DC Inventory P DC Inventory DC Inventory S DC Receipts DC Receipts P DC Receipts DC Receipts S DC Shiprnents DC Shipments P DC Shipments DC Shipments Finished Goods Inv Finished Goods Inv P Finished Goods Inv Finished Goods Inv S Aj v Sales Forecast SalesFcstBase P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base P Shipment Forecast Ship F
87. He Her He HHHH HHH 6 2 Individual Exception Criteria LISE yx iw H Mua We ee e H e WE d la 6 2 Creating Individual Exception Criteria L rexne erer ereke kereke ke erk k e 6 6 Creating Group Exception Criteria ss 2x3 22 d y ey c n day k herd EL nantan y n ke V K AL itanna AN intiaania 6 17 Group Exeption Cris yx45iyx5 j be yk liban da ki lena a n ke k y y d Rya e MiY N 6 20 Exception Severity Level 5555445525 kaya Ea min PAN e ee e E EE Gao E Ke KKy n n Ger ER K 6 21 Viewing Exception Cft l ik xn Kula ul aeei bak HAN NE de ve b ke bA keka ANA HA Ay ake VL En a dkn 6 22 Viewing Active EXCeptions 0 kaka l506 aanere ee n s s d ke h xn H k ka H w aiba Dk GR a 5A FAR Ren 6 22 Viewing Exception Criteria and Details from the Exceptions Criteria List Screen 6 23 Copying Exception Cil ri soassa bke b oie Ke vee cade kak ime ak yek N das ak Kl a A e T 6 23 Deleting Exception Criteria sss a dl a do apna i 2455010 Kalin n arney E k rk nek 6 23 Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen 6 23 Changing an Exception s Status from the Exception Inbox Screen Eeeeree 6 24 Processing Exception Criteria on Demand uu ccc rere ereke kereker ereke e 6 25 Exception Inbox E Mail AleftS sninen unakaa ck REHA H SERINE 6 26 Sample FAT ML E Mail Alettiin n n ne
88. However any groups that will be displayed in the Graph must also be displayed in the Table 7 Click Save to save the new group and return to Groups Click Cancel to cancel the action and return to Groups Remove Groups To remove groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears Figure 9 21 Groups Screen Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups DCGroup actualSalesGroup salesForecastGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup Edit Add 2 Select the stream you want to remove 3 Click Delete Previewing Groups Access To This Feature Superuser Server Admin SuperAdmin Admin Once you have created groups for your company you can preview how the groups will appear To preview your groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears 2 Click the Groups tab The Groups screen appears 3 Select either Add or Edit 4 Click the Preview button The Preview screen appears showing how the defined group will display in the Data View Table Graph for three comparison modes Preferences 9 19 Layout Figure 9 22 Preview Screen Comparison Mode Preview Group Name salesForecastGroup Graph Local Curr Local Prev l Local Curr SalesFestBase ll L
89. In y Nonlinear Regression 3 x log x y y Nonlinear Regression 4 x 1 x y 1 y Nonlinear Regression 5 x x y In y K y Single Exponential Smoothing weights recent data more heavily than older data and also assumes that there is no trend or seasonal pattern in the data Double Exponential Smoothing adds a trend term Holt Winters Exponential adds a seasonal component to the forecast The Holt Winters method is sensitive to outliers 11 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Demand Policy Parameters If there is not enough data to calibrate the seasonal factors from Holt Winters method the Double Exponential Smoothing method which is basically the Holt Winters method without seasonal adjustment is automatically substituted Smoothing Pre Filter The smoothing pre filter is a moving median type filter that smooths outliers from the input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting engine The median pre filters are useful for filtering out short events such as a promotion or a weather related event The number of periods determines how long of an event the filter will remove For example a one period event a data stream may look like 100 100 180 100 100 a For period 2 a 3 point median would use 100 100 180 The median value is 100 a For period 3 a 3 point median would use 100 180 100 The median value is 100 a For period 4 a 3 point
90. Inbox For details see Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data 6 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen Note If you change an exception s status to resolved unresolvable or dismissed and click on the Back button taking you back to the Exceptions Criteria List page you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears 3 Click Back to return to the Exceptions Criteria List screen Viewing Exception Criteria and Details from the Exceptions Criteria List Screen To display a read only view of the exception criterion from the Exceptions Criteria List screen click the colored dot below the View icon For details on how the screen looks see Creating Individual Exception Criteria Copying Exception Criteria To copy exception Criteria navigate to the Criteria List screen and select the copy icon for that criterion located in the Copy Criterion column Copying a criterion duplicates the original criterion s settings A name must be entered for the new copy but does not need to be unique Deleting Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor To delete an exception criterion click Exceptions Criteria Individual List Click the check box below the Check column next to the exception criterion and then click Delete The Delete check box is available
91. Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox co Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox co Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 10 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 11 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 12 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 6 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Sample Text E Mail Alert Figure 6 18 Sample Text E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions Criteria Name l3 Severity Medium View Inbox https diana estrella isp commoniframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dindividual_ exception inbox 26location 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 View Exception https diana estrella sp commoniframes do screen 3DdatastreamsDefaultView 26exceptionld 3D282 26location 3D9 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Variance 20 0 Source 70 0 Compared 50 0 Percent 40 0 Created 01 09 03 14 04 59 Status Active UOM Base Units Type1 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Type2 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Offset Period 01 10 03 Group Exceptions View Group Inbox https diana estrella isp common frames do screen 3Dexceptioninbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup exception inbox 26locati
92. New Value column 2 When you are finished reviewing the collaboration hit Save to save and view the collaborations or Done to exit to the List screen without saving If you check the Override check box enter a new value and wish to recalculate based on that new number click the Save and Recalc button You may also review time factors from this screen by clicking on the Review Time Factors button For Manually entered data 1 Factors that will allocate evenly across all leaves are automatically supplied You may edit those factors for the folder dimension as required This can be changed by typing a new value into the text field 2 Click Save and Recalc or Save 3 Click Done to return to the list screen Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly UOM s in order to access this feature Time only disaggregation allows you to disaggregate weekly time buckets into daily time buckets It is available only if your base time periods are daily A disaggregation profile must have been previously created for the context to access time only disaggregation Create profiles from the Time Only subtab when you and your trading partner collaborate at leaf level contexts but your trading partner generates data in weekly time buckets and you generate data in daily time bu
93. Preferences Layout Data Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Click the Create button and the create period overlay screen appears in the 2 Display pane Select the Rolling button and the rolling period overlay screen appears in the 3 Display pane Preferences 9 7 Layout Figure 9 6 Rolling Period Overlay Screen Name Fixed Rolling C Telescoping Save Reference Period 0 Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Add Remove Display Buckets 1 1 Blue z N 4 Enter a name for the period overlay no more than 20 alphanumeric characters 5 Your period overlay begins at the current base period defined as daily or weekly in your database unless you specify a reference period number Entering a start reference directs the period overlay to begin before or after the current base period To begin the period overlay before the current base period enter a negative number To begin after the current base period enter a positive number For instance In a daily database if the current date is 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay will begin on 9 4 In a weekly database if the current week begins on 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay will begin on 9 28 6 Enter the Display Bucket Size e g 1 Day 7 Week 28 Month 365 Ye
94. Prev P Partner Curr SalesFcstBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl S Partner Prev SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFcstSeas SalesFestTotl Layout Figure 9 23 Inbox Filters Screen a Table Graph f Inbox Filters Filters Select a Filter z Filter Name I Period T Product I Local I partner r Severity I Percent I Deviation I created I status F uom I Typet I Type2 I criteria Name I offset I Shared with Save Revert New Delete 2 To create a filter enter a name for the new filter no more than 20 alphanumeric characters and check whichever item s you want to be included in the filter Click Save To edit a filter select an existing filter from the drop down list and make the appropriate changes The following lists the items that can be edited Period Before After or Between a Fixed Rolling Date Period a Product name Local name Partner name Severity Low Medium or High a Percent lt gt or and a percentage a Deviation lt gt or and a value u Created Before After or Between a Fixed Rolling Date Period Sorts by the creation date a Status Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Superceding UOM Type1 u Type2 a Criteria Name u Offset Period Offset or Generation Offset u Shared With select company shared with Preferences 9 21 Layout 3 To return a selected existing
95. Proposed v v Acknowledged Planned v v Active v v v Change v Requested Modified v Modified v v Acknowledged Active Modified v v Table 10 3 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change Allowed From Change To By Partner ke 8 3 3 9 D 3 ke z D RW O o 9 x 5 S 2 Oo fon Ira 2 lt 3 2 2 o Yy g g 8 Ss a 2 a a Z o e 9 O S T G 5 o A QO lt e QO an New Proposed v v v v Proposed v v v Acknowledged Planned v v Active y Change Requested Modified v v v Modified v v v Acknowledged Events 10 17 Promotions Table 10 3 Cont Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change Allowed From Change To By Partner 5 b 3 so 9 o so z 2 z c as 3 x 5 S Q O X lt Ci Z4 3 3 ke ke a o ke 2 D o s o FF 3 2 D gt 8 2 8 J c e 9 c P E E amp B amp B B S 8 8 ee amp 6 S S Z 6 Active Modified v Table 10 4 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change From Change To By System 5 a g3 gt g p p 2 2 5 3 amp amp 8 lt x lt x QO LL New v Proposed v v Proposed v v Acknowledged Planned v v v Active v v v Change v Requested Modified v v Modified v v v Acknowledged Active Modified v v Table 10 5 Promotion Status Transitions for a Planned Promotion From Status To Status Transition Allowed by Planned Planned ChangeRequest Partner Planned Cha
96. Revision History To view a data stream s revision history 1 Select Data Revision History from the Oracle Retail VCC menu 2 Click Context Chooser Select Context and select your context 3 The Revision History screen for the data stream appears in the Display pane 3 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data Stream Revision History Figure 3 17 Revision History Screen Displaying 1 10 of 12 amp Creation Date Stream Type Company User Name 08 13 20 00 00 Shipment Forecast Speedy Rx Pat White 08 13 20 00 00 POS Forecast Units Speedy Rx Pat White 08 13 20 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco Dave Wilson o 08 13 20 00 00 DC Withdrawal Fest Nabisco Dave Wilson 08 13 20 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco Dave Wilson o 02 04 19 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco integrator 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Speedy Rx integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco integrator 1 2 Next The listings on this screen may be sorted by Creation Date Stream Type Company or User Name by clicking on the column headings Under the View icon click a colored dot to view the corresponding data stream that you want to view 4 The historic dates and values for the time period selected appear in the Display pane You can view the data in table or graph format Figure 3 18 Display P
97. Role Permissions In addition a superuser is supplied that allows you to create users and assign them to specific roles The Superuser Oracle Retail VCC is supplied with a superuser account The user name is superuser and the default password is lemonyellow The superuser is charged with setting up the overall environment that affects all companies on the server The superuser screen shown below is the screen every superuser sees when they log in Introduction to VCC Administration 14 1 Administration Overview Figure 14 1 Superuser Welcome Screen The superuser role has exclusive access to Company creation The superuser must create all companies that will do business on the server u The Configuration screen not to be confused with the specific Company Configuration pane in the Oracle Retail VCC menu allows the superuser to modify attributes of the data streams available to all companies specify the Oracle Retail VCC program modules that can be used by all companies set up links that are displayed in the Links menu specify the language to be used and configure billing usage report information a Time period creation The superuser must create the time periods to be used by companies on the server a Database purge functions Company administrators can submit purge requests to the superuser to purge their transaction data The superuser can also purge all master data hierarchy folders that has been placed in
98. Select field either Period or Generation Offset Qty Text entry box integer gt 0 default 1 Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Available at overlay Yes Treat Null as Zero Option If value is null it will be treated as 0 Inventory Turns The term Inventory Turns refers to the number of times per year than inventory is turned over For example if your average inventory was worth 100 and your annual sales were 600 then you had 600 100 6 turns Likewise if you had average inventory in a particular month of 100 and your sales for that month were 50 your annualized rate of sales for that month was 50 12 600 so again your turns are 6 The key concept is that consumption is always adjusted to an annualized basis So for daily data the consumption for a period is multiplied by 365 for weekly data the consumption is multiplied by 52 and so on Table 8 8 Inventory Turns Item Details Formula Result Average Consumption annualized Inventory same bucket Formula n a 8 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 8 Cont Inventory Turns Item Details Input Streams Consumption any movement stream Inventory any balance stream Output Stream Any measure stream Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Report in Overlay The inventory input is the average of each overlay period
99. SuperAdmin Admin Roles amp Users Search allows you to find specific users by name You can find users by entering their username or by doing a wildcard search on part of their username For instance if you know the user s first name is Jane and would like to see a list of users with the first name of Jane you would 1 Go to Company Roles amp Users 2 In the Search field type Jane 3 Click the Search button or hit the Enter key Server Level Configuration and Management 15 17 Roles amp Users Search If there is only one Jane the tree will display her information immediately If there is more than one Jane in the user tree a list of all the people with the first name of Jane will appear for you to select from You can use the asterisk for a wildcard search at any point in a person s name The following combinations are all viable searches Jane Smith Jane Smith Smi Figure 15 15 Search Users and Roles Display Active Users zj User Lisa Hill Role super_admin Company Speedy Rx 5 all reviewer ji HE supervisor lar ner manager 2 admin E supet_admin 5 server_admin superuser Dave Wilson Friar Tuck Ha integratoruser Lisa Hill He loader Molly Fitz HE Rich Green 2 Rishi Krotha E Sherri Wood H Chris Stone Multiple search results are returned on a user search and a list is then presented with all the us
100. Target Audience 10 28 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items To Freeze Column Headers The Events module has a long list of columns that can be chosen and they normally don t fit on to single screen window making it difficult for the user to view Events Promotions Hence the column headers can be frozen when scrolling vertically Also under Preferences gt gt Layout gt gt Lists the number of columns to freeze can be set to a desired value allowing columns to be frozen horizontally Note A combination will thus allow column headers to be frozen vertically and columns to be frozen horizontally Events Promotion Items List The Promotion Items screen displays a list of the following columns and enables the following actions a Delete select a specific Item for deletion or select all to delete a Examine view edit an individual Item s Begin and End Dates Price and Sales Impact Item Type Item ID and Comment a View Data displays data stream data if all the streams in the stream set are accessible Promotion Name user defined name for the promotion a Event ID the ID assigned to the Event a Promotion ID ID assigned to the Promotion a Local Location local location name a Partner Location partner name a Product product name a Promotion Item ID ID number assigned to the Promotion This ID will be assigned by the system if not specified while creating the Promo
101. To view an exception s status history 1 Select your context 2 Select the Exceptions Inbox Individual subtab 3 For an expanded view click the colored dot under Status History for the exception that you want to view Figure 5 17 Status History Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Status History Displaying 1 1 of 1 Modification Date User Name Old Status New Status 10 28 03 11 57 00 Dave Wilson Active Escalated For collapsed view select the individual exception from the drop down lists and click the colored dot under Status History When the exceptions are in multiple view the Status column displays N A and you will not be able to drill down to the Status History screen Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Individual screen Exceptions 5 17 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Viewing Exceptions in the Group Inbox Context In the Exceptions Inbox Group screen you have the options of selecting either the Context Only or Period Only subtab This controls the display of exceptions that are grouped by either Period or Context When you create a group exception the Display Matched option on the Exceptions Criteria Group Create screen allows you to select whether you wish to use this option The group exceptions that are not assigned Period or Context matching will default to context and period and will appear in the Context Only subtab
102. Type 2 and Stream Item Types are the same and if both subtypes and Type 1 is and Type 2 is are different e g both are not Local or both are not Partner type 1 type 2 type 2 100 buyer seller seller 100 seller buyer buyer 100 max buyer seller min buyer seller min buyer seller 100 a Current to Previous Comparison allows you to compare your local current data stream with your local previous data stream only when offset is set to none your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream only when offset is set to none your local current data stream with your partner s previous data stream only with generational offset your local current data stream with your previous data stream only with generational offset your partner s current data stream with your local previous data stream only with generational offset your current data stream with your local previous data stream only with generational offset Note The last four cases are only possible when a generational offset is chosen Current to Threshold Comparison allows you to compare your local current data stream or your partner s current data stream with an absolute threshold value 11 Set the Absolute Threshold the Percent Threshold field or both Enter the value that the data stream must vary to trigger the exception Choose the type of change Increase Decreas
103. Type drop down select a period by clicking the Period link and selecting the period from the Period Tree screen After selecting the period click the checkmark in the top right hand corner of the Period Tree screen to close the tree 4 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction Figure 4 3 Period Tree Click the check when EH All Periods selection is complete ERS Fiscal 2002 2004 FHE Fiscal 2002 S Hal 2002 S Gtr 2002 Fh Feb 2002 EHS Febw2 2002 HS 02 04 02 02 04 02 f 02 05 02 02 05 02 HE 02 06 02 02 06 02 H 02 07 02 02 07 02 HS 02 08 02 02 08 02 f 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 FHE Febw 3 2002 f 02 11 02 02 11 02 H 02 12 02 02 12 02 f 02 13 02 02 13 02 HS 02 14 02 02 14 02 10 Select the language Character Set the extracted file will contain Options include ASCII UTF 8 UNICODE and SJIS 11 The Directory Path field is available to superadmin users This field defaults to the path designated in the VCC Configuration Client tab under File Path This default path can be overwritten for individual extracts by entering a new path where you wish the file to be stored Note If no path is specified in the VCC Configuration dialog box you will not be able to create an extract request and Oracle Retail VCC will display an error message upon accessing the Extracts screen 12 Click Save The data stream request appears in t
104. VOM New Multiplier Cancel 6 7 8 9 Doggy Baq Treats 0168132113 EA Enter the Other GIN in the text box The parameters you enter here must be unique for each company If Other UOM is new select the check box and enter the information in the text box If the Other UOM is not new select a pre existing Other UOM from the drop down Enter the Multiplier The multiplier must be a numeric value 10 Click Save Deleting UOM Factors UOM Factors can be deleted by accessing the Company UOM List screen To delete a UOM Factor 1 Select Company from the menu 2 Select UOM The List screen appears 3 Select the Product name from the Product selector and click Set The UOM Factors assigned to that Product name appear in the list below 4 Inthe Delete column choose the factors you wish to remove by clicking the check boxes individually or by clicking on the delete icon which selects all check boxes for delete The Delete button appears 5 Click Delete 27 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Part IV Appendices Part IV consists of the following appendices Glossary VCC Supported Platforms User and Role Permissions Browser Settings Sample PDF Report Screens Geneva Forecast Engine VCC Locks and Jobs Safety Stock Calculation Language Encoding for Files Generated Data Stream Type Codes A Glossary English Term Function Module Definition
105. View Bookmarks tool Figure 2 18 Context Tab Bookmark Drop down Menu Context Display Mode b j nine AJ L cat i Manchester DC 3 Seller Plant 1 Collaboration Products Select Bookmark Manchester DC 3 Seller Plant 1 0001 Product 1 Manchester DC 3 Seller Plant 1 Collaboration Products The Bookmark drop down menu will allow you apply a saved context without having to then click the Set icon Simply select one of the items in the drop down and your context will change to it To remove saved Bookmarks or as another way to apply them you can use the View Bookmarks tool 1 Access the Context Chooser 2 Click View Bookmarks icon and your list of bookmarks appear in the Display pane Figure 2 19 List of Bookmarks Partner Product Compare Product Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partnerl Planters Holiday Pack Remove Bookmark 3 Select your context from the list and click the Set icon to set the context To close the bookmark display pane without selecting a bookmark click the Cancel Context Change icon 2 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface To remove a bookmark from your bookmark list 1 Select Context Chooser Context 2 Click View Bookmarks icon and your list of bookmark
106. You can enter a number in the box though it is not required If you do not select a specific number of levels down your criteria will be created at that aggregate context When the Aggregate On check box is checked the Number of Levels below text box appears this option allows you to create multiple criteria all at once For example if you select Aggregate On Product an additional text box Number of Levels below appears This gives you the option of indicating at what level below the product context the exception criteria will be created The maximum number allowed in the Number of Levels below text box is 99 7 Select the UOM unit of measure Base Units Stat Units Loads or Currency 8 Choose the Partner Company you would like to share the Exceptions with if any by selecting from the Share with drop down The list of partner companies available in the Share With drop down depend on the partner location folder chosen in the context chooser Exceptions cannot be shared with non local partner companies 9 Select whether you would like to use Base Periods or a Period Overlay for the Period With either option you will be given the choice to use Fixed or Rolling Time periods a Click Fixed to create an absolute time exception criterion Fixed Base Periods when Base Periods is selected choose a fixed period from the Period tree If you wish to aggregate on that period check the Aggregate On Period c
107. Zero handling If inventory null treat as zero If consumption null or zero result zero Metrics 8 13 Metric Types Period to Date The Period to Date metric calculates that for each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period Table 8 10 Period to Date Metric Item Formula Formula Input Streams Output Stream Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Null Zero handling Details For each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period N A Any one stream Any balance stream Yes Yes The input values are the aggregates A fixed overlay must be specified but the results are written to base periods Nulls are always treated as zero Periods of Supply The Periods of Supply metric is a measure of how long the current inventory will last given the current consumption forecast Example Your forecast consumption for the next four periods is 100 160 180 120 and your current inventory is 332 The first two periods consume a total of 260 leaving 70 units available for the third period This covers 70 180 0 4 of the third period So your periods of supply is 2 4 This is similar to the Periods Forward safety stock calculation in the Supply module Table 8 11 Periods of Supply Item Details Formula bean O a R n C 1 such that CG E Cc
108. _ periods all _ periods day gt DataValues all _ periods Count History y Count all _ periods day where the history day is equal to the count of all periods divided by the count of all periods equal to day times the sum of data values for all periods equal to day divided by the sum of data values for all periods see below Figure 11 14 Definition of Terms Used in the History Calculation Total number of Days ina given period Example In a 7 Day Period total number of Days 7 Total number of Days in a given Period Example Total number of Mondays in a 7 Day Period DataValues Data stream values for the number of periods for which History is being calculated all_periods day Example For 2 Periods in a 7 Day Period total value of 2 Mondays DataValues Sum of data stream values of all the periods in Count all_periods all_periods Specifying Lift Patterns Lift Patterns are specified very much like the way time only disaggregation is specified with a few exceptions Each week set has a normalize check box which functions as follows When the box is empty the values entered in the edit boxes will be saved as is When the box is checked the values entered in the edit boxes will be normalized so that their average is equal to 1 0 This is done by calculating their average and dividing each number by the average so that they maintain the same ratio to one another If Normalize is select
109. a Local partner when you select a local partner from the drop down the following tree appears Figure 17 8 Add Partner Tree e Company Master Datae Buyer Local Add Partner Company ES All Locations 5 Nabisco at Denver Bl Nabisco at Pisquatuck Nabisco Non_Local Seller All Seller Company Seller NonLocal Company Stratforth Shovel Co 17 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Note that if there are no local partners listed it is because your local partners have not yet added locations to their own Master Data u Adding a Non Local partner when you select a non local partner to add the following fields will be included in the creation process Figure 17 9 Add Non local Partner Tree Add Partner Company Non_Local Seller All Name Location ID Type GLN X E Adding a Product 1 2 3 4 5 u Inthe Name field enter the company name a Inthe Location ID field enter the trading partner location ID The ID can be a DUNS plus 4 numbers in the format nn nnn nnnn nnnn or any 1 40 alphanumeric characters Select the Type of location ID from the Type drop down Standard options are GLN DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SCAC SELLER_ASSIGNED BUYER_ ASSIGNED UN_LOCATION_CODE a Inthe Company ID field enter a company ID A company ID can be from 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters Click Create to add a partner or Canc
110. a rolling basis A measure of the number of periods of demand that could be supplied by the given inventory The number of days to perform supply planning A type of user role where she has read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has read only access to exception criteria and metrics Measurement of quantity or value of units sold to the consumer in stores A probability density function that models the number of outcomes obtained in a specified interval of time Used to calculated safety stock for slow moving items The local value in a local to partner comparison or the current value in a current to previous comparison Stimulating demand by advertising displaying and or reducing the price of a product A period in which a promotional advertisement display and or price reduction is offered Business rules that specify parameters to use in both supply and safety stock calculation A type of user role that has only read access to VCC A period overlay that shows data streams summed from the present period onwards for example the next 4 weeks are aggregated into a monthly number A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the square root of the average squared error The minimum inventory level for a product that is required to maintain a specified service level
111. ak Q ZAN WIN KEND RR doses Kenek lull Gana lay EGE RE GE BEN N ties H 3 Single Value Calculations issii T i ky iya Helb ki kini eya y n kake yan biva s dey v KURE N eb badan R ek Ek NAY N H 4 Poisson DEVAN MN ND NDDe gt gt ee e e e ee e e e eP eAeAeEeEARARERaRraaoX ddddddviil gg einai vas Meee H 7 Periods Forward 2 2 0 42s wae ee a A I RR zeke nak H 8 PeriOds BACK NNN N DD a a a aa eea a OEA a oA e Ea eE a rah r H 9 Time Series Calcul hOti inoen rriena aaraa inan ina Aaa Ea aeia iia ki bek Av e aaan H 9 Safety Stock Constants isotone eat kb ani ke e i bel R H 10 Language Encoding for Files Generated J Data Stream Type Codes Index xiii xiv Audience Preface The Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide explains the basic configuration procedures of the Value Chain Collaboration Module through the web Graphical User Interface GUI This guide provides an easy intuitive interface that lets anyone to view create edit delete data and share that data in whatever way that is most meaningful It contains procedures To view edit and compare data streams To configure extracts and data stream exceptions To manage exceptions To generate different types of reports To calculate the business metrics To configure events to create visibility and collaboration on Promotions To calculate time series based statistical forecasts To configure an Analyzer To develo
112. and you cannot disaggregate on two folders at once You cannot use the root folder for any of these three dimensions to create a disaggregation profile If you select a Partner category all the leaf partners in the category with whom you collaborate are assigned a disaggregation value based on the factor 4 Click the Create button The screen displaying the requested Collaboration appears Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 7 Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab Figure 21 7 Screen Displaying the Requested Collaboration Disagg Setupe Nabisco 10 124 1107 Context Location Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product amp Planters Effectivity C gt Dec 2004 Review Context Based Manual Review Time Factors Save Save and Recalc Done Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Actual Sales ActualSales Promo Collaboration Item Factor Value Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts 0 33 je o TT Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 0 33 joo Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack 0 33 jo 5 Reviewing the collaboration allows you the option of entering a new Value for each collaboration item For Computed data 1 You may check the Override check box The Override check box allows you to enter a new number in the text box displayed under the
113. any data streams See Promotion Detail provides the details of each promotion a See Promotion Detail displays key promotion item information from multiple promotions Note All of the above reports may not be available to you Access to each of the reports is determined by the modules your company has purchased and which ones you have been assigned About Reports Reports are divided into three screens List Template and Create Viewing Reports The Reports List screen allows you to view sort and delete the reports you have created Figure 7 1 Reports List screen Local Nabisco at Denver Partner yi Product Planters Cashews Fz BEE EE TERR EM a DQ F EWE Displaying 1 2 of 2 KE D Name Last Created Status Last Type Location Partner Product Process On Download X t Processed By Updated Demand Dave a 10 02 03 Nabisco at Wall Drugs Planters r r myReport wilson HE 13 40 54 Comment Denver at J ville Cashews r Dave s Dave 10 02 03 Last Nabisco at Wall Drugs Planters n r Report Wilson ores 13 42 07 Transaction Denver at J ville Cashews F a Delete deletes the report when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted a Edit View displays an editable view of the report when the colored dot below the Edit
114. appears in Period View under the Display Mode tab of the Context Chooser When this overlay is selected your data stream table view would appear as below Figure 9 8 Data Stream Table View POS Forecast Base n POS Forecast From POS Forecast Seas f POS Forecast Total Partner Curr POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas POS Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Yr AgoPOS Base Creating a Telescoping Period Overlay Telescoping period overlays are similar to rolling period overlays except the time buckets are not fixed They allow you to specify the number of time buckets in the overlay but the telescoping period overlay automatically rounds up any extra time buckets in the overlay to get to the next size To create a telescoping period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Click the Create button and the create period overlay screen appears in the Display pane Select the Telescoping button and the telescoping period overlay screen appears in the Display pane Preferences 9 9 Layout Figure 9 9 Telescoping Period Overlay Screen Name Fixed Rolling c Telescoping Save Period
115. at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Forecast Shipiroracast Adi Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Supplier Inv Supplier Inv Dave 10 15 03 r e Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 30 07 04 Units Units Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Drug Pet 02 04 02 Sales Dave 10 17 03 OES Cn Stores Foods 12 26 04 Forecast SalasE esti ase Wilson 17 47 19 Computed r 3 To delete a disaggregation profile click the check box next to the profile and click the Delete button 4 To edit an existing profile click the colored dot next to the profile The screens used to create the profile are displayed Click the Edit button Make any edits necessary in the same manner you would if you were creating the profile and click Done 21 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab Figure 21 14 Create Profile Screen Context Location Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Effectivity C gt Disagg Week Edit Context Based Manual Review Time Factors Save Save and Recalc Back Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Factor Type manual Computed Source Data Type Actual Sales Sub Type ActualSales Base zj Source is Partner z Source Time Type ce Fixed Rolling Source Time Range Start Date N End Date TT mm dd yy mm dd yy Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 1
116. at the collaboration Item level Promotions themselves exist independent of context because many different Items may be tied in to the same Promotion For instance you could have a Holiday Clearance Sale that Events 10 1 Events Events included both candy and toys These Items would share the same Promotion Holiday Clearance Sale but could exist at different contexts because you may have different partners associated with different Items candy and toys Therefore in order to view all the Items relevant to a particular Promotion you would need to select a folder level partner in the Context Chooser when viewing a specific Promotion Figure 10 1 Events and Promotions Promotion ee PI fe fa j Note When selecting from the Partner tree you may not select a folder that contains locations from more than one company Attempting to do so will prompt the VCC to display an error message The Events Overview is comprised of three tabbed views a Events Calendar Tab a Events List Tab a Events Create Tab Note Before editing an Event that has been loaded in an Edit Operation using the Integrator check the Monitor Job screen to verify that the job is complete before allowing a user to edit the Event This will avoid creating any data discrepancy Check the Monitor jobs screen to see if the jobs corresponding to that event is completed and then allow the user for editing Events C
117. base secondary Actual sales promo secondary Actual sales base year ago Actual sales promo year ago Click the Streams Info icon to display your company s assigned data streams in a separate browser For details see Help Stream Info in General Icons Click Save to save the edit s and return to the Groups subtab Click Cancel to cancel the edit s and return to the Groups subtab Preferences 9 17 Layout Add Groups To add groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears If you have created groups already they will appear in the list Figure 9 19 Groups Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups DCGroup actualSalesGroup salesForecastGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup 2 Click Add and the Add pane appears Figure 9 20 Add Pane Add New Group Legend P Primary S Secondary Y Year Ago Group Name Data Stream Sub Types Selected Actual Sales ActualSales Base P Actual Sales ActualSales Promo P Actual Sales ActualSales Total P Actual Sales ActualSales Base S Actual Sales ActualSales Promo S Actual Sales ActualSales Total Actual Sales ActualSales Base Y 4 gt Actual Sales ActualSales Promo Y Actual Sales ActualSales Total Y DC Inventory DC Inventory P
118. below a given context Report Event General 1 An execution of a task both VCC defined and A 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide system tasks in the Scheduler 2 A promotional event English Term Function Module Definition Event Plan Report Report that provides detail of planned promotions Report by manufactures and retailers and the discrepancies between the promotions Event Sales Report Report that provides a quick summary of Forecast By promotion sales forecast by week and retailer Ship To Report exception Exception An alert triggered by the deviation of a data stream from another data stream or from a constant threshold by more than a specified tolerance Exceptions indicate misalignment of demand and or supply exception Exception User defined rules that govern how data streams criteria are compared and when exceptions should be generated Exception Exception Summary view in which users review and Inbox manage exceptions Exception Log Report Report that provides a summary for products that Report have promotions planned in the future Exception Exception A level assigned to help prioritize exceptions severity level Exception Report Report that counts exceptions under a given Summary context and groups at the folder level that is one Report folder above the leaf level Filter General A set of user specified values that restrict which items appear in a list view such as the exception inb
119. between two values either as a fraction or a percentage Table 8 15 Ratio Metric Item Formula Percent Formula Input Streams Output Stream Offset Type Offset Quantity Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Treat Null as Zero Option Details Result A B Result 100 A B Any one or two stream s A B is permitted but only if Period Offset or Generation Offset lt gt 0 Any stream Select radio button period or generational Text entry box integer gt 0 default 0 Yes Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Yes The inputs are the overlay values If checked null values will be treated as zero Product The product metric multiplies data streams together Table 8 16 Product Metric Item Formula Percent Formula Input Streams Output Stream Details Result A B N A Any two streams Any one stream Metrics 8 17 Metric Types Time Average Table 8 16 Cont Product Metric Item Details Offset Type N A Offset Quantity N A Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Available at overlay Yes The inputs are the overlay values Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values will be treated as zero Sum The sum metric adds multiple data streams together on a period by period basis You can select up to 10 stream combinations to create the sum All input streams will have the same accum
120. by selecting the location partner and product 3 Select the type of data streams you wish to view in the Type selection box The Type selection box allows multiple data streams or a specific set of data streams to be selected 4 Select the units of measure you wish to display in the UOM selection box The UOM selection box allows one or multiple UOMs to be chosen for display 5 If you wish to see a list of aggregates at and below the Location Partner Product folder check the At and below Location Partner Product check box 6 Click the Set button after choosing your context Managing Company Aggregates 20 5 Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab 7 Ifaggregates are available for the selected context they appear in a list To delete specific aggregates under a context you may 8 Check each aggregate you want to delete or enter a range by entering the ID of the first aggregate you want to delete in the Start ID text box and the ID of the last aggregate you want to delete in the End ID text box Click the Mark Entries button Check marks are automatically placed in the delete column for all the aggregates with IDs in the range specified 9 Click the Delete button You can select deselect all the aggregates on the page by clicking the icon at the top of the Delete column Clicking the Delete button will eliminate all the selected aggregates for that particular page You may only select up to 1
121. click the colored dot under Status History for the group exception that you want to view For collapsed view select a group exception from the drop down lists and click the colored dot under Status History 4 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Exceptions 5 21 Managing Data Stream Exceptions Viewing Exceptions in the Partner Inbox The Partner tab is similar to the Individual tab except that all the exceptions which appear in this list were triggered by partners You will be able to see any partner exceptions here that have been shared with you All the actions available in the Individual Inbox tab are also available in the Partner Inbox tab Refer to Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox for more information on navigating the Inbox views and options Managing Data Stream Exceptions Exceptions are displayed in the Exceptions Inbox screen in the Display pane Oracle Retail VCC provides automatic exception management of all exceptions in the inbox and also allows you to manage exceptions manually Exception Statuses Valid Exception Statuses include Active exception is currently active Dismissed set manually by the user Will be removed from the inbox Escalated set manually by the user Will be displayed in Inbox In Process set manually by user Will be displayed in Inbox Obsoleted data no longer meets criteria conditions and is removed from Inbox Resolved set ma
122. created Check Monitor Jobs to make sure your job request has finished running Note Ifthe no aggregate data exists for your selected context message reappears when you return to Data View Edit the reason could be that no data exists for the selected periods or if the job has not finished data does not exist for all the selected periods in which case click the Refresh icon a few times and the aggregates should appear You can see if the job is still processing by selecting Monitor Jobs from the Oracle Retail VCC menu If an aggregate data stream existed previously for a context is removed and then recreated at a later date you must run Recalc Ages to display aggregated data 3 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working with Aggregates Working with Aggregates Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Reviewer cannot edit read only There are three ways in which you can disaggregate data F or information on how to create aggregates see Creating Aggregates This section covers See Using a Disaggregation Profile a See Using Proportional Disaggregation See Using Period Overlays Using a Disaggregation Profile Two items must be created before you can use a disaggregation profile in Data View Edit aggregates see Creating Aggregates u disaggregation profile see Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation Once those exist you c
123. cut paste zero fill and clear only those cells that you have editing access to You can however copy any cell that is currently in view including cells for which you do not have editing privileges to paste into a cell for which you do have editing privileges Clear All Cells Clearing all cells empties the table of data and replaces it with empty cells Clear All Cells will not replace previously saved data only those cells that were modified prior to clicking Save You do not need to select a particular row to clear all cells but you must have some cell selected in the Table in order to access the right click menu with the Clear All Cells option Figure 3 1 Clear All Cells Option 120902 1271602 n u n Clear All Cells Ctrl Note The option to Clear All Cells is only available in the Data Mass Entry Table view and will not be accessible in View Edit mode Cut Copy Paste To Cut Copy or Paste using the Right Click Menu Utility 1 Set your context Click Data View Edit and click the Table mode tab 2 When the data stream data appears in table mode select the cell s that you want to cut copy 3 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Right Click Menu Utility Figure 3 2 Select Cells Save 3 Either right click you mouse and select the action Figure 3 3 Cut Copy or Paste Ke i Med bore i id bie hd Le aera ey 10 00 10 Cut Ctri
124. defined for an existing Metrics or Report configuration it may be replaced by another stream type by default and results will not be as expected Administrators should alert end users to check for and modify their configurations before unassigning a stream type Creating Data Stream Types Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin If the existing stream types are not sufficient additional stream types can be created This is accessed through Configuration gt Stream Types gt Create All the parameters described above can be set for the new stream type Stream names must be unique and stream ID s will be automatically assigned by the system Once a new stream is created it can be assigned to companies and users in the same way as any other stream Managing Links Access To This Feature Superuser Server Admin SuperAdmin Admin A superadmin can create a link for any company on the Server to any Web site which then appears under Links in the VCC menu Configuring Links with the Configuration Links Tab To create a link for a company 1 Select Company Configuration from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary To add a link click Add The Add a New Link screen appears Figure 15 9 Add a New Link Screen Add New Link Link Name URL Test Link 4 Inthe Link Name field enter a name for the link th
125. different machines and you want to use the E mail FTP Extract and Download features you will need to make sure of the following a The directory and directory path found in VCC Configurations as Report Directory Path exist on the Server as well as on the Scheduler machine b Once processing is completed all report files are physically moved to the same directory from Scheduler machine to Server machine Language language report will be generated in Destination a drop down list allows you to select and save the report s destination type Options are E mail Provide a valid e mail addresses to which the report is sent as an e mail attachment A single e mail address or multiple addresses can be entered FTP Provide the full path to an FIP server directory or IP address and the appropriate ID and password Extract Any user can select this option but users under super_admin role would be able to provide override Directory Path By default the Directory Path display the Path provided in Report Directory Path on Client tab in VCC Configuration Super admin can override this path either by providing an Absolute path or Relative path relative path should be relative to the Syncra_Home server reportemp directory and only those reports that have the overridden path would be extracted to the overridden directory path all other reports will be extracted to the directory path provided in the VCC Configurat
126. downloaded as a comma delimited flat file to the location you specify If HIML format was selected the file will be formatted as HTML Note If you decide to open the file directly rather than saving to a file you need to click the Open button on two consecutive dialog windows Stream Info Stream Info screen displays the data stream types available to you based on company and user stream assignments u Company Assignments assigned in Configuration Stream Types Assign screen User Assignments assigned in Roles and Users company or hub level Edit Stream Access screen 2 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Users see a list of assigned company streams Check the Full Access column to see if you have Full Y or Read Only N access to the company streams assigned to you Figure 2 8 Stream Info screen VCC Microsoft Internet Explorer E lolx Stream Info Displaying 1 7 of F Stream Name Stream Accumulation Revision Editby Edit Substreams Decimal Type Rule History When Places Actual Sales 2 Movement No Buyer Past DC Inventory 28 Balance Buyer Past DC Receipts 29 Movement Buyer Past Seller DC Shipments 35 Movement Seller Finished Goods 33 Inv Balance Buyer Buyer amp Sales Forecast 17 Movement Seller Shipment 44 Movement Buyer amp Forecast Seller Figure 2 9 Stream Info Detail screen YCC Microsoft Internet Expl
127. factor for Subtypel 2 and 3 will be based on Self None or Total from each drop down Self based on value contained in Subtypes1 2 and 3 None no base factor used Total based on total value of Subtypel 2 and 3 Proportional disaggregation allows you to enter a value at the aggregate level and allocate it based on the relative proportions of the current leaf values Proportional Disaggregation has the advantage of not requiring you to maintain disaggregation factors The calculation is dynamic This approach also is useful when the ratios among the component values being adjusted are different than the historical demand for example during a promotional period In this case factors created through an analysis of historical data might not be accurate and the relative proportions set manually when the promotion was set up should be maintained when changes are made at an aggregate value Note that if no data exists for a period the aggregate value is equally allocated across all valid collaboration items under that context See Proportional Disaggregation for details a Allow Straight Line Disaggregation Dataload only enable Straight Line Disaggregation by selecting Yes from the drop down Oracle Retail VCC defaults to No Straight Line Disaggregation distributes an equal percentage 16 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links for a Company of a given value among each of the leaves See Strai
128. field enter the number of periods you want to create beginning from the start date you specified 5 Inthe Number of Days Period number of days in a period drop down list the superuser or serveradmin with an established time bucket e g 7 days period can add additional buckets of the same size only Click Create The periods appear under All Periods You set the bucket size for a new database when you add periods for the first time After that bucket size cannot be changed Subsequent period additions will only be allowed for this selected bucket size You cannot create periods prior to the first existing date for example you cannot create a period for January when the first period is February 6 Click Create Creating Time Period Folders Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Use folders to organize data stream time periods Time periods in your database can be in either weekly increments or daily increments No matter which type you use you can organize the time increments into weeks months and years to create a period category you can expand and collapse Server Level Configuration and Management 15 33 Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab Note If your periods include more than one year the labels for subfolders created under any year should include that year s number If year labels are not added to subfolders confusion can result
129. filter to its pre edited settings click Revert To delete a filter select an existing filter from the drop down list and click Delete Click Save Setting List Screen Preferences The Lists preferences tab allows you to choose how the following lists will be displayed Analyzer Demand Policy Events Events Calendar Exception Criteria Exception Inbox Extracts Metrics Promotion Items Promotion Item Sublist tabbed view appearing on Events Overview Examine Event screen Promotions Promotion Sublist tabbed view appearing on Events Overview Examine Event screen Reports Supply Policy You can set the following preferences for how the list screens appear View Collapsed or Expanded Number of results per page Hide Columns Sets which columns will appear in what order and which are hidden Set the Multi Column Sort Order Sets how the items are sorted when you access the Inbox e g items first are sorted by name then period partner product etc You can set as many or as few columns to be sorted as you wish To set the Lists preferences 1 Click Preferences Layout Lists Select the list from the drop down list and that List Preference screen appears 9 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 24 List Preferences Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Select Exception Inbox z collapsed Expanded Results Per Page 20 Defaul
130. fo oo OD 08 12 02 Joo oe ee eno non ooo eoo r 08 19 02 jooo fooo oo fooo fooo ooo ooo r 08 26 02 Jaco foco ooo nne fooo faoo o oo r 09 02 02 jooo Jooo Jooo ooo fooo ooo o oo D 09 09 02 0 00 looo fooo ooo fooo 7 0 00 0 00 r 09 16 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D a Last Modified By Dave Wilson Last Modified On 10 14 02 17 12 37 Save All Periods in Display Range Save First Row for All Periods in Display Range Save First Row for All Periods Make your modifications additions Select the actions to be performed by clicking on one of the following radio buttons Save All Periods in Display Range this saves the values as shown for the display period Note that the display period can be longer than what is actually on the screen at one time you may need to scroll down to see the entire display period Save First Row for All Periods this copies the values in the first row to every week of the display period and then saves Save First Row for All Periods in Display Range this copies the values in the first row to every week in the entire database Note The earliest period that the Lift Factor screen will display is the first full week starting with Monday that exists in the database If the database contains a partial week prior to the first full week the partial week cannot be displayed However they can be manually edited from the Data View Edit screen 9 Click Save Deman
131. for Movement and Balance streams Measure stream aggregates are not computed by summing the individual items included in the selected aggregate level folder They are simply values that exist at the folder level Measure stream aggregates are editable according to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When You can enter values manually or by using the Integrator Similar to the aggregates stored for Movement and Balance streams both current and previous values are stored at the aggregate level for Measure streams When a Measure stream is viewed in a period overlay there will be no values displayed A sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a Measure stream Disaggregation profiles cannot be created for Measure streams Configuration Stream Types Tab Access To This Feature Superuser server admin To modify stream type attributes 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears Note that you can click any column heading to sort the list by that attribute Click the Stream Types tab The Stream Types screen appears listing current data streams On this screen you can a click any column heading to sort the list by that attribute a refresh the screen by clicking the refresh icon print the screen by clicking the print icon 15 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration Stream Types Tab Figure 15 4 Stream Types Tab
132. greater than text box Select an increment size from the drop down list Screens that will be affected by the export compression you set will appear to users with the Export Data icon in the upper right part of the screen Users can open or decompress the zipped files with unzip programs such as WinZip or PKZIP 4 Change the size limit of Events documents by selecting the Reject file if greater than text box and entering a new number Select the size increment from the drop down 5 Click the Save button Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab Oracle Retail VCC allows you to send an e mail message to a user or group of users each time Oracle Retail VCC recalculates usage statistics To send an e mail in a foreign language first ensure the language is loaded for Oracle Retail VCC To send an e mail notification 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu 2 Click the General tab The General screen appears 3 Under the Billing section in the E Mail list box enter the e mail address or addresses separated by a semicolon to the users to be notified 4 Select the Language you wish e mail to be generated in 5 Check the check box labeled Send e mail every time the Usage Report is run to send e mail every time usage statistics are calculated For a usage report to be calculated you must schedule the Report Usage task to run at specific intervals Note that usage reports will not include System Users in
133. group criterion that triggered the exception a Status displays the exception status Allows you to change the status of a group exception Exception status can be changed from Active supersedes to a In Process a Resolved Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated In Process supersedes to Resolved 5 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction a Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Escalated to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed Only exceptions that have a status of Active In Process Escalated or Supersedes are displayed in the Inbox a Status History When the colored dot is clicked drills down to the Status History screen to display the status change history for the group exception a View Edit Comment When the colored dot is clicked below the View Comment icon displays the view edit screen for the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code for the comment from a drop down list Note The View Edit Comment dot appears gray when exceptions do not have an associated comment or resolution code a Collapsed Count When in collapsed mode shows the number of collapsed exceptions in the row The Exceptions Inbox External screen shows only exceptions loaded through the Exceptions Loader Delete is the only action that can be performed upon these exceptions Figure 5 6 Exceptions Inbox External Screen
134. icon You can view the exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell a Viewing criteria See Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the criteria that triggered the selected exception The Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen appears as a read only display a Viewing status history Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Changing exception status Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually a Viewing editing an exception comment Creating and Viewing Exception Comments 6 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only 5 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Viewing a Group Exception s Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view an exception s criteria 1 Select your context 2 Select Exceptions Inbox Group The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane Figure 5 21 Exceptions Inbox Group Screen Context Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Product Planters Mixed Nuts Produc I Fame Cen Cun Na UMIR Context Only Period Only Apply Chan
135. icon is clicked Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the report when checked and Process Selected Items is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be overridden 7 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Reports are executed based on the frequency specified for each report By selecting Override Execute Time the report is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing report runs regardless of the frequency of the report Name the name of the report Created By the user who created the report a Status the status of whether the report has been processed Need To Deliver Delivered Active or Processed Last Updated the date that the report was last updated a Type report type a Location Partner Product context at which report was created a Process on Demand check check boxes to execute the reports selected Download clicking on one of the icons in this column allows for downloading of the report in that specific file format Formats include Excel RTF CSV Pipe delimited and PDF This column will contain file icons only if the Create screen s Download option has been selected from the Destination drop down Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your s
136. in a time series where the base periods are either weekly or daily Base periods represent the smallest or leaf level time series buckets to contain your data A period overlay allows data to be viewed in a time series folder or aggregate level bucket For example if you have a daily database and your sales forecast data for next week shows a value of 10 for each day bucket you could create a period overlay 9 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout named Next Week that includes all of next week s buckets When you view your Sales Forecast data in this period overlay it will show the value at 70 10 x 7 The available base periods will usually be sorted into a hierarchy or tree by the Oracle Retail VCC Administrator consisting of various folder levels like weekly or monthly or quarterly You can use these categories or you can select individual periods to create your period overlays Base Periods is the default view for your data in Data View The View select box in the Chooser Display Mode allows you to choose your view from among Base Periods and any other company or user level period overlays that are listed You can change the default view to one of the period overlays in the Preferences Layout Data Defaults screen Period overlays allow you to view data from leaf or aggregate contexts location partner product in a leaf base periods or an aggregate period overlay time series
137. in the Monitor Jobs screen detailing what the job contained and its completion status Clicking on a scheduled task under the Job ID column brings up the job log for that job detailing the parameters including policies forecasts error counts etc that comprise the job The table below lists the errors that can occur when your job is run Table 11 2 Batch Forecast Job Error Conditions Error Message Triggered When COMPLETION_FAIL_INAD_HIST The number of history periods is less than the number of forecast periods COMPLETION_FAIL_NO_HIST Either the input stream has no history data or the input stream of an aggregate policy has no aggregate context data COMPLETION_FAIL_OTHER An unknown error has occurred which doesn t meet one of the defined error conditions usually during save To determine the cause of the error refer to the Demand log file generated in the Log Directory defined in the VCC Configuration Demand 11 17 Using Lift Factors Table 11 2 Cont Batch Forecast Job Error Conditions Error Message COMPLETION_FAIL_ FORECASTING_DISABLED COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ OFFSET COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ STREAMS COMPLETION_FAIL_NO_DISAGG _ PROFILE COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_ALL_ PERIODS_IN_SAME_ITEM COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_LEAF PERIODS_NOT_CONTIGUOUS COMPLETION_FAIL_DATES_NOT IN_PO_RANGE COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_ITEMS NOT_CONTIGUOUS COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ HIST_START_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ HIS
138. in the menu 2 Select UOM The UOM List screen appears Figure 27 1 UOM List Screen Product All Products set Displaying 1 3 of 3 OY Product Global Item Number Local Item Number UOM Other GIN Other UOM Multiplier x Doggy Bag Treats 0168132113 NABO168132113 EA 0168132113Double Double 2 00 Original Milkbone Biscuits 0321832138 NABO321832138 EA 0321832138 sixpacks 6 00 Fr e Flavor Snacks 0680684527 NABO680684527 EA 0680684527Dozens Dozens 12 00 n To change the Product you are viewing UOM factors for 1 Click on the product name The Product selection tree appears 2 Choose a new Product 3 Click Set Figure 27 2 Product Selection Tree ust SEE Ha A Product all Products Set Displaying 1 3 of 3 o Product Global Item Number Local Item Number UOM Other GIN Other UOM Multiplier X o producti 0001 prod0001 EA 0001Double Double 2 00 7 o product2 0002 prod0002 EA 0002SIXPACKS SIXPACKS 6 00 F o product3 0003 prodooa3 EA OOOSTENCASES TENCASES 10 00 F The List screen contains a column of links that will allow you to view and edit specific details for each UOM by clicking on the colored dots under the binoculars column UOM properties that can be modified though the List Detail View include u Other GIN This is the new Global Item Number for the converted product 27 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating New UOM Factors a Other UOM New check box Rather than s
139. marked as blocked You can select multiple random dates that are not in a row save them as Save Display Periods and they will be marked as blocked Figure 18 9 Display Period Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun 01 06 03 6 7 8 9 10 11 Ez 01 13 03 13 14 15 16 17 EN 19 01 20 03 20 21 22 23 24 25 Pe 01 27 03 27 28 29 30 31 E 2 02 03 03 3 4 5 6 F 8 esr 02 10 03 10 11 12 13 14 Eg 16 02 17 03 17 18 19 20 231 22 Fa Managing Company Module Configuration 18 7 Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Demand module configuration allows you to specify the streams used to calculate a forecast To calculate this information you must first identify the history stream used for your Demand forecast and the output stream for the demand forecast You can create as many stream sets as required for your Demand calculations To select streams for Demand calculation 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Demand tab 2 Click Add to create a new set of Demand stream sets or Edit to edit an existing one Figure 18 10 Demand Stream Set Configuration Screen Demand Stream Set Configuration Name 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule Sub e Creator History Input None z None None x Lift Factor Both None None None x Forecast Output None z None Local Eza 3 Ifyou are
140. match the user tree will appear with the user s name highlighted Display Active Users User Jane Smith Role admin Company Nabisco Er all ERS reviewer E planner a supervisor EHS manager iS admin a super_admin El Dave Wilson Jane Smith H Cindy Brown 2 Ed Collins 2 Jeff Andrews HS Mark Walsh Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Once a new user is created you must set the access rights for the user Without access rights the user is not able to log in since no access is the default for any newly created user For details on setting the access rights for a new user see Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Roles and Users Screen To create users for a company superusers and serveradmins must have created superadmin and admin user Note Whenever a new user is created or the Name of an existing user is changed a 40 50 second wait may be necessary prior to logging in as that user Be advised that VCC may also require the new user to log in through a new browser session To create a new user in a specific role 1 Click Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Managing Roles and Users 23 5 Copying a User Figure 23 5 Oracle Retail VCC Menu BS al wa reviewer EHE planner Tar superviso
141. median would use 180 100 100 The median value is 100 So it has perfectly smoothed out the outlier General rule is the number of points in the filter must be 1 2x where x is the length of the event you want to filter out So a three period median smooths one period events a nine period median smooths four period events etc Seasonal Pre Filter A filter that de seasonalizes the outliers from the input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting process The Demand module includes the following seasonal pre filters Moving Periodic Total pre filters the data by aggregating weekly data into 52 week moving totals The forecasting engine predicts the moving total of the information and then unravels this aggregate forecast back into weekly buckets Seasonal Adjustment pre filter that calculates seasonal factors with less than a complete year of history as well as calculates seasonal factors that are not unduly influenced by outliers caused by trade or consumer promotion Trials The number of times 1 through 5 3 is default that the calculations are performed to generate a forecast The default number of trials is generally sufficient A higher number may provide more accurate forecasts but will require more processing time End of Life The policy can specify an end of life date which can be any period in the database If specified then the forecast is forced to zero for all periods after the end of life date
142. needed 11 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Demand Policies Advanced Parameters These advanced parameter can be shown or hided by checking or un checking the Advanced box Fit Type All Points calculates the fit against all data points including any outliers in the holdout period Baseline calculates the fit against a moving median smoothed baseline of the data in the holdout period Fit Ratio The size of the holdout period expressed as a ratio of the entire history range A smaller fit ratio will more heavily weight the more recent point in the best fit forecasting competition Lower Bound A hard floor on future forecasts expressed as a percentage of the lowest historical value Upper Bound A hard ceiling on future forecasts expressed as a percentage of the highest historical value Seasonality Waves Selects the periodicity of the seasonality waves The system has the capability of modeling multiple nested seasonality waves Allocate Days Only available on databases with daily base periods If set to yes forecasts are generated at a weekly level then allocated to days based on an internally calculated day of week profile If set to No forecasts are generated directly at the daily level Parameter Search Step Size This sets the step size used in the search algorithm for the best fit parameters Small may yield more accurate results but will be slower as a large
143. new language so other users can select it Select Configuration from the VCC menu and then click the Language tab The language screen appears 15 34 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration General Tab Figure 15 32 Language Screen Cont ation American English zj View Details Add Language Name Language Code Country Code Encoding E mail Body Character Set E mail Attachment Character Set File Character Set Cancel 3 Click Add In the Language Name field enter the name of the new language in the Language Code field see http java sun com products jdk 1 2 docs guide internat locale doc html enter the code for the new language in the Country Code field enter the country code abbreviation See CountryCode abbreviations in column 2a at http java sun com products jdk 1 2 docs guide internat locale doc html The Language Code and Country Code you use must correspond to codes you used when saving the message bundle files and in the language identifier column of the database files 4 The Language Encoding section allows the selection of different character sets for use in E mail files and attachments sent through Oracle Retail VCC For Asian languages select the appropriate iso 2022 combination Japanese jp Korean kr Note If you would like to use the Export Data icon for Korean you must select MS949 for both the E mail Attachment Character Set and File Charac
144. of the following from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Data View Edit Exceptions Inbox Exceptions Criteria or Promotions Plan Data View Edit Display Mode shown below lets you customize how your data streams are displayed Make your selections and click the Set icon Figure 2 25 Data View Edit Display Mode Screen t Display Mode Expand None Group fall UOM Base Units aj Type View by Period Base Periods SubType Z Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr zj E L Mode Default You can also save your display modes for future use by clicking the Save this display mode icon To save a display mode 1 Choose your Display Mode settings 2 Click the Save this display mode icon and the following screen appears Figure 2 26 Save a Display Mode Display Mode Expand None Group fan z UOM Base Units z Type z View by Period Base Periods z SubType aj Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr z E 2 Ten Mode Default Name Group View by Period Comparison UOM Expand Type SubType Default View All Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr Base Units None Table Eza 3 Enter a name for your display mode in the Name text box 4 Click Save Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 19 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Once a display mode has been saved you can select it from the Mode drop down list The screen automatically refreshes wi
145. of the problem include business impact a Detailed step by step instructions to recreate a Exact error message received a Screen shots of each step you take xvi Part I Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Part I contains the following chapters About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks Data Extracts Exceptions Exception Criteria Reports Metrics Preferences 1 About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Oracle Retail VCC Help Due to the modular nature of the Oracle Retail VCC many of the images contained in this User Guide may be different than what appears on your screen The options that appear in the VCC s left menu are determined by the user role you are assigned which modules you have access to and whether or not your company has obtained a license for those modules Therefore there may be some menu options displayed in the screenshots that will not be accessible to you Current screenshots display only the Tea Leaves color scheme which is configured in Preferences General Theme About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 1 1 Oracle Retail VCC Help 1 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 2 Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks This chapter includes the following topics Browser Compatibility Platform Support Logging In to Oracle Retail VCC Logging Out of Oracl
146. of the stream In the Description field enter a new description name if the current one does not apply In the Subtypes fields you can enter a new long name short name and description in the fields provided For example if you have a stream type called Sales you may want to have a subtype called Store Sales and another called Catalog Sales After saving name changes areas where the stream substream is listed immediately reflect the revisions If the data stream subtype supports totals you can rename the Totals field by entering an alternate name in the Totals field and you can enter a new description name For example if you have a stream type called Sales a subtype called Store Sales and another called Catalog Sales you might want to rename the total substream to Total Sales Check the Maintain a Revision History check box if you intend to keep a record of each time changes are made manually or by data loading to the Data Stream and or if you want allow end user ability to create exception criteria based on a generational offset A generational offset allows end users to compare a current Data Stream with any with any previously saved Data Stream histories A list and details of the histories will be accessible in the Revision History screen In the Created Edited by section choose the appropriate radio button option Click Buyer amp Seller if valid users from both the buyer and the seller trading partner com
147. of trials 1 through 5 3 is default from the Trials drop down list 9 Select a Period Overlay if you have previously created one 10 Choose whether the demand policy will have an end of life date by selecting Yes or No from the End of Life Date drop down list If Yes select the date from the pop up calendar or manually enter the date in the text box 11 Choose whether the demand policy will use a lift factor by selecting Yes or No from the Use Lift Factor drop down list 12 Choose whether the demand policy will use a like item by selecting Yes or No from the Use Like Item drop down list If you select Yes click Select and choose the like item context Demand 11 7 Creating a Demand Policy Figure 11 3 Select Like Item Context Screen Select Like Item Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Drug Stores Product Snacks 2 Nabisco at Pisquatuck as Dave Wilson All Locations USA Nabisco at Denver E Demande Policy Click the Apply Changes icon to set the like item context or click the Back to Policy icon to return to the Demand Policy screen The like item can be at an aggregate context while the demand policy is at leaf level and vice versa The Like Item you have selected appears to the right of the drop down You can change your selection by clicking the Select New button Figure 11 4 Select New Button Period Overlay End of Life Dat Use Lift Factor
148. on a less frequent schedule once monthly or weekly for instance the scheduled event will pass over this job until the time elapsed coincides with the repeat frequency Checking the Override Execute Time check box under the clock icon on the Metrics List screen will cause the selected Metrics to be processed during the next scheduled cycle regardless of when they were last processed Metrics Error Messages The following table describes the messages you may encounter upon processing Metrics Table 8 1 Error Message Metrics Error Messages Description Completed Successfully Output stream not editable by Local Company Output stream should be a measure stream Disaggregation failed for some contexts Please check the reject details for more information Dates do not fall within Period Overlay Periods out of range Please check to see if Current Begin and End dates are defined in the system Processing completed successfully Please check output and the number of items processed The Output stream type code defined for the metric should be editable by the metric creator company The Output stream type code defined for the metric should be a Measure Stream Disaggregation failed while trying to disaggregate the output The reject log will have the disaggregation error message for each of the failed contexts The Begin End Dates used in the metric are outside of the period overlay No pe
149. on the number in the Active Exceptions column which takes you to an inbox view that contains only the active exceptions statuses listed above for that criteria You can perform all the operations view exception view criteria view status history and change exception status that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox If you change an exception s status in the Exceptions Criteria List Active Exception you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears a Delete deletes an exception criterion access to this feature is limited to superadmin admin manager and supervisor Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted See Deleting Exception Criteria a Status the status of the exception criteria Statuses include a Pending Exception Criteria that have at least one Aggregate On check box selected are created with a status of Pending a Valid when the Complete Criteria Creation task is run the Pending Criteria statuses are updated to Valid a Stale a Criteria status becomes stale whenever any of the Location Partner Product dimensions are at folder level and a hierarchy change affects the folder the Roll Criteria scheduler task is run for all Leaf Rolling Criteria Any is applied to the period dimension of a Rolling Period Overlay and the Roll Cri
150. partners operate at different levels of abstraction For example one trading partner may provide values at the product category level while another provides forecasts at the product leaf level The data stream disaggregation feature makes it easy for a trading partner who only provides data streams at the category level to assign forecast values to leaf items and then compare them with a trading partner who uses a leaf level method For example you have a product category called All Natural Potato Chips The forecast value for it is 100 You collaborate with your trading partner on this item but your trading partner further refines the All Natural Potato Chips category into several leaf items 16 oz potato chips 32 oz potato chips and Jumbo Pack Your problem is to take the forecast value for the entire category 100 which represents an aggregate value for all subfolders and to allocate it among the leaf items so you can collaborate with your partner on individual product items such as Jumbo Pack Once you have defined the disaggregation profile for the product category Oracle Retail VCC calculates and assigns the appropriate values for you On the other hand data stream aggregation allows a trading partner who uses the leaf level forecasting method to roll up total or aggregate individual forecast values for any category and compare them with a trading partner who forecasts at the category level Data stream disaggregation and aggrega
151. profiles Exception Criteria Events Exceptions Exception Criteria Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies based on modules assigned to your company To use this feature you must 1 Configure Extracts using the Oracle Retail VCC configuration tool For details on configuring the Oracle Retail VCC Servlet see the Oracle Retail VCC Installation and Configuration Guide Schedule the event to perform extract For details on scheduling events see Managing the Scheduler Optionally define the format for extracted files For details see the Oracle RetailVCC Implementor Guide Once you or the system administrator completes these procedures you can use the Extracts tool by selecting Extracts from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Extracts 4 1 Introduction Retrieving Extracted Data To extract specific data you must specify a context for extraction The Extracts tool obtains the data at the time the extraction event is scheduled When the data you requested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts List screen Click the link and save the data on your computer The Extracts List screen contains the following Delete deletes an extraction job access to this feature is limited to superadmin admin manager and supervisor Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual
152. recycle bins The Server Admin The server admin has the same access rights as superuser with only one exception The server admin cannot create other superusers or server administrators All other roles can be created by the server admin Refer to The Superuser for full details The Integrator User In addition to the superuser and server admin an Integrator user role exists with the username integratoruser and the default password pinkrhino The Integrator user is independent of any company and cannot log in to the Client The Integrator user is the default user for the VCC Integrator and is allowed to load data for all companies The Administrators There are three types of company specific administrators in VCC superadmin limited admin and admin The only function to which the superadmin has exclusive access is the VCC Scheduler which is used to schedule various Oracle Retail VCC jobs that cannot be performed in real time The screen shown below is similar to the screen a superadmin sees when they log in for details on the context chooser see Context Chooser 14 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Administration Overview Figure 14 2 Context Chooser Area for a Superuser Context Local Lisa Hill All Locations Partner Lisa Hill All Partners Product i il Lisa Hill All Products prosa zi Ename Cen Cun e AA Welcome Lisa Hill Context Chooser The functions you can perform as a Ora
153. remove links Links are a convenience and allow you to link to any Web site you might require from the VCC menu Creating a Company Link with the Company General Config Links Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To create a link for a company 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 16 5 Links Screen Preferences f Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail No Links created Click Add to create Add 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary To add a link click Add The Add a New Link screen appears Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 5 Managing Links for a Company Figure 16 6 Add a New Link Screen Add New Link Link Name URL Test Link 4 Inthe Link Name field enter a name for the link that will appear under Links in the VCC menu 5 Inthe URL field enter the URL for the link and click Test Link to ensure it works 6 Click Save Editing a Company Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To edit an existing link 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 16 7 Link Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hi
154. reports contain all of the common settings described below though these settings do appear across multiple reports Reports 7 3 Common Report Settings Common settings include General Settings Report Type the report type drop down allows you to choose which type of report to generate Date Format The Date Format lets you choose how dates are displayed in the report from a drop down list For example dd mon dd mon yy dd mm dd mm yy mm dd mm dd yy mon dd yyyy mm dd yyyy mm dd yyyy mm dd Display Period Numbers check box allows you to display period numbers File Name filename for the report Number Format determines how numerical data are displayed in the report from a drop down list Note If you select the number format 123 456 789 do not use Microsoft Excel to view reports Microsoft Excel s proprietary formatting may conflict with this number format and the data will not display as expected Report Name report title that will display in the report header Decimal Places maximum decimal places to be allowed in the report Default is M2 Format Select at least one of the following formats Excel RTF PDF PIPE delimited 1 facilitates commas in description fields CSV comma separated values 7 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Note If the Scheduler and Server are running on
155. requests If you want to delete a purge request without purging any transactions data click the check box next to the request you want to delete and click the Delete button Note You can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen Figure 15 27 Purge Data Screen f e amp ARS lt Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge nigan 1n i amp Mn Master Data Purge 3 Click the Purge button on the Purge Type screen to purge the transaction data for that request Server Level Configuration and Management 15 27 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Note You may see an error if the server shuts down during the process of a Transaction Purge or a Master Data Purge Error Unmarshalling exception This error can be ignored and will not affect the purge in any way Purging the Job Monitor Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin The Job Monitor purge allows you to purge the Job Monitor of all of the jobs or some of the jobs that ran in the VCC Server To purge the Job Monitor 1 Click Purge Data in the VCC menu The Purge Type screen appears 2 Click the colored dot adjacent to the Job Monitor Purge check box 3 In the Retain n Jobs in Monitor field enter the number of most recent job
156. running Internet Explorer click the Advanced tab Under Browsing make sure that Reuse windows for launching shortcuts is not checked This will ensure that downloads appear in a new window and do not interfere with your use of Oracle Retail VCC Also under Browsing be sure that the Display a notification about every script error check box is likewise not checked 4 Click OK to save browser configuration Browser Settings D 1 D 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Comment Sample PDF Report Screens Reports can be generated in Excel RTE CSV Pipe delimited or PDF format The Extract report is a CSV Microsoft Excel file All remaining sample VCC Reports that follow were generated in PDF format Comment Data Change Data Stream Distributed Exception Exception Log Extract Last Transaction No Transaction Promotion Detail Promotion Detail Figure E 1 Comment Report Product Stream Type Name Stream Item Name Period of Periods from Current Quantity Comments 7 Th Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement Movernent17 tot 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 223 80 a Comment Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movernenti7 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 228 80 a Comment Nabisco at Pisqustuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement17 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 15 00 This is a Comment Nabisco at Pisquet 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 20 00 This is a
157. sek k ieee tesa 0k keN EK MLR nin Aen ape es 10 35 Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions EELiErr reee ekere ereke 10 35 Removing DOCUMENTS 1 innui aa a Me Ser lan dak na AE ez 10 36 Promotion Status Chang 5 as5 x cib dy Win dek ya V ineke M y babek n k ee y Sr d a a 10 37 Demand Introduction RAN Vy cs ec ae ei eee r DD e 11 1 Demand Policy Parameters spinien ee e er aiaa aaea hese aSa Ea Egois i aeea 11 2 Advanced Paraineterss 2 anien ca ened E ee ie isa DA 11 5 Viewing Demand Policies iy onoo ae deke ay koh E E T E E 11 5 Creating a Demand Policy iseni aa E a Aa is hand Nak E EEE EAER HESE HONAN 11 6 Using Interactive D lll lld 3 xc usep ansi ear E a una b EEA yek ESER 11 10 Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting EE ee rerer ereke ere er rek ree reke Ker AK HAK HHR 11 14 Batch Jobsin ioiei E ea ia hat atin eaten Tag ae 11 15 Creating Batch Requests ine a iai esin a eaae Ses EA ase ebentanetessastanateosses dahetnest skonenssetShahans 11 16 Demand Batch ReqU SEF 52x00141400yi2y Eye s k ebey a R ERER R 11 17 Lift Factor Batch Red St isrener ara berke n Ke k ak nk NAK RE 11 17 Running Batch Requests with Scheduler Tasks rere ekere kereke 11 17 Using Lift Factors yeti cers bggg ggggnnbrmmmrrrrr 11 18 Calculated Lift Patterns 1 5 2 od W k n k n ales heehee Sek KER ieee et hate avs ie dawa Deve Wa c ke wa tint 11 18 I EEAO
158. server A superuser server admin can perform most functions a company administrator superadmin and admin can perform but a superuser server admin cannot configure price profiles or disaggregation for a company Server level superuser and server admin tasks include Company creation u The Configuration screen not to be confused with the specific Company Configuration pane in the VCC menu that allows the role to create data streams available to all companies specify the Oracle Retail VCC program modules that can be used by all companies create links specify the language to be used and configure billing usage report information a Time period creation Database purge functions Each is described below Once you create the companies whose users will log on to this server company administrators can perform all company specific configuration and management including 1 Defining master data for the company which includes products your trading partners your company locations time periods You can create master data manually using the administrator tasks or you can load master data from a file see the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Creating collaborations Creating Price Profiles which sets the base price for each product Creating aggregates if applicable ao F 2 NM Creating company roles and users A superuser server admin also can create users and assign them to roles for specific companies To facilita
159. supervisor The Individual Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen allows you to create exception criteria for selected contexts To create a data stream exception criterion 1 Select your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria Individual Create from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and the following screen appears in the Display pane 6 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 3 Creating Individual Exception Criteria f Individual Group List Create Name J Group To Display None zj Effectivity Dates mm dd yy Start SJena Aggregate On T Product Number Of Levels Down Product UOM Base Units z Share with None X Period Base Periods Period Overlay G c Gall Periods Oo i Fixed Rolling r Aggregate On Period Comparison Current to Current Current to Previous Threshold Type 1 Actual Sales aj Subtype ActualSales Base Type 1 is Partner Type 2 Actual Sales Subtype ActualSales Base z Type 2 is Partner z Offset None C Period Percent Formula type 1 type 2 type2 100 aj Absolute Threshold J Change El Percent Threshold Change aj Severity None z Medium Severity High Severity r Trigger even if part of group T Treat missing value as zero Create Cancel Advanced 3 Enter a name 40 character maximum in the Name text box 4 The Group To Display drop down a
160. that should be purged based on sales activity Note that the report output will display data for each leaf level context if the report is created at folder level To create a Last Transaction report 1 2 3 Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Reports 7 15 Creating Reports No Transaction The No Transaction report identifies products that never had any transactions for any data streams To create a No Transaction report 1 2 3 Promotion Detail Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen To create a Promotion Detail report 1 2 3 Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings Figure 7 15 Filter and Streams Selections Section Filter M promo Status M Data Type Streams Promotion View UOM 6 Change Request Completed Expired Modified Modified Acknowledged Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Rejected Average Base Price Average Promo Price Bas
161. that the e mail will be generated in The default will be whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list as in step 5 Set your status from the Set Status drop down list as in step 6 The Set Status option has the following values Resolution Actions Set Time Out Threshold In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception has passed the time out threshold and is still in a status of Active In Process or Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete In the E mail Language drop down you can set the language that the e mail will be generated in The default will be whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list as in step 5 Set your status from the Set Status drop down list as in step 6 The Set Status option has the following values Click Finish 6 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Note If you have similar entries across multiple severity levels you can save time by clicking the copy buttons located to the left of each action Clicking on the copy icons next to Initial Actions In Process Actions and Resolution Actions will copy ALL the settings from the low severity column into both the Medium and High column
162. that will display the first available date product can be shipped optional You can also enter a Delivery Date Store Invoice Date and Promotional Item Definition Date if desired Enter an Ordering Policy if any Enter the URL associated with the new event optional This feature is useful if there is an online Promotion with a direct URL that displays the advertised product etc Be sure to test the link after pasting it in Enter a comment for the Promotion optional Enter the Due Date information for the Promotion Select Proposed and Planned Milestone Dates and enter the number of days to offset notification Under Metrics you can assign values to metrics you would like to use during the promotion optional Figure 10 21 Create Promotion Screen Metrics Section Service Level Category Lift 96 Sales Forecast Accuracy 9 Order Forecast Accuracy 9 Due Dates Milestone Date Number Of Expedited Shipments DO js Periods Of Supply post event ES r ___ __ ___ Out Of Stock 96 r js Of Promotional Order Consumed je Q Actual Sales Lift OOo o ss Sales Forecast Error 9 pn js Order Forecast Error 9 l 16 Enter Milestone Dates and Notification Offset in the Due Dates section optional Figure 10 22 Create Promotion Screen Due Dates Section Notification Offset Active Begin Date Completed End Date 02 11 02 02 11 02 a Planned al rm Propos
163. the following topics a About Aggregates a Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab a Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab a Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab About Aggregates An aggregate is a convenient way of grouping items that allows you to view totals for the items in the group rather than the individual figures for all the items Rolling up totals is an indispensable way of viewing figures for entire product folders or viewing the figures for large geographic areas that contain many partner locations or many of your own locations For example you can create an aggregate that easily allows you to view the sales figures for a specific product for all your trading partners To obtain a data stream total or aggregate you must indicate to Oracle Retail VCC exactly what it is you are totalling Oracle Retail VCC operates on contexts that include a Your location or location category a Your partner s location or location category a The products on which you and your partner collaborate The time period The data stream except those whose accumulation rule is measure a The unit of measure which can be the base unit of measure a statistical factor currency or loads To aggregate using statistical units or loads you must have supplied a statistical factor or a load factor for the product If you create an aggregate based on currency there must be a ba
164. to Syncra Integrator Exports Retrieval Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Report UI Performs system updates to Promotion Status Updates Condition based on Milestone Due Dates Process the computation of Totals for Events and Promotions 25 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding a Task Adding a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Superadmin You can create a new task for any valid Windows or Unix command The Task command is listed and remains available until deleted Note Do not use double quotes in task fields It can cause the Scheduler s List screen Export Data icon to extract a file with incorrectly formatted fields for this Task To add a task Click Scheduler from the VCC menu 1 Click the Tasks tab The Tasks screen appears Note that there are two types of scheduler task that appear only to superuser and serveradmin roles These are Purge Jobs Monitor and Purge User Activity as seen below Figure 25 4 Tasks Screen Scheduler is running jkleinschmidt 4470 gil Z O Displaying 1 29 of 29 Peay A Name Command x lt Complete Criteria Creation Internal Command Extract Supply Blocked Dates Internal Command Extract UOMs Internal Command Extract Users Internal Command Process Aggregate Actions Internal Command Process Aggregate Exceptions Internal Command Process Event Totals Internal Command
165. to go back a number of revisions for a particular data stream with revision history This is especially useful for forecast type streams when determining how accurate the forecast is for each revision Comparison Type 1 is Partner x Type 2 is Partner x Subtype JActualSales Base Base Generation Offset is available in the Exceptions Metrics and Reports modules The following examples demonstrate how Generation Offset is applied to a selected data stream Table 6 1 Generation Offset Sample Time Period of Data Stream 10 15 2003 Revision of Data Stream Creation Date Quantity First Revision 10 10 2003 11 00 00 AM 11 5 Second Revision 10 11 2003 11 00 00 AM 12 8 Third Revision 10 13 2003 11 00 00 AM 10 6 Final Revision 10 14 2003 11 00 00 AM 22 4 Oracle Retail VCC arrives at the generation offset quantity by a Going back the number of time periods specified in the Generation Offset m Getting the Latest Revision created on or before the End Date of that time period This process can be understood by applying generation offsets to the sample data in Table 2 above For a generation offset of 1 End date of the previous time period 10 14 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 14 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Final Revision with a quantity of 22 4 Since the Final Revision was created one time period before the data stream time period of 10 15 2003 this final revision also gets picked up as Generation 1 For a gene
166. user to log in as the new user A new browser new session must be opened in order to log in Wait 50 60 seconds before the new user logs in Once a user is created you will see a reminder to Set Access Control for the users Hierarchy Stream and Module access If you do not assign access control the user is not able to view any data Setting and Editing User Access Control Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Accessing the User Access Control Screens All user Access Control are managed through a right click menu in the Roles amp Users screen To access this screen 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Highlight the user whom you want to add or change Access Control for and right click Select Access Control from the menu 15 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 15 19 Assign User Access Control Ha Kate Howe HE Mike Bell HS Tom Yang Ed Collins 42 LiyEas HE Examine User Copy User sabelle Jones Jeff Andrews Joel Smith Sandy Walker Zach Lewis 3 The Hierarchy Access screen appears by default This is a tabbed view which allows access to a Hierarchy access control a Stream access control a Module access control Select the appropriate tab s to modify access control for that user Hierarchy Access Oracle Retail VCC allows you to grant a user access to any
167. view Company level period overlays are set up by the Oracle Retail VCC Administrator Company General Config Period Overlays A period overlay created at the company level is available to any of that company s users User level period overlays are created through the user Preferences menu Preferences Layout Data Period Overlays A Period Overlay that is created by an individual user can only be accessed by that user Period overlays can be created in a fixed rolling or telescoping format These are described below Note For all overlay formats if the overlay is currently in use it cannot be deleted Creating a Fixed Period Overlay A fixed Period Overlay allows you to group the time periods you select into a single folder to view the accumulated data stream figures for all the fixed time periods within the folder For example you could create a period overlay that contains all the summer months in 2001 and call it Summer 2001 When you apply the overlay to a stream the stream contains time periods in monthly increments that contain the accumulated weekly data streams for each month To create a new fixed period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Any existing period overlays are displayed in the List screen Preferences 9 5 Layout Figure 9 3 Tabl
168. when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be deleted Edit View displays an editable view at the context of the selected supply batch job when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the supply batch jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be overridden Supply batch jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job Product displays product component of the context Local displays location component of the context Supply 13 9 Using Supply Batch Partner displays partner component of the context Sum displays whether the policy is aggregated on a context dimension If the policy does not aggregate on a dimension displays None Frequency displays selected frequency Created By displays the user name Last Updated displays the last update date and time To create a batch job 1 2 Set your context Click Supply Batch Create The following screen a
169. where the data is very small For safety stock formulae descriptions for each type method and basis see Safety Stock Calculation Supply 13 15 Using the Safety Stock Feature Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor Safety Stock job processing occurs as a background task controlled by the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler see Managing the Scheduler You can however process a single Safety Stock job on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the scheduler This is called on demand Safety Stock job processing It allows you to process one Safety Stock job and view the results immediately To process a single Safety Stock job on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the Scheduler 1 Set your context 2 Click Supply Safety Stock List from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Figure 13 12 Supply Safety Stock List Screen Local Partner Product Planters prasa z Nane Can CoN GA Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston j u REW Displaying 1 1 of Peay gs Product Local Partner Safety Stock Safety Stock Safety Stock Created Last Process On X a Type Method Basis By Updated Demand Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Single Actual Dave r r Planters Pisquatuck Boston Value Normal Consumption Wilson r 3 Check the Process On Demand box next to the Safety Stock job that you want to proc
170. which indicates that your job has begun processing Figure 8 6 Jobs Screen lar 527 Server Locks Current Coni Company Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco Nabisco All Companies Buyer Local Company All Companies All Companies All Companies All Companies All Companies All Companies All Companies 162 148 147 146 145 144 143 Ts SS N 125 124 H e N N E N jH j n kn j j n lon jH jn n Displaying 1 20 of 22 Job Narne Process Metrics On Dernand Creating Aggregates Process Reports On Demand Creating Aggregates Process Aggregate Actions Extract Users Extract Supply Blocked Dates Complete Criteria Creation Process Exception Alerts Extract Supply Blocked Dates Process Leaf Exceptions Modify Collaborations Creating Aggregates Creating Aggregates Creating Aggregates Process Leaf Exceptions Process Leaf Exceptions Process Leaf Exceptions Process Leaf Exceptions 12 M Start Time 09 18 03 17 09 17 03 17 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 12 03 14 09 11 03 10 09 11 03 10 09 11 03 10 09 11 03 09 01 20 03 20 01 09 03 20 01 08 03 20 01 08 03 18 09 29 03 11 09 29 03 11 09 19 03 14 49 44 10 os 56 36 36 36 36 34 34 25 13 os 00 59 12 oo 00 25 I Mark entries before 09 29 03 D 51 149 40
171. 0 20 03 G C Time Any Time 7 End Date mm dd yy HH mm mm dd yy Recurrence Once x Collaboration Item Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts l Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 0 33 o o o Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack The number of items displayed on the disaggregation list page is controlled by The Results per page field under the Company Preferences screen Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 13 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab 21 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 22 Managing Company Collaborations This chapter contains the following topics a About Collaborations a Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen About Collaborations Oracle Retail VCC allows you to bulk load your collaborations using the VCC Integrator or to enter them manually using Oracle Retail VCC administrator tasks For details on bulk loading collaborations see the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Collaboration is central to Oracle Retail VCC You can configure VCC to manage collaborations between any company location in your location hierarchy with any trading partner location This chapter describes how to add collaborations using the VCC administrator tasks and how to add the products req
172. 0 333 3333 0001 Quick Stop at Manhattan 50 555 5555 0001 Quick Stop at Brooklyn 0 555 5555 0002 Quick Stop at Riverhead 50 555 5555 0003 Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 15 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface 5 Highlight the item you want in the sorted list and close the list in the Display pane Click the Set icon to set the context The selected item is set for the context Note If the search returns only one item it automatically is chosen for the context Comparing Products The Data View Edit screen has an additional icon that allows you to select two products to compare This feature enables simultaneous viewing of two products data To compare two products 1 Select a context that contains a leaf level Product 2 Select Data View Edit from the menu The View Edit screen appears Figure 2 21 View Edit Screen Display Mode Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck artner ere Planters Cashews Product z os Mid Aa Mode Default zj UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr SalesFostBase SalesFestProm SalesFost eas SalesFestTotl SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total 02 11402 125 00 225 00 325 00 575 00 100 00 200 00 300 00 600 00 3 C
173. 000 items for deletion at any given time Note Aggregates associated with disaggregation profiles or exception criteria cannot be deleted They display without a check box in the delete column Exporting Aggregates Aggregates can be exported using the Export Data icon This is located on the Company Aggregates List screen By selecting this icon you export Aggregate definitions in the following order Creator company Id Creator Location Id Partner company Id Partner Location Id Global Item Number Period Begin Period End Stream Type code UOM Creator Aggregate type partner aggregate type product aggregate type The file you export will resemble the following sample 111 111 001 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020120 20041225 5 1 0 1 1 111 111 Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020331 2 1 1 1 1 Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020331 5 1 1 1 1 111 20 6 Oracle Value Ch Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020210 15 1 1 1 1 ain Collaboration User Guide 21 Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation This chapter contains the following topics About Data Stream Disaggregation Profile Based Disaggregation Proportional Disaggregation Straight Line Disaggregation About Disaggregation Profiles Configuring Disaggregation Factors Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab D
174. 002 FHS Febw2 2002 HS 02 04 02 02 04 02 H 02 05 02 02 05 02 HE 02 06 02 02 06 02 H 02 07 02 02 07 02 HS 02 08 02 02 08 02 H 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 ERS Febw 3 2002 f 02 11 02 02 11 02 HZ 02 12 02 02 12 02 H 02 13 02 02 13 02 HS 02 14 02 02 14 02 10 11 After selecting the period click the Checkmark in the top right hand corner of the Period Tree screen For Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors and Exceptions you can choose either Fixed as described above or Rolling periods For rolling periods enter the Start Period and End Period For Events only an optional On or After date field is available By selecting a date here you can specify that data beginning on and after a certain date be extracted This will exclude any data prior to the date specified For Exceptions and Events the Created by drop down allows you to select which data you wish the file to contain If you select Partner the data extracted will only Extracts 4 7 Extracts File Formats contain stream data entered by your partner Likewise selecting Local will give you a file containing only locally created streams If you select Both your file will contain both your and your partner s data 12 If you are extracting Exceptions select the Exception Status es to be extracted Multi select by holding down the Shift and Ctrl keys 13 Select the language Character Set the extra
175. 1 Editing a Data Stream Note Both you and your partner can read a comment you create However only you or your company users can delete or modify it Editing a Data Stream Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Oracle Retail VCC allows you to edit your local data stream only You cannot edit a data stream received from a trading partner To edit a local data stream in table format 1 Select your context 2 Click Context Chooser Display Mode and choose your settings with regards to groups time period comparison type and UOM from the drop down lists Figure 3 9 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode Expand None z Group an UOM Base Units Type z View by Period Base Periods 5 SubType Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr zj E en Mode Default 3 Click the Set icon 4 Select Data View Edit from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and click the Table tab when the stream appears in the display pane Figure 3 10 Display Pane Grid Save UOM Base Units Test Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 100302 POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas POS Forecast Total POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas POS Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj
176. 1010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento 0 124 11010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Inventa 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 10 124 11C 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 10 124 11C 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 33 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11C 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11C 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Balance29 DC Receip 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33 30 333 332 1 69E 08 EA PK Me EA PK Me 10 124 11C 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 332 30 33
177. 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 JS Forecast Prom IS Forecast Seas Forecast Total 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 al Curr p Forecast Base 15 00 15 00 15 00 18 00 18 00 18 00 ip Forecast Promo p Forecast Adj p Forecast Total 15 00 15 00 15 00 18 00 18 00 18 00 ner Curr p Forecast Base 6 When you have finished comparing products you can return to single product view by clicking the Go to Normal View icon You can bookmark product comparisons by clicking the bookmark icon while in comparison mode This bookmark will be displayed with a comparison arrow when you retrieve bookmarks 2 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 24 Bookmark Product Comparisons Partner Product Compare Product Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partnerl Planters Holiday Pack lt Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partner1 Planters Cashews Remza Holiday Pack Display Mode Context Chooser Display Mode allows you to choose how you display data streams to search for exceptions to customize how you view criteria or to select a promotion event comparison type and time period depending on what you select from the Menu Below are examples of how the Context Chooser Display Mode screen appears when you have selected one
178. 21 46 Pack Boston Planters Speedy eee Base Units Base Units Base Units Base Units k saz The inbox initially shows all exceptions generated at or below the context you have selected However you may customize your view in the following ways 0 Apply a default filter to see only the exceptions important to you a To create a filter see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences for details u Toseta filter as your default see Setting List Screen Preferences for details When you select Exceptions Inbox from the Menu the Context Chooser Display Mode tab shows your default filter in the Select A Filter drop down seen below Figure 5 2 Select A Filter Drop down List Display Mode C Filter select A Filter C Search Choose Search Type zj You can view all the exceptions generated on your selected context by clicking Unfiltered View on the Display Mode tab This also changes the Display Mode to display the filter and search features For details see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features u Arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences Specify a multi column sort order 5 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction Inbox View Buttons There are two buttons that appear on the Inbox List screen which provide conveniences while viewing exceptions Figure 5 3 Inbox View Buttons F mame Com Cum Indiv
179. 22822 Int Load Master Data Completed with rejects 5 Set job list items for deletion in any of three ways a Click in a check box see a checkmark appear see the Delete button appear u Click the X Mark Icon see a checkmark appear in all of the check boxes on the page Click the Delete button to remove the checked items u Click the Mark Entries Before check box to indicate you are setting a date before which you want to delete all items You can enter the date directly into the date box be sure to use the defined date format or you can click the Calendar icon and select a date from it Click the Apply Changes icon to add the checkmark to the targeted items click the Delete button to remove the checked items Superusers and serveradmins can delete any job superadmins can delete jobs for their own companies Deleted jobs are removed from the user interface view only To permanently remove jobs from the VCC database run the Scheduler task Purge Jobs Monitor 6 Integrator jobs and some Scheduler jobs contain additional information Click the active link under the Job ID column A separate simple browser window opens displaying the first link to the Job details Click on the first bullet to expand Click on the sub bullets to drill to desired information Be precise when clicking a bullet to expand or contract the XML file Clicking near the bullet could cause the opposite of the intended action Managing the Monitor 24 3 Moni
180. 26product 3D01254687 12 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 11 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active 18 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 19 Creating Product Price Profiles This chapter contains the following topics a About Product Price Profiles a Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab About Product Price Profiles A product price profile defines the base price of a product for a specific time period for a specific collaboration You can create multiple profiles for a product reflecting different prices for different time periods For example you might want to create a specific price for snow shovels during the winter that differs from the price of snow shovels during the summer Before creating a price profile you should define the time periods in your forecast as well as your trading partner and trading partner locations A product price profile is always defined in terms of a collaboration between your local company location and your partner s location You can select any leaf level location or location folder and any leaf level product or product folder partner location or partner location folder Only users with administrative privileges can create a product price profile Superusers and ServerAdmins cannot create a price profile because the supe
181. 3 00 1 321 00 83 12 0127409 Active Z Low pase Forecast Ship Nuts q Boston Kek SalesFestBase Forecast Base Shipment Planters Speedy Sales Forecast 3 Click the Status History drilldown dot to view the status history of that exception The Status History screen appears Figure 6 15 Status History Screen Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Status History Displaying 1 1 of 1 Modification Date User Name Old Status New Status 10 28 03 11 57 00 Dave Wilson Active Escalated 4 Click Back to return to the Active Exceptions List 5 Click Back again to return to the Criteria List screen Changing an Exception s Status from the Exception Inbox Screen To change an exception s status 1 Click Exceptions Inbox Individual 2 Select a status from the Status drop down list a In Process 6 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Processing Exception Criteria on Demand a Resolved a Unresolvable u Dismiss a Escalated 3 Click Apply Changes Note If you change an exception s status in the Exceptions Criteria drilldown Active Exceptions link Active Exception list page you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears Processing Exception Criteria on Demand Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor Exception criteria processing occurs as a background task controlled by the Oracle Retail
182. 3 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 100 124 110 10 124 11030 333 33 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movernent POS Fest 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 10 124 11C 10 124 1 130 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 EA PK Me EA PK Me 10 HHH HAHAH Base Units 20 AHHH HHH Base Units 30 HAHAHA HHHHHHHHE Base Units AO see HAHAHA Base Units 101 SHAH HHHHHHHH Base Units 6 8 HAHHHHH HHHHHHH Base Units 202 dH HHHH Base Units 309 8 AARRE HHHHHHHHE Base Units 101 eHHHHHE SHHHHHHHE Base Units 6 8 HNAHANHHNR HHH Base Units 202 HHHHHHH BIHIN Base Units 309 8 sHHHHHHE HHHHHHH Base Units 101 HHH HHH Base Units 6 8 HRHIHINNE HINHHNHNE Base Units 202 dH HHHHHE Base Units 309 8 HHHHHHHY HHHHHHHH Base Units 15 see HHH Base Unite This is a C 13 6 0 HNHIHINNR HHHHHHHH Base UnitsThis is a C 15 202 AHHHHHHE HHHH Base Units 223 5 HHHHHH HHHH Base Units This is a MULTI 101 HRHWIHHN HHHHHHH Base Units This is a C 8 33 SHHHHHHEY HHHH Base Units This is a 3 20 HHHHHHHE HHHHHHH Base Units This is a C 11 6 0 HHHHHHHE HHHH Base UnitsThis is a 17 202 AHHH dHHHHHHH Base Units 228 0 HHHHHHHE HHHHHHHH Base Units This is a C MULTI 44 HHHHHHHE HHHHHH Base Units This is a C 8 3 gt bih Extract Last Transaction Figure E 5 Last Transaction Report Ia JERI C Nm Doggy Bag Treats naor Sadr Crigiral mikre Biscuit Diantere Cashova Piters Holiday Park
183. 3 YA 4 Y C 1 XC 2 XC 3 XC 4 X C 1 YC 2 YC 3 YC 4 Y Any value entered for disaggregation at the aggregate context would be multiplied by the factors assigned to each of the partner leaves to determine what value to assign to each leaf level context If you enter a zero value for one of the factors zero is multiplied by the disaggregation value and the result would be that zero is the value assigned to that leaf Note Note that the Time Only subtab and the Daily Allocation tab appear only if your base time periods are daily For Manual Entry disaggregation 1 Choose one or more Type Sub Type s from the selection box by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on individual types or by holding down the Shift key and selecting multiple types Note that measure streams cannot be disaggregated so they are not included in the drop down list 2 Select the context Location Partner Product Period on which you want to disaggregate Note that one of location partner or product must be at the folder level and the other two must be at the leaf level since disaggregation progresses from the folder level to the leaf level and you cannot disaggregate on two folders at once You cannot use the root folder for any of these three dimensions to create a disaggregation profile If you select a Partner category all the leaf partners in the category with whom you collaborate are assigned a disaggregation value based on the factor 21 6 Or
184. All Periods Reference Period 0 M use existing period labels Levels Above Base Periods Minimum Number of Color Column Prefix Add Remove Consecutive Display Buckets 0 1 Blue Bi WA EN pa 4 Enter a name for the period overlay no more than 20 alphanumeric characters 5 Your period overlay begins at the current base period defined as daily or weekly in your database unless you specify a reference period number Entering a start reference directs the period overlay to begin before or after the current base period To begin the period overlay before the current base period enter a negative number To begin after the current base period enter a positive number For instance in a daily database if the current date is 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay will begin on 9 4 In a weekly database if the current week begins on 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay will begin on 9 28 6 Uncheck the Use existing period labels check box if you do not want to use the existing period labels You will be prompted to enter a Column Prefix if this box is not checked 7 Click the Period link and the period tree screen appears in the Display pane Select Base Period a time period folder cannot select at leaf level and click the Close button in the upper right hand corner of the period tree screen to continue Figure 9 10 Period Tree All Periods E Fiscal 2002 2004 mE
185. C and allows you to create exception criteria and metrics Planner permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has read only access to exception criteria and metrics Reviewer permits read only access to Oracle Retail VCC For details on the functions each role can perform see User and Role Permissions 15 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin The user tree defaults to show Active Users which are users who currently have access control and can log in to Oracle Retail VCC Users who have been disabled will appear in a separate user tree In order to access the disabled user tree 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the menu 2 Choose Disabled Users from the Display drop down The Disabled Users tree appears Figure 15 14 Disabled Users Tree Display Active Users all reviewer planner KUR T manager p admin E super_admin Been server_admin T superuser HE Dave Wilson Friar Tuck E integratoruser Lisa Hill Ha loader A Molly Fitz E Rich Green Rishi Krotha Sheri Wood JH Chris Stone ot For details on how to disable a user see Disabling a User Roles amp Users Search Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin
186. Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface General Icons The following icons allow you to refresh copy export and print information in the user interface The icons appear in different combinations depending on what menu or submenu is selected Table 2 1 General Icons Icon Icon Name Description Refresh Refreshes the page ay Get link to this page Copies the URL of your current page to a new window for pasting into another application Use the URL in the new window shown below to paste into an application in order to navigate directly back to this page lt a Email this page Mails a link of the current page electronically to the e mail address of your choice Printer Friendly View Displays a printable version of the current page You must set the paper orientation to Landscape in order to print the entire printer friendly view The Printer Friendly View will only print the page that is currently displayed In order to print multiple pages you must display each page individually and click the Printer Friendly icon Configure List A shortcut that allows you to configure List screen preferences exactly as you would in Preferences Layout Lists Changes made through either route will effect the same change and will be reflected in both configuration screens Export Data Exports data to either a csv Excel spreadsheet format or an HTML file viewable in Internet Explorer
187. Comment Nabisco at Pisquet 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 6 80 Nabisco at Pisquat 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 6 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston PI EA PK Measure 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 44 00 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston PI shews Balance29 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 101 00 This is a Comment Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews EA PK Measure 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 33 00 This is a Comment MULTI MULTI Nor Order policy change None Overstock condition None Price change None Product changeover None Production issue Accepted Production issue Superceded Revised promotion Superceded Sample PDF Report Screens E 1 Data Change Data Change Data Stream Figure E 2 Data Stream Report Data Stream Report Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Start Date 09 2 Partner Speedy Rx at Boston End Date 11 02 03 Product Planters Cashews Report Run Date 10 24 03 Creator Partner Stream Type Name Stream Item Name al EVEN ee ee EZEW EEER Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Bas Base Units Current 101 00 401 00 101 00 15 00 20 00 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Bas Base Unts Yr Ago 19 00 19 00 Nabisco at Pisqustuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement 7 POS Fest Pro Base Units Current 6 20 6 80 6 80 6 80 6 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Pro Base Units Gen 01 6 20 N
188. Company General Config Links Tab 16 5 Editing a Company Dink e tescccatectiecceetes EKEN K n S e En KUK EYe ne C N loves R bane eee deraa r des 16 6 Del ting a Company Link Sao a G ake k Bib n aa j n keka y ne ia jA r lao SEWA lake n DAK RA 16 7 Hiding Company LIN KSes e er b da kiz keyek Maya ki vi x o Pek x biy ya k b la n MERANE N 16 7 The Period Overlays Taberi yrr Her a nee y tn e RN Kake Neke E er AE HENEK Kere Ke Ek AZ 16 8 Using the Real Time Extract TaD lt 55 1124244 44 15551215 251 245110205ay du k Ra EB Zabe HERE CE E EEEE aia 16 8 Configuring Real Time EXEr LS seits iiser senise ran xal ake k ken kek k E ken 3n an kane n au n d aaah n 16 9 Using the Stream Types Taberas ironi E AE aE Yay eken S 16 10 Configuring E mail Alerts xi sa Ey Siwe E ARAS Pa e keke k a l ye V MIKe RA 16 11 Master Data About Master Dal 2 e ka Ma Dide n niriana eae S y w ve dik de Ke aes 17 1 About Entering Master Data ky 5 c5y 050y 4 cini RE k kra aaie iae aea aar a E E i aRt a ia 17 2 Managing Company Locations 4 4 l d n nn kil kd Wire ee keke lae c r ET Ne E keke keke ke kek arek 17 2 Managing Company Product erer erer reke ker ekere re kerek Kere re ee Ker ree rere r HAH Hen r nHKA 17 2 Managing Product Hi rar hi S siots aio ei e a dae bu ERE aka KER VE eke de 17 3 Guid
189. Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 5 Process Aggregate Actions 6 Process Aggregate Exceptions 7 Process Exception Alerts 8 Process Extract Requests 9 Process Leaf Actions 10 Process Leaf Exceptions Processes In Process and Resolution actions for all leaf and aggregate exceptions Identifies aggregate data revisions Identifies and re synchs aggregate criteria with any folders marked dirty by hierarchy changes Obsoletes any exceptions triggered by items no longer included in folder marked dirty by hierarchy changes Identifies any exceptions resulting from the aggregate stream revisions Identifies any group exceptions Processes Initial actions for all new Aggregate exceptions triggered Sends e mails to supplied e mail addresses in Exceptions Send Alert Requests list Run this task after processing exceptions through these tasks Process Leaf Exceptions Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Leaf Actions Process Aggregate Actions When an extract request has been created in the Extract UI for any all of the options Extracts requested data from theVCC Database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Retrieval Scheduler machine Or to the File Path File URL as configured in VCC Configuration Client screen If the data_retrieval log file generated in Syncra_ Home integrator logs directory contains e
190. Creation Date that is in GMT You can configure Real Time Extracts in the Company General Config Real Time Extract tab Extract settings on this screen allow you to specify a The file path a File delimiter a Precision by setting the number of decimal places a Which columns to include a Column order a UOM Note Comment Reason and Revision Status will not be extracted if a Data Stream is saved using either a Period Overlay or with Total Stream selected for Real Time Extract Additionally data from Real Time Extract will have a creation date that is in GMT 16 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Real Time Extract Tab Configuring Real Time Extracts To configure Real Time Extracts 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Click the Real Time Extract tab The Real Time Extract screen appears Figure 16 11 Real Time Extract Screen File Path C Program Files Syncra integrator exports realtime Delimiter comma Tab other Set Precision r Decimal Places rm uom Base Units Hide Columns Visible Hidden Creator Company Type Creator Company Alternate Id Creator Company Alternate Id Type Creator Location Id Type Creator Location Alternate Id Creator Location Alternate Id Type Partner Company Id Type Partner Company Alternate Id Partner Company Alternate Id Type Partner Location Id Type Partner Location Alternate Id Par
191. Dates Start Date 10 26 03 End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Monthly z pay m of every r month s The First aj Sunday Bi of every r month s Time Start Any Time C start at HH mm To request master data 1 Select the appropriate Folder level Company Location Partner Location Product from the Context Chooser and Period from the Create Tab for which the Extract request is to be created 2 Click Extracts Create The Create screen appears 3 Select the Master Data radio button for Retrieval Type Figure 4 2 Create Screen Local gt Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product Dave Wilson All Products A Y Create Extract Type master Data Other Type Product Hierarchy Filename Character Set scn Directory Path c Program Files Syncra integrator exports ret Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 10 26 03 End Date TT rmm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Monthly z Dav r of every r month s The First amp sundav l of every r month s Time start Any Time Start At HH mm Cancel 4 Select the master data Type Location Hierarchy Partner Hierarchy Product Hierarchy Period Hierarchy or Collaboration Products 5 If the Include Current Folder control is checked the output will include the specification for the current folder If un checked the output will include all the items within the current folde
192. Day6 0 10 Day 0 10 3 Click New In the Name field enter the name for this daily allocation profile Figure 21 11 Daily Allocation Create Profile Screen Create Daily Allocation Create Profile Name Dayi Day2 Day3 Day4 Day5 Day6 Al Day Cancel 21 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab 4 Enter the new allocation factors for each weekday and click Save You can use the daily allocation setup profiles you create when creating disaggregation profiles for databases that use daily time buckets 5 When you select a Default Daily Allocation from the drop down it will appear by default each time you enter the Daily Allocation screen 6 You can edit a profile by selecting it in the drop down menu and clicking Edit Figure 21 12 Daily Allocation Edit Screen f Daily Allocatior Edit Profile Name Standard TT Day1 ozo Day2 o 20 7 Day3 ozo Day4 je o T7 Day5 fo 10 Day6 foio Day7 0 10 Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 11 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager To delete or edit an existing profile 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu 2 Click t
193. Default Screen The scren below shows the default view with future events promotions Figure 10 15 Promotions Default Screen ate 03 08 06 l l The Default search displays the future event bart Buy Doomen res Qayoeyoe 03 18 06 a r ia Changing the Status of a Promotion Promotions have a status Status can be changed manually or automatically Any change of status automatically updates the last changed by field to the user who changed the status The following are the various status states Promotios are non editable by the creator company when the status of the promotion is Planned Events 10 15 Promotions a New Promotion is in creation process only visible to creator company and does not impact promo forecast All possible changes are allowed a Proposed Effect of Promotion is reflected in the creator s promo forecast stream Promotion is made visible to partner with status of awaiting approval but does not impact partner forecast stream a Planned Effect of Promotion applied to partner forecast stream u Modified Modified effect of Promotion is reflected in the creator s promo forecast line Modified Promotional event is made visible to partner but does not change partner forecast until accepted a Change Req A change is requested no changes are made to either forecast line User needs to enter a Promotion level comment with the requested change a Rejected Effect of
194. Dy e k na arka AEE kre ka a chats Hien chs evan ee d V dek R a Rake y V ber Va ke Ke ARVAN e a Ha ena faded de 11 19 Specifying Lift Patterns y siya yaki dei sed ake ka kak d xkn iyut 11 19 An Analyzer About the Analyzers Dy besuen eaa r a a a wa 5RRRdDd 12 1 Viewing Cubes with the Analyzer cece cece laze ke keke b ke kek kerk S in n 12 1 Managing Custom Cube ViewS s lt 3 2 2 2j y na wead Wle ikr KAYA n WW Aa NS 12 2 Supply Tinted da in aneteri eaen Seed sie ce Sas ees Ss aa E a AESA 13 1 Creating a Supply P Hey seai een di heels Loto chant aa aaea reaa aeaea e Eaa e heei 13 2 Using Interactive SUpply e oreren i kanini ene e aa s oV evez a ia WE ve sev n d r A ren 13 6 Using Supply Batch erie ERE EEE ea KEL A Rey A E E deke dery EN E 13 9 vii Using the Safety Stock F a t s x yd Hak nn A Kak ek ek KA K4 DA de n k 13 11 Safety Stock Calculation Rul Ssys A 41444x256 2 Wn 60 Hye re Pere PE yee b ked We T e 13 15 Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand Eiim rene kereke keke erkek rek rek re kek ree 13 16 Part Ill Value Chain Collaboration Administration 14 Introduction to VCC Administration Administration Overview x 6is ceei ie lee eh Ae ava Sa ele dub erdi esi A iE 14 1 The SUP ni e PS ccc N rrr 14 1 The Server7A dili mde n alia A Ailes en a an cei 14 2 The Integrator User itscstssivtesievti case vnistaiep viabaetee siesta iaai iaa iaa Diviak
195. Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Links Save Edit Delete Add Language View Details Add Delete General Period Create Events Overview Calendar List View Edit Copy Delete Change Status Status History Upload Documents Download Documents Create Attributes Edit Attributes Upload Download Documents Promotions lCalendar List Edit Items Copy Event Change Status Delete Promotion Status History Add Comment Examine Promotion Create View Attributes Tactics Items Upload Download Documents User and Role Permissions C 3 Table C 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Promotion Items List Delete Item Edit Item Examine Edit Item View Data Documents List View Edit Delete Demand Policy List Delete Edit All View Edit Create Interactive NONE Batch List Apply Changes View Edit Create Lift Factor Edit weekly DB only View Supply 4 Policy List Delete Edit All C 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table C 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role
196. Examining a Zi SA A N r r r r Dd 15 23 Disabling a SOT lt kis RR R ia i ana bek yid Sahaa 15 23 Mowing a User tora New Role i e y6uaa qek e eleke ya a E S 15 24 viii 16 17 Changing a User Passwords tei st n l edet LR DR Aa 0k ea K k evant a R bl gen 15 24 Copying a Ser s k wy n d W n n ne Ra K ye sele kaye bev eye ibe ker bek d VERE e NN GR ei ads Pa 15 25 Designating a System U Ser rinisin aiee eiae Ea taut ai al eee 15 26 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen ULL rrr kre re 15 26 Purging Transaction Da t ku s ya cibe ziki na a dl e s ka e k1ek a HIIR kaza MERAN hassel Hineya kk 15 27 P rgihg the J obi Monitor ox k xa yel n ella e K l ounce sbpeetun q v k duns se SERRE Kera eE 15 28 P rgirg Master Datars sike bdn ek nb dye kd vanae EOS nibe ne G j keka kaka EES OEE austen dew kjn 15 29 Purging Event Promotions E ere reee eke ereke keke keke keke ke KAK rak K HKH KHK KK KHK KA 15 29 Purging Collaboration Item Commeents EEr erke erer ereke ee kek eee ere Kek e 15 30 Checking the Purge Progress isaisa Hay ANHA Avay Kur Ke SOZ ie 15 30 Managing Time Periods for All Companies rere r erken kereke rexek ekere ke 15 32 Guidelines for Creating Time PeriodS E rere ereke kerek eee ee kerek reke keke 15 32 Creating Periods Company Configura
197. Example SS x j 7 45 2 5 round up to 3 units Periods Forward Periods forward calculates the sum of the specified number of periods forward from the given period For instance if the number of periods of supply were specified as four then the safety stock for each period is the sum of demand for the next four periods Figure H 14 Periods Forward Formula n SS Z jx NumberPeriodsForward Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated Forecast at period i Read from current_ af stream n Number of periods Specified in SS job forward H 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Periods Back Periods back is the average demand per period times the specified number of periods Figure H 15 Periods Back Formula SS D jx NumberPeriods Supply 1 Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated Demand at period i Read from current_ D i stream n Number of periods of Specified in SS job supply My Mean demand per Calculated period for the given range Time Series Calculation Time series calculations work similar to the above but add the element of a rolling horizon Consider the following example User selects Time Series Normal Forecast Consumption for forecast periods 1 through 10 with a 5 period rolling horizon For period 1 use the above equations with a range of periods from 1 5 as the input For period 2 use the above equations with a range o
198. Forecast Qty DC Order Forecast Oty Foreward Buy Forecast Qty Item Type The impact of events is applied according to the rules shown in Rules for Applying Event Impact For absolute impacts the specified impact is applied uniformly to all Item time periods specified For instance if the you specify an absolute increase of 500 units 500 is entered in the promo line for all time periods and all Items specified There is no disaggregation of the entered value Table 10 7 Rules for Applying Event Impact Impact Type POS FC Impact Price Impact Percent Increase Promo Qty Base Impact QTY Promo Price Base 1 Impact 100 QTY 100 Percent Decrease Promo Qty 1 Base Impact QTY Promo Price Base 1 Impact 100 QTY 100 Absolute Increase Promo Qty Impact QTY Promo Price Base Impact QTY Absolute Decrease Promo Qty 1 Impact QTY Promo Price Base Impact QTY Absolute Change Promo Qty Impact QTY Base Promo Price Impact QTY Note If Set Sales Impact and or Set Order Impacts at Event level are not selected the forecast for the unselected one will not be generated Algorithms for optimizing the timing pricing or calculating expected sales for an event are not included Events 10 27 Promotion Items Viewing Promotion Items There are two ways in which you can view a list of Promotion Items 1 A list of Items can be accessed through the Oracle Retail VCC menu by selecting Events
199. History Planters i Speedy Sa Nabisco at 10 27 03 escalated E Base 10 28 03 Mixed Pisquatuck Hac 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 83 12 17 21 46 Escalated x Low Units oe Planters K Speedy Sa Nabisco at 5 10 27 03 Base 10 29 03 sae pisqustuck aun 4 067 00 445 00 4 512 00 90 14 15 21 as Escalated Low ae z Planters Speedy Sa G Nabisco at R 10 27 03 Base 10 30 03 Mixed Pisquatuck nee 6 122 00 12 00 6 134 00 99 80 15 24 a In Process Low lines r Planters Speedy Sa G A Nabisco at 10 27 03 Base 10 31 03 Holiday Pisquatuck RX at 340 00 552 00 212 00 160 38 13 21 46 Escalated z Low hens n Pack Boston Sa Planters Sneedu EN Sa Collapsed View The collapsed view collapses multiple exceptions to a single entry in the Inbox The exceptions are collapsed on the following fields a Local a Partner a Product a UOM u Base stream type code Type 1 and Type 2 a Criteria name Exceptions 5 9 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 8 Exception Inbox Collapsed View L Apply Changes ji View Exceptions I View Expanded Displaying 1 3 of 3 X23 Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status O Criteria History Planters Z Speedy multiple Le Mixed Nabisco at Rat multiple T multiple B multiple Ls multiple x multiple z J Pisquatuck Nuts Boston Planters Speedy multiple Holiday Nabisco at Reat mult
200. JOB_REQ STREAM STREAM_ITEM Managing Time Periods for All Companies As superuser server admin you must create the time periods that will be used by all companies on the server You can create time periods in weekly or daily increments for as many periods as required Once you create the time periods company specific administrators can organize them into a hierarchy for example of years months and weeks using the New Category tool A period hierarchy contains period master data which includes period name u begin date end date Company specific administrators can create period overlays A period overlay allows you to group the time periods you select into a single category allowing you to view the accumulated forecast figures for all the time periods within the category For example you can create a period overlay that contains all the months in 2002 and call it Monthly 2002 When you apply the overlay to a forecast the forecast contains time periods in monthly increments that contain the accumulated weekly or daily forecasts for each month Only superusers serveradmins and superadmins can modify periods Guidelines for Creating Time Periods To be effective the time periods or time buckets must match the business s regular cycle of sales or supply activities A retailer who runs promotions on a weekly schedule probably forecasts the promotion as a unit aligned by the promotional week A supplier who makes daily st
201. Manual Stream Changes Stream Changes VCC Locks and Jobs G 7 Extractor Jobs G 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide H Safety Stock Calculation Input Variables Variable Units Symbol Notes Service Level SL Static input value chosen by user Average Product Demand Standard Deviation of Demand Average Order Processing Time Average Transit Time Average Lead Time Standard Deviation of Lead Time Units per base period Units per base period s D Base period Base period Base period Base period s LT from list Consumption in units per day Calculated choice of generation basis Actual Calculated or Forecasted and choice of date range Consumption Formula 1 below is used Defaults to the value specified in the Profile may be manually edited by the user Manually input by user Average delivery lead time calculated as sum of Average Order Processing Time and Average Transit Time Formula 2 below is used Safety Stock Calculation H 1 Formulas Used Formulas Used Standard Deviation Formula Standard Deviation of demand is calculated as follows Figure H 1 Standard Deviation Formula D D W i l zD N E where s D Standard Deviation of demand n Number of observations Di Each observation of demand _ Mean demand D Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time Formula Combined standard deviation of demand and l
202. Metric Types Table 8 20 Cont Variability Metric Item Details Available at sum Yes Available at overlay Yes If at an overlay the horizon is automatically set to match the number of base periods in each overlay item Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values will be treated as zeros Weighted Average Forecast Error This Metric calculates forecast error for single periods either on an absolute or percentage basis Available only at folder level it creates aggregated error or accuracy for all collaboration items under that folder Example Category X contains two products A and B Product A had a forecast of 12 and actual sales of 10 Product B had a forecast of 19 and actual sales of 20 Average forecast error at Category X using actual as the weighting factor is Product A abs 12 10 10 20 10 200 Product B abs 19 20 20 5 20 100 Category X 200 100 10 20 300 30 10 Table 8 21 Weighted Average Forecast Error Item Details Error Formula 2A W where R result Fx Forecast for product x Ax Actual for product x Wx Weighting Factor for product x Error Formula n R 10 2 W x F 4 x D x W x 1 where R result Fx Forecast for product x Ax Actual for product x Dx Either Forecast or Actual can be selected for the denominator Wx Weighting Factor for product x Accuracy Formula Result 100 Error Input Str
203. Metrics 8 21 Access Control 8 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 9 Preferences This chapter contains the following sections a Introduction General Preferences Layout Changing Your Password Introduction Any option that you can choose to view you can set as a personal preference so that it appears by default when you use Oracle Retail VCC This allows you to personalize Oracle Retail VCC according to your requirements You can choose the layout you desire and localize the display for your language number and date format and time zone You can even set your home page to display a particular screen within the product Some of the layout preferences you can configure include the general appearance and source indicator for data streams a display of the period columns in Data screen views u the look and feel of the Exception Inbox a the look and feel of the Exception Criteria List view a the look and feel of the Promotions List view u the look and feel of the Extract List view a the look and feel of the Metrics List view General Preferences The General preferences feature allows you to select the Language Number Format Date Format Time Format Detected Time Zone Time Zone Product Label for Tree Display Default Context Default Screen and Themes To set the general preferences 1 Select Preferences General The General screen appears Preferences 9 1 Gener
204. Module Display On Counter Display Rack Display Shelf Extender Display Shipper Display Transparency Temporary Outpost Consumer Incentive BOGO Buy x Get y Coupon Coupon Book Free Item Gift with Purchase Instant Rebate In Store Sample Demo Mail In Rebate Mailed Samples Major Event Membership Card No Price Change Purchase with Purchase Other Consumer Incentive Scan Special EDLP Event Sweepstakes Temporary Price Reduction Assortment Change Product Introduction Product Retirement Location Change Add Locations Drop Locations Packaging Bonus Pack Co Branded Item In Pack Item Near Pack Item On Pack Item Pre Priced Item Trade Funds N A 10 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Table 10 1 Cont Promotion Tactics Category Tactic Other N A Additional Categories and Tactics can be added or modified using the Tactics creator Contact a Oracle Tech Support Executive for more details on adding and modifying Categories and Tactics Viewing Promotions There are three ways in which you can view a list of Promotions 1 A list of Promotions can be access through the VCC menu by selecting Events Promotions This list will display Promotions regardless of the Event they were created for The Events Promotions list is context specific 2 Any Promotions that exist for an Event can be viewed from within Events Overview By drilling down to examine the Event you will see a tabbed view of bo
205. Nulls should be ignored in the average i e if inventory is only reported for one period in the overlay Xt will use that value and will not divide by the number of base periods in the overlay period Available at overlay Yes The input for consumption is the overlay value The input for inventory is the average of each overlay period Treat Null as Zero If value is null it will be treated as 0 Option Average Periods Of Supply The Average Periods Supply metric is a measure of how long the current inventory would last at the periodic consumption rate Example If 4 were the of periods specified your past period consumption was 100 160 180 120 and your current inventory is 168 your periods of supply would be 1 27 periods for the current period This is similar to the Periods Back safety stock calculation in the Supply module Table 8 9 Average Periods of Supply Item Details Formula Result Inventory Average Consumption Formula n a Input Streams Inventory any balance stream Consumption any movement stream Output Stream Any measure stream Additional Item Text entry of periods to average Use a negative integer for periods back and positive integer for periods forward Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay Yes The input for consumption is the overlay value the input for inventory is the average of each overlay period Null
206. Oracle RetailValue Chain Collaboration User Guide 12 0 May 2006 ORACLE Oracle Value Chain Collaboration Copyright 2006 Oracle All rights reserved The Programs which include both the software and documentation contain proprietary information they are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are also protected by copyright patent and other intellectual and industrial property laws Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of the Programs except to the extent required to obtain interoperability with other independently created software or as specified by law is prohibited The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice If you find any problems in the documentation please report them to us in writing This document is not warranted to be error free Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose If the Programs are delivered to the United States Government or anyone licensing or using the Programs on behalf of the United States Government the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs software databases and related documentation and technical data delivered to U S Government customers are commercial computer software or commercial technical data pur
207. POS forecast data stream e g weekly data to any of its previous versions So you can compare Week 6 data offset 0 with Week 3 offset 3 For criteria without a generational offset you can only compare your current data stream with the last previous version You can also compare the current version of one stream to a version of another stream with generational offset Current to Threshold Comparison compares your local current data stream or your partner s current data stream with an absolute threshold value Exception Criteria 6 1 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria The method you use to create data stream exception criteria is essentially the same no matter what data stream condition you are trying to detect The type of exception criteria is determined by the data stream comparison type you specify Exceptions are not generated until a change or edit is made to the data stream that meets the exception criteria specified or the exception criteria is processed on demand There are two types of exception criteria Individual and Group When you select Exceptions Criteria from the Oracle Retail VCC menu two tabs appear in the Display pane that allow you to view and create individual and group exception criteria Individual Exception Criteria The Exceptions Criteria Individual screen contains the following components Individual Exception Criteria List C
208. Partners PG All Products i s Sales Event Beain Total Promotion Event Process Event End Sales Condition Status Status Price Total Created Total Xx ImpsctID Date DSD ID Name Totals Category Date Impact History Impact Actual Date Base Qty Order Type Sales Sales Forecast Forecast Fv 16 VCC_5 22 05 04 33 A12 VCC_ 16225 C1 3412 05 OK New TT Absolute 57 05 11 01 73 Increase g t anniek Treedinnlek started El i aral intranet inno From the Events Promotions Display screen you can view the history of each Promotion To view a Promotion s history Events 10 13 Promotions 1 Click the colored dot under the Examine History column The screen that appears will tell you when the Promotion was last modified the user who modified it the prior status and the current or new status Figure 10 12 Promotion History No Records Found Modification Date User Old Status New Status 2 Click Back to return to the Promotions screen You can view and add or edit comments for your Promotion The Comments are for each event are located under the dialogue bubble icon Each event will have a white dot if there is no comment You can click this dot and add a comment the dot will then change color to indicate it now holds a comment A comment can be up to 255 characters for each event Comments can be added overwritten and deleted on the Comment screen only To add a comment to a Promotion 1 Select your
209. Planters Mixed mute Mabieco at Damar Wall Drug at Jaanile toga Bag Treats 2 Habisco at Daman Kall Drug at dackewwille Doggy Bag Treats Balance2 Habiacn at Damer Yall rug at dJarharril1e Doggy Fag Treats Balanss39 Uabieco at Damer Kall rug at Jakexwille Teggy Baq Treats Measuros4 Mabteco at Daman Kall Drug at Gackeuwilie Tog Bag Treate Novenent17 Babis at Demar Wall Drug at dazk rrwi1le togyy Bag Treats Movensnt2 Rabieco at Demer Wall Drug at Jackerewills Doggy Bag Treats rei Nabisco at Demer all Drug at dackecriie Flavor Seks 2 Rabieco at Demet Wall Drug at Jakes Flavor maks Matis at Demer Wall Drug at dadharr ville Flavor Seka Mahis at Dower Wall rug at Jaramillo Flavor Sadun aison at Demer all Drug at dasharrmi1le Flavor meks Matisen at Homer all Drug at Jazkarz ville Flavor socks iubise at Homer Yall Ine at dadtarrille Fiamr maks Matis at Damer Wall Duge at Sacteceyille Origina Mione Biosutte 2 tiabiscn at Domer Kall Drug at Jazharr i11e Crigiral Wiulerne Biscuits Balanos2 Mabteco at Demen Wall Drug at dadharrwi11e rigira Mime Bisoatte Balanos 9 Mabteco at Deman Wall Drug at dazkerrwi11e Origiral Millie Bisouite Maasurost Mabieco at Damer all Ina at Iakerwille crigiral Willerre Biscuits Novenent17 Habis at Damer Yall rug at Jackerwille crigital Wilki re Bisouite Movenent2 E 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Item No Transaction Figure E 6 No Transaction Report Texal
210. Policy Figure 11 2 Demand Policy Screen Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Wall Drugs at J ville Product Planters Cashews foodie z Chame Can Can A Create Aggregate On None Strearn Set Name Demand Method Expert Systems Smoothing Pre Filter Seasonal Pre Filter Determined By Expert System Trials Period Overlay None End of Life Date No lt Use Lift Factor no lt Use Like Item no lt Dates History Start Rolling fra End R olling zj fo Forecast Start Rolling fi End R olling PI fi 3 For each context dimension that is at folder level an Aggregate On check box appears giving you the choice of aggregating on that dimension If you choose not to check any of the boxes the policy will be created for all leaf level contexts If you do not have a folder level selected None will display for Aggregate On Aggregate On check boxes will not appear for and All level All Locations All Partners or All Products but only at the folder levels beneath it 4 Select the Stream Set Name for which you want to create the policy from the drop down list see Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Choose a forecasting method from the Method drop down list Choose a smoothing pre filter from the Smoothing Pre Filter drop down list Choose seasonal pre filter from the Seasonal Pre Filter drop down list Oo NS oO Select the number
211. Promotions zeroed out from partner forecast a Cancelled Effect of Promotion zeroed out from local and partner forecast No further changes are allowed a Completed End date of an accepted Promotion has passed No further changes are allowed a Expired End date of a Promotion other than accepted or cancelled has passed No further changes are allowed a Planned Change Request Once in Planned promotions can be set to Planned Change Request by the partner on request from the creator a Planned Modified Creator can make changes and then set the status to Planned Modified Partner then reviews the promotion and then sets it to Planned again a Proposed Acknowledged Partner a Modified Acknowledged Local a Active system a Terminated Local Partner a Active Modified Local Note User cannot edit promotion item detail when promotion is set to an acknowledged status Only certain user initiated changes in status state are allowed as shown in the three tables below 10 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Table 10 2 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change Allowed From Change To By Creator 3 3 3 D oO ke o z 2 8 e D x 5 S 2 S lt 3 2 3 Bess 0 2 3 e 9 P amp E o p a 2 3 3 g o 2 E e 9 amp o 6 6 BD G oO oO Q QO lt a e New v v Proposed v v v
212. S9 S9 The following rules apply when using auto status adjustment If the Local Stream to Adjust is equal to 1 the stream specified for Type 1 is adjusted 2 the stream specified for Type 2 is adjusted 3 some other specified stream is changed If Local Current is changed to eliminate the exception the status is Resolved If a third stream is changed as a result of the exception the status is In Process If no data is changed the status remains Active Table 4 shows the status codes used in Table 3 Table 3 also provides the reason codes and their description that appear in the Comments screen when that status option is triggered Table 6 3 Status Codes Status Type S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Status Set Resolution Description Active none Auto Resolved Local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value because a local error was discovered If the change is made Auto If the change is made local issue changed value Resolved Otherwise Auto The local value was adjusted to match the In Process partner s value because a local error was discovered If the change is not made partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Auto Resolved Split the difference The partner and local values were both set to the average of the original values Auto Unresolvable Agree to disagree Partner
213. Secondary data stream is your partner s current data stream and the Year Ago data stream is either your local or your partner s year ago data stream Year Ago streams are only editable by the buyer or seller Year Ago streams are not available for streams editable by both a Partner Current to Partner Previous the Primary data stream is your partner s current data stream and the Secondary data stream is your partner s previous data stream In the Edit pane you can rename the group no more than 40 alphanumeric characters Use the left right arrows to select deselect streams and or use the up down arrows to arrange the order of the streams when they are displayed Note In order for your group to display properly in Data View for each substream selected make sure that the selected designations are in this order primary secondary and year ago For example if your group includes stream types sales forecast actual sales and seller inventory your ordering of selected subtypes should show u First sales base primary sales promo primary sales seasonal primary Then sales base secondary sales promo secondary sales seasonal secondary Your ordering of selected subtypes should show u First sales base primary sales promo primary sales seasonal primary Then sales base secondary sales promo secondary sales seasonal secondary or Actual sales base primary Actual sales promo primary Actual sales
214. Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Distributed Exception Report feviation Primary r r WAYE 1 000 00 1 000 00 HR oime 1 000 00 1 000 00 EI 1 090 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 Sample PDF Report Screens E 3 Exception Log Exception Log Extract Figure E 4 Extract JOSH amp amp amp lt f 5 Bx 4 lli G 2 ar a o B z u mls fie Edit view Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Lisa Hill Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wilst Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilst Nabisco Dave Wilst Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wils Nabisco Dave Wilsc Nabisco Dave Wilst Nabisco E Lisa Hill Speedy Rx 30 333 33230 333 332 10 124 11010 124 11C 1 B9E 08 Balance28 DC Invento Lisa Hill Speedy R 30 333 33230 333 33 Lisa Hill Speedy Ry 30 333 332 30 333 332 10 124 11010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento Lisa Hill Speedy Ry 30 333 33230 333 332 10 124 1
215. Supply policies can apply at leaf level and folder level collaboration items In order to use an aggregate level supply policy disaggregation profiles for each output stream and aggregates for each input stream are required for the period covered by the Plan Horizon Here are some specific rules about creating Supply policies An aggregate Supply policy cannot be created with a Measure stream for an output stream Output streams at aggregate level must be disaggregated and Measure streams are not disaggregated So when attempting to save a policy if the selected stream set has a Measure stream for Projected Inventory Receipt FC or Shipment FC and the context has a sum on any dimension you will receive an error message Measure streams cannot be used as output streams for a leaf level policy that uses a telescoping overlay because accumulation across time would be required However Measure streams CAN be output streams for leaf level policies that do not use a telescoping period overlay because no disaggregation is required u Balance streams cannot be used for Receipt or Shipment Forecasts for a leaf or aggregate level policy that uses a telescoping overlay because accumulation across time would be required and Balance streams cannot be accumulated across time The Supply Policy List screen shown below allows you to view sort and delete supply policies you have created at and below the currently selected context 13 2 Or
216. T_END_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ FORECAST_START_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ FORECAST_END_PERIOD Triggered When The method selected is disabled in the policy The offset dates of the demand job fall outside the range of periods in the database Either the demand streams configuration is incomplete in the stream set or there is no lift factor configured and the policy uses the lift factor The output stream does not have a valid disaggregation profile for the policy forecast periods History begin and Forecast begin cannot both be in the same Period Overlay Item Invalid leaves in Period Overlay either non unique base periods or non contiguous base periods Period Overlay range is less than the history begin to forecast end Period overlay items in PO are not contiguous Invalid History Start Date History Start specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid History End Date History End specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid Forecast Start Date Forecast Start specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid Forecast End Date Forecast End specified with is_rolling true is out of range These error conditions can be found under Error Count in the log file For more details on viewing a Batch Forecast Job Error log see Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Using Lift Factors Lift factors are used to indicate h
217. Tectia lt ale Betas dechecws te y Alak a rw tees 3 4 Mass Entry of Data s xy 2 nl b ni Re aiea araea J kak ataa x zeke ka dd p ek ka rwe Ra S ERA K AA TRES 3 5 Viewing DaAl xin ked nen Meets Sate hesitate ea L kin aa kik disa id Mall bali alee 3 6 About Period Overlays nirera i NE n N ce VE Ke nep RA E REN bee e thaws We bben ustovee 3 8 About Accumulation Rules u eee eee ereke kek ek keke kek kE Ke kek ke KEK AK KAK Ke KK KE KARKER 3 9 Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments E rrr 3 10 Editing a Data Streams e area dias aara a ERa ag Ri Ra E NA A p ye K QE keren sees 3 12 Creating Ag eteg ates ciclo t icin ie AG Ae SRG y k E Xu l d w k 3 13 Working with Apere gale nakin nnn JA Keda BE dk EEA a ap VAARA E R Laai ariki 3 15 Using a Disaggregation Profile 5ine e W n K WI WEN E EA E kes k d 3 15 Using Proportional Disaggregation rrr r ekere reke re keke rek kerre ke KAKA 3 15 Using Period Overlays tss snip ami a ats aii is at EN NA a A E 3 16 Viewing Data in Expand Mod in i 4xX u en dayk Had bk k l yin Hl ebed Ay kive n y R YA Dikey 3 16 Viewing Data Stream Revision HiStory EE reke kereke erkeke ek re keke k kk Hek r k KA 3 18 4 Extracts T troduction aperin ppPprTP rTreAeTeA e e 4 1 Retrieving Extracted Data s lt 2 ade A WANA enn a A de RE E dk AWAY KOR dae ST 4 2
218. The small diamond shaped icon to the left of the context links can also be selected By clicking on this icon you can drill down for detailed information on the current local partner or product By clicking the Examine icon the detail view appears as seen below 2 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 12 Examine Location screen Examine Location Name Nabisco at Denver Company Name Nabisco 10 124 1107 Location ID 10 124 1107 0002 Type DUNS_PLUS_FOUR URL When you are finished viewing the component s information click Done Bookmarking a Context Click the Bookmark this context icon in the lower right hand corner of the Context Chooser to bookmark the context You can later access the bookmarked contexts without having to reselect Local Partner and Product levels For information on retrieving your bookmarked contexts see Selecting and Removing a Bookmark It is possible to select your context in the Context tab three different ways Clicking the links a Selecting a bookmark a Using the Search feature Clicking the Links To select the context components by clicking the links 1 Select Context Chooser Context tab 2 Click on the links next to the context components Local Partner and Product and a hierarchy tree screen appears in the Display pane Figure 2 13 Hierarchy Tree EH Dave Wilson All Products EHE Pet Foods B Milkbone E Doggy Ba
219. Use Like Item Like Item End Date Like Itern Multiplier e 13 14 15 None z no zj Yes z ves z Nabisco at Pisquatuck Drug Stores Snacks If you are using a like item enter the Like Item End Date by selecting the date from the pop up calendar or manually enter the date in the text box If you are using a like item enter the Like Item Multiplier a decimal number greater than 0 Determine whether the History and Forecast Start and End dates should be Fixed or Rolling by selecting from the drop downs If you choose Rolling enter the number of periods If you select Fixed select a date from the calendar For a fixed job the period ranges specified below will be actual periods a History Start Any period in database prior to current period First period of history to use a History End Any period in database after History Start and no later than current period Last period of history to use a Forecast Start Any period in database later than current period First period of forecast to output 11 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Demand Policy Forecast End Any period in database later than Forecast Start Last period of forecast to output For a rolling job history and forecast date ranges are entered as offsets from the date of running the job If rolling is selected specify how often you want to run the job e g run the job every five days
220. VCC Scheduler see Managing the Scheduler You can however process a single exception criterion on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the scheduler This is called on demand exception criteria processing It allows you to process one exception criterion and view the results immediately Note If you create a criterion at the aggregate level that uses a Sum the criterion is created with a Pending status One must first run Complete Criteria Creation through the Scheduler before the criterion becomes Valid and available for on demand processing To process a single exception criterion on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the Scheduler 1 Set your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria Individual from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The individual exception criteria are listed in the Display pane 3 Click the Process On Demand radio button next to the exception criteria that you want to process You may only select one criteria to process at a time Figure 6 16 Process On Demand playing 1 1 of I al Partner Product UOM Status Process Severity Medium High Trigger lt 3 Active mmm Shared Severity Severity Even If Oy Exceptions With Part Of gt Group n Speedy bisco at Rxat Planters Base Valid N 15 ran None squatuck Units Boston 4 Click Process On Demand Exception Criteria 6 25 Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Exce
221. Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 19 Create Promotion Screen Event ID Event Name Event Description 4_0_MIG_3 Test Event 3 Creator Company Nabisco Summary Status Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date E Mail E Mail Notification E Mail Language Details Price Impact Type Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Stream Set User Defined 1 URL Comment Due Dates Milestone Date Notification Offset New x Condition N A System Partner Company SpeedyRx zl Holiday Partner Promotion ID mm 02 12 02 End Date 02 12 02 use to separate consecutive addresses American English z Absolute Decrease z Price Impact Absolute Increase z Sales Impact Qty I Entire Promotion Nabisco_STREAMS User Defined 2 Test Link Proposed Planned Active Begin Date Completed End Date E 02 12 02 02 12 02 Fm r m Fm zl Select either New or Proposed from the Promotion Status drop down New is the default status For more details on Promotion status see Changing the Status of a Promotion Enter a Promotion ID The Promotion forms are populated without any predetermined value ie Default value as lt space gt as seen in the screenshot above As this field is mandatory the user is compelled to enter a valid promotion id This alphanumeric ID can be used as a key to synchronize the event with external systems The ID is unique per creator company
222. View Local Select Locations Begin Date mm dd yy 10 01 03 End Date mm dd yy 12 12 03 Partner Select Partners Promoted E Promotion Item Type Promote i Select Products pamai r System Generated ID Vv Event JKEvent Partner Company Speedy Rx Review Selections 7a Dave Wilson All Locations j USA 4 Select the context at which to create the Items 5 Enter Start and End dates or leave the default dates 6 Select the Promotion Item Type from the drop down Choices are Promoted and Cannibalized Cannibalization is used when the forecast for an Item is lowered due to a particular type of Promotion This could include a substitute item being promoted because a complimentary item is out of stock or discontinued 7 If you want to create your own ID Prefix for the Items created uncheck the System Generated ID check box This allows you to set a Sequence Begin Number default is 1 and Item ID Prefix or to Manually enter the ID information for each item If you uncheck this box Events 10 31 Promotion Items a Select the Manual radio button and enter the IDs manually on the next Item List screen The Promotion Item ID column will be left blank so that you can enter each Item ID yourself a Select the Generated radio button and enter an Item ID Prefix and or a Sequence Begin Number The Item ID Prefix allows you the option of entering your own sequence of 10 al
223. Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Manage exceptions automatically or manually and change the status of an exception see Managing Data Stream Exceptions a Create or edit exception comments and set resolution codes see Creating and Viewing Exception Comments a Filter and search exceptions in the Inbox See Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features The Exceptions Inbox Individual screen shown below provides the following individual exception information in the Display pane Exceptions 5 1 Introduction Figure 5 1 Exceptions Inbox Individual Screen Context Pie ETAGI C Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Product planters OY Individual Group External Partner View Collapsed Displaying 1 8 of 8 Pen Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity Criteria History Planters i Speedy 10 28 03 Mixed Nabisco at Ry at 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 s312 19 27 99 escalated E Low Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 17 21 46 Planters 4 Speedy 10 29 03 Holiday Nabisco at Rat 4 067 00 445 00 4 512 00 90 14 19 27 98 escalated E Low Pack Pisquatuck Beran 17 21 46 Planters R Speedy 10 30 03 Mixed Nabisco at px at 6 122 00 12 00 6 134 00 99 80 19 27 09 in process S Low Pisquatuck 17 21 46 Nuts Boston Planters A Speedy 10 31 03 Holiday Nabisco at Ry at 340 00 552 00 212 00 160 38 127 03 escalated S Low Pisquatuck 17
224. Visible list will appear in the list 6 Use the arrow buttons to set the Multi Column Sort Order To add a column to the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of column s on the right and select the column you want to sort Click the right arrow to add the selected column s to the multi column sort list You can add as many columns as you wish When saved items in the list will be sorted automatically by the column s you selected To remove a column from the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column s you want to remove Click the left arrow to move the selected column to the Available list When saved items will not be sorted automatically by the column you removed 7 Click Save Preferences 9 23 Layout Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Note Streams that have been hidden will not appear when they are selected to be part of a group If you are using Oracle Retail VCC with daily time buckets rather than weekly you will see an additional drop down option when you select the Exception Inbox view This new drop down Period Configuration allows you choose how you wish periods to be displayed in the Exception Inbox The period display options are Beginning of Period a End of Period Beginning and end of Period Figure 9 25 Preferences Layout Screen Exception Inbox z collapsed Expanded Results Per Page 20 Defa
225. a Data Stream a Exception Log a Promotion Detail a Promotion Item Horizon a Horizon fixed or rolling start date end date or date span for the reporting period Period Overlay period overlay to apply to the report if any Figure 7 6 Reports Create Horizon section End Fixed _ 10 14 03 None z Filter The report type you select may contain no filter or several types of filters Many report types have filters that are unique to the data they contain Filters allow you to return precise report data Checking a filter check box opens up additional fields in which you can specify creation dates names and status etc Reports 7 7 Common Report Settings Figure 7 7 Reports Create Filter section Filter M Creation Date Fixed Rolling Start Er r Exceptior Status End Exception Severity M Name Filters you will encounter include u The Creation Date filter lets you specify a fixed or rolling start and end date that the data was created on a The Exception Status filter allows for the selection of specific statuses These include Active Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto In Process Auto Incomplete Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Dismissed Escalated In Process Obsoleted Resolved Superceded Unresolvable You can multi select Exception Statuses by Shift or Ctrl clicking in the select box a The Exception Severity Filter allows y
226. a History End number of periods back from the period in which the job is run Any integer greater than or equal to 0 u History Periods number of history periods to use An integer greater than 0 Forecast Start number of periods forward from the period in which the job is run An integer greater than 0 a Forecast Periods number of forecast periods to use An integer greater than 0 Note If your start period is rolling your end period must also be rolling but you may have a fixed start and a rolling end period 16 Click Save Your new policies will appear in the List screen Figure 11 5 Demand Policy List Screen Local gt USA Partner C gt Product gt Snacks Produ o TER rar Mu G A 2 Displaying 1 16 of 16 K Product Local Partner Method End Of Life Lift Created Last Process On Last Last Period Xx Factor By Updated Demand Plan Plan Overlay By Planters Nonlinear Regi 1 Speedy Rx J i 11 30 02 Dave 10 14 02 r Holiday USA at Boston ogtx s 11 30 02 Yet Wilson 16 52 3e D Nene Pack y log y Nonlinear Regi Planters Speedy Rx J 11 30 02 Dave 10 14 02 r Cashews B at Boston TEDE 11 30 02 Yes Wilson 16 52 39 r jem Nonlinear Regi Planters SpeedyRx C z 11 30 02 Dave 10 14 02 r Mixed Nuts USA at Boston etn 11 30 02 Yes wilson 16 52 39 D mone 4 Single Nabisco at Speedy Rx Dave 10 14 02 r snacks Pisquatuck at Boston Expo
227. ab The Jobs pane appears which contains a list of all jobs currently in process or completed The Jobs List contains the following User Name Each User Job will display the User Name of the actual user who generated the job The Loader and Scheduler job use respectively integratoruser and superuser Company Name of individual company affected by job or All companies Job ID The Job ID is automatically generated in sequence by the VCC Server Each Integrator Job will have a link to a Details page on its Job ID All Job IDs with a Job Name of Process Leaf Exceptions Process Aggregate Exceptions or Recalc Aggregates will contain links while the status is Active Clicking on the Job ID link will take you to a view of the job s current progress Job Name Expected Job Names Start Time End Time To help differentiate between similarly named Jobs and to establish when results from completed jobs may be expected Status For all Jobs the following Statuses could be displayed Active Waiting on Lock Could not obtain lock Aborted For Scheduler and User jobs the completion status is simply Completed For Integrator jobs completion status could be one of the following Completed with no rejects and no errors Completed with rejects and no errors Completed with no rejects and errors Completed with rejects and errors Note If a job is aborted before completion its status may continue to be displayed as Active until the server
228. abisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement POS Fest Pro Base Units Yr Ago Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement27 POS Fest See Base Units Current 202 00 202 00 202 00 20200 202 00 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest See Base Units Gen 02 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement POS Fest Sea Base Unts YrAgo Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementt7 POS Fest Tot Base Units Current 309 80 309 80 309 80 223 80 228 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Tot Base Units Gen 03 Nabisco at P squatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Tot Base Unts Yr Ago 19 00 19 00 E 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Distributed Exception Distributed Exception Figure E 3 Distributed Exception Report Distributed Exception Report rera ame creator partner Product Name Period of Periods from Currentbase Stream Namme Compare Stream Name Percent Exceptions For Dm Nebisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 24 Salance28 Belence28 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 12 03 05 18 03 23 Balance28 Balance28 Em 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 04 28 03 05 04 03 25 Balance28 Bala
229. aboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 4 Navigation Arrows wj L gt Beginning If the first column in the current display period is not in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data If the first column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the previous period data If there are no more previous periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back a page clicking this button brings you to the previous page of the display period data you are viewing Forward a page clicking this button brings you to the next page of the display period data you are viewing End If the last column in the current display period is not in the view clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data If the last column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the next period data If there are no more next periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferen
230. access control Click Preview User Tree to verify the new tree Click Stop Editing Click Done Stream Access You can assign a user access to any data stream or streams that have been assigned to the company to which the user belongs To assign a user access to a data stream or streams 1 Figure 15 21 Edit Stream Access Screen 15 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Select the Streams tab The Edit Stream Access screen appears MESSED EE Edit Stream Access Friar Tuck Available Streams 4b Read Only a v Full Access 0 Price 106 Average POS 14 Lost Sales 17 Sales Forecast 2 Actual Sales 28 DC Inventory 32 Expected Arrivals 43 Actual Shipments 44 Shipment Forecast 49 Available to Promise B Highlight a stream in the Available Streams list box and click the left arrow to add it to the Full Access or Read Only list box Click Save Roles amp Users Search Module Access Oracle Retail VCC modules can be turned on or off for specific users To enable or diable a user s access to certain modules 1 Select the Modules tab The Edit Module Access screen appears Figure 15 22 Edit Module Access Screen FERT EDENE Medes Edit Module Access Ed Collins xI Events kaj Demand lt Supply lt Analyzer lt Exceptions xI Data xI Metrics lt Reports xI Ex
231. acle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Disaggregation Factors Figure 21 6 For Manual Entry Disaggregation RET f Create Daily Allocation Context Based Time Only Factor Type Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Manual Actual Sales ActualSales Promo DC Inventory DC Inventory C Computed DC Receipts DC Receipts DC Shipments DC Shipments xl a All Locations EH USA Nabisco at Denver Nabisco at Pisquatuck Oracle Retail VCC will automatically calculate the appropriate disaggregation factors for a context based on the historical data for the context To configure disaggregation automatically for a context For disaggregation based on Computed Data 1 a Choose one or more Type Sub Types from the selection box by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on individual types or by holding down the Shift key and selecting multiple types 2 Select specific Source Data from the Type and Sub Type drop downs below and whether or not the dates should encompass a fixed or rolling time period Note that measure streams cannot be disaggregated so they are not included in the drop down list 3 Select the context Location Partner Product Period on which you want to disaggregate Note that one of location partner or product must be at the folder level and the other two must be at the leaf level since disaggregation progresses from the folder level to the leaf level
232. acle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Supply Policy Figure 13 1 Supply Policy List Screen Context Displaying 1 6 of 6 aj Kn Product Local Partner Safety Stock Total Lead Minimum Order Created Last Last Last Process XxX Time Qty By Updated Plan Plan On By Demand Planters Nabisco at Dave n Holiday Plsquatuck Urban Locs 0 00 2 1 00 Milson r Planters Nabisco at Dave r 9 Cashews Pisquatuck Urban Locs gip 2 aer Wilson E Planters f Nabisco at Dave n Miad Pisquatuck Urban Locs 0 00 2 1 00 ison O Nabisco at Quick Stop at 7 Dave oO Snacks Biswas Sealer 2 000 000 000 00 294 967 296 2 000 000 000 00 ilizon r Nabisco at Quick Stop at w Dave r Snacks Pisquatuck Manhattan 2 000 000 000 00 294 967 296 2 000 000 000 00 Wilson n zy snacks Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 000 000 000 00 294 967 296 2 000 000 000 00 P248 D Pisquatuck Boston Wilson Delete deletes the policy when checked and Delete is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Edit View displays an editable view of the policy when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked u Product displays the selected product a Local displays the selected location u Partner displays the selected partner u Safety Stock displays the safety stock value if the policy is usi
233. acle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links Figure 15 12 Links Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays I Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hidden prese MI T CC save Edit Delete Aad 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to delete and click Delete Hiding Links Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To hide an existing link or make a hidden link visible 1 Select Configuration from the VCC menu to hide links for all companies on the Server select Company Configuration to hide links for a specific company 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 15 13 Links Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hidden wroee TT save Edit Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to hide and click the arrow to move it into the Hidden category To make a hidden link visible click the arrow to move it into the Visible category Server Level Configuration and Management 15 15 Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen Managing users involves tasks that include Selecting the Appropriate Tree
234. aggregates are available for the selected context they appear in a list The aggregates can be displayed either at and below the location partner product or at the location partner product context Multi selecting on the Type and UOM options gives you the ability to limit the list to only aggregates of a specific UOM or a specific set of UOMs The list may be sorted by location partner product type number of aggregates or UOM by clicking on the appropriate column header The Company Aggregates List screen displays a list of items that are unique at the Local Partner Stream Type Product and UOM combination level Periods can be viewed by drilling down through the number link located in the Number Of Aggregates column The number link indicates the number of periods you will see upon drilling down It is also possible to delete aggregates from this screen The total number of items displayed in the list can not exceed 50 000 However it is possible to set the number of items to be displayed per page This is configured in the Results per page field on the Company General Config Preferences screen Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete aggregates in the list 1 Select your company superuser serveradmin only 2 Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu and click the List tab Set the context for the aggregates you want to view
235. aily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab About Data Stream Disaggregation Oracle Retail VCC provides three methods for data stream disaggregation Profile based disaggregation Proportional disaggregation Straight Line disaggregation Each is described below Profile Based Disaggregation Profile based disaggregation allows you to select multiple dimensions in a context and time The disaggregation factors indicate the fraction of the total value that is to be applied to the context The factors are applied to the data sequentially to create the disaggregated values For example if you want to convert weekly level data to daily data you can create disaggregation factors for each distribution center East 3 West 2 North 28 South 22 and for each day Monday 1 Tuesday 14 Wednesday 12 etc If the input value is 40 then the east receives 12 which is further disaggregated into 1 2 for Monday 1 68 for Tuesday etc Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 1 Profile Based Disaggregation This frees you from the task of updating hundreds or even thousands of individual data stream items each time the data stream for a category changes Moreover the disaggregation or allocation of a single value for a category into individual leaf items is applicable only to the context product location
236. al Preferences Figure 9 1 General Screen Language Nurnber Format Date Format Time Format Detected Tirne Zone Tirne Zone Product Label Default Context Default Screen Theme Set oe oOo F YE TN 10 11 American English 123 456 78 x mmidd yy x HH mm ss x EST Use Detected Time Zone Name bd Last Viewed l Home x Tea Leaves zj Select your Language from the drop down list Select your Number Format from the drop down list Select your Date Format from the drop down list Select your Time Format from the drop down list Oracle Retail VCC detects your time zone and displays it as the Detected Time Zone e g EST for Eastern Standard Time If you wish to use this detected time select Detected Time Zone from the drop down list Select your time zone from the drop down list Select how you want the Product Labels to display Click the radio buttons to display product name GIN global item number or LIN local item number Select the Default Context you would like to see directly after login Last Viewed indicates the last context you accessed All other contexts must be bookmarked through the Context Chooser before they will appear in the default context drop down list If you have no contexts bookmarked the only option will be Last Viewed Select the Default Screen you wish to see after login Options will include any viable module screen or subscreen that can be ac
237. alendar Tab The Events Calendar screen provides a calendar view of the Events you have created The calendar is useful in viewing where Events overlap and for providing a visual overview of where they begin and end The calendar also allows you to drill down within each date that contains one or more Promotions in order to view or edit the details of that Promotion To edit Events in the calendar 1 Select Events Overview Calendar tab The Events calendar appears If today s date is included in the range of existing Events the calendar will open to the current date 10 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Events Figure 10 2 Events Calendar vec gt Gl m page G Toos Search Number Of Products vi gt wl Calendar JB E Holiday Joint Promotion Event Category Event Theme 105a s tor ana e worse tozema e t1nena tis r nene ne niews H nt Remote weas win romavon Clicking in the Event ID and Event Name lists on the left of the calendar will display the first activity planned for the Event name ID you selected 2 Click the colored cell for the Event you wish to view The colors are determined by the Event Category and are configurable by your company administrator Figure 10 3 Colored Cells in the Events Calendar v2 r oae702 ie 02 2402 e 3 The Examine Event screen appears
238. am Stream Data General The values in a data stream stream item General The identifier for a substream component stream type in a data stream stream set Supply Sets of streams that specifies which streams to use in demand supply and safety stock calculations Substreams General Another name for a data stream subtype Super Admin Role and Users A user role that has access to all administrative functions supervisor Role and Users A user role that in addition to all the privileges of the Planner role can create exception criteria and metrics VCC Integrator General A facility in Oracle Retail VCC that maps validates and loads data into a VCC database Task Scheduler A command executed by the Scheduler telescoping General Similar to a rolling period overlay This type of overlay overlay automatically rounds up any extra time buckets in the overlay to get to the next size Threshold Exception A value specified in an exception criterion that is used as the point of comparison for determining whether an exception has occurred time bucket General A period of time in which quantities of data should be summed up For example if you are creating a period overlay for weekly data then you specify a bucket size of 4 to total 4 weeks of data for each column that you are creating transit lead Supply The travel time between the seller location and time buyer location Glossary A 7 English Term Function Module Definition
239. an edit the aggregate as you would any other stream see Editing a Data Stream When you save your changes the value of the aggregates are saved and the values of each leaf level item are updated Values for related aggregates are updated when either of the tasks Process Leaves and Update Aggregates of Process Aggregates are run through the Scheduler Using Proportional Disaggregation Proportional disaggregation allows you to create data at a folder level that will proportionally disaggregate to a leaf level without having to create disaggregation profiles This feature determines the proportional value of each leaf to the current aggregate and allocates the new value using the same proportions For example if the original aggregate value is 60 and there are three leaf level items in the aggregate Leaf 1 10 Leaf 2 20 and Leaf 3 30 the proportional value of each leaf is Leaf 1 16 Leaf 2 33 and Leaf 3 50 When you adjust the aggregate value to say 70 the leaf values increase proportionally to the current value i e Leaf 1 11 3 Leaf 2 23 2 and Leaf 3 35 If there is no data in the selected aggregate and you change the aggregate value to say 60 that aggregate value is distributed evenly across all collaboration items in the aggregate So if you are aggregating on a product folder that has three leaves and you collaborate with your partner on all three leaves each leaf is changed to 20 If however
240. and exponential smoothing methods The different forms of the data series are generated by the application of smoothing functions and deseasonalization functions to the original series Combinations of these two choices are compared to find the method series model that gives the best fit over the most recent data For each model under consideration a further optimization is conducted to adjust the model internally to its best state Each parameter is allowed to range over a set of values as specified by the user or by system defaults Since all the parameters must be varied concurrently this generally yields a large number of comparisons even within a specific model Therefore although full optimization is a powerful tool it must be utilized with some care as the magnitude of operations requested increases multiplicatively with every augmentation to parameter searching The candidate data filters used are no transformation a moving median filter a moving periodic total MPT filter an MPT filter of the moving median filtered data seasonal adjustment of untransformed data and seasonal adjustment of the moving median filtered data The candidate forecasting methods used are linear regression five types of non linear transformation regression single exponential smoothing double exponential smoothing with trend damping and Holt Winters smoothing with trend damping The Holt Winters method incorporates seasonal adjustment and is therefore n
241. and local stand by their differing values Active Not Resolved The issue has not yet been resolved default Exception Criteria 6 15 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Table 6 3 Cont Status Codes Status Type Status Set Resolution Description S7 S8 S9 S10 Auto In Process Local issue value unchanged A local error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle If the change is made Auto If the change is made local issue changed value Resolved Otherwise Auto The local value was adjusted to match the In Process partner s value because a local error was discovered If the change is not made partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Auto In Process Partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Auto In Process Local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value because a local error was discovered 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 In Process Actions Set Time Out Threshold In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception has passed the time out threshold and the exception status has not changed to In Process or Auto In Process In the E mail Language drop down you can set the language
242. and partner you specify You can enter data streams using any of the usual data entry methods manually or bulk loading using the VCC Integrator and Oracle Retail VCC automatically allocates the correct values to each of the leaf items in the hierarchy Prior to entering your data stream data however you must define the disaggregation profile that tells Oracle Retail VCC how to allocate the data among the leaf items in a category For details about the disaggregation profile see About Disaggregation Profiles Data stream disaggregation provides the following benefits a Allows you to allocate values from higher level folders to leaf items without having to change each leaf item individually a Allows you to collaborate with trading partners who use leaf level forecasts even though your forecasts are not entered at their level of detail sometimes called the level of abstraction a Allows you to disaggregate on a time only basis taking data that are based ona weekly schedule and disaggregating it into daily data This allows you to collaborate with partners who forecast on a daily basis This feature is available only if your forecasts are based on daily time periods Disaggregation profiles are easy to set up The ability to enter a single value for a category and to calculate and assign values to all leaf items in a hierarchy provides increased flexibility when you are comparing data streams with a trading partner Often trading
243. ane Grid with the Return to List link Data Stream created on 11 10 02 05 20 10 by amudha non local buyer a me 111302 una naso nene 11 17 02 1118 02 1171902 22 00 11 00 1 00 10 00 4 00 1 00 23 00 Return to List button Click on a Column Heading 5 Click on a column heading to view all changes made for that period The headings show the dates when changes were made Figure 3 19 Display Pane Grid with the Back Link Revisions for Period 11 14 02 1171002 1 00 pras E Back button 91 00 8 00 1 00 6 Click the Back button shown above to return to the Revision History pane 7 Click the Return to List button shown above to return to the Revision History pane Data 3 19 Viewing Data Stream Revision History 3 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 4 Extracts This chapter contains the following topics Introduction Introduction Retrieving Extracted Data Extracting Master Data Extracting Other Data Types Extracts File Formats Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Extracts tool allows you to obtain the following data items in your Oracle Retail VCC s database as a text file that you then can process using any other third party tool Master Data including Location Partner Product and Period Hierarchies as well as Collaboration Products Other including Collaboration Items Price
244. ar where 1 Day if your base periods are days 1 Week if your base periods are weeks etc 7 Enter Number of Consecutive Display Buckets 8 Select a color that you want your rolling period overlay to display The color you choose is the color that will mark your overlay u Green u Blue a Yellow u Orange a Purple 9 Enter a Column prefix This will display in the data stream table view on the period column heading e g enter Week if the overlay is weekly 10 If you want to show more than one display bucket in the same overlay click the button and a new display bucket characteristic entry line appears Enter the characteristics of the new display bucket To remove a display bucket click the button won For example if you created a rolling period overlay with three bucket displays sizes of 1 7 and 28 that had the number of consecutive display buckets of 7 4 and 4 your rolling period overlay creation screen would appear as below 9 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 7 Rolling Period Overlay Screen Name Rolling6 LLF Fixed Rolling Telescoping Save Reference Period 0 Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Add Remove Display Buckets 1 2 Blue aj Leafl 1 2 Yellow Leaf2 i 2 2 Green zj Leaf3 11 Click Save The new overlay appears in your period overlay list Once an overlay has been created it
245. arameters and immediately see the resulting forecast You can also enter manual overrides to the statistically generated demand policy before saving the forecast Note If you do not have access to all the streams in the stream set associated with the Demand policy you are not allowed access to the interactive functionality You can edit all the streams as per your access rights and editable rules of the streams in the Demand Interactive screen but access to the interactive screen is not allowed if you have Read Only access to the Output Forecast stream If the output stream is a measure stream and an aggregate Policy is processed through Interactive or Batch you will get an error message No Disag Profile exists for one or more Periods The Demand Interactive screen is where the historical and forecast data is displayed and edited It functions the same as Data View Edit in both table and graph mode with the following exceptions a Only streams configured in the demand stream set are displayed This helps limit the vertical size of the window a All interactive changes are stored temporarily until the user chooses Save All Save Data Stream or Save Policy a Individual cells can be manually locked by the user For instance they make an override to a forecast value and then lock the cell If the statistical forecast is re run the new results will overwrite all the existing forecast results exc
246. art Editing 2 Select the folders or leaves for which you wish to create a link 3 Right click on the selected leaves and choose Create Link from the pop up menu The items become italicized to indicate they are ready to be linked 4 Click on the folder into which to paste the selected items and choose Paste from Hierarchy menu The items are copied from original category and placed into the new category The items also remain in the original category To remove linked items and restore the tree to its original hierarchy Cut and Paste the linked items into their original position Creating a New Category Enable the Edit select the root node or a category node then choose New Category to add another category folder to your hierarchy The Category node must include a Name and you can also provide a Local ID or one will be auto supplied by VCC Master Data 17 9 Working With Tree Hierarchies Figure 17 4 Create New Category New Category Name J Local ID Examine Select Examine to View Edit the current attributes for the node selected Required fields are marked with an asterisk If you Examine while the Edit is enabled see a corresponding Job listed in the Jobs Monitor Root Node The Root node is generated during the Create Company process and its label can be revised but must be included Category Node The Category folder node must include a Name and you can also provide a Local ID or one will be a
247. as new won wom n a The states of proposed accepted change requested rejected and cancelled are all set manually as per the above table The status of modified is automatically set whenever the Promotion creator saves modifications to an existing Promotion other than new Promotions which remain new Promotion Items are also considered Modified whenever Impact Type or Impact Value are changed a The status of completed is automatically set when the end period of a accepted Promotion has passed a The status of expired is automatically set when the end period of a Promotion other than accepted or cancelled has passed a User cannot edit promotion item detail when promotion is in an acknowledged status Adding Promotions It is only possible to add Promotions once an Event has been created since each promotion is a subset of an Event Promotions are added to Events through the Events Overview Examine Event screen Creation of promotions can be done immediately after Event creation or added later by examining the Event you wish to add Promotions to Promotions can be created for any leaf or folder level context To create an Event you must first have an available stream set selected For more information on creating a stream set see Mass Entry of Data Note Ifa message displaying No stream sets exist Please create a stream set appears at the Events Promotions Create screen y
248. ast Total 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 ner Curr IS Forecast Base 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 JS Forecast Prom 1S Forecast Seas S Forecast Total 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 al Curr ip Forecast Base 45 00 45 00 45 00 48 00 48 00 48 00 ip Forecast Promo ip Forecast Adj se ait ip Forecast Total 45 00 45 00 45 00 48 00 48 00 48 00 R j ossowz osvuiwe oswama osmano osaanz osaswz2 osmema oswzw2 j Receipts ished Good R Planters Cashews al Curr RE IS Forecast Base 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 JS Forecast Prom S Forecast Seas 1S Forecast Total 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 ner Curr JS Forecast Base 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 JS Forecast Prom JS Forecast Seas S Forecast Total 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 3l Curr ip Forecast Base 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 ip Forecast Promo ip Forecast Adj ip Forecast Total 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 ner Curr 04 3002 05 0102 ze x EST i Planters Mixed Nuts __osmam2 osmam2 esasa osmemo oswzm2 al Curr S Forecast Base 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 S Forecast Prom S Forecast Seas 1S Forecast Total 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 ner Curr 1S Forecast Base 16 00 16 00 16 00
249. ast Error History Range Error Estimator Poisson Act Cons History Range Forecast Cons Forecast Range Per Fwd Forecast Cons Forecast Range Periods Supply Per Back Act Cons History Range Periods Supply Normal Forecast Cons Forecast Range Rolling Horizon Poisson Forecast Cons Forecast Range Rolling Horizon Per Fwd Forecast Cons Forecast Range Periods Supply Per Fwd Actual Cons History Range Supply 13 13 Using the Safety Stock Feature Table 13 1 Cont Safety Stock Calculation Parameters Type Method Basis Parameters Per Fwd Forecast Error History Range Error Estimator Descriptions of the parameters are as follows Table 13 2 Description of the Safety Stock Calculation Parameters Parameter Description Allowable Values History Range Range of historical data values One Time Any range of periods in the DB prior to the current period Repeating Integer number of periods gt 0 Forecast Range Range of future forecast data One Time Any range of periods in the DB from the current period forward Repeating Integer number of periods gt 0 Error Estimator Method of estimating the forecast MAD Mean Absolute Deviation MSE error Mean Square Error Periods Supply Target inventory in terms of Value gt 0 number of periods Rolling Horizon Number of periods to use in Integer number of periods gt 0 and lt rolling average number of periods in the Forecast Range 10 Click Save Time Series
250. aste You can copy a folder but cannot directly copy leaf items If you copy a folder then rename it it will retain the different names The underlying leaf items contained in the copied folder behave in the same fashion as a created link See Creating Links for more information To utilize Copy and Paste 1 Click Start Editing to enable edit mode 2 Select the folders you wish to Copy and Paste to another folder then right click and choose Copy from pop up menu The selected items become bold to indicate they are ready to be copied 3 Select the folder into which you will Paste the copied items and choose Paste from right click pop up menu The items are copied from the original category and placed into the new category The copied items will also remain in original category Creating Links This option is similar to Copy and Paste except that this allows the same category and leaves to be represented in more than one position in your hierarchy If a linked folder or leaf item attribute is revised in one position the change is reflected in the other position as well For example if you have a category called Muffins with leaf items Bran and Banana you may want the category listed within two upper level categories Snacks and Baked Goods If you change the Banana name to Banana Nut from the Snacks category it will automatically change to Banana Nut in the Baked Goods category too To create a link 1 Select St
251. at will appear under Links in the VCC menu 5 Inthe URL field enter the URL for the link Be sure you have entered the entire URL including http otherwise the link will fail To avoid problems click Test Link to make sure the URL you have entered is valid Server Level Configuration and Management 15 13 Managing Links 6 Click Save Editing a Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To edit an existing link 1 Select Company Configuration from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 15 10 Link Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hidden prese al Save Edit Delete add 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to edit and click Edit The Update Link screen appears Figure 15 11 Update Link Screen Update Link Link Name My Product Rename Link JmyProdut TT URL Ripiiyahoo com oo Save 4 Inthe Rename Link field enter a new name for the link if required 5 Inthe URL field enter the new URL if required 6 Click Save Deleting a Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete an existing link 1 Select Company Configuration from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears 15 14 Or
252. ation the same SKU Master Data 17 3 Managing Time Period Hierarchies To be able to compare forecasts produced at different levels of granularity create an additional folder in the product or location folder for the higher level element that is being planned For example if a brand offers four varieties of one liter fruit flavored sparkling water but the retailer does not forecast each flavor the supplier can enter forecasts for each flavor and Oracle Retail VCC aggregates and compares them with the retailer s single flavored number The resulting products folder is shown in the figure below Figure 17 1 Resulting Products Folder TA y Supplier Aggregate Flavored Sparkling Water Retail Aggregate elec a TA Cherry Lime Lemon Orange Flavored Compare Forecasts _ Retailer Data Supplier Data Managing Time Period Hierarchies The superuser creates adds periods that are appended to the root node of a period hierarchy for each company on a hub Each company s administrator must create and maintain their own company s category folders allowing collaborating companies to have different hierarchies End users see only their own company s tree Managing Company Trading Partners It is the administrator s responsibility to add the name DUNS number or company ID and locations and DUNS plus 4 number or location ID for each of your trading partners and also to add the trading partner to your
253. automatically 21 7 configure disaggregation factors 21 5 configure e mail for the exception module 18 9 configure language 15 34 configure time only disaggregation 21 8 configuring labels 18 2 consumption forecast 18 5 context at aggregate level 21 4 context at leaf level 21 4 Index 1 context chooser 2 10 COPY event 10 7 copy and paste 17 9 copy user 15 25 23 6 count missing 8 10 create aggregates 3 13 batch requests 11 16 category 17 9 collaborations between trading partners 22 1 company 15 3 company link 16 5 data aggregate 20 2 data stream types 15 13 demand policy 11 6 metrics 8 5 new UOM factors 27 3 new user 23 5 period overlays 9 4 periods 15 33 product folders 17 3 promotion items 10 30 purge requests 26 2 supply policy 13 2 time period folders 15 33 create groups 9 15 create period overlays fixed 9 5 rolling 9 7 telescoping 9 9 create product price profile 19 1 create report comment 7 11 data change 7 11 data stream 7 12 distribution exception 7 13 exception log 7 14 extract 7 14 last transaction 7 15 no transaction 7 16 promotion detail 7 16 promotion item 7 17 create time periods guidelines 15 32 create users 15 19 creating links 17 9 current connections 24 6 cut and paste 17 8 D daily allocation 21 10 data cubes 12 1 data mass entry 3 5 data purge requests 26 1 data stream edit 3 12 types 15 6 data stream comments add 3
254. ban k n a MIN N da M NE NE A MN 7 16 Promotion Itemid iiis aaraa bka gan kan ERE ek Asatte ab M Rek 7 17 Generating Reports ninae iasi iea Se athe Sei eke Reka ose A Aral a i E AK ADI aA 7 17 Deleting a Reporte e he ki es caste des Mele Sar EKE e KA ec ek sen dan dak ye K RA ake eE e EEA 7 18 Deleting a Templates 2 1 4 122041 24 542 e bite Mr eee KRA E TAV k ye EWEN HAAA 7 18 Metrics Tribe Oh WC th Oi DX NDrr gt gt eee gt erereeiIrerereDeeeeeee_b e 8 1 Viewing and Editing Metrics 0 ccccccccceccsssesesescsesesesesesesesesesesescsesesesescsesesesesescseseseseseseseseseseeeee 8 1 Creating Metrics inip vv rr ge 8 5 Deleting Metil S 55555485400 55542i 2 5 24545554452512 EEE E yA Ye Vaye erb ca ve EE rar ved EE E c yek 8 6 Processing Met cS ic iS ese xel Rin dry ia ae ARIN stele yl Ae kaya A yr akr Aa p keka 8 6 Bate ke D D N DD sletseathssvet tel Sictsegctt actesessjedsuiecsesbacusssesdsbiaatecsishecetesdstiestas 8 8 Metrics Error NM s ag 8 xaka kiya deaan ee le bikey a bia bina HK yaka iea b y 8 8 Metric N P DD gusts dese T E eno ove a Wags duet shoe Tastbes Fast bees aa 8 8 Metric Output etre ku klan a e a tanks din e kre adits aide ae ER be M d das Ak EE GE 8 8 Period Overlays with Period OffSetS E rrr erer reke kek xereke kre kerek xere Ke KAK AK HAH AH 8 9 AVEPA OO ninani e te ka banek b rek NEDE a n n kinn en ean a Ro sah esate Gaze k
255. be contained in a zip file named dave_ wilson_cirt zip You can enter a name for the file in the Filename field e g Myfile and the file would be Myfile dat and the zip file would be Myfile zip For Events Promotions and Exception Criteria the following files are extracted 4 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction u Myfile_pert xml u Myfile_ecrt xml u Myfile_pert zip u Myfile_ecrt zip Note In case of non ASCII characters in the username the default filename is converted to a temporary filename that contains a time stamp in the format temp1023806054789 dat The zip file temporary filename with time stamp format is temp1023806054789 zip Enter a Time and or an End Date Start Date will default to today s date and is the only required date field Configure the Repeat Frequency section which allows the repetitive processing of the same job The default is Once but the job can also be scheduled to run daily weekly monthly or always For more information on Repeat Frequency see About Repeat Frequency For Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions and Exceptions select the period by clicking the Period link and selecting the period from the Period Tree screen Figure 4 5 Period Tree EHS All Periods ERS Fiscal 2002 2004 E Fiscal 2002 CHS Half 2002 E a Atri 2002 Click the check when selection is complete pa Feb 2
256. bs Action List NONE Collaborations Price Profile ALL Roles amp NONE Users Disagg Setup List Create Context Based Time Only Create Daily INew Edit Save Allocation Module Config 4 Events Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration General Demand Add Edit Delete Supply Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration IDAILY Db Shipping Calendar DAILY Db Receiving Calendar Although this table broadly defines Role access and editing privileges Events module promotion editability may vary depending on the Creator Company and User stream and hierarchy access privileges For instance a Creator Company s superadmin can edit any events created by the company s users while a manager can only edit promotions they create themselves Likewise Trading Partners will only be able to view comment on and change the promotion status of events not created by them User and Role Permissions C 7 C 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide D Browser Settings If you experience browser issues when using Oracle Retail VCC the following steps will help you configure your Internet Explorer version 5 5 or 6 0 for optimal use 1 Select Tools Internet Options 2 Click the General tab In the Temporary Internet files section click Settings Under Check for newer version of stored pages select the Automatically radio button 3 If you are experiencing problems
257. bstream is hidden the box turns grey Although more than 12 streams can be selected for a group only 12 streams will be displayed in the applet Those streams ordered in the top 12 of your group will display Figure 2 32 Graph Key PH Loc SalesBase F i Loc SalesProm Loc SalesSeas IHI Loc Sales Tot F HI Part SalesBase Ge FF Patt SalesProm O Ed Part SalesSeas amp V Part SalesTotl B 3 E Loc Ship Feste B 38 Loc hip Fest pP B 3 lt gt Loc Ship Adjstmt Loc Ship Fest T B Your comparison mode available data and selected stream groups will determine which data streams are visible by default The 12 streams shown in the column can indicate a combination of both primary and or secondary streams Which primary and secondary streams you see depend on the comparison mode you have selected For example if you choose as your comparison mode u Local Current to Local Previous the primary stream is your local current stream and the secondary stream is your local previous stream 2 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface a Local Current to Partner Current the primary stream is your local current stream and the secondary stream is your partner s current stream Note Year Ago streams data streams containing year ago data for the subtype can only be viewed if they are editable by the seller or the buyer but not by both Year ago streams appear in the se
258. butes The above mentioned terms or descriptors are called Attributes After you have created a Promotional event many of its attributes will be visible in the Events Promotions screen The Promotion is also given a Status attribute which is tracked This helps determine what stage the Promotion has reached in its life cycle The behavior of the Promotion changes as its status changes For more information on Promotion statuses and changing them see Changing the Status of a Promotion Promotions can also have external unique per creator company IDs which can be used as keys to synchronize events with external system s About Promotional Tactics A Tactic categorizes the type of Promotion being planned Examples of tactics are ads coupons and rebates A Promotion may contain no tactic a single tactic or multiple tactics Tactic attributes enable you to provide more detail on each tactic They can be accessed and configured at the bottom of the Events Promotions create and edit screens The Tactics section includes options for the following Category Tactic a Value a Unit Of Measure a Comment a Begin and End Date If you are viewing a partner s promotion and there are no comments in the tactics section the tactics comment icon will not be clickable The Tactics Category drop down contains the following classifications a Ad a Display a Consumer Incentive 10 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide
259. category or leaf level item in a location hierarchy partner hierarchy and or product hierarchy You cannot however grant a user access to the company root folder for any hierarchy If you want to do this when creating the company you must create a dummy root folder and then create the real root folder All Products for example below it so you can grant users access to the real root folder To edit or create hierarchy access control 1 Select the Edit Hierarchy Access tab The Edit Hierarchy Access screen appears Figure 15 20 Edit Hierarchy Access Screen it Hierarchy Access Ed Collins cation All Locations wtner All Partners oduct All Products Stop Editing Preview User Tree Apply Changes H All Products C Pet Foods EHS Milkbone HZ Doggy Bag Treats Ha Flavor Snacks Original Milkbone Biscuits Snacks 2 Click the Start Editing button to begin editing The Stop Editing button appears Server Level Configuration and Management 15 21 Roles amp Users Search Click All Locations All Partners or All Products to assign access to the desired category or folders Any access rights that the user currently has are highlighted in purple Click a location partner or product to highlight it and grant access or click a highlighted location partner or product to unassign access Click Apply Changes to commit the changes you have selected Click Revert to return to the user s current
260. ces Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back clicking this button moves you one column back in the display period Forward clicking this button moves you one column forward in the display period Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 23 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Graph Mode Oracle Retail VCC allows you to view a data stream in Graph Mode Figure 2 30 Display Pane Graph Mode Save UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr JH Loc SalesBase ld Loc Sales From Loc SalesSeas IHI Loc SalesTotl Ga HI Part SalesBase eo F Part SalesProm Ed Part SalesSeas Oo Part SalesTot B 3E Loo Ship Foste Q iqati 3 lt Loc hip Fest P B Navigation Kan Arrows gj gt gt Loo Ship Adjstmt Q N gt Loo Ship Fest T SE SS 5 f r a 2 r 2002 En amp Rescale Rescale Visible Zoom In N All Enable All Configure View Tabs Graph Icons The Graph Mode comprises the following items a Graph Key Shows each substream s short name and the line to which it is assigned Graph Area where the time series data is displayed graphically a Navigation Arrows Navigation arrows allow you to navigate the currently displayed time period data in the Graph Area Table 2 5 Navigation Arrows Beginning If the first column in the current display period is i not in the view clicking this button brings y
261. cessed through the menu Since this is subject to your company configuration and user role options will vary in the drop down The default is Home Select your color Theme from the drop down list You have the choice of Evening Sky default Tea Leaves or Rocket Fuel Have fun Click Set 9 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Layout Access to these features superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Preferences Layout screen controls the content and display of the following Oracle Retail VCC components Data Table Graph Inbox Filters List Screens Table Graph Preferences The Table Graph preferences allow you to modify the following subscreens Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Creating and Editing Period Overlays Setting Highlight Source Preferences Creating and Editing Groups Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences The Table Graph Defaults screen allows you to set the following items that define how data streams will appear Display Mode Choose your default display mode from those created in the Data View Edit or use the Default display mode which consist of the following for details see Display Mode Screen View Table Period View Base Period Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr UOM Base Units Group All Stream Period Display Begin Date or End Date Start Period Current Period n periods in the past n peri
262. check box to select deselect that item to be deleted a Extract Type extract types Master Data or Other modular data a View Edit drilldown dot that allows you to examine extract details a Local the local location for the retrieval file a Partner the partner location for the retrieval file a Product s name of the product or product folder included by the extracted file Download displays Scheduled or a links to a file download a Period shows the time period a Last Executed date time stamp for when the Data Extract was last executed Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for job processing a Exception Status column can contain multiple exception statuses These include Active Dismissed Escalated In Process Obsoleted Resolved Supersedes Superceded Unresolvable Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable See Exceptions for status definitions Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Extracts Note You can arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences Extracting Master Data To extract specific master data you specify the master data context and the Extracts tool obtains the master data at the time the retrieval event is scheduled When the master data you req
263. ching your selected search or filter is displayed 5 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 6 Exception Criteria This chapter includes the following topics Data Stream Exception Criteria Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Exception Severity Levels Viewing Exception Criteria Copying Exception Criteria Deleting Exception Criteria Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Data Stream Exception Criteria Oracle Retail VCC allows you to create and manage fixed exception criteria and rolling exception criteria Fixed exception criteria apply to specific time periods and automatically expire with the time period rolling exception criteria move forward relative to the current time period and persist indefinitely until deleted For fixed and rolling exception criteria you can create the following comparison types Current to Current Comparison allows you to compare the current versions of two streams These streams can be local partner or one of each They can be compared within the same period or across offset period Current to Previous Comparison compares your local current data stream with your local previous data stream or your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream You can compare your current and previous streams with or without a generational offset If your criterion is a generational offset you can compare for example your current
264. ck Role super_admin Company Stratforth Shovel Co pe reviewer pare planner I supervisor EhB manager EH admin an super_admin EHE server_admin superuser Dave Wilson E Fria nazane inte u Lise Examine User E loat S Mo E Rich Green Rishi Krotha E Sheri Wood H Z Chris Stone Access Control 3 Click on Copy User The Copy User screen appears Figure 15 25 Copy User Screen Copy User Role super_admin User Name Password Confirm Password Copy From Friar Tuck cs In the User Name field enter the new user name In the Password field enter the new user password In the Confirm Password field re enter the user password Click Create N 9 g Server Level Configuration and Management 15 25 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Designating a System User To designate a system user the System User check box on the Roles amp Users Examine User screen must be checked Note that usage reports will not include users designated as System Users Users can also be loaded and extracted with System User status For more information refer to the Implementor Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen You can purge five types of data a Transaction Data the data substreams loaded into the Oracle Retail VCC database a Entries in Monitor includes Jobs and User Act
265. ck Buyer Non Local Partner1 Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 r 3 USA Drug Stores Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 r 4 USA Buyer Non Local Partner1 Planters Mixed Nuts Fiscal 2002 2004 r 5 USA Speedy Rx at Boston Fiscal 2002 2004 r 6 Nabisco at Denver Drug Stores Flavor Snacks Fiscal 2002 2004 r 7 Nabisco at Denver Drug Stores Original Milkbone Biscuits Fiscal 2002 2004 r s USA Buyer Non Local Partner1 Planters Cashews Fiscal 2002 2004 n 9 Nabisco at Denver Wall Drugs at Redwing Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 r 10 Nabisco at Denver Wall Drugs at St Cloud Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 n 11 Nabisco at Denver Drug Stores Doggy Bag Treats Fiscal 2002 2004 r 12 Nabisco at Denver Wall Drugs at J ville Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 m 13 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Drug Stores Planters Mixed Nuts Fiscal 2002 2004 r 14 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 oO 15 Nabisco at Denver Drug Stores Planters Mixed Nuts Fiscal 2002 2004 r 16 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Quick Stop at Manhattan Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 kl If there are no valid aggregates to be created an error screen appears Note You can also create aggregates without Reviewing Selections by clicking the Create button on the Company Aggregates Create screen 13 Click the check box in the Delete column next to any aggregate you do not want to create and click Delete or enter the Start ID and End ID in the Mark Entries field to mark entries to be deleted N
266. ck Stop at Brooklyn Matiaso at Pinquatud Cutck Stop at Manhattan Promotion Detail Teggy Bag Treats Piave sacs Puntare Holiday Pak Piantars Misa mts Pisntara minsa mata Piantara Nixed Nuta Planters Cashove Figure E 7 Promotion Detail Report eral Tare MLLsen All Locations Partner Dave Wilsen A11 Partners Product Ove M tlmn ALL Pr pen Promotion Detail Raport Rum Date Sart mts 00 2 End Tata 11 MCC_I2 avent Report ment Report Deecripticn Assortment Change 10 01 03 10 31 03 793 00 102 00 1 281 00 Total Forward Buy 3 030 00 Report rent Raport Comment 2003 10 24 20 29 34 793 00 Partner Promtion ID User Defined 1 Promo Sales Forecast Total DC order Forecast frotal DSD order Forecast lser Defined 2 2 00 0 porao 2s Usar Defined tina 1 wear Det ined Cot 2 a HETE ee Se ee ee eee ETTI ee TEEN Mantas at Plngast poo2y Pe at Boston Dlattars Chews 09 20 03 10 27 03 ala la Team Commat VOCM 338 00 Mabiaco at piepuatuch Spoady Rx at Boston planters Mixed Nute 09 29 03 10 27 03 This la Iten Camant vecia 505 0 Mabiaco at Piaquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Platere Holiday Pak 09 29 03 10 27 03 This ta Iten Cament VECIS 338 00 tonitary Saled aoan to n ace ror 00 ao ane 00 Ki Promotion Detail Report 2003 10 24 12 rim oe emme RR ae comments Dave Wilson Pronction Level coment This is the throated covnant Habisco 20 23 11
267. ck the Enable Totals check box 9 Click Save The Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration screen appears The new stream set appears in the select box It can now be edited or deleted by first selecting the stream set and then the appropriate button Configuring Labels in the Events Module Oracle Retail VCC allows you to tailor custom fields and labels that will appear on the Events module screens if you opt to display them The possible configurations for these fields include a designating a custom label that will display in conjunction with the text entry box on the screen a showing the field you have configured or hiding it from the user altogether a adding a default value the field will contain To configure labels and fields 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu 2 Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary 3 Click the Events tab 4 Select the Labels subtab under Events The Events Labels screen appears 18 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 18 3 Events Labels Screen j sz REYE a Stream Sets Labels Label Type Common a a Default Label New Label Process Totals D Total Base Sales Forecast DOO Total Promo Sales Forecast Total Actual Sales OO Total DC Order Forecast mm Total DSD Order Forecast rmmmmm Total Forward Buy Forecast r o Total Crossdock Order Forecast TT Total On Hand Inventory br
268. ckets To configure time only disaggregation 21 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu The disaggregation screen appears 2 Click the Time Only subtab The Time Only disaggregation screen appears Figure 21 8 Time Only Disaggregation Screen Context Location C gt All Locations Partner amp all Partners Product All Products Effectivity C gt All Periods ET Create Daily Allocation Gonti based rama Om Type Actual Sales F Sub Type ActualSales Base z EHS All Locations EH USA E Nabisco at Denver Nabisco at Pisquatuck 3 Inthe Time Only screen select a context at any level on each dimension more than one can be at the folder level A Time Only profile will be created for each leaf level collaboration contained in the context you choose Select a stream type and subtype Select a context for which you want to assign the same daily allocation profiles for each week Click Create 4 For each time period select the daily allocation disaggregation profile you want to use Figure 21 9 Time Period for the Daily Allocation Disaggregation Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base save Done Begin Periods 02 04 02 02 11 02 02 18 02 02 25 02 Profile Standard gt Standard Standard
269. cle Retail VCC They are located in the Display Pane section of the screen As a convenience some of these icons are actively clickable to allow for mass selection For instance clicking the Delete or Override Execute Time icons will allow you to select or deselect all the check boxes in the column below the icon Figure 2 10 List View Icons List Icons aS Events Promotions Context Po LD Local ey paman i as qs at J v Displaying I tof i DI t tus History Process I uC ame By Created Date Last Changed Date Last Changed By Cy ID Event Name Status z Test Event 14 Completed a o r Ce O OF Wilson 08 01 03 18 16 14 Dave Wilson T AA OR Table 2 2 List View Icons Icon Icon Name Description Drilldown Dot Indicates that there is additional data that can be viewed or edited on the next screen by drilling down through the link The drilldown has a variety of uses such as viewing comments accessing printer friendly views viewing editing item details etc When the dot appears grey such as in the Comment column this indicates an absence of data You may click the grey dot to leave a comment after doing so it will become blue x Delete Allows for multi selection of check boxes in its column To select or deselect all items for deletion click the Delete icon Click the individual check boxes in the column beneath it to select deselect items to be deleted P r View Ed
270. cle Retail VCC company administrator include a Editing your local company information including product folders and leaf nodes location folders and leaf nodes and trading partner location folders This is called your master data You can enter master data using the administrator tasks or the VCC Integrator In most cases the Integrator is the most efficient way to enter large amounts of this type of data a Creating aggregates Aggregates allow you to group individual leaf nodes in a hierarchy into a single unit so you can treat the individual leaves in the hierarchy as a unit For example if you have a category called Toothpaste that has several types of individual toothpaste types in it you can aggregate it and treat the category as one unit u Creating collaboration items between your company and a trading partner company Creating price profiles which allow you to set the base price for products Managing roles and users for your company a Creating disaggregation profiles which are used to perform disaggregation the opposite of aggregation The disaggregation profile allows you to set up the ratios used when allocating an aggregate number across individual leaves u Configuring links time period overlays and other general configuration parameters for your company a Submitting purge requests that are executed by a superuser or server admin u Monitoring job processing For a complete list of user and role assignm
271. color a Data Load Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile Aggregate Level Data Stream a Manual Entry Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Preferences 9 13 Layout Price Profile Aggregate Level Data Stream Exceptions Module Exception Action Processing Metrics Module Metrics Calculation Demand Module Demand Calculation Lift Factor Calculation Migrated from Oracle Retail VCC Demand Supply Module Supply Calculation Safety Stock Calculation Migrated from Oracle Retail VCC Supply Note You will not see the Exceptions Module Metrics Module Demand Module or Supply Module sections in the Highlight Source screen if you do not have access to the appropriate modules To highlight data streams Click Preferences Layout Data Highlight Source The Highlight Source screen appears 9 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Figure 9 16 Highlight Source Screen Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Show Highlight color Source of data stream Fi J Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile C 8 81 Aggregate Level Data Stream Manual Ent y Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile CCCI Aggregate Level Data Stream Exceptions Module Exception Action Processing Metrics Module Metrics Calculation
272. columns separated by a circumflex accent mark Figure 7 3 Reports Create Context Detail section Context Detail Compar y Label Company ID Stream Labels N A Alternate ID Local Partner Product Labels Global ID j Global ID Global Item Number GIN K Alternate ID Alternate ID Local Item Number LIN URL URL URL Repeat Frequency a Dates dates during which the report will be generated Start Date defaults to the current date and End Date is optional A specific time of day can be set or the report can be run at Any Time a Recurrence determines the frequency at which the report is generated The recurrence drop down includes Once Always Daily Weekly and Monthly If you opt to Always run the report you will not be able to specify a Start Time since the report will run every time the corresponding scheduler job is run A perpetually running report can be stopped by supplying an End Date at which it will expire or by deleting the report from the List Time the time of day that you wish the report to run This option does not appear when recurrence is set to Always The default setting Start Any Time allows the extraction to occur as soon as the scheduler is run that day Selecting the Start At radio button allows you to specify an exact time of day to run the report Note that reports will only be processed when the Scheduler runs Figure 7 4 Reports Create Repeat Frequency secti
273. condary streams column regardless of whether they are editable by the seller or the buyer When displayed in the graph mode a Year Ago stream appears in the Secondary Stream right hand column and the current version of that Year Ago stream appears in the Primary Stream left hand column regardless of whether it is editable by you or your partner a Partner Current to Partner Previous the primary stream is your partner s current stream and the secondary stream is your partner s previous stream In addition each Graph Key item displays a tool tip identifying its associated substream and comparator when the cursor passes over it The Configure icon allows you to assign all or some of the substreams that you want to be included in the Graph Key Simply select the subtype name from the drop down list next to each line and click Save The default substreams initially active in the Graph Key are the first twelve substreams of the defined group See the Group s Preview screen to see how the group s substreams are ordered within the comparison modes Use the Graph s Configure utility to temporarily modify the active substream order or list Graph Key modifications are only retained for the current applet session You can navigate between Table and Graph but applying changes in the Context Chooser or moving to a new screen will cause the Graph Key to revert to the default substreams If you want the Display Mode to default to the Streams
274. context 2 Select the Events Promotions List screen 3 Click the dot that appears under the comments icon The comment screen appears 4 Enter your comment in the Comment field provided Figure 10 13 Events Promotions Comment Screen Author Comment Your Comment Z 5 Click Post to save your comment or Done to quit without saving and return to the Events Promotions screen To access a printer friendly version of the Promotion you are interested in printing click the appropriate blue drilldown dot under the Printer Friendly icon This will display the Printer Friendly view of the Promotion 10 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 14 Printer friendly View of the Promotion Creator Last Change By Last Change Date Number of Items Nabisco Dave Wilson 01 13 03 13 59 54 Number of Locations 1 9 URL E mail Notification E mail Language Tactics Promotion Name test Promotion Status Proposed Promotion ID YCC 11 Description sdfsdf Partner Company Speedy Rx Promotion Category Holiday Begin Date 01 10 03 End Date 01 15 03 Stream Set fg Price Impact Type Absolute Decrease Price Impact Qty 1 212 00 Sales Impact Type Absolute Increase Sales Impact Qty 1 212 00 Entire Promotion No American English No Tactics created You can then click Print to send your data to the printer or Back to return to the List view To View a Promotion s
275. context that contains folders you will be offered the option to Aggregate on the folder level s Otherwise for leaf level contexts None will be displayed Select the Processing Order you wish to assign the metric Highest priority processing can be set to one Five levels of processing are provided with five being the lowest priority and three being the default If you have chosen a Metric Type that contains period overlays you can select an overlay from the View by Overlay drop down When you select an overlay a check box Set Period Range allows you to specify a fixed or rolling set of periods for your overlay to Begin and End on Whole period overlays will be used if Set Period Range is not checked When a Begin and End Date are specified only the intersecting periods will be used Oracle Retail VCC will default to Base Periods whether or not you have period overlays Determine whether the metric will occur during a fixed or rolling Period If the metric should occur during a specific time frame select the Fixed radio button and enter the Start and optionally the End date If you want the metric period to more forward relative to the Start period specified select the Rolling radio button and enter the Start and End periods Entering 0 indicates the current period Metrics 8 5 Deleting Metrics 10 11 The Repeat Frequency section configures how often the calculation will be repeated The default wil
276. creating a new stream set for the Demand module enter its name in the Name field When you are creating the Demand Policy for this module the stream set name appears in the Demand Policy screen in the Stream Set drop down list Note that if a yellow triangle with a black exclamation point appears next to the creator column for a stream it means you have selected a creator who does not have edit access to the stream For example if only a buyer company is allowed to edit a stream and the partner you have selected is the seller company you must change your creator Alternately though less likely the supervisor for the hub may need to change the configuration for whomever edits that stream Select the stream type from the Type drop down Select the subtype from the Subtype drop down Select whether the Creator is local or partner Click Save A Q m A 18 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module Within Exceptions during criteria creation you can elect to send e mail alerts to specific users when exceptions are triggered by that criteria for more information on setting up e mail alerts see lt CROSS REF gt The specific format or layout of these e mail alerts is configurable in the Company Module Config Exceptions tab as seen below Figure 18 11 Company Module Config Exceptions Screen E mail Alert Configuration
277. ct allows you to extract information from your database and export it into a third party application Demand creates base forecasts by applying statistical algorithms to historical time series 15 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration Modules Tab Supply allows customers and suppliers to develop supply plans that meet target service levels Configuration Modules Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To specify which modules a specific company can use 1 As superuser click Configuration from the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears 2 Click the Modules tab The Modules screen appears Figure 15 2 Modules Screen C a E Buyer Company Nabisco Quick Stop Seller Company Speedy Rx Wall Drugs T Events I Demand r Supply r Analyzer n Exceptions T pata T Metrics E Reports I extracts Eza Buyer Local Company Stratforth Shovel Co Highlight a company or multiple companies for which you want to assign modules Select the check boxes next to the module you want active for the company If you select a single company click the View Selected button The modules assigned to that company appear You can assign or unassign modules Server Level Configuration and Management 15 5 About Data Stream Types and Data Streams Figure 15 3 View and Assign Modules Selected Company Name Nabisco M Events M Demand Vv Supply Vv Anal
278. ct Local Partner Created Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox C Oo amp PO 01 11 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox COBPO 01 10 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CO amp PO 01 12 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox co Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox co Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox co Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox PO 01 10 03 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox PO 01 11 03 01 09 03 12 Group Inbox PO 01 12 03 01 09 03 12 Offset Period 01 12 03 01 12 03 01 12 03 Status Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Active
279. cted file will contain Options include ASCII UTF 8 UNICODE and SJIS 14 The Directory Path field is available to superadmin users This field defaults to the path designated in the VCC Configuration Client tab under File Path This default path can be overwritten for individual extracts by entering a new path where you wish the file to be stored 15 If no path is specified in the VCC Configuration dialog box you will not be able to create an extract request and Oracle Retail VCC will display an error message upon accessing the Extracts screen 16 Click Save The data stream request appears in the Extracts pane After processing a hyperlink is available to access the data stream To delete a file that has been extracted with the Extracts tool check the check box next to the stream that you want to delete If you delete it directly from your system directory and try to extract the file again from the Extracts screen you will receive an error message Extracts File Formats The Extracts tool produces a zip file When you extract the zip file the file name by default is username_ lt gt dat which is contained inside the zip file and the zip file name is username_ lt gt zip For details on configuring Extracts see the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide The default format of the data extracted in the username_ lt gt dat file is translated from Oracle Retail VCC Configuration Extractor Configuration for the vari
280. ctions Sections Filter M creation Date Fixed Rolling Start End I Revision Status T Reason Code T comment I source Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 4 Last Transaction Type Subtype Creator UOM none d wa wake Base units None ra N A x N A aj Base Units al None z N A x N A Base Units None x N A ly N A z Base Units z None x N A gt N A z Base Units z None d wa wa Base units None x N A x N A Ly Base Units Nene l wa I WA Base Units Select a Filter if you want to structure your report file based on Creation Date Revision Status Reason Codes Comments or Source For more information on Filters see Common Report Settings Select up to ten Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Choose the UOM from the drop down for each stream type you select If any of the products do not have a Custom UOM defined the Product is selected at Folder Level Leaves Only Custom UOM is selected for a stream and report output displays Quantity as NULL then either Custom UOM is not defined for that Product OR Data stream base units value is NULL for that product Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen The Last Transaction report tries to identify those products
281. custom cube views 12 2 manage company creation 15 2 manage company locations 17 2 manage company products 17 2 manage data purge 15 26 manage data streams exceptions 5 22 automatically 5 22 manage demand module stream 18 8 manage groups 16 5 Index 3 manage links 15 13 16 5 manage product hierarchies 17 3 manage time periods 15 32 manage users and roles 15 16 master data 15 29 17 1 master data folders 17 5 master data hierarchies 17 5 master data search 17 5 menus 2 9 metrics average 8 10 average periods of supply 8 13 count missing 8 10 create 8 5 delete 8 6 edit 8 1 exception count 8 11 forecast error 8 11 growth 8 12 inventory turns 8 12 output 8 8 period offsets 8 9 period to date 8 14 periods of supply 8 14 perpetual inventory 8 15 process ondemand 8 6 product 8 17 rolling error 8 16 simple math 8 16 time average 8 18 types 8 8 variability 8 19 view 8 1 weighted average forecast error 8 20 monitor VCC jobs 24 1 move user tonew role 23 12 N new role 15 24 P partner location 17 12 period at aggregate level 21 4 period at leaf level 21 4 period offsets 8 9 period overlays 3 8 9 4 edit 9 12 rename 9 12 view 9 12 period overlays tab 16 8 period to date 8 14 periods of supply 8 14 perpetual inventory 8 15 personalize 9 1 platform support 2 1 policy parameters 11 2 process safety stock jobs 13 16 proces
282. d then Number gt 0 otherwise n a Unavailable Stock Unusable inventory that must be counted as part of total on hand Number gt 0 Apply Frozen Period Takes Total Lead Time sum of Order Processing Time and Transit Lead Time into account in the supply calculation The projected inventory cells in the table are highlighted based on comparing the inventory to certain parameters Blue Projected ending inventory lt min inventory Yellow Projected ending inventory gt max inventory Red Projected ending inventory lt 0 Orange Projected beginning inventory lt consumption forecast for the next period None All other Supply 13 7 Using Interactive Supply Figure 13 5 Cells in the table highlighted based on the inventory compared to certain parameters Parameters Order Proc Lead Time Periods fz Min Order Qty oo Min Inventory 100 09 I apply Frozen Period Transit Lead Time Periods j Order Increment Qty 1 00 Max Inventory 150 0 Receiving Lead Time Periods fo Safety Stock o 00 Unavail Stock 0 00 M inv lt Min Inv Wl inv lt Zero Inv gt Max Inv M Inv lt Cons Next period Save All Recalculate Save Data Stream Restore Policy Save Policy Planning Horizon 5 10 18 03 10 19 03 10 20 03 10 2103 10 22 03 10 2303 10 24 03 10 2503 10 2603 Local a a a a a a SalesFestBase 333 00 444 00 555 00 666 00 777 00 888 00 u u a a a a
283. d 11 21 Using Lift Factors 11 22 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 12 An Analyzer This section contains the following topics a About the Analyzer a Viewing Cubes with the Analyzer Managing Custom Cube Views About the Analyzer The Analyzer module takes a snapshot of the raw data from Oracle Retail VCC and transforms it into an easy to manage highly compressed multi dimensional OnLine Analytical Processing OLAP data cube The Analyzer provides an easy intuitive interface that lets anyone view create reports on and share that data in whatever ways are most meaningful to them including both tabular and chart pie bar line etc views Note The Analyzer module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu item will only appear if you have obtained an Analyzer license For information about installing and configuring the Analyzer refer to the Oracle Retail VCC Installation and Configuration Guide Viewing Cubes with the Analyzer You can open and view data cubes through Oracle Retail VCC s Analyzer screen The Analyzer screen consists of 6 columns that contain the following a View Located in the binoculars column Clicking on the colored dot will take you to the selected data cube a Name Name of the data cube Partner The partner company that applies to each cube If the cube contains multiple partner companies this column will display All Partner C
284. d only access to exception criteria and metrics Depending on how VCC is configured access to partner information product folders or specific operations might be restricted by the role or roles to which you belong a Reviewer has read only access to VCC a Limited Admin combines admin rights with access to VCC modules Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin The user tree defaults to show Active Users which are users who currently have access rights and can log in to Oracle Retail VCC Users who have been disabled will appear in a separate user tree In order to access the disabled user tree 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the menu 2 Choose Disabled Users from the Display drop down The Disabled Users tree appears For details on how to disable a user see Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Roles and Users Screen Managing Roles and Users 23 3 Roles amp Users Search Roles amp Users Search Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Roles amp Users Search finds specific users by name You can find users by entering their full name or by doing a wildcard search on part of their name For instance if you would like to see a list of users with the first name of Jane you would 1 Go to Company Roles amp Users 2 In the Search field type Jane 3 Click the Search button or hit the E
285. data streams The particular streams used are configurable in the Company Module Config Supply screen by the superadmin or admin The Supply module consists of six general areas a Policy Business rules that specify parameters to use in both supply and safety stock calculation Stored at leaf or folder level collaboration item a Interactive Planning Interactive what if supply planning of single collaboration items a Batch Automatic supply planning of multiple items a Safety Stock A utility that calculates the required safety stock a Stream Configuration Specifies which streams to use in both the supply and safety stock calculations see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details Supply 13 1 Creating a Supply Policy a Shipping Receiving Calendar Specifies which days are valid for shipping or receiving This feature is only available when you are using daily time buckets see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details The VCC Supply module is collaborative both the buyer and seller have access to what if planning commentary and exception alerts for the products they trade Graph and table displays provide effective decision support and analysis users have a view that is customized to fit their company s perspective and their individual access rights Creating a Supply Policy Supply policies contain collaboration specific data relevant to the resupply calculation
286. date ranges include a comparison of the number of data points a If number of forecast periods is greater that the number of history periods no forecast will be generated If number of history periods less than three times the number of forecast periods a forecast will be generated with a warning Forecasts are most accurate when the number of history periods is greater than three times the number of forecast periods a If history contains nulls you will receive a warning showing the number of nulls in the history period a If your Forecast Start date is not the current period the message Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears informing you that the forecast was adjusted to accommodate the new range If there is a gap between your History End date and the Forecast Start date the current period the message Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears informing you that the forecast was adjusted to accommodate the new range Demand 11 13 Using Interactive Demand a If your history period contains nulls at the beginning or the end the message Warning Adjusted History Periods appears informing you that the history range has been truncated as described above a If your history period contains nulls at the end the message Warning Adjusted History Periods Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears because the history period end nulls are added to the forecast period and both periods are adjusted
287. dd a new node to the current hierarchy There is no Add Leaf node in the Periods hierarchy Required fields are marked with an asterisk A corresponding Job is listed in the Jobs Monitor for each edit session used in adding new leaf nodes Figure 17 6 Right click Menu ERB All Products E 4 Pet Foods EH Milk EET Examine E F New Category Gi Create Link Cut Copy Add Product H A Snacks HHO Recycle Adding a Local Location Add Location Location Name Location ID Alternate ID 1 Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu 2 Select the Location tab 3 Click Start Editing highlight the category folder under which to place the new Local location 4 Right click on the category and select Add Location from the pop up menu The Add Location screen appears Figure 17 7 Add Location Screen Type GLN X Type GLN x EZDI 5 Enter the company Location Name For example My Store at Boston 6 Enter the company Location ID number and change its type if desired Standard options include GLN Default DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SELLER_ ASSIGNED SCAC BUYER_ASSIGNED and UN_LOCATION_CODE About ID Fields Master Data 17 11 Working With Tree Hierarchies 7 u A Location Name ID or Alternate ID can be any combination of 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters a If you use a DUNS plus 4 number it must be in the format nn nnn nnnn nnnn the first nine numbers the DUNS number must b
288. dden Fena EE TT save Edit Delete Aad 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to edit and click Edit The Update Link screen appears Figure 16 8 Update Link Screen Update Link Link Name My Product Rename Link ImyProduct URL http yahoo com 4 Inthe Rename Link field enter a new name for the link if required 5 Inthe URL field enter the new URL if required 16 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links for a Company 6 Click Save Deleting a Company Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete an existing link 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 16 9 Links Screen Company Gene o 10 Z Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hidden rout II Save Edit Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to delete and click Delete Hiding Company Links Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To hide an existing link or make a hidden link visible 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 16 10 Link
289. dividual Create screen appears as a read only display a Viewing status history Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Changing exception status Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually a Viewing editing an exception comment Creating and Viewing Exception Comments Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View To view a Group exception and Individual Exceptions that triggered the Group Exception 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Collapsed see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only The group exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane 4 Being at a multiple level you cannot click the colored dot under the View icon to view the exception You must select a group exception from the drop down lists under the Period or Created column and then click the colored dot under the View icon to view the individual exceptions that caused the group exception to trigger 5 Now that you are at this individual exception level you can perform all the operations that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen a Viewing exceptions See Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View to view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception
290. duct in 4 different types of packaging single cans 6 packs 12 packs and cases of 32 Your Base Unit is the individual can so you would specify a conversion factor of 6 12 and 32 The conversion factors are multipliers which represent the amount of Base Units required to complete each pack or case The single can UOM could be called EA which represents the Base Unit The new Units of Measure could be labeled 6 pack 12 pack and Case If the forecast covers 1000 cans of soda out of that number they are packaged as follows m fifteen cases conversion factor of 32 twenty 12 packs conversion factor of 12 m thirty 6 packs conversion factor of 6 u forty EA units Units of Measure using the conversion factors above allow you to view data from the perspective of each type of package You can see how many 6 packs have been forecasted in the Data View Edit Table which may display thirty 6 packs If you then want to find out how many individual units that equates to you can change the table view to the EAUOM to find that a total of 180 cans of soda have been forecasted for the retailer using the 6 pack UOM Units of Measure allow conversion up or down depending on the business requirement Managing Company UOM Factors 27 1 Viewing the UOM List Viewing the UOM List The List screen contains a product only context selector and has an at and below list To access the Company UOM List screen 1 Click on Company
291. dule enter its name in the Name field When you are creating the Supply Policy for this module the stream set name appears in the Supply Policy screen in the stream set drop down list 4 Inthe Consumption Forecast drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Consumption forecast Note that if a yellow triangle with a black exclamation point appears next to the creator column for a stream it means you have selected a creator who does not have edit access to the stream For example if only a buyer company is allowed to edit a stream and the partner you have selected is the seller company you must change your creator Alternately though less likely the supervisor for the hub may need to change the configuration for whomever edits that stream 5 Inthe Consumption Actual drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Consumption Actual stream 6 Inthe Inventory drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Inventory stream 7 Inthe Expected Arrivals drop down list select the stream subtype and creator or streams you are using as your Expected Arrivals forecast You can specify none for this field These streams are used as input to calculate the output streams Safety Stock Projected Inventory Receipt Forecast and Shipment Forecast 8 In the Safety Stock drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are usin
292. e Oracle Retail VCC allows you to view and edit data stream data in a table mode Figure 2 29 Display Pane Table Mode UOM Comparison Type SAWA UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Time Periods Process Indicator Substream Name Comment Box Navigation Arrows View Tabs Table Area The following items comprise the table format in the Display pane Time Periods Each column represents a time bucket e g daily or weekly base periods or monthly quarterly yearly or anything else period overlay u Comment Box Each local editable cell contains a gray blue box that when clicked allows you to create or view a comment Gray indicates there are no comments Blue indicates there are comments Anyone in your company with access to the data stream can read and delete the comment associated with a changed field Comments are limited to 100 characters u Substream Name The name of each substream appearing in the table area for a context display Process Indicator A blue diamond indicates that changes have not been processed When the process is completed the blue diamond disappears u View Tabs Tabs allow you to toggle between Table and Graph view u Table Area Area where the time series data for a context appears a Navigation Arrows Navigation arrows allow you to navigate the currently displayed time period data in the Table Area 2 22 Oracle Value Chain Coll
293. e 2 Actual Sales 14 Lost Sales 17 Sales Forecast 28 DC Inventory 32 Expected Arrivals 43 Actual Shipments 44 Shipment Forecast 49 Available to Promise 50 Planned Orders 67 Category Rank 73 Inventory Turns 106 Average POS Move the streams you want to assign to the company by highlighting a stream in the Available Streams box and moving it to the Accessible Streams box Click Save When you view the stream the company name appears in the Available Streams list box Figure 15 8 Stream Types Tab Assign Section f Stream Types Modules List Assign Companies Buyer Company Stratforth Shovel Co Wall Drugs Available Streams Price POS Prelim Units Actual Sales Store On hand Store DC On hand Store Receipts 6 Store Shipments 7 Store Returns 8 Store Waste 9 Shrink Units 10 POS Retail Sales 11 POS Retail Sales 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales 14 Lost Sales 15 Open to Buy 16 Store Open Orders 17 Sales Forecast 18 POS Forecast 19 POS Forecast o 1 2 3 4 5 Links Language General Periods Accessible Streams MM bi jI 15 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links Note If a stream type is unassigned from a company and or its users pre existing configurations may be affected For example if the unassigned stream had been
294. e View this exception icon while multiple is selected in the drop down list under Period You view the exceptions in table mode The data streams containing the exceptions are displayed Cell border highlights will appear based on exception severity Red High a Orange Medium a Yellow Low Exceptions 5 13 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 12 Cell Border Highlights 10 2803 10 23 03 10 3003 1140103 11 02 03 Local Curr i a a a a a SalesFostBase 223 00 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 62 00 a a a u a a SalesFestProm a a a u SalesFestSeas SalesFostTotl 223 00 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 62 00 Partner Curr ie Ship Forecast Base 4 512 00 6 134 00 212 00 6 551 00 33 00 Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj ls Ship Forecast Total 1 321 00 4 512 00 6 134 00 212 00 6 551 00 33 00 If None is selected for the exception criteria s Group To Display option the table resemble the image above For more information on selecting Group To Display see Individual Exception Criteria If you have chosen to display All for the Group To Display option you will instead see a table that includes data from the groups you have selected Selecting an individual exception from the following drop down lists in the Exception Inbox Individual screen in collapsed view and clicking the colored dot under the View icon allows you to view only the data stream that triggered the selected exception You can
295. e is checked the output will be in positive units Result 100 Forecast Actual Divisor stream User has the option of picking either Actual Stream or Forecast Stream as the Divisor Stream If Absolute Value is checked the output will be in positive units Result 100 ABS Error Any two streams Any measure stream Generational offset of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to integers gt 0 default 0 ie current stream Can be used to create output datastream items with an absolute value of the forecast error formula Not available with Accuracy Metrics 8 11 Metric Types Table 8 6 Cont Forecast Error Item Details Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes Available at overlay No Treat Null as Zero Option Null values will be treated as 0 Growth This metric calculates the growth from one value to another either based on a period offset or a generational offset Table 8 7 Growth Metric Item Details Formula Result A2 A1 A2 is the value of the current generation of stream A AT is the value of stream A either the current generation offset by the specified number of periods back or the value of stream A at the current period offset by the specified number of generation back The result goes into the period of A2 Formula Result 100 A2 A1 Al Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any measure stream Offset Type
296. e or Change for the exception criterion from the drop down list next to the Percent Threshold or the Absolute Threshold field Note If the comparison type is Current to Threshold only Absolute Threshold is available Also Above Threshold and Below Threshold are the only options in the drop down list a Select Change if the exception applies to any increase or decrease in the threshold value a Select Increase if the exception applies to an increase in the threshold value a Select Decrease if the exception applies to a decrease in the threshold value 6 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 12 Choose the Severity None Percent or Absolute to match your threshold criteria and enter the values for Medium Severity and High Severity levels For more details on Severity Levels see Exception Severity Levels Note The severity for all Current to Threshold exceptions is based on the base quantity and not on the deviation All exceptions that are generated from criteria where the medium and high thresholds were not provided will always trigger exceptions with a Low severity 13 Check the Trigger even if part of group box if the exception is to be triggered even if itis part of a group exception For example if the exception you are creating is to be part of a group exception and you want the exception to be triggered as a lone excepti
297. e to change the browser page setup to landscape by selecting landscape from the browser s File Page Setup menu 14 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Where To Begin Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail VCC To start Oracle Retail VCC 1 Select VCC VCC Server Start from the VCC program group 2 Enter the following URL in your browser http nostname Syncra_instance_name jsp login jsp The following login screen appears Figure 14 4 Login Screen ORACLE RETAIL Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Version 12 0 UserName PG Password Login Copyright 2004 2006 Oracle All rights reserved 3 In the login screen enter superuser and the default superuser password lemonyellow You can use the default password initially to log in and then you can change the password For details on creating new users and roles see Managing Roles and Users 4 Click Login The Oracle Retail VCC Home page for the superuser role appears 5 To exit Oracle Retail VCC click Logout If you do not log out of Oracle Retail VCC using the logout button and your session is idle your session information is maintained until it expires the default is 15 minutes If you return before your session information has expired Oracle Retail VCC continues your previous session 6 To stop Oracle Retail VCC go to the VCC program group and select VCC VCC Server Stop Where To Begin Before you can begin to impo
298. e 5 20 Individual Exceptions of Group Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts Back Apply Changes View Exceptions View Expanded Individual Exceptions Of Group Displaying 1 1 of I Criteria 9 Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity UOM Typel Type2 Name Criteria History DC Planters N Speedy A Nabisco at 10 15 02 ative E Base Inventory Crit2 04 12 02 Mixed Pisquatuck R at 50 00 62 00 1200 416 67 19 00 22 Adive Low Units DC Nuts Boston Inventory 5 You can perform all the operations that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen a Viewing exceptions See Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View to view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception icon You can view the Exceptions 5 19 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data 6 exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell a Viewing criteria See Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the criteria that triggered the selected exception The Exceptions Criteria In
299. e Graph Period Overlay Screen Table raph Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Create No Records Found x wy Name Type Q 2 Click the Create button and the screen to create period overlays appears in the Display pane 3 Enter the period overlay name in the Name field no more than 40 alphanumeric characters text box For example if you highlighted the individual Summer months in a year or Qtr 3 you could call the overlay Summer 2001 4 Select the Fixed radio button default A period tree appears Figure 9 4 Period Tree All Periods Sa Fiscal 2002 2004 EHS Fiscal 2002 H Half 2002 H Otri 2002 EHS Feb 2002 EHS Febw2 2002 02 04 02 02 04 02 1 02 05 02 02 05 02 02 06 02 02 06 02 02 07 02 02 07 02 02 08 02 02 08 02 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 Febw3 2002 02 11 02 02 11 02 02 12 02 02 12 02 os 5 Select the time period s Open the period folder only to the level at which you want to create the overlay For example if you created categories not overlays for each month and you want to create a period overlay called Monthly open the period folder only to the monthly level so the weekly buckets do not display To create a Quarterly period overlay open the period folder only to the quarterly level Do not display the monthly or weekly levels Select the time periods you want to include in the
300. e Information E Dave Wilson All Products Ha Pet Foods ERS Milkbone Ej Doga Da Tasta Ha Fla Name Doggy Bag Treats El Orid Global Item Number 0168132113 88 Snack TT GIN Type UPC 2nacks Local Item Number NABO168132113 ER Plantel LIN Type SELLER_ASSIGNED HZ Play Unit of Measure EA Stat Factor 0 5 Pla F PI Units per Load 0 0 rar Weight 0 0 Volume 0 0 URL 4 Click the Close icon in the upper right hand corner of the product profile information window to return to the product hierarchy Along with showing the current context the Context tab includes other functions depending upon what Oracle Retail VCC menu item you have selected When you select Data Mass Entry from the VCC menu shown below Context Chooser Context includes a link to select a time period and a drop down list to select the data stream type Make your selections and click the Set icon 2 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 15 Context Chooser Context Tab Context Local Select Local Partner Select Partner Product Selected Products Start Date End Date Type DC Receipts z SubType DC Receipts Produ sl Name Clan dO a RI2 Collaboration Comments The Collaboration Comments icon allows you to add comments to the context you have selected leaf level contexts only These comments can be viewed by your partners and can contain up
301. e Retail VCC The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Browser Compatibility Oracle Retail VCC supports Internet Explorer versions 5 0 5 5 and 6 0 If you experience difficulties when using Oracle Retail VCC set your browser settings according to guidelines provided in Browser Settings Platform Support For a list of what platforms Oracle Retail VCC supports see VCC Supported Platforms Logging In to Oracle Retail VCC Before you can log in to Oracle Retail VCC you must be previously established as a valid Oracle Retail VCC user know your Oracle Retail VCC username and password have an assigned a role that enables you to specific user privileges dependant on the user group to which you are assigned have a system that is running Contact your system administrator or hosting provider for details To log in to a local Oracle Retail VCC system 1 2 Make sure that the web server is up and running Enter a URL in VCC Configurations that will direct the JSP engine to the correct context path This can be done by selecting Start Programs VCC VCC Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 1 Logging In to Oracle Retail VCC Configurations VCC Configuration Select the Client tab and enter a URL in the File Path field The URL format would resemble http host_name Syncra_virtual_directory_name jsp login jsp For example http odyssey xt jsp login jsp The Oracle Retail VCC login screen appears
302. e Sales Forecast DC Order Forecast DSD Order Forecast Forward Buy Forecast Monitory Sales On Hand Inventory Percent Sell Planned Lift Promo Sales Forecast Local z Base Units x Select whether the Promotion View should be Local or Partner from the drop down In the UOM drop down select which unit of measure the report should use to display data Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Promotion Details Formula Planned Lift Promo POS FC Base POS FC Actual Lift Actual POS Base POS FC Base POS FC Sell Actual Total POS Base POS FC Promo POS FC 100 7 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Generating Reports Promotion Item To create a Promotion Item report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select whether the Promotion View should be Local or Partner from the drop down 5 Inthe UOM drop down select which unit of measure the report should use to display data 6 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Promotion Item Report Formula Planned Lift Promo POS FC Base POS FC Actual Lift Actual POS Base POS FC Base POS FC Sell Actual Total POS Base POS FC Promo POS FC 100 Generating Reports After creating a report you must p
303. e list by checking the boxes in the Delete Column Click the Delete button to remove items or Create to proceed 10 If date conflicts appear in the Error column during creation resolve them by deleting unnecessary Items from the list or by changing the date range for that Item All errors must be resolved prior to creating the Items 10 32 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items Figure 10 29 Item Errors Create Back cancel Delete Event Name JKEvent Partner Company Speedy Rx Displaying 1 3 of 3 Local Location Partner Location Product Begin Date End Date ERROR Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters Holiday ficfoayos T7 fazfaz o3s T7 n Pisquatuck Boston Pack 10 01 03 12 12 03 Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters Mixed fuovoisos 2 12 na 7 r Pisquatuck Boston Nuts 10 01 03 12 12 03 Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters ficfoayos T7 fazazyos T7 This Promotion Item already exists in a Promotion Vv Pisquatuck Boston Cashews 10 01 03 12 12 03 kal for this date range Once you are satisfied with the contents of the list select Create After Item creation you can check the Monitor Jobs screen to verify that the job has been completed Note On the Events Promotions List screen the newly created Promotion will only be visible if the context chooser s product is at folder level or if Items exist for the Promotion that match the selected product Because Items are attached to a sp
304. e ordered quantity Event Data displayed in the List includes Events 10 5 Events Total Actual Sales Total Base Sales Forecast Total Promo Sales Forecast Total DC Order Forecast Total DSD Order Forecast Total Forward Buy Forecast Process Totals Total On Hand Inventory Total Monetary Sales Events Create Tab An Event must be created before any Promotions Items or Documents can be associated with it To create an Event 1 Select Event Overview Create The Create screen appears as shown below Figure 10 6 Create Screen Creator Company Procter amp Gamble a BER cete Event ID System Event Category Assortment Change z Begin Date End End Date Number Of Days Event Theme Nabisco_STREAMS Set Sales Impacts Vv Set Order Impacts er Exclusivity Vv Target Audience Ct Event User Defined 3 es EZET 2 Assign a Name to your Event 3 The Event forms are populated without any predetermined value This implies that the default value is taken as lt space gt As the field is mandatory the user is compelled to enter the valid event promotion id a specific Event ID in the box 4 Select the Category to include the Event in 5 Enter the Begin Date and select when you would like the Event to terminate The End can be a specific date or a set Number of Days from the Begin Date you establish 6 Enter an Event Description Comment
305. e that you want to view e g a forecast actual sales figures or an inventory in the Expand mode Subtype Allows you to select a substream subtype that you want to view in the Expand mode The substreams that are available are dependent on what data stream type you selected 2 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface u Group Allows you to select the group of stream types you would like to view a View by Period Allows you to select a time period e g Base Periods or any other period overlays that you have access to u Comparison Allows you to choose the data streams that you want to compare Local Current to Local Previous compares your current local data stream with your previous local data stream Local Current to Partner Current compares your current local data stream to your partner s current data stream Partner Current to Partner Previous compares your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream u UOM Allows you to select the unit of measure that you want to display in the Display pane such as base units stat factor loads and currency or any other custom UOMs that may be loaded and are applicable to the product For details about creating custom UOMs refer to the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Note Custom UOMs appear as a choice only if all three dimensions of a context are at leaf levels Excep
306. e the same as the DUNS number defined as the parent company ID the last four numbers must be unique you must include the hyphens In the Alternate ID field enter the company s alternate location ID number and change its type if desired Standard options include GLN Default DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SELLER_ASSIGNED SCAC BUYER_ASSIGNED and UN_ LOCATION_CODE This attribute is a convenience intended primarily for internal company use though partners will be able to see the Alternate ID if one has been created If a unique Alternate ID is not assigned the system will assume it to be the same as the Location ID Click Create The new node is added to your highlighted category Click Cancel to return to the tree without adding a new node Click Stop Editing Adding a Partner Location You can add a Local or Non Local Trading Partner Location under the Partner tab 1 gt N Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Click the Partners tab Click the Start Editing button The Stop Editing button appears Highlight All Partners or the appropriate partner folder into which you want to add the new trading partner name and right click on it Select Add Partner from the pop up menu The Add Partner screen appears with a list of available partners in the drop down The drop down is organized alphabetically and the first partner appearing in the list will determine whether the view is Local or Non Local u Adding
307. ead time is calculated as follows Figure H 2 Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time Formula s D LT LT sD 2s II D where s D Standard Deviation of demand Mean demand D Average lead time U E s LT Standard deviation of lead time s D LT Combined standard deviation H 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula Safety Stock A standard fill rate driven safety stock calculation is used it assumes that the underlying distribution of demand is normal Figure H 3 Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula 55 k s D LT where SS Safety Stock K Safety Stock Factor s D LT Combined standard deviation Note The safety stock factor is calculated as the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution taking the desired service level SL expressed as a probability i e 99 9 9990 The following table shows examples of k for various service levels Service Level k 99 9 3 08 99 0 2 33 95 0 1 645 90 0 1 28 Safety Stock Logic This section describes the logic used to perform safety stock calculations Note that some data elements are read from the job some are read from the Supply policy and some are read from data streams as configured in Stream Configuration If Safety Stock Type Fixed in the Supply policy then the output value is saved back
308. eams Any two streams Result Stream Any measure stream 8 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Access Conirol Table 8 21 Cont Weighted Average Forecast Error Item Additional Item Weighting Basis Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Treat Null as Zero Option Details Generational offset of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to integers gt 0 default 0 ie current stream Pick either Actual or Forecast Yes when Period Overlay is used Yes Yes When using period overlay computation will be for each base period within the period overlay item and not aSUM on periods If checked null values will be treated as zeros Access Control Access control to the METRIC functions is as follows Table 8 22 Access control to the METRIC functions Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Metrics List Create s 2 8 3 2 a 2 Bz E g e o T g o r a B a a E c Q gt 5 5 5 ke 5 amp o m o lt a oc v wl w XY w v w w w Delete v w w wf Process on Demand vw w w w wf Override Execute Time v w w w wf Details Edit Edit Edit Edit View View Copy v w w ww METRIC definitions are visible and editable to all users of a local company with the appropriate role and hierarchy permissions Metric streams are access controlled the same as any other data stream would be
309. eating Product Folders Products are for the most part grouped under product folders for convenience and ease of use Folders help you identify and locate products quickly and easily For example if you are a clothing manufacturer you might construct a product folder containing the folder Clothing under which you would create Shirts Pants Jackets etc Under shirts you might create additional folders for Casual Shirts Dress Shirts Polo Shirts Superusers can create products and product folders for trading partners as long as they are local superadmin can create products and product folders for her own company as long as it is local A sample product hierarchy is shown below You have the option of creating product folders a manually by using administrator tasks a automatically by using the VCC Integrator For details on the VCC Master Data Hierarchy loader see the VCC Operations Guide Retailers tend to plan to a greater level of detail by location It is typical for a retailer to produce store level forecasts while it is not the usual practice for suppliers to produce them Suppliers plan to a greater level of detail by product A retailer may plan promotional sales for a product folder but the supplier needs to know how much of each product in the folder actually needs to be produced A supplier may have forecasts for multiple generations that it identifies differently while the retailer continues to assign each gener
310. ecific context and Promotions exist independent of context you may need to select a folder level product in order to see the newly created Promotions Deleting Promotion Items To delete Promotion Items select Events Promotion Items from the menu Click the Delete check boxes in the list of Items that you would like to remove and click the Process Selected Items button Addition and Deletion of promotion items The partners are not allowed to perform add edit and delete operations on the promotion items while the promotion is in certain statuses like Active Complete Planned etc This is shown in the screen below Events 10 33 Documents Figure 10 30 Add Delete Promotion Items Partner Product Colaate All Produ Product O Ns maf addres JY Process Selected Item Edit All Displaying 1 20 of 58 View EventID promotion Local Partner Product Promotion Item ID Event Event Begin End Date Status Condition Overridden Entire Salesprice Data 1D Location Location Name Category Date Promotion ImpactImpact Qty Typ DYNAMO _ BI LO New test Freight O SYNCRA_144 syncra 375601938 South DRY 03 08 06 09 17 06 New OK No No s o9 Absolu ales Beanies namingAllocation BI LO DYNAMO test Freight O SYNCRA_444 SYNCRA_az5 9l9ate Nothern LIQUID promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No Boose Palmolive e Decrea Territory MATIC 70 namingAllocation DYNAMO
311. ecimal Places UOMs and Fill Buckets for each stream type 4 Click Save 16 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring E mail Alerts Configuring E mail Alerts Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin The Company General Config E mail tab allows for the format and number and localization configurations of e mail alerts These settings apply to Exception E mail Alerts as well as any alerts generated by the Events Module To configure E mail settings 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Click the E mail tab The E mail Alert Configuration screen appears Figure 16 13 E mail Alert Configuration Screen Praterences Groups Onks Pewod oveilays Realtime EXWAET steamTypes t ra E mail Alert Configuration Default Format HTML plain Text Number Format 229 456 79 W Date Format mmddyy Time Format HHiramiss 2 Time Zone jam el Decimal Places 3 Default format can be either HTML or Plain Text 4 Localization settings Number Format Date Format and Time Format as well as Time Zone that you wish the e mail to contain These drop downs will appear disabled if you do not have the necessary columns in the Visible list 5 Select the number of Decimal Places you wish the e mail alerts to contain 6 Click Save Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 11 Configuring E mail Alerts 16 12 Oracle Val
312. ecuting a 24 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Scheduler event for the Report Usage task Also each time this event executes an e mail can be sent To view company usage statistics 1 Generate the initial Usage Report by using the Scheduler to execute an event for the Report Usage task Figure 24 3 Report Usage Task Screen Erz Usage Current Connections Server Locks a 2l Ar Last Updated 10 21 03 13 15 29 Displaying 1 1 of 1 Company Locations Partners Products Aqqreqates Single Shared Total Streams Substreams Active Inactive System Name Collab Collab Collab Users Users Users Items Items Units Nabisco 2 8 6 it 3 30 33 166 166 6 6 o 2 Click Monitor from the VCC menu The Monitor pane appears 3 Click the Usage tab to display the usage statistics for the companies to which you have access in your database 4 The Aggregates column and the Shared Collaboration Items column contain hyperlinks that allow you to view the aggregates and the shared collaboration items respectively 5 Click the Refresh icon to see any changes that have been made since you entered this screen 6 Click on the Printer Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of this screen 7 Click on the Export Icon to export the information displayed on the screen Choose from HTML and CVS file format options 8 To send an e mail notification each time the Report Usage ev
313. ecycle bin that has links to folders or leaves in the main parent tree those relationships will be broken during the purge process Purging items from the recycle bin will not affect related linked or copied items in the parent tree but will only remove those items placed directly in the recycle bin To purge the recycle bin of master data 1 Log in as superuser serveradmin 2 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears 3 Click the Master Data Purge check box Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 4 Click the Purge button to purge all data in the VCC recycle bin Purging Event Promotions Event Promotions data includes the information stored in promotion periods where the product is offered at a changed or reduced price The items that appear on the purge event promotions data screen are those transactions that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests To initiate the purge procedure for purging event promotions 1 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears 2 Click the Event Promotions Purge check box Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 3 Click the Purge button to purge promotional events Serve
314. ed rR_ 17 If you wish to add tactics at this point click the Add button in the Tactics section If you do not want to create tactics at this time click Create to create and return to the List screen Cancel to return to the List screen without saving or Create amp Add Item to begin adding Items 10 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions After clicking the Add button the first Tactics row will appear You can then add Tactics to the Promotion For more information on Tactics see About Promotional Tactics To create and manage multiple Tactics click the sign to add each new row of Tactics click the sign to remove any unwanted rows Select an Promotion Category from the drop down optional This gives you the option of specifying a categorical reason for the Promotion Holiday is the default Options include Holiday Inventory Policy Change Jointly Sponsored Retail Promotion Labor Location Closing Location Opening Manufacturer Promotion Other Non Promotional Other Promotional Packaging labeling change Price change Product Discontinuation Product Introduction Retailer Promotion Seasonal Promotion Store Closing Promotion Store Opening Promotion Store Format Change Test Market Weather You can now save the Promotion you created by clicking Create or Cancel to cancel the Promotion and return to the List Click Create amp Add Item to begin adding Items to the Promotion F
315. ed Vv New Password Confirm Password Language American English S Update User Done 4 Inthe New Password field enter the new password Note Quotation marks and apostrophes are valid alphanumeric characters for all password fields 5 Reenter the password in the Confirm Password field 6 Click Update User 7 Click Done To change your own password 1 Select Preferences Password from the VCC menu The Change Password screen appears 23 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen Figure 23 15 Change Password Screen Examine User User Name Lauren Grey Company Name Quick Stop Login Allowed Vv New Password Confirm Password Language American English Update User Done 2 Enter your password in the Password field 3 Enter your new password in the New Password field Confirm it by reentering it in the Confirm Password field Managing Roles and Users 23 13 Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen 23 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 24 Managing the Monitor This chapter contains the following topics About the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Monitoring Usage Statistics Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Monitoring Current Connections Monitoring Server Locks Abou
316. ed Send e mail every time the Usage Report is run to send an e mail each time usage statistics are calculated For a usage report to be calculated you must schedule the Report Usage task to run at specific intervals 4 Select a Language for e mail recipients from the Language drop down 5 In the E Mail list box enter the e mail address or addresses separated by a semicolon to the users to be notified 6 Click Save Monitoring Current Connections Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Administrators can monitor the users who are currently logged in to VCC how long they have been logged in and the time of their last activity To monitor user connection time 1 Click Monitor from the VCC menu 2 Click the Current Connections tab The Current Connections pane appears showing the users who are logged in the date and time they logged in and the time of the user s last activity 3 To view details on a specific user click the user s name in the User Name column 24 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Monitoring Server Locks Figure 24 5 Current Connections Pane Usage f Current Connections erver Locks pae Displaying 1 4 of 4 User ID User Name Login Time Last Activity 12 Sherri Wood 10 21 03 14 27 21 10 21 03 14 27 24 25 Friar Tuck 10 21 03 14 26 36 10 21 03 14 26 42 22 Dave Wilson 10 21 03 14 26 19 10 21 03 14 26 20 a superuser 10 21 03 14 23 09 10 21 03 14 27 25
317. ed for a lift factor and the sum of the values in a row total 0 0 the normalized values will be all of the initial values incremented by 1 0 In such an instance the average will be 1 0 This feature allows you to enter a week s worth of actual sales and then normalize the numbers instead of having to calculate the normalized ratios For example if you entered the following actual sales for the week Table 11 3 Actual Sales for the Week M T WwW T F S S 192 164 157 185 124 329 401 Normalized to Demand 11 19 Using Lift Factors Table 11 3 Cont Actual Sales for the Week M T Ww T F S S 0 87 0 74 0 71 0 83 0 56 1 49 1 81 There are cases where you may not want to normalize the values for instance a promotion week shown in bold Table 11 4 Promotion Week 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 0 3 0 1 0 Finally there are two date ranges entered on this page The Display Period indicates which weeks to display Since a database may contain several years worth of weeks this allows you to limit the display to the range of interest Also the History Period indicates which periods to use for calculating the lift patterns based on history The history calculation uses data from the stream set you specify To specify a lift pattern 1 Set your context 2 Click Demand Lift Factor and the following screen appears Figure 11 15 Demand Lift Factor Screen Context Local Nabisco at Denver
318. edit folder items in a data stream where you have edit privilege For your active items you can view edit the data and enter comments Those items not yet available to you will be viewable but not editable To expand a folder level item 1 Click Data View 2 Select your context Click the Set icon 3 Click Context Chooser Display Mode When the Display Mode screen appears select the folder level item Local Partner or Product from the Expand drop down list 3 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data in Expand Mode Figure 3 14 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode pand None Group err Group Bi ype iew by un Sat Weeks Scat Unite SubType zi Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Er Ai Ex Mode Weekly 4 Choose the data stream Type and Subtype from the drop down lists 5 Click the Set icon 6 Click OK and your data stream view in the Display pane shows all the items in the folder component of your context Note Make sure to select the appropriate comparison mode for viewing the selected data stream Oracle Retail VCC allows you to compare Partner Curr Partner Prev Local Curr Local Prev and Local Curr Partner Curr data with the Display Mode tab s Comparison drop down list Figure 3 15 Display Pane Grid Save UOM Base Units Test Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS F
319. eeen HER del HA ao k kaza dh derk s ae M wae kh J ka BERA E 5 Promotion tem 20250022 eco Sins iste See ieee Bist Re AL ae Sees Baie ets cheese a ae ev E 5 Geneva Forecast Engine How Does Geneva Work oo cs ccsseiccsesectiy tte be an ke ya y k M ran tb Mewes igh tue seed k bes b n ki b y beye Yad a biven biken F 1 VCC Locks and Jobs Ab t LOCKS and To DS j i sal kusa besi yk kini ere AKE EEEE oy ak l n l AA RE G 1 JOD Types is ei Hasek hisn HIRKA tein A a eves bie n n En ENA bre GE ta inn NEZANA G 1 Pes dihan DD banat mee edie tern idea doanba ee umia ds aia deamiles G 1 User Generated Jobs iuncta a e i a eiae eaaa A a E a ATE AE S Ea G 2 User Save Action Locks sude ne iiis a RERA NAA AERE a kek E NE AEE G 4 Scheduler TODS ecen E EARE ETET ENA EA G 4 L ader lC DP Nc aa EE NAAA A E AEN ARE NRSA AAAA E AARE G 6 Extractor Jobson NA O a A A a AAE G 7 H Safety Stock Calculation Inp t Varia les ccs sence csvesHevaceces be csnc iv silly ccawavedt Weenies st lowes cto de ay e CL beke G kek ERE nA cib arek ne d z n ke seated H 1 Formulas Used cs 4x2 555 12a44y dak KA eal Wea nis ies hens ee Ieee hie H 2 Standard Deviation Formula ccc eine dak n r Liye K dee Be aetna fein Ge oe eed H 2 Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time FormulAa EELE e H 2 Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula EL rrr H 3 Safety Stock Logic Z amp 2 4 2
320. egate On Accumulation DisAggregetion Context Parlia conted Period StreightLine Fim Factors Wk gt Day Other gt Day Wk gt Day Other gt Day Movement Stored profile profie BN protie prove _ BEE beginend _ Begin End Dynamic proportional proportional proportional straightiine straightline straightline Not Allowed Balance Stored profite begivend BE protie begivend Ei Dynamic proportional begivend BE siio ocorren TE Figure 21 3 If Context is at aggregate level and Period is at leaf level you should read the table below as if the Period coluns did not exist a profile Figure 21 4 If the Period is at aggregate level and Context is at leaf level you should read the table as if the Context column did not exist ul Dataload Aggregate On Aggregate On a E Rule Factors Wk gt Day Other Day Wk gt Day Other Day Begin nd Movement Stored EI EE N OOOO Not Allowed Dynamic ETTI bropo tinnat proportions BE Balance Stored Dynamic 21 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Disaggregation Factors About Disaggregation Profiles Note When you create a disaggregation profile the associated aggregates are created as well that is aggregates are created for the same location partner product context and stream_type for each period in the effectivity period of the disaggregation profile This is specifically for use by the Demand module A data stream disaggre
321. ek of the new year contains N number of days N is configurable from 1 7 On a Sunday Saturday week where January 1st falls on a Thursday 3 is selected from the Days in 1st Week of Year drop down This will sync up the first week of the year with the traditional first day of the year Figure 16 3 Pop up Calendar lt January zJ gt lj lt 2004 gt 12 13 14 jl 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 ji 30 ji 31 co If however your calendar s Start Day of Week begins on Monday selecting 7 would result in the calendar seen below In this calendar Jan 1 4 are assigned to the prior year not the new year as indicated by week number 52 in the lefthand column The first week of the year doesn t begin until Monday January 5th It is recommended that you ensure the Start Day of Week and Days in 1st Week of Year work in conjunction Figure 16 4 Pop up Calendar lt January z gt lt EA l gt Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 5 ji s5 J 7 8 9 jl 10 11 12 13 14 jl 15 16 J 17 18 19 20 21 jl 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Allow Proportional Disaggregation UI only Select whether the
322. eke rex kek n renk KAK HK 18 1 Events Stream Set Configuration uE rrr erer erkek ekere erk er e reke ere ee Kek Kek HHH 18 1 Configuring Labels in the Events Module u E erer ere eee ee kereker ere kereke ere keke He 18 2 Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Com pamyi rrr ereke kekekek ek 18 4 Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply j j j j jjj j 18 6 Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company reke e keke rekekekek 18 8 Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module re rer ekere reke kereke kek r kek ek He 18 9 Sample Exception Inbox E Mail AlertS U snr eer eke kek ekere kereke k rek Kek kK KAK KA 18 10 Creating Product Price Profiles About Product Price Profiles 5 isd xen ele We EW Kir ee k Hek a eee la Ke ADA 19 1 Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tap 19 1 Managing Company Aggregates ABOUt A SSte Oates ies ayd Weye xake kd KAN Saud yek kek Seer tats Na r HA y e r Rake S N 20 1 Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab 20 2 Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab 20 5 Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab eene
323. el to exit Click Stop Editing after you have finished adding your partner Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Select the Product tab Click Start Editing Highlight the category folder under which the new Product will be created Right click on the highlighted category and select Add Product from pop up menu The Add Product screen appears Master Data 17 13 Working With Tree Hierarchies Figure 17 10 Add Product Screen Master Datas Nabisco 10 124 1107 Add Product Name Global Item Number Local Item Number Unit of Measure uomStatLabelen_US GIN Type GTIN z LIN Type GTIN uomTruckloadLabelen_US Weight Volume URL erza Ronee 10 11 12 13 14 Enter the Product Name Enter the product s GIN Global Item Number and select its type from the drop down Enter the product s Local Item Number optional Enter the product s unit of measure in the UOM field Enter the product s Stat Factor optional A stat factor is a multiplier that you specify as a product attribute that you can use to convert base units to common statistical units Stat Factors allow you to create a uniform unit of measure across all products by allowing you to multiply the unit of measure for the product by a stat factor that you determine to be appropriate There are no hard and fast guidelines for what stat factor to use This must be determined by your company polic
324. electing from a pre existing Other UOM you can enter a new UOM not already in the list by clicking the check box and entering the name in the text field provided u Other UOM This is the name of the new unit of measure into which you are converting the product It is the name that will appear in the data stream Display Mode tab under UOM For example if you are converting from each to case this new UOM can be named CASE a Multiplier The conversion factor used to convert the number of individual units into the required unit of measure Example to convert individual units into SIXPACKS the multiplier would be 6 Creating New UOM Factors To access the UOM Factor creation screen 1 Select Company from the menu 2 Choose UOM from the Company sub menu 3 Select the Create tab The Product tree appears Figure 27 3 Product Tree Screen Co VOM o a EE Create a Product Gall Products Set EHS All Products stl Foods n Milkbone Ha Doggy Bag Treats HE Flavor Snacks 2 Original Milkbone Biscuits HAR Snacks 4 Select the Product name from the tree that you wish to create new UOM factors for You cannot create new UOM factors at folder level and must select a leaf level product 5 Click the Set button The Create screen appears Managing Company UOM Factors 27 3 Deleting UOM Factors Figure 27 4 Create Screen bisco 110 124 1107 jv Create Product GIN UOM Other GIN Other
325. elections vary depending on report type Some reports will contain up to 10 stream selectors while others have no streams Note that a selection of both for the Creator option will make the selection of local or partner invalid if all other components are the same Figure 7 8 Stream Selections Section Streams Type Subtype Creator Compare Stream 1 Actual sales El ActualSales Base Partner z r Stream 2 Noe 2 A ura x Ili Stream 3 Nene l N A gt na E stream 4 ene Hi WA ZI val Stream 5 Nne j N A Ly N A m Creating Reports Access to this feature superadmin and admin Many reports share common features and options that are described in Common Report Settings Details on the following report types will focus solely on characteristics that are unique to each report Samples of each report type generated PDF format can be found in See Sample PDF Report Screens Note For the Promotion Detail and the Promotion Item Reports the Total columns for Base Sales Forecast Promo Sales Forecast all three Order Forecasts On hand Inventory and Monetray Sales will be displayed even if you have not selected these columns in the Data Type filter For Promotion Detail and Promotion Item reports if the Event Promotion and Promotion Items fields that are common to report outputs are hidden in the Module Config screen the report will still be generated with these fields Hidden fields are not supported fo
326. elines for Creating Product Folders Erkek e reke kereker ke kek 17 3 Managing Time Peri dHierarcl i68 Ani sinipa bek a EGER EI k se 17 4 18 19 20 21 Managing Company Trading Partners L erer ere eee e kereker ereke kek Keke Keke H 17 4 Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin LEL mereke 17 4 Managing Master Data Folders i i lt z Z ka n dan k eks keka e ra dake vek r EHRE Wek ex WA k 17 5 About Master Data Hierarcl iesS L Eke ekey ek keke kek ke kek Ke kek kek ek KAK KK re KA KAK KA 17 5 Master Data SedFCD snlbao nuk llynd lana a dk asayi b y ri birk Maya kir debe bedb n ak y d a bike ke Raz 17 5 Pree Behavior onnios DD r rrr rrr 17 6 Working With Tree Hierarchies lt 44 4ynii oesi reedene aib eei inia dair in dias 17 8 The Start Editing Button and the Right Click Menu s sssssssssssssssssessesrsssissesnssrensesnesneenenness 17 8 Tree BehayiOK t salak H rka Kul n bal I a M a a E y Ran yan a a a a Vek a ners 17 8 Adding a Local LOcatt On cla R ya Sen Wn Aye We NE uk We s EA W k es 17 11 Adding a Partner Locations 5s sana n DEE NO AR ON Ay 2na a a0a dinan 17 12 Adding a Prod ctor eniri ea EE NA seeds esl A WE way n QAN NARA AKA ERE 17 13 Managing Company Module Configuration Managing Events Module Configurations rrr kereker ek rek
327. ent is executed in the Scheduler see Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Superusers and serveradmins have two additional informational items on the screen from the VCC license maximum number of users and the maximum number of collaboration units These numbers are set in the license generated for the hub Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Oracle Retail VCC allows you to send an e mail message to a user or group of users each time VCC recalculates usage statistics To send an e mail in a foreign language ensure the language is loaded for VCC To send an e mail notification 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu 2 Click the General tab The General screen appears Managing the Monitor 24 5 Monitoring Current Connections Figure 24 4 General Screen Under Configuration Section Labels Default Labels Custom Labels Base Periods Base Periods UOM Unit Base Units Base units 1 Stat Units stat Units Stat Factor Currency currency Loads oas J units per Load Export Compression Compress file if greater than ove ke Events Documents Size Limit Reject file if greater than ooo kb Billing I Send an E mail every time the Usage Report is run Language American English E mail List mailid mail com Use to separate consecutive E mail addresses 3 Inthe Billing section at the bottom of the screen check the box label
328. ents see User and Role Permissions Introduction to VCC Administration 14 3 About the Company Chooser About the Company Chooser The Company Chooser screen allows you quick access to any company to which you have access so you can edit or administer its information The Company Chooser screen is available from all administrative screens to a superuser server admin or an administrator by clicking the arrow in the top right hand corner of the screen or by clicking the company name link in the title bar Superusers and server admins can see their own company and partner companies the superadmin role admin role and the manager role can see only their own company For example in the Master Data screen below if you click on the arrow in the title bar the Company Chooser screen appears Figure 14 3 Master Data Screen J Buyer Local Company Start typing company name Last 10 Chosen Buyer Company a Buyer Local Comp Stratforth Shovel Nabisco Nabisco Non Local Buyer s Non Local Buyer s Non_Local Seller Seller Company Quick Stop Wall Drugs Seller Company Ruwer Camnanu gt Set Uf Produce EE EW ETTI qi Cin M r E Start Editing a All Products Prod Test Gi Prod Test10 d Prod Test11 d Prod Test12 i Prod Test13 H A Prod Test14 A Prod Test2 coe Prod Test3 HHA Prod Test4 G9 Prod Test Note To print all the data in the printer friendly view you may hav
329. ept for the locked cell s Locked cells will be visually highlighted as locked The user can also manually unlock the cell a Nulls are treated as follows 11 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Interactive Demand If there are nulls at the beginning of the series i e the data starts at some point after the specified begin date the series is truncated so that it starts when the data starts Ifthe nulls are internal to the series they are converted to zeros before passing the series to the forecasting engine Ifthe nulls are at the end of the series the nulls are truncated Nulls in lift factors are given the value of 1 Nulls are handled the same way for batch forecast jobs Context Chooser Parameter tab contains the date ranges and the default parameters from the forecast policy The default parameters can be modified according to the same rules used in the forecast policies The date range is specified as described under Creating a Demand Policy Figure 11 7 Context Chooser Parameter Tab Context Parameters f 1 a l yy History Start osyo1 o2 History End 10 14 02 Method Expert System Bi Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 10 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter Determined By Expert System History Data Count Forecast Data Count Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Method enter the method for the policy Smoothing Pre Filter enter the smoothing pre
330. eption criteria on Periods cannot be created for a Balance stream A Measure stream can neither accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local nor across time dimensions period overlays Unlike the aggregates formed for Movement and Balance streams Measure stream aggregates are not computed by summing the individual items included in the selected aggregate level folder Measure stream aggregates will be editable according to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When Values can be entered manually or can be data loaded using the Integrator Measure streams aggregates cannot be disaggregated Similar to the aggregates stored for Movement and Balance streams both current and previous values are stored at the aggregate level for Measure streams When a Measure stream is viewed in a period overlay there will be no values displayed A Sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a Measure stream Data 3 9 Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Movement and Balance aggregates are editable if they adhere to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When Values can be entered manually or can be data loaded using the Integrator AND there is a Disaggregation Profile existing for
331. eption without having to manually page through numerous exceptions A Search is a temporary single use setting that you configure in the Display Mode tab It is a convenient option if you would like to quickly find specific data without going through the process of setting up a Filter in user preferences If you think that the 5 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features particular Search setting you select may be used on a regular basis it would save time to create a Filter instead which can be reused at will Note When you search for exceptions in the collapsed mode the results are displayed in collapsed mode If you do a search on Partner column providing the string Drug Oracle Retail VCC displays all records in the database that match the string Drug anywhere in the Partner tree such as the folder Drug Stores and the leaf name Wall Drugs at Jacksonville The asterisk tells Oracle Retail VCC that any letters before or after the word Drug are acceptable If you did a search for Drug your results might turn up Drug Store but would not show Wall Drug To find Wall Drug you would have to search using Drug or Drug Since Wall precedes Drug the asterisk is placed at the beginning of the word Searching on the word Drug would turn up both Wall Drug and Drug Store because the asterisk is both at the beginning and end of the word meaning tha
332. er you want to disable and right click on the user Click Examine The user s Profile screen appears Figure 23 13 User s Profile Screen Examine User User Name Lauren Grey Company Name Quick Stop Login Allowed Vv New Password Confirm Password Language American English z Update User Done ORACLE 3 Click the check box next to Login Allowed to deselect it 4 Click Update User 5 Click Done The user is moved to the Disabled Users tree and is not able to log in Managing Roles and Users 23 11 Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen To move a user to a new role you must cut the user and paste the user under the new role Note that a user cannot move him herself or another user at his own level to a new role Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin As a company administrator you can change any user password for your company Users always have access to change their own passwords To change the password for a user 1 Select Company Roles and Users from the VCC menu 2 Select a user and right click on the highlighted user 3 Click Examine The Examine User screen appears Figure 23 14 Examine User Screen Examine User User Name Lauren Grey Company Name Quick Stop Login Allow
333. erlay None Trial Data 1 E hi w RMS 0 0 Moving Period Decay 0 0 MAD 0 0 Method None MAPE 0 0 Smoothing None Beta 0 0 Transform None There are no user actions on this tab it is for display only The results include Gamma The seasonal parameter in Holt Winters Trend Hold The degree to which the trend has held steady in recent periods Cyclic Decay The degree to which cyclical effects in the data decrease over time Alpha The level parameter in Single Exponential Smoothing Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing Period Overlay The period overlay name selected Default is none RMS Root Mean Square Error A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the square root of the average squared error MAD Mean Absolute Deviation Mean Absolute Deviation a measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average error in absolute value MAPE Mean Absolute Percent Error A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average percentage error Beta The trend parameter in Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing Moving Period Decay The degree to which the trend has held steady in recent periods Method The forecasting method selected i e l
334. ers Exponential Smoothing A company that is operating in the role of receiving products from one or more trading partners A trading relationship between a specific buyer location and seller location over which information about products may be exchanged in Oracle Retail VCC A count of a company s utilization of Oracle Retail VCC measured by the number of buyer location seller location product combinations collaboration items that are being collaborated upon Glossary A 1 English Term Function Module Definition Collapsed View Exception A display mode for the exception inbox where exceptions with the same value for certain fields are displayed as a single line item collapsed Commitment Report Report that provides a daily snapshot of Report yesterday s actual sales vs one week ago yesterday s actual orders vs one week ago the current forecast for today and a snapshot of how much inventory is in the store context General The combination of Local Location Partner Location Product and Time Period that is used to view data streams Context General The Context Chooser is a pane in the main Oracle Chooser Retail VCC interface that allows users specify the data view The specification identifies which data to display by context Le local location partner location product and data stream as well as format comparison type UOM expand by mode Cyclic Decay Demand The degree to which cyclical effects
335. ers listed who fit the search criteria Search results will be displayed in a list format if there are multiple results found Select the name from the list by clicking on it and you will be shown a new tree view with the user s name highlighted in the tree hierarchy Their Name Role and Company displayed above the tree If there are no multiple results found and only one user who fits the search criteria there will be no list you will instead go directly to the tree view with the user name highlighted If there is only one search result match the user tree will appear with the user s name highlighted 15 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Creating Users Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Onc e you create a new user you must set the access control for the user For details on setting the access control for a new user see Setting and Editing User Access Control To c 1 2 reate a new user in a specific role Click Roles amp Users from the VCC menu i i i i Highlight reviewer planner supervisor manager admin super_admin or server_admin depending on the role to which you want to assign the user Right click on the Role folder to access the Create User pop up Figure 15 16 Create User option Role admin all a reviewer E ker planner EHB supervisor i manager Sir ad ZE ra server_admin
336. es ActualSales Base Type 2 Partner Current Actual Sales ActualSales Base Action Specification Local Stream to Adjust be Receipts z Subtype be Receipts zl Severity Low Medium High E Put alert in Inbox Vv Vv Vv E Send E mail G E mail Language American English z American English zj American English z G Adjust Local Value to None None aj None Bi G Set Status None z None None z In Process Actions E Timeout Threshold Days Days Days Send E mail E mail Language American English American English j G Adjust Local Value to None z o z one G Set Status None zj None zj None zj Resolution Actions E Timeout Threshold Days Days Days E Send E mail G E mail Language American English jj American English j American English j Adjust Local Value to G Set Status The screen allows you to set three types of actions 6 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Note When actions defined on multiple criteria result in changing the same stream values the actions defined on the criteria created latest will override the previous criteria actions Initial Actions performed when the exception is triggered In Process Actions performed after the specified in process time out has passed but the exception is still active For example if an exception s status changes to In Process Auto In Process before
337. ess 4 Click Process Selected Items 13 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Part Ill Value Chain Collaboration Administration Part III consists of the following chapters Introduction to VCC Administration Server Level Configuration and Management Managing Company General Information and Preferences Master Data Managing Company Module Configuration Creating Product Price Profiles Managing Company Aggregates Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation Managing Company Collaborations Managing Roles and Users Managing the Monitor Managing the Scheduler Managing Company Data Purges Managing Company UOM Factors 14 Introduction to VCC Administration This chapter includes the following topics a Administration Overview a About the Company Chooser Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail VCC a Where To Begin Administration Overview The Oracle Retail VCC administrator tasks allow you to create and manage the information required by VCC In most cases the Integrator is the most efficient way to set up the VCC and enter your data You then can use the Administrator to verify and edit your data There are several administrative roles in Oracle Retail VCC including server admin superadmin limited admin and admin Each role has specific functions for Oracle Retail VCC configuration and management For details on the functions each role can perform see Managing Roles and Users or User and
338. etails Copy and Create The List view is used to view and manage the most important details of each metric View Edit is used to edit the specific details of existing metrics Copy is used to duplicate an existing metric Create is used to build new metrics The list view displays all Metrics that are defined relative to the currently selected context You can select between at and below and at and above the current context in the Context Chooser s Display Mode tab The Display Mode tab also contains a Search option which allows you to search by any of the following criteria Local a Partner a Product a Metric Name Metric Type The list view contains the following data and available actions a Delete Deletes any selected Metrics Metrics 8 1 Viewing and Editing Metrics a Override Execute Time Resets the execution time of any selected Metrics a Process on Demand Processes any selected Metrics a View Edit Displays a detailed view of the selected Metric a Local The local location for the Metric a Partner The partner location for the Metric a Product A description of the product a Metric Type The type of Metric selected such as Ratio Forecast Error etc a Metric Name User entered name of the Metric a Processing Order The order numbers 1 5 assigned for processing Processing begins with Processing Order 1 metrics and is completed for all metrics at this level before beginning
339. ettings in Preferences Layout Lists Reports Creating Reports Templates The Reports Template screen allows you to view create and delete report type templates These templates can be plugged into a report as they are created to save time Each template and its selections can be saved to different versions of the same base report This enables each trading relationship to have unique versions of each report based on their business requirements In the Reports Template screen you can select an existing template from the drop down list and view its attributes To view a template 1 Click Reports Template 2 Select an existing template from the Name drop down list 3 You can create templates by clicking New Creating report templates is the same as creating actual reports see Creating Reports The only difference is that a template is not bound to a specific context On Reports Template Create Edit screens the only validations performed are to check the duplicate selection of stream type and subtypes Context related validations are not performed while creating the report template Common Report Settings Each report is a combination of common and unique settings that you select and save Each report type can have multiple saved settings that can be named and recalled for editing Common settings are described below Unique settings are described in the procedures for creating the individual reports Not all
340. ety stock calculation see Safety Stock Calculation Context The Supply Safety Stock List screen shows all Safety Stock calculation jobs at and below the currently selected context Figure 13 8 Supply Safety Stock List Screen Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Product Planters Feda z Chm Ce ON rae Way fo EW Displaying 1 1 of 1 a D Product Local Partner Safety Stock Safety Stock Safety Stock Created Last Process On X Tupe By r r planters asis Updated Demand Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Single Normal Actual Dave A Pisquatuck Boston Value Consumption Wilson The list can be sortable by any of the data columns The following default columns are displayed Delete delete button appears if any are checked Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the safety stock calculation jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be overridden Safety stock calculation jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job Note Once a job has been scheduled and processed you can view the job details in Monitor Jobs by clicking in the link for that entry s
341. everity level of the exception Low Medium High Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Exception Inbox a Status displays the exception status Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Exception Inbox appears in the Display pane containing the exceptions for the context you selected in four tabs Individual Group External and Partner However only three tabs Individual Partner and Group can be examined in detail 5 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Note If you delete a leaf or all leaves from a folder that has exception criteria either Sum or Any with active exceptions the old exceptions for this criteria will not be removed Additionally for aggregate exceptions Sum the drilled down Grid View cannot be displayed Expanded View You can view individual or group exceptions in expanded view or collapsed view Expanded view shows each exception individually at or below a given context as shown below Figure 5 7 Exception Inbox Expanded View Apply Changes View Exceptions View Collapsed Displaying 1 8 of 8 i Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity UOM Ty d SA Criteria
342. ew tasks for any VCC processing requirements You can however add any other system task command and schedule it for processing using the scheduler Note Superadmin will see list of Tasks associated with company assigned Modules Superuser and ServerAdmin will see a list of Tasks associated with Modules licensed to the Hub See Scheduler Task Descriptions lists a brief description of each preloaded Task Table 25 1 Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 1 Complete Exception Creates a new aggregate stream or links to an existing Criteria Creation aggregate stream Changes the aggregate exception criteria Status from Pending to Active 2 Extract Supply Blocked Extracts Supply Blocked Dates from the Oracle Retail VCC Dates Database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine 3 Extract UOMs Extracts the current Unit of Measure UOM options from the Oracle Retail VCC database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator UJ 4 Extract Users Extracts the current Users from the Oracle Retail VCC database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator UJ Managing the Scheduler 25 5 Working with Tasks Table 25 1
343. f a user s access right had previously encompassed all Managing Roles and Users 23 7 Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen partner companies as shown in the figure below you can select a subset for example only company 4 the user s access tree would resemble the figure below Figure 23 8 User s Access Tree Access Rights Modification ERB To create access rights for a user 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu 2 Highlight the user to whom you want to grant access rights and right click In the screen below the user test is highlighted Figure 23 9 Company Roles amp Users Screen User Test Highlighted User Lauren Grey Role reviewer Company Quick Stop all B reviewer planner 5 Lauren E Linday Cf E Mak Examine User 5 Nancy as E Roger Edit Stream Access fe 3 Select Edit Access Rights from the pop up menu The Edit Hierarchy Access screen for the selected user appears 23 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Access Conirol Figure 23 10 Edit Hierarchy Access Screen Edit Hierarchy Access Linda Williarns Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products Start Editing Preview User Tree a All Products 0 Foodstuffs 0 Winter Supplies Apply Changes BI 4 Click the Start Editing button to begin editing The g
344. f periods from 2 6 as the input for period 3 use the above equations with a range of periods form 3 7 as input etc For Time Series Period Forward calculations For each period in the forecast range the safety stock equals the sum of the forecasts for the next n periods where n is the Periods of Supply So if the period of supply is 4 the safety stock for a 1 period 1 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 1 through 4 a 2 period 2 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 2 through 5 3 period 3 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 3 through 6 until you are out of the specified forecast range Safety Stock Calculation H 9 Safety Stock Constants Safety Stock Constants The following are safety stock constants defined for supply policies Method values from rp_ss_job_requests table Description Constant Number G_SS_NORMAL 0 G_SS_POISSON G_SS_PER_FORWARD G_SS_PER_BACK U N e Basis valuesfrom rp_ss_job_request table Description Constant Number G_SS_ACTUAL 0 G_SS_FORECAST 1 G_SS_MAD 2 G_SS_MSE 3 SS_type Values from rp_policy table Description Constant Number G_SS_FIXED 0 G_SS_TIME_SERIES 1 STC_TYPE Values in rp_streams table Description Constant Number G_RP_CONSUMP_FORE 0 G_RP_CONSUMP_ACT 1 G_RP_INVENTORY 2 G_RP_EXPECTED_ 3 ARRIVALS G_RP_SAFETY_STOCK 4 G_RP_PROJECTED_INV 5 G_RP_RECEIPT_FC 6 H 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Language Encod
345. figure the General Context Detail Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select up to five Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Reports 7 11 Creating Reports Figure 7 10 Streams Selection Sections Streams Type Subtype Creator Compare Stream 1 Actual Sales zj ActualSales Base zj Partner z r Stream 2 None zi N A z nza z E TR none wal W Zi i Stream 4 hone TA Ei Stream 5 None z N A N A z E 5 Click the Compare check box to specify which comparison to show if any On a weekly database you can select from None Week Ago prior period or Year Ago 52 periods ago On a Daily database select from None Yesterday prior period Week Ago 7 periods ago or Year Ago 365 periods ago 6 Click Save The created report appears in the Reports List screen Figure 7 11 Compare Section npare Year Ago Yesterday Week Ago Year Ago Formula applied to all five streams Change Prior Period 100 current period prior period prior period Change Year Ago 100 current period year ago year ago Data Stream A Data Stream report contains no calculations other than summation it extracts and formats multiple data streams for multiple contexts Note If the specified horizon falls outside of the Period Overlay you
346. filter if any for the policy Seasonal Pre Filter enter the seasonal pre filter if any for the policy Note Demand calculations may ignore your seasonal pre filter selection set either in the policy or the Interactive screen s parameter pane If you recalculate in Interactive the parameter screen may indicate that no transformation was done even though you specified a seasonal pre filter After generating a forecast the Parameters tab also displays the following information Data Count a read only display containing the total number of Forecast Points Requested the number of Actual Forecast Points the number of History Points Requested and the number of Actual History Points Actual History Points do not include certain periods with Null values See Nulls are treated as follows for information on how Null Points Periods are treated Example History data count 21 19 Forecast data count 6 8 Completion Status a read only display that shows the completion status of the forecast policy OK inadequate history no history less than req history other Context Chooser Trial Data tab displays the results of the policy run If a policy has not yet been run for this context during the current session the values are blank Demand 11 11 Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 8 Context Chooser Trial Data Tab Context Parameters Gamma 0 0 Trend Hold 0 0 Cyclic Decay 0 0 Alpha 0 0 Period Ov
347. g Treats H Flavor Snacks 43 Original Milkbone Biscuits Snacks ERS Planters Planters Cashews E Planters Holiday Pack Planters Mixed Nuts 3 Select the leaf or folder you want for your context Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 11 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Note Once you have selected something other than the current folder or leaf you will see the link in the chooser turn bold This indicates that the context in the chooser is in transition or not yet current since you have not yet clicked the Set button You can return to the previous context by selecting the Cancel Context Change button located on the chooser pane 4 Repeat steps 2 amp 3 until the context displayed in the chooser is the one you want 5 Click the Set icon Note You must click either Set or Cancel Context Change before moving to a new screen 6 Click the Bookmark this context icon to save the context Optional Each product has a profile that specifies the product s UPC universal product code stat factor product name local part number unit of measure and conversion factors if defined To view a product s profile information 1 Click Context Chooser Select Context 2 Click Products or the currently displayed product to open the product hierarchy 3 Right click on a specific product and the product s profile information appears Figure 2 14 Product Profil
348. g as your Safety Stock forecast or select none 9 In the Projected Inventory drop down list select the stream and subtype that you are using as your Projected Inventory forecast 10 In the Receipt Forecast drop down list select the stream and subtype that you are using as your Receipt forecast 11 In the Shipment Forecast drop down list select the stream or streams and subtype you are using as your Shipment forecast These streams are used as output from calculations performed on the input streams Consumption Forecast Consumption Actual Inventory and Expected Arrivals The Safety Stock stream is an output stream for the Safety Stock calculation but an input stream for the Supply Policy calculation 12 Click Save Managing Company Module Configuration 18 5 Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Access To This Feature Superadmin Admin Manager The shipping receiving calendar for Supply allows you to block out dates for which you are not available to ship or receive If you are a seller you ship goods if you are a buyer you receive goods You can view your partner s shipping receiving calendar and view blocked dates and if you are using a daily database the superuser serveradmin may give you access to edit your partner s shipping receiving calendar To set shi
349. gate BI LO South LAUNDRY SVNCRA_595 promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No s oo Absolu Table Graph View in Promotion Items The Events Promotion Items list allow you to view both you and your partner s datastream data with the View Data feature You may also edit your data while in this mode To view data 1 Set your context 2 Select Events Promotion Items The Promotion Item screen appears 3 Click the drilldown dot under the View Data column The Table Graph screen appears 4 Edit data and click Save Successfully Saved message appears at the bottom of your display pane 5 Click Back to return to the Item list Documents Documents are attachments that can be associated with either Events or with Promotions Documents must be added to one of these levels in order to be accessible for download File size limitations for document attachments can be configured by the superuser in the Configuration General tab The default maximum file size is 1Mb 10 34 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Documents Viewing Documents Documents attached at the Event level can be viewed by examining the Event and then examining the number of Documents attached to that Event You cannot access Events documents at the Promotion level and vice versa i e these uploaded attachments are saved only to an Event or only to a Promotion and are mutually exclusive You can however view both Event level and Prom
350. gation profile is a set of factors you enter for a specific context product partner or location category time period and stream type and subtype that permits any value entered for a category to be allocated disaggregated among leaves in it The disaggregation factor is a percent of the total aggregate value for the category in the context For example if a product category has two leaves and you enter a disaggregation factor of 5 for each when you load a forecast value of 100 for the category each leaf is allocated 50 For disaggregation profiles based on existing data for the period if you subsequently change any leaf level quantity in the period range used for the disaggregation profile calculation new disaggregation factors ratios are calculated for the other product leaves For example if you change one of the two leaves in the previously mentioned example to 60 the aggregate total for the category becomes 110 The disaggregation profiles are recalculated as 50 110 454 and 60 110 545 when you run the recalculation tool The context location partner product stream type and subtype and the disaggregation factors are referred to as the disaggregation profile A profile is only valid for the specified time period or effective date You can develop disaggregation profiles in any one of the following ways manually computed based on existing data Manually entered disaggregation profiles are appropriate for new prod
351. ge value Figure 6 21 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value sas 11 Deviation buyer seller _ 100 seller When you create a maximum buyer seller to minimum buyer seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation max buyer seller min buyer seller When you create a maximum buyer seller to minimum buyer seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an percentage value Figure 6 22 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value max buyer seller min buyer seller Deviation 100 min buyer seller 6 28 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide ri Reports This chapter contains the following topics Introduction Introduction About Reports Common Report Settings Creating Reports Generating Reports Deleting a Report Deleting a Template Oracle Retail VCC allows you to generate various types of reports to show the progress of the collaboration between you and your trading partners Reports are created by a superadmin admin or manager The report is scheduled to run through the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler See Managing the Scheduler The reports continue to r
352. ges View Collapsed Displaying 1 5 of 5 K Criteria Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status t Name Criteria History lt Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 tive wl roup3 04 12 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 Active 9 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E Serpa EO ie Pisquatuck Boston 43 00 31 Acie D Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active TT TEZ Groapa 04 14 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Ate E Groupi 04 10 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 1s b0 a1 Active z 9 9 Planters Mixed Mabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E roupl 04 13 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active 9 Q 3 For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria for the exception criteria that you want to view From this screen you can view the individual group criteria for the exception by clicking the colored dot under the View Criteria for This Group column 4 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view a group exception s status history 1 Select your context 2 Select Exceptions Inbox Group The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane 3 For expanded view
353. ggregation a Allow or disallow partner editing of the company calendar Company General Config General Preferences Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To configure company general preferences 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu The Company Configuration screen appears 2 Click the Preferences tab Figure 16 1 Preferences Tab f Preferences Groups Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Name Nabisco TT TT TT 1D CE a 3 7 c ous Alternate ID TD Types GLN z Role Seller Local Freeze Future Periods b Auto Create Collaborations Yes z Display period for Balance Streams cast a Results per page oo Decimal places displayed 2 Start Day of Week Sunday Days in 1st Week of Year 4 zi Proportional Disaggregation UI only Factor base for Subtype1 None Factor base for Subtype2 None z Factor base for Subtype3 None Straight Line Disaggregation Dataload only H Enable Straight Line No x The upper section contains the current Name ID ID Type Alternate ID Alternate ID Type and Role configuration for your company You can revise the Name and or ID but the Role configuration is permanently assigned when your company is created 16 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Company General Preferences The lower section contains a set of the following parameters that affect various O
354. gh Inbox View nee Planters Baer speedy ng 30 0 52 0 22 0 136 36 03 09 98 Active BaSe Units POS Units POS Exception atar Forecast Seas Forecast Seas r POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox et Planters Nabisco at Speedy RX 25 9 72 90 52 0 gage 01 09 09 active Base Units POS Units POS Exception Mixed Nuts Pisquatuck at Boston 12 01 20 Units Eorecast Seas Forecast Seas Group Exceptions Go To Criteria Name Period Product Local Partner Created Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CO amp PO 01 11 03 Plar ters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CO amp PO 01 11 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CO amp PO 01 12 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CO amp PO 01 12 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox co Planters Holiday Pack
355. ght Line Disaggregation for details 3 Click Save Managing Groups for a Company A group is a collection of data stream subtypes to which you assign a group name For example you can create a group that includes primary base shipping data streams primary promotional shipping data streams and primary total shipping data streams and call it My Shipments Group When viewing data streams in Oracle Retail VCC s data stream view you can select the group and its components are displayed in either the graph mode or table mode For details on how to add edit rename or preview groups see Creating and Editing Groups The All group is your initial default group Unlike other groups you create yourself the All group is preconfigured to include all of the streams assigned to your company Each time a new stream is assigned to your company it will be included in the All group Users may be assigned stream access to some or all of the streams in the All group This will be reflected appropriately when users view streams within the All group in Data View Edit Administrators can edit the All group to suit company requirements Managing Links for a Company A superadmin or an admin can create Web links for his or her own company A superuser or serveradmin can create links for any company When you create a link for a company the link appears under Links in the VCC menu You also can make links visible or hidden edit links and
356. gt 0 default 0 i e current stream Rolling Horizon N in above formula Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes Available at overlay Yes If an overlay then the horizon number of periods to average is automatically set to the number of periods in each period overlay item Treat Null as Zero Option If value is null it will be treated as 0 The Simple Math metric is a collection of the four simple mathematical operators Sum u Ratio a Product a Difference Difference The Difference Metric finds the difference between two streams Table 8 14 Difference Metric Item Details Formula Result A B 8 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 14 Cont Difference Metric Item Percent Formula Input Streams Output Stream Offset Type Offset Quantity Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Treat Null as Zero Option Details N A Any two stream s Streams should use same accumulation rule Any stream Must use same accumulation rule as Input Stream N A N A Yes Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Yes The inputs are the overlay values If value is null it will be treated as 0 If Treat Null as Zero is checked and if either one or both inputs are null treat null as zero If unchecked and if either input is null then ignore those periods Ratio The Ratio type of Metric calculates the ratio
357. hat you test them by clicking on the Test Link button Some links may not need www 15 Click Create The new node is added to your highlighted category Click Cancel to return to the tree without adding a new node 16 Click Stop Editing Master Data 17 15 Working With Tree Hierarchies 17 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 18 Managing Company Module Configuration This chapter includes the following topics Managing Events Module Configurations Configuring Labels in the Events Module Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts u Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module Managing Events Module Configurations Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Events Stream Set Configuration With the Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration tab you can you can add delete or edit stream sets for the Events module To configure Stream Sets 1 Click Company Module Config in the VCC menu 2 Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary 3 Click the Events tab 4 Select the Stream Set Configuration subtab under Events The Events Stream Set Configuration screen appears Figure 18 1 Events Stream Set Configuration screen j sr BEREY Stream Sets Labels C
358. he Extracts pane After processing a hyperlink is available to access the data stream To delete a file that has been extracted with the Extracts tool check the check box next to the stream that you want to delete If you delete it directly from your system directory and try to extract the file again from the Extracts screen you will receive an error message Extracting Other Data Types To extract other types of data e g Collaboration Items Disagg Profiles Price Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions Exceptions Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies specify the data s context and the Extracts tool will obtain that data at the time the retrieval event is scheduled When the data you requested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts screen Click the link and save the data file on your computer Note You must configure the format file to extract data based on the desired file format and configuration in order to extract data Only Event and Exception Criteria do not need this configuration See the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide for details Extracts 4 5 Introduction To request other data types 1 Set your context 2 Click Extracts Create 3 When the Create screen appears select the Other radio button Figure 4 4 Create Screen List Create Extract Type C Master Data other Type Co
359. he Group drop down list 6 From the View by Period drop down list select Base Periods to display all the base periods for the data stream the base period is the period increment used to create the data stream usually either weekly or daily or select any other period overlay available The periods available depend on how you or your administrator set up the time periods for the selected data stream See About Period Overlays 7 Choose your comparison mode from the Comparison drop down list 8 Inthe UOM drop down list select the unit of measure you want displayed 9 Click the Set icon Data 3 7 About Period Overlays Note Using the Refresh icon restores the original data stream if you make changes you do not want to save About Period Overlays Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer A period overlay allows you to view data accumulated across time by fixed rolling or telescoping periods A fixed period overlay totals the figures in a data stream based on how the overlay was defined by the Oracle Retail VCC system administrator For example you may have a monthly overlay or quarterly overlay defined for your Oracle Retail VCC A bi weekly overlay would allow you to view figures by two week totals a quarterly overlay would allow you to view figures accumulated on a quarterly basis A rolling period overlay totals the figures in a data stream across time period
360. he List tab The disaggregation profiles defined are displayed Figure 21 13 Disaggregation Profiles Display Context co 110 124 1107 Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products List Daily Allocation lt 3 Location Partner Product Effectivity Displaying 1 10 of 10 Type Sub Type User Creation Factor Type Process On gt Q Period Date Demand Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Actual Dave 10 15 03 r Pisquatuck at Boston Planters Jo 07 04 Sales ActualSales Base Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Actual 5 Dave 10 15 03 E 98 Pisquatuck atBoston Planters 10 07 04 Sales AsO esa Mja arana AT Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 DC R Dave 10 15 03 rT Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 310 07 04 Shipments PC Shipments Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Finished ae Dave 10 15 03 B aniren Cico COUE Semon adoro Odeo nt eae yar OEO Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Inventory J Dave 10 15 03 r Pisquatuck CC at Boston Planters 30 07 04 Proj Inventory Proj wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment i Dave 10 15 03 OES Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Forecast Salo Feto wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment Ship Forecast Dave 10 15 03 r Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Forecast Promo Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment 5 Dave 10 15 03 BU Pisquatuck
361. he following example condition will not trigger a group exception Criteria A triggered in period 1 Criteria B triggered in period 5 and Criteria C triggered in period 3 In this condition you will not receive any group exceptions Context Only A group exception will be triggered only if all the criteria in the group trigger an exception for the same context Periods Only A group exception will be triggered only if all the criteria in the group trigger an exception for the same period Note When Context and Period is selected the OR AND and REMOVE options are accessible If Periods Only or Context Only are selected OR will not be available Only AND and REMOVE will be accessible Enter the Start and End Effectivity Dates manually or through the calendar icon Click the calendar icon and the following calendar pops up to help you choose the dates Double click on a date and it automatically appears in the Start or End Effectivity Date text box 6 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 8 Calendar lt Inq YCC Microsoft Internet Explore 10 This is an optional feature You do not have to enter any effectivity dates or you may choose to enter a start date only or an end date only Note The effectivity end date cannot be prior to the current date Add
362. he leaf level a You can create aggregates only for the products on which you and your partner collaborate Oracle Retail VCC automatically determines which of the contexts you select have collaborations If none of the contexts you select contains a collaboration you get an error screen message To create an aggregate 1 Load the company for which you want to create aggregates using the company chooser superuser serveradmin only 2 Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu The aggregates screen appears EnsCure that the Create tab is selected to create the aggregate Figure 20 1 Company Aggregates Create Screen Type UOM Actual Sales r DC Inventory DC Receipts DC Shipments x Base Units Folder Key Stat Units Aggregate on Folder Currency Select Individual Locations Loads C Both Period Gall Periods ___Review Selections _ Create EHS All Locations of USA 3 From the Type selection box select the streams for which you want to create the aggregate You can select multiple contiguous data streams using Shift Click or multiple non contiguous data streams using Control Click 4 From the UOM selection box select the unit s of measure on which you want to aggregate Base Units Stat Units Currency or Load Multiselection is available 20 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab
363. he resulting policies are as follows Table 11 1 Demand Policies Policy Context Like Item Location A Partner X Product 1 Location A Partner X Product 2 Location B Partner X Product 1 Location B Partner X Product 2 Not all combinations of the above selections are valid For instance a If Expert System is the method selected then no selection is allowed for either Smoothing or Seasonal The forecasting engine determines them automatically a If Holt Winters is the method selected then Seasonal Pre Filter is automatically set to None u If disabled is the method selected then no other options are available and this item is not forecast Batch forecast jobs that contain this item skip it and if a user enters the interactive forecast screen for this item they get a message that it has been disabled Disabled policies are essentially saved or stored policies that are inactive until their method is manually changed This method is useful when large batches of pending policies are generated from folder root levels and then stored until further notice The disabled method can also be used to avoid the inconvenience of deleting and recreating policies when you wish some policies to be inactive while others are active and being processed in a batch job With the disabled feature you have a finer degree of control over which policies you wish to affect your data now and which policies you would like to store until
364. he subtype can be viewed by the end user Note When established as a trading partner in Oracle Retail VCC each company is assigned a trading status of either Seller or Buyer depending on its position in collaborations About Accumulation Rules The Accumulation Rule is a fixed attribute of the Stream type that indicates how data in a Data Stream behaves if and when its context and or time series is aggregated and how that affects the types of exception criteria you can create for it See Managing Company Aggregates for additional details regarding context aggregates There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a Stream Type Data Stream Movement Balance and Measure a A Movement stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local and across time dimensions period time series View across the context by establishing aggregate streams for combinations of context leaf levels and category levels View across time by establishing an overlay of groups of the periods contained in your time series Period overlays can be used to view across time for leaf or aggregate forecasts Any kind of exception criteria can be created for a movement stream a A Balance Stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local but not across time dimensions View across the context by establishing aggregate streams for combinations of context leaf and category levels
365. he time this task event is executed Purges these items up to the Retain N number initial default 50k specified in the edit screen for the Purge Jobs Monitor option in the Purge Data screen Purges all current connections included in purge requests in the Purge Request screen at the time this task is executed Identifies leaf stream data revisions Identifies and recalculates aggregates created on folders that were affected by a hierarchy change Tags any aggregates affected by the leaf stream revisions Updates the tagged aggregates Identifies any group exceptions Recalculates the Profile factors set in Disagg Profiles Computes the proportion to distribute aggregate values among the aggregates leaves Recalculates all Metrics that are check marked in the Run Override column in the Metrics UI at the time this task event is executed Also recalculates whenever the Repeat Frequency time has been reached Whenever this event is executed Computes the current collaboration usage status and sends it to Monitor Usage Sends copy of usage status to any email addresses supplied in the Configuration Billing screen when its Send Email check box is checked Roll the Start Date forward and obsolete the exception triggered by the first period for criteria defined with rolling dates Roll Criteria defined using Rolling Period Overlays Roll Criteria defined using fixed Period Overla
366. heck box This reports the aggregate on the selected dimension Fixed Period Overlay when Fixed Period Overlay is selected choose a period overlay from the drop down and optionally set the period Start End Dates Periods by clicking the Set Period Range check box In version 6 1 only 6 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 1 criteria is created per fixed Period Overlay where previous versions created a criteria per period overlay item Note Period ranges are evaluated in terms of base periods days in a daily database weeks in a weekly database u Click Rolling to create a relative time exception criterion Rolling Base Periods when a Rolling Base Period is selected enter the Start Period and End Period Rolling Period Overlay when a Rolling Period Overlay is selected choose the desired overlay from the drop down The Set Period Range option is not available for Rolling Period Overlays In a Rolling time exception criterion zero indicates the current period 1 indicates begin one period from the current period For example if you enter 0 in the start period and 2 in the end week the exception criterion applies to the current week and two periods into the future The exception criterion moves forward automatically with each passing period That is after the first period ends in which the rolling time exception criterion applies the start period that was per
367. here the history is intermittent for instance DC withdrawals which only tend to occur a few times per week or per month The period overlay used will have all periods included in the History Begin to Forecast End The periods in the period overlay and period overlay items must be continuous in order to be used in Demand All base periods within period overlay items where the user has specified history begin date history end date forecast begin date and forecast end date will be considered for time aggregation However forecast data stream items will be generated only at those base periods included in the forecast begin and end dates If the history end and forecast begin dates fall within the same period overlay item the history end will be adjusted to the previous period overlay item When Lift Factor is used for each time aggregate bucket the total history quantity is divided by the average lift factor for that time aggregate bucket prior to passing the data to the forecasting engine For the purposes of calculating the average lift factor any null values are treated as equal to 1 11 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Batch Jobs If no lift factor is applied total history quantity at each time aggregate bucket is used Nulls in time aggregated history quantity will be treated the same way as at base periods When writing forecast data the time aggregate forecast quantity returned from the Geneva engine is div
368. herek HER N 8 10 COUT MISSIN Sinio yi y k A AAY ken Se HAE DADA NA KE A AR Ae aed SN AKA VAN 8 10 Exception k oa li la lan n XASA YY DD DD r r r Dr 8 11 Forecast Error AcCurac yori sioi Wa AN Y a We Na R RE W W A ONE RRR B K 8 11 raya n D e td DD rrr 8 12 Inventory TUTAS siti wh ata wali a BEEE ale EKE nea eka be D A ravi APAE D REK Yek O ERE 8 12 Period to Date 3 HKixe ikinci keviy bak ker hn daw Med bek berb yay bel n ec aed te tiene 8 14 Periods OF SUPPLY 3 yee aka Naya n ne S N a H N N se Bireka Heka SI 8 14 Perpetilal Inventory 55 Sn AE cides ee ites ERD Ad MR NA a KP Ma AK Ay See AY K 8 15 ROMANS ETT OL icy fetes Fos cra DAN veze TEMA V Aae w SHAWI R n Ser REWNA ce BIRE SA AA DEE da SEW EW RAL ARE RA Deza EEA TF 8 16 Simple Mathie XXan n ei ies cea N NE WE Pe y WERE W Wr ek E YA E R AK Yen K N 8 16 BANG ND DD Do aeea i ular sae aseesta ss pave asap a Ea EEEE EEE A A ev 8 18 Var n Dy DD aaa aeaaea Ia gg rr 8 19 Weighted Average Forecast Error a4 yxa dtn duski bek keke kad ki binika zk s yek an y k na ekin ia e R 8 20 Access Control x na kak eli nell ELE K kle k l bayek k aa Eia kar an aar bek uae 9 k h KAR be b we k keh baki S kk 8 21 Preferences Introduction poea E Se UE A r DD 9 1 General Pr feren 8 kila ches P k WENE A A A ee IR A A es 9 1 Tey OU sai sec esses eee EE ved na dne b k Ay
369. iday 2 34 Ei Process Exception Alerts D N A Complete Criteria Criterion r N A Extract Supply Blocked Dates n Extract Users r Process Aggregate Actions Displaying 1 7 of F Task Name Company Name Execute Time Repeats Process Leaf Exceptions All Companies 09 12 03 20 00 00 Every 1 Days Extract Supply Blocked Dates Nabisco 09 12 03 14 33 44 No Process Exception Alerts Nabisco 09 12 03 14 34 26 Every 3 Months Complete Criteria Creation Nabisco 09 12 03 14 35 49 No Extract Supply Blocked Dates Nabisco 09 12 03 14 36 02 No Extract Users Nabisco 09 12 03 14 36 14 Every 5 Days Process Aggregate Actions Nabisco 09 12 03 14 36 28 Every 24 Hours Adding an Event Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin To add an event 1 Click the Add Event button The Add Event screen appears Figure 25 2 Add Event Screen Add Event Name I Task Complete Criteria Creation Company All x Execute Time 10 22703 15 41 05 T7 I Repeats 2 Inthe Name field enter the name for your Event 3 In the Task field select a Process to run from the drop down menu 4 Ifyou are a superuser or serveradmin select a specific company from the Company drop down or select All to schedule an event for all companies Managing the Scheduler 25 3 Adding an Event Figure 25 3 Add Event Screen with selected company name 5 Add Event Name Task Complete Criteria Creation aj Complete Criteria Creation Ex
370. ided by the number of base periods in the aggregate bucket If lift factor is specified the forecast at each base period within the period overlay item is the product of the average forecast quantity at that base period multiplied by the lift factor for that base period If lift factor is not specified the forecast at each base period within the period overlay item is the average forecast quantity at that base period Batch Jobs Demand Batch Forecast or Lift Factor jobs are used to create automated forecast or lift factor values for multiple demand policies These jobs are configured through a tabbed screen including List and Create Edit views The Demand Batch List screen shown below lists all batch forecast jobs at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns Figure 11 11 Demand Batch List Screen Context Nabisco at Denve Partner wall Drugs at J ville Fue x N r r Local Product Planters Holiday Pack erosua J Name Can Ca reas Ri G a 2 AR Displaying 1 2 of 2 Local Partner Product Sum Type Created By Last Run r Nabisco at Denver Wall Drugs at J ville Planters Holiday Pack None Demand Forecast Dave Wilson D Nabisco at Denver Wall Drugs at J ville Planters Holiday Pack None Lift Factor Dave Wilson Delete deletes the batch forecast job when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all
371. idual Group External Partner oy Period Planters 10 28 03 Mixed Nuts Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared Speedy Rx at 1 098 00 223 00 Boston Nabisco at Pisquatuck View Exceptions The View Exceptions button appears whenever the Show column is displayed This column of check boxes allows you to select exception data that you wish to view consecutively in more detail The View Exceptions button will appear disabled until at least one check box is selected to show To use View Exceptions 1 Mark the exceptions that you wish to view by checking the boxes in the Show column 2 Click the View Exceptions button The Exceptions Data View Edit screen appears Figure 5 4 Exceptions Data View Edit Screen Partner 2 Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Holiday Pack Q A 2 lt R Mode None x fee Comment Status escalated z Resolution Code None zj UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Deviation 4 067 00 Percent 90 14 TN 10 3003 10 31 03 11401403 a a a a SalesFostBase 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 62 00 a a SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas u a a a o 3 Using the yellow paging buttons you can page forward 1 record back 1 record return to the first record or skip to the final record in the data display Only the records that you selected to Show will be displayed in this paging sequence
372. igure 25 6 Edit a Task Screen T Edit Task Name Test bat file Command D wwhelp bat 3 Click Set to set the edit or Cancel to return to the Scheduler screen Deleting a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin A user created Task is listed with a Delete check box next to it User created tasks can be deleted at any time Preloaded tasks cannot be deleted To delete a user created task 1 Click the Delete check box next to the user created Task 2 Click the Delete Selected button to delete the checked Task 25 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 26 Managing Company Data Purges This chapter contains the following topics a About Data Purge Requests a Creating Purge Requests About Data Purge Requests Oracle Retail VCC allows you to create purge requests for a specific company that you then can display and manage in the Purge Data pane A purge request specifies the data stream type you want to delete purge from your database and the time frame purge date of the data to be deleted There are four types of Purge Requests a Transaction a Event Promotions a Collaboration Item Comments Exceptions For both Transaction and Comments purges all data in the data stream created before the date specified is deleted when the purge request is executed Purging Event Promotions does not delete generated data contained in the data stream but purges only the user def
373. in table default or graph Group displays All default or some other group you have created or have access to a View by Period displays Base Period default or period overlay you have created or have access to Comparison displays Local Current Partner Current default Local Current Local Previous or Partner Current Partner Previous a UOM displays Base Units default Stat Units Currency Truckload or any conversion units you have loaded using the VCC Integrator For descriptions of the standard Oracle Retail VCC supplied UOMs refer to Introduction For details about creating custom UOMs refer to the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Expand when used displays all the leaf level items for the selected folder even items not available for your collaboration See Viewing Data in Expand Mode Type displays stream type used for the Expand feature a Subtype displays substream type used for the Expand feature The Default Display mode is called default For details on how to change your Display Mode default settings refer to Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences In the Preferences Layout Table Graph Defaults screen you can select any Display Mode you have saved as default Highlight the display mode you want in the list and close the list in the Display pane The item you selected is now set as the display mode Otherwise follow the steps below 5 Choose your group from t
374. in the data decrease over time Daily Disaggregation A specification of the proportion of weekly data Allocation that is attributed to each daily time bucket during the week during the data disaggregation process Extract General A tool that allows the user to retrieve data stored the VCC Server s database as a delimited file Data types included stream data as well as other types such as hierarchies etc Data Stream General Time series supply chain data The data can represent various metrics such as forecast sales actual inventory goods in shipment etc In addition the data can be provided on a daily weekly or monthly basis Data Stream General A data stream that is a component of a major data Sub Types stream For example the Actual POS data stream has three sub types Base POS Promotional POS and Total POS Data Stream General A configured group of fixed and modifiable Type attributes that define the way data in a VCC data stream can be viewed and manipulated Demand Policy Demand Business rules that specify collaboration specific data relevant to the resupply calculation disaggregation Disaggregation A method that allows the user to convert data entered at an aggregate category level into estimated values at a more detailed level Display Mode General Display options that are available for any given view of the data Distributed Report Report that shows some or all existing system Exceptions exceptions at and
375. inear regression Holt Winters etc either by the user or if the user selected expert then by the system Smoothing Type of smoothing used Transform Seasonal transform used To use the Demand Interactive feature 1 2 Set your context Select Demand Interactive and the following screen appears 11 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 9 Demand Interactive Screen Parameters Trial Data History Start bs o1 02 History End 10 14 02 Method Expert System x 01 14f Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 10 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter Determined By Expert System E History Data Count Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Forecast Data Count 10 1503 10 1603 10 17 03 10 1803 10 1903 10 2103 SalesFestBase SalesFestProm Ship Forecast Adj 3 Make your additions changes You can change add values in the table as well as reconfigure parameters in Context Chooser Parameters 4 Click the appropriate button a Save All saves the policy and the displayed streams Recalculate recalculates the data stream values based on your policy and history u Save Data Stream saves the changes to the displayed data streams in the table u Restore Policy resets the settings to match those saved in the permanent policy Save Policy saves the current settings to the permanent policy Additional validations on
376. ined Event Promotion itself The Transaction purge type is the default when you enter the Company Purge Requests screen Transaction purge will purge all data between the start and end dates or periods you enter in the date period fields It is also possible to create a transaction purge request across multiple companies by selecting from the Companies list box superuser serveradmin only Multiple Stream Types can also be selected and both Leaf and Aggregate purge types can be selected together The Event Promotion and Collaboration Item Comments purges allow you to select multiple companies from the select box superuser serveradmin and to enter dates or periods that all related promotions and context comments will be purged between Once a purge request is submitted a superuser or serveradmin can execute the actual purge Superusers serveradmins are allowed to purge the following data a Transaction a Job Monitor a User Activity a Event Promoations Managing Company Data Purges 26 1 Creating Purge Requests Exception Purge a Collaboration Item Comments Master Data Creating Purge Requests Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Purging data effectively deletes the transaction data for the data stream from your database To purge transaction data you first must create a purge request A purge request specifies the data stream to be purged and the creation dates between which all data is
377. ing Modules to the Users Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen About Roles and Users Oracle Retail VCC manages read write access through different levels of security built into the application These different levels of security are defined by a list of Roles User roles can be viewed and edited through two separate menu options at two different administrative levels See Company Level Roles amp Users See Hub Level Roles amp Users Managing Roles and Users 23 1 About Roles and Users Company Level Roles amp Users The Company Roles amp Users screen displays all user roles for a given company Figure 23 1 Company Roles amp Users Screen Display Active Users pl all E limited_admin GH reviewer As a company administrator you can assign users the following roles u admin manager supervisor planner reviewer limited admin Hub Level Roles amp Users The hub level Roles amp Users screen displays all user roles regardless of company Hub level Roles amp Users can only be accessed by superuser and superadmin Figure 23 2 Hub Level Roles amp Users Screen imited_admin reviewer ol supervisor Ch manager ERS admin Only a superuser or serveradmin can create the user for the superadmin
378. ing an exception it is not deleted marks the exception as resolved and removes it from the inbox Managing the status of an exception from Active to In Process the exception as being worked on See Exception Statuses for a list of valid exception statuses and their descriptions To change the status of an exception 1 Select the appropriate status In Process Resolved Unresolved Dismissed or Escalated from the drop down list in the Exceptions Inbox screen 2 Click the Apply Changes icon Note When an exception is marked Resolved Unresolvable or Dismissed it disappears from the Exceptions Inbox Exceptions 5 23 Creating and Viewing Exception Comments Creating and Viewing Exception Comments Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer Oracle Retail VCC allows you to add a comment to an exception and set a resolution code This is useful if you want to add a comment to an exception Anyone in your company with access to the data stream associated with the exception can read the comment Comments are limited to 100 characters You can also select a resolution code for the exception from a drop down list To add or edit an exception comment 1 Select your context 2 Click the Exceptions Inbox Individual or Group 3 In expanded view click the dot below the View Edit Comment icon to open the comment box for the exception In c
379. ing data Data View Edit Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save or Save All button after entering Demand Interactive data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save on a Lift Factor Set up Demand Lift Factor Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after entering data Event Promotion Item View Data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save or Save All button after entering Supply Interactive data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Process on Demand on a Safety Stock Supply Safety Stock Time Series listing Scheduler Jobs Job Screen Display Job Type Lock Type Job Lock Trigger Execute a task event through the Scheduler Complete Exception 1 2 CSL Complete Exception Criteria Creation Criteria Creations Extract Collaboration 5 None See Job ID 1115 Items Extract Demand 5 None See Job ID 1115 Policy Extract Disagg 5 None See Job ID 1115 Factors Extract Disagg 5 None See Job ID 1115 Profile Extract Events 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Exception 5 None See Job ID 1115 Criteria Extract Exceptions 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Collaboration 5 None See Job ID 1115 Products Extract Master Data 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Metrics 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Price Profile 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Supply 5 None Extract Supply Blocked Dates Blocked Dates Extract Supply Policy 5 None See Job ID 1115 G 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Scheduler Jobs Extract UOMs Extract Use
380. ing for Files Generated The following table shows which features can be configured for Language and where to configure them Feature Configured in Export Data using Export button on UI Extracts Module Integrator Extracts Exceptions Email Alert Promotion Email Alert Reports Email Reports Download Reports Extracts Reports FIT Integrator Loaders Real Time Export Configuration Language File Character Set Oracle Retail VCC Extracts Create screen Integrator Extractor Configuration 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Integrator Loader Configuration Not configurable UTF 8 encoding will be used Language Encoding for Files Generated l 1 l 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide J Data Stream Type Codes The following is a list of data stream type codes Table J 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 0 Price 2 Actual Sale
381. ing to a new place in the hierarchy You can also cut and paste items or folders into the Recycle Bin Copy allows you to duplicate a folder When you copy a folder and add leaves to it the leaves are reflected only in the copied folder and not in the original a Paste used after Cut or Copy to move folders or items to new locations in the hierarchy a Create Link links a folder or folder item in the hierarchy to any other folder or folder item This allows you to duplicate any folder and its contents and place it at another location in the hierarchy The link is similar to a copy but does not actually copy the information it creates a link to the original information If the folder link you create has leaves the leaves are also linked If you create a Link to a folder and add leaves to the link the added leaves are reflected in both the linked folder and the original folder When you copy a folder and add leaves to it the leaves are reflected only in the copied folder not in the original a Rename renames a folder or folder item Before attempting to perform any of these operations ensure that you have loaded your company and have selected the appropriate tab Products Partners Locations or Periods from the Company Master Data screen About Master Data Hierarchies Master Data Search The Master Data Search toolbar appears under the Master Data Tabs The Master Data Search allows you to search the Products Part
382. ingham Distribution Center amp Snacks Cashews Almonds Walnuts Table 21 1 Straight Line Disaggregation Periods Sept 1 7 Sept 8 14 Sept 15 21 Value 600 492 300 Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Cashews Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Almonds Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Walnuts Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Cashews Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Almonds Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Walnuts In the example above each week in September has a designated forecast value to be distributed amongst the leaves in equal parts In order to apply Straight Line Disaggregation to your collaboration profiles you must first enable it Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 3 Straight Line Disaggregation To enable Straight Line Disaggregation 1 Click on Company in the menu 2 Select General Config The Preferences tab view appears 3 Change the drop down called Enable Straight Line Disaggregation to yes 4 Click Save You may then create a new Disaggregation Profile in Company Disagg Setup Create which uses Straight Line Disaggregation The following tables illustrate the options available for each method when contexts are at various levels of leaf and folder Figure 21 2 Context and Period are at aggregate levels Although only one of them needs to be at aggregate level choosing to have both at aggregate level is also a possibility i ul Dataload Aggregate On Aggr
383. iod 1 becomes period 0 and so forth Figure 6 5 Rolling Time Exception Criterion 10 Week 1 Week2 Week3 Week 4 ee ae gt L_0 1 2 To roll a relative criteria you must schedule the Roll Criteria task See Working with Tasks Every time the Roll Criteria task is run it obsoletes the exception triggered by the first period For instance in the example given above the exceptions triggered by the Week 1 0 period would be obsoleted In the Comparison section you can determine a what comparison type you wish to use a what data streams and substreams are to be compared a whether the streams are local or partner a whether there is an offset a what formula will be used in the calculation There are three comparison modes as follows a Current to Current Comparison allows you to compare no offset local current data stream with partner current data stream local current data stream with local current data stream partner current data stream with local current data stream partner current data stream with partner current data stream and period offset comparisons local current with local period offset local current with partner period offset Exception Criteria 6 9 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria partner current with local offset partner current with partner period offset When selecting a Percent Formula in Current to Current Comparison mode you can only select formulas 2 3 or 4 if Stream Type 1 Stream
384. iod of the period overlay select Last to view the value contained in the last period of the period overlay Since Balance streams are not accumulated over time you must select a specific period to display For details see About Accumulation Rules Results per page Applies to aggregate and disaggregate lists In the Results per page field enter the maximum number of list items that can be displayed per page The default is 500 Decimal places displayed Affects how numerical values are displayed In the Decimal places displayed field enter the number of decimal places you want displayed The default is two decimal places Start Day of Week allows selection of which day to begin the calendar week with If your business week begins on Wednesday you have the ability to change the starting weekday that appears in the pop up calendar Figure 16 2 Pop up Calendar lt September gt l lt 2003 lt gt 39Jl 24 25 jl 26 27 28 29 30 Days in 1st Week of Year indicate the number of days that should be counted in the first week of the new year Setting this option maintains accuracy in the Events calendar as well as the pop up calendar used throughout Oracle Retail VCC Exampl e Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 3 Managing Company General Preferences The first we
385. ion Download If the Destination is set to Download the user will be able to download reports from the Download column on the Reports List screen Multiple file formats can be generated for the same report To change the report s location from the default directory use the standard OS syntax current location lt DIRECTORY_NAME gt move one directory level up etc Reports reside on the machine where Scheduler is running Note Reports will not be extracted if the directory path is incorrect Figure 7 2 Reports Create General section General Report Type Template File Name Report Name Format Destination E mail Addresses emman E SSE CE None Display Period Numbers D Number Format J 123 456 78 rg Decirnal Places k excel rte csv I pipe I PDF Language American English gt E mail X delimited list Reports 7 5 Common Report Settings Context Detail Settings Labels Each report contains context elements These are by default the Company Local Partner and Product names However what is displayed in the report can be changed in the Context Details section by selecting a combination of names IDs and URLs from the respective select boxes Each of the select boxes allow for multiple selections Ctrl click but will default to Name Multiple selections will appear in the appropriate column of the report Company Local Partner or Product
386. iple B multiple B muttiple Sj multiple B multiple o f Pisquatuck Pack Boston Planters Nabisco at SPeedy Q 11 01 03 Rx at 6 510 00 41 00 6 551 00 99 37 10 27 03 17 21 46 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston Note Exceptions on period folders are not collapsed When in collapsed view a column called Collapsed Count will be displayed The number value in this column represents the number of collapsed exceptions for that entry Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox In the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen you have the options of Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View a Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria a Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View The Expanded view shows each exception individually at or below a given context To set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded see Setting List Screen Preferences To view an individual exception and the data stream that produced it in Expanded view 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Individual The individual exceptions at or below the current context you selected appear in the Display pane 4 To view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception icon Y
387. is restarted 4 Optionally you can filter the job list by User Name Company Job ID Job Name Start Date End Date or Status Simply select a filter criteria from the drop down list and enter the required information for the filter criteria selected Click the Apply Changes icon to see the filtered job list 24 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Figure 24 1 Jobs Pane OF fae A D C sobs poa GUTEREGD ns Server Locks Search None v Mark entries before 04 22 06 _ KE EK mm dd yy Displaying 1 20 of 274 x User Name Company Job ID Job Name Start Time End Time De RNA eso Ne greke ouosos Doos Cams integratoruser All Companies 232934 Int Load Master Data e eke ee Compleved acme integratoruser All Companies 232772 Int Load Master Data 92 34 06 eee Completed neonates integratoruser All Companies 232755 Int Load Master Data eerie N Salus Completed with no reje integratoruser All Companies 232753 Int Load Master Data 02 14 06 HE Complered Tmo najs integratoruser All Companies 231987 Int Load Master Data Hesb AS gene compleced with no reje integratoruser All Companies 231978 Int Load Master Data Se tien Hede Completed wah nn xata integratoruser All Companies 231976 Int Load Master Data oof 08 ab ae Completed with no reje 02 03 06 02 03 06 01 15 10 01 15 14 integratoruser All Companies 2
388. isco superuser 09 40 09 02 04 02 N A N A 12 N Submitted Transation Sales Leaf 10 14 02 ei F Actual Nabisco superuser 09 40 29 02 04 02 N A N A aig Ve Submitted Transaction weljogu Aggregate 10 14 02 Sales oO Nabisco superuser 09 40 00 02 04 02 10 14 02 N A N A N Submitted Transation Forecast Leaf 10 14 02 z Sales L Nabisco superuser 09 40 20 02 04 02 10 01 02 N A N A TY Submitted Transaction E recast Aggregate 2 Transaction is the default purge request type selected Other requests include Event Promotions Collaboration Item Comments and Exceptions 3 Select the company or companies to purge data from in the Company select box superuser serveradmin 4 Inthe Stream Type field select the data stream type from the multi select box 5 Inthe Purge Type field select the type leaf aggregate or both 26 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Purge Requests 6 Select a Range Based On radio button Purge request period or date ranges can begin based on either Time Period or Creation Date 7 If you have selected a Fixed start or end date from the Dates Periods drop down enter the dates between which you want all data purged Dates can be entered in the mm dd yy format or by clicking the calendar icon and selecting a date the calendar icon does not apply to rolling horizon data purges 8 If you are creating a rolling horizon purge request enter the number of periods in the Dates Peri
389. isks may appear to indicate that you must enter a value Fields that are not required can be hidden without supplying a value They are thus exempted from use within Oracle Retail VCC when hidden Opting to Show a value that contains a default gives a user the option of overriding the default you provide Hiding the field and supplying a value will simplify things for the end user but will restrict their control in the process 6 Once you have configured the Events labels to your satisfaction click Save Managing Company Module Configuration 18 3 Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Supply module configuration allows you to specify the streams used to calculate safety stock projected inventory receipt forecasts and shipment forecasts To calculate this information you must identify the streams used for your consumption forecast actual consumption inventory safety stock if it is from a stream and up to five expected arrival streams You can create as many stream sets as required for your supply calculations Some guidelines for creating stream sets include the following a All output streams must be unique u Atleast one output stream must be defined a Output streams cannot be the same as any input stream except for the Inventory input stream The Inventory input stream and output stream can be the same
390. ist click Set Once you create a company company administrators can configure company specific parameters About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules Oracle Retail VCC can implement up to nine modules depending on your company s license The modules include Reports allows you to generate various types of reports to show the nature of the collaboration between you and your trading partners Analyzer a tool that allows you to view and analyze the data in the Oracle Retail VCC database as an OLAP cube The Analyzer is an OLAP tool that enables users to analyze different dimensions of multidimensional data For example it provides time series and trend analysis views Data Time series supply chain data The data can represent various metrics such as forecast actual inventory goods in transit etc In addition the data can be provided on a daily weekly or monthly basis Oracle Retail VCC provides over 100 predefined data streams that you can name and customize according to your needs Each data stream is comprised of up to 3 substreams and a total substream You can request new data streams from Oracle Retail VCC and maintain revision histories for all data streams Events allows Admin and end users to create Promotions on Products between trading partners Metrics allow you to track key performance indicators Exceptions allow you to be notified when a data stream varies beyond user defined thresholds Extra
391. it This column contains blue drilldown dots Pe that allow you to view or edit item details 2 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 2 Cont List View Icons Icon Icon Name Description g Copy This icon appears in only two places the Promotion List screen and Exceptions Criteria List Clicking on the Copy icon will provide a duplicate of the selected criterion or promotion The copy can then be modified and renamed t View Edit Comment This icon displays a column of drilldown dots that can be clicked to view or add comments about a given item Comments are posted in a discussion thread style yg Printer Friendly View Drilldown dots can be clicked to access details about the selected item in a printer friendly format O Override Execute Time Overrides the execution time for job processing when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check boxes in the column beneath it to select deselect items to be overridden Menus and Submenus Menus and Submenus open screens in the Display pane Depending on the modules and menu items accessible to you Menus and Submenus will allow you to Create and edit events VCC Events View and analyze multidimensional data VCC Analyzer Create demand forecasts VCC Demand Create supply plans VCC Suppl
392. items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Edit View displays an editable view at the context of the selected batch forecast job when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for batch forecast jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be overridden Batch forecast jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job Local local name Partner partner name Product product name Demand 11 15 Batch Jobs Sum sums leaf levels up wherever context was at folder level and Aggregate On was checked in the creation screen Type type of forecast either Lift Factor or Demand Forecast Created By the user name of the user who created it Last Run the last update date and time Creating Batch Requests To create a batch forecast job Context List Create ji Dates Recurrence Aggregate On Job Type 1 gt N Set your context Click Demand Batch Create Enter the Date s and or Time during which the Batch Request will run Se
393. ith smaller quantities compressed near the bottom of the graph This may make it difficult to distinguish the lines from one another Oracle Retail VCC allows you to readjust the scale to meet your needs Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 25 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Note Oracle Retail VCC automatically rescales the graph after you make any changes to the active items in the Graph Key To rescale a graph 1 Click Rescale and the following text boxes and buttons appear Figure 2 31 Rescale a Graph Min Max LOK Cancel _ Scale To Fir 2 Adjust the vertical scale of the graph to distribute lines as appropriate to the data you are viewing by entering the maximum and minimum values for the vertical scale on the graph into the edit boxes labeled Min and Max 3 Click OK and the graph is rescaled Note In some instances the graph scale will only approximate the Min and Max values you entered to rescale graph For example if the Min and Max values are 0 and 10 respectively the graph will rescale to those values However if the Min and Max values are 4 and 12 respectively the graph may rescale to 0 and 20 The Graph Key shown below to the right of the graph indicates which lines are assigned to which substreams for your selected context By clicking on the colored buttons next to each substream you can show hide that substream When a su
394. its Stat Units Stat Units Stat Factor Currency Currency Loads Loads Units per Load Export Compression Compress file if greater than 976 ke Er Events Documents Size Limit Reject file if greater than 1000 kb z Billing I Send an E mail every time the Usage Report is run Language American English E mail List mailto mail com Use to separate consecutive E mail addresses 3 Under the Labels section highlight the default text or double click in the text box for any given label and type your desired label name 4 Click the Save button at the bottom of the screen Setting Export Compression Size Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin File compression is a way of reducing file size so that download time for larger files can be shortened Setting the Export Compression for files will allow you to determine the format of a file based on file size Files under the limit will be sent in un compressed format files that are above the limit when uncompressed will then be zipped and sent The default compression size will be set to 100 Kb To change the Export Compression setting 1 Select Configuration from the menu 2 Select the General tab 15 36 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item 3 Under the Export Compression section type a new number in the Compress file if
395. ity may be increased Enter the Service Level This is the target service level which is a number from 80 0 to 99 9 inclusive expressed as a percentage This is used in the safety stock calculation Choose whether you want an end of life date for the product by selecting Yes or No from the End of Life Date drop down list When Yes is selected a text box appears where you can enter the end of life date You may enter the date manually or by clicking the calendar icon A pop up calendar appears from which you can Supply 13 5 Using Interactive Supply 19 20 21 22 select and double click on a day to enter a date If Yes is selected no orders are created beyond the End of Life date Enter the Telescoping Overlay None default or any telescoping overlay you have created or have access to If an overlay is used all results will be placed in the first bucket of each overlay period Enter the Planning Horizon in base periods This value is the number of periods to perform supply planning Null is not a valid planning horizon value The planning horizon must be an integer 0 or greater The following four text fields are for user information only and are not used for the supply calculation Enter the Order Interval Days i e number of days between orders This number must be equal to or greater than 0 Enter the Safety Stock Rules This is a textual description of suggested treatment of safety stock for exam
396. ivity purges a Event Promotions event promotions a Exception Purge purges based on status creation date period and inbox type a Collaboration Item Comments context based collaboration item comments a Master Data any product folders and names trading partner locations local company locations forecast time periods Time periods cannot be purged They are hidden from end users when placed in the recycle bin and period overlays that have been deleted by company administrators and placed in the Oracle Retail VCC recycle bin Purging master data effectively empties the recycle bin of any master data Prior to purging master data you can if necessary recover the contents of the Oracle Retail VCC recycle bin When company administrators want data stream data purged they must submit a purge request by selecting Company Purge Requests from the VCC menu Once a company administrator submits a purge request it appears in the superuser s and server admin s Purge Data screens As superuser server admin you then can execute the purge requests submitted To execute a purge request see Purging Transaction Data A purge request specifies the data stream type the company administrator wants to delete purge from the database and the time frame purge date of the data to be deleted When you execute the purge request all data created in the data stream between the dates specified is deleted Purge requests are not required for Jobs M
397. job ID number See Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs for details Examine Details opens the edit view at the context of the selected Supply policy Product displays product name Local displays local name Partner displays partner name Safety Stock Type displays selected type single value or time series Safety Stock Method displays selected method Normal Poisson Period Supply Forward or Period Supply Back Safety Stock Basis displays selected basis Actual Consumption Forecast Consumption or Forecast Error Created By displays the creator s user name Supply 13 11 Using the Safety Stock Feature u Last Updated displays the last update date u Process On Demand allows you to process immediately an individual Safety Stock calculation job You can only Process On Demand one job at a time See Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand Not available for planners and reviewers Note Once a job has been processed On Demand you can view the job details in Monitor Jobs by clicking in the link for that entry s job ID number See Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs for details The job is executed by the scheduler similar to the way a report request is executed A completed safety stock calculation job creates an entry in the existing monitor with details about what the job contained and the completion status To configure the safety stock calculation 1 Be sure you have c
398. ka k AK RAN Aa Ka Ka R ARA W w k d E Ku cheat d k e wed ROK E GAY k AR EKA 9 3 Table Graph Pref r hce8s2y05415 1 95 53 44355 22yan 0ye e Ke eve ker a Ree n Ha dek 9 3 Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences E EEE rrr rere kek eke kek rek ee kerek k He 9 3 Creating and Editing Period OverlaySs Ei rne kerre ereke ere kerek ee keke 9 4 Setting Highlight Source Preferences Er rere ekere keke r k rek re kre ke kerek kK 9 13 Creating and Editing GIOUDS EE reee ereke ker ekere eee keke rek ereke KAK KH rer He HAH Her He 9 15 Setting Inbox Filters Pr fer nc 8 4320x454 i52xy0 2al se ie PN nie k Aka KN Hc dlke ieaiaia e i 9 20 Setting List Screen Preferences issiskiria iiis anusa 9 22 Changing Your Pass word ii 44 010 405555115 55y en iaie eaa pa aaa la Rek an R II Eai EE a 9 25 Part lI Value Chain Collaboration Modules 10 Events Tnitrod U n10 a AAE EE EE TE E cg A eee E E EENE 10 1 Events enoe aori Soc sae ac EEEE ENES EEEE E da wise da ua ea dec Wo eein Es ERE san oae bate SAEN ESEESE E EAEN 10 2 Events Calendar Tab 5 Ak ya nuk nak di OW ek hee te ae ee e a eee aN 10 2 Events List Tab caxa han nk BE kk ya k ne kay n Hebe kak k ea Ra Hew n a DEQ Yak dka Kun Ek Ki DR Ae ek gene Wak E AH N AYAR 10 4 Events Create LADyi45 k3x t ilan N nl e Stews binl ayina ied aie i bl a dese i ieee aaah 10 6 Copying anm Event
399. ke Kena Ki EE r n Kz ka R ar EK stds EEEN NERE RA SeaTel 25 10 Managing Company Data Purges About Data Purge Requests seisine en d ra de pe ranake E n le d er H re a WER Di Wesel 2 n 26 1 Creating Purge Requests ei xul k l layek Mb beb yan xi medion a M N HE yeee Mak N k 26 2 xi 27 Managing Company UOM Factors About WOM Factors i oc ice ics eeeeeerrrrararRrRrRrar rrr 27 1 Viewing the UOM kist Ka yy EE20 seios e He dal HU E e SEES Ea hre dle Meke CRR 27 2 Creating New UOM Factolrs piini eiiie ties raal ke dk d k SAR aku kk kk rk K ara onini an kekan ha Saioka ta ER aea KE de 27 3 Deleting WOM Factors gt a H ie E E Ke W YA WAA Eee oe V N A Huda edeb O ERN E 27 4 Part IV Appendices A F xii Glossary VCC Supported Platforms User and Role Permissions Browser Settings Sample PDF Report Screens Commento gis scare Ss SaaS Sheen each Acca Sahn NASM ha Pails r E 1 Data Change inent r ke ea arte HEEE RE i ake S EL Riots UN AA N R d Kul KAN ae aC S E 2 DoatarS teams cesses N VD rr r Saxe as aA a E 2 Distributed Exceptions irere iei a E E EAR ek deye E W R AR AEE E 3 Exception J SEN N e A a E a Aaa a E a gg E 4 EO a E T AERA A A E AE O AEEA AEEA EEA E E 4 Cast Trans action NIN E VE YN V a aaa o ia aaaea ih eased eh Aen A ES bat E 4 No Trafisaction NN gt e e e IeAeAeTIAIA IA I AI AR A ORAO TRTRTRTI pnnnN E 5 Promotion Detail tirei meena ee b
400. ks in the same way you do Process Server Locks The Data Stream subtab displays data stream server locks as seen below Figure 24 7 Data Stream Server Locks Pane zI Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Locks pie we Process Data Stream Displaying 1 1 of I Job ID Location Stream Type Sub Type Status Nabisco at Pisquatuck Sales Forecast SalesFestBase Granted Click on the Printer Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of the screen 24 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 25 Managing the Scheduler This chapter includes the following topics a About the Scheduler a Working with the Scheduler Interface a Working with Scheduler Events Adding an Event a Deleting events a Working with Tasks Adding a Task a Editing a Task a Deleting a Task About the Scheduler Oracle Retail VCC provides the Scheduler user interface to allow you to instruct the Scheduler Server to execute any predefined Oracle Retail VCC tasks and any Windows or Unix command you specify These commands are called Tasks The Scheduler Server processes these commands at a designated execution time Each task scheduled becomes an Event Only a superuser serveradmin and superadmin have access to the scheduler A superuser or Server Admin has the option to create an Event for either one company or all companies A superadmin created Event will affect only superadmin companies You have the option to create edit new Tasks comma
401. l s aitd Users su k n Hun kl saa oe eaea Ku k ER e BES KA ers Ea RE RN Re de RE dae eh 23 1 An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles L E rrr ere ker e kereke eee kerek ree e 23 3 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display rrr reee ereke ereke kerek kereke kek 23 3 Roles amp BIO S E N DD r r rrr n n 23 4 Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen 23 5 Copying a S y y ct e y na Sr NE Seke ke II Yek Mini he Fan be z eke da a a bay n DEN ED erkan 23 6 Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen 23 7 Access Controla ask in Ne K n e yee clit xe SOM soca ava EN EV ey Sen VE V Vek w VA Ve Ve Kevr 23 9 Assigning Users Data Stream ccesS EE eee eke ee kereke er rek k rek rek r reH rer K HAH K He 23 9 Assigning Modules to the Uses anmes yenen B aeranta arna EEE ED E a aeo n d N 23 10 Examining a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen EEeeeen 23 10 Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen EEEE eee 23 11 Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen 23 12 Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen 23 12 Managing the Monitor About the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor rere rere kereke
402. l VCC Implementor Guide Once you have added your products you can create product folders and group the products within them Specifying folders creates a hierarchy that you can expand and collapse in the VCC Client Create price profiles for products Create your company locations and trading partner locations You can add them manually or import them in batch mode see the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator Guide For details for adding them manually see Managing Company Collaborations Once you have added your company locations you can create location folders such as Northeast and group all northeast locations within that category Add your trading partners 14 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Where To Begin 10 11 12 Create your collaborations This allows you to specify individual collaborations between your company locations and those of your trading partners and includes the products contained in each collaboration Oracle Retail VCC allows you to enter them manually using the Oracle Retail VCC Administrator or bulk load your collaborations using the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator s Collaboration Parser For details see Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen For details on bulk loading collaborations see the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Create aggregates if applicable For details see Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates
403. l be today s Start Date with a recurrence of once which means that the calculation will not repeat If you wish it to repeat change the Recurrence drop down to the desired frequency Other options include always daily weekly and monthly Select the Type Subtype and optionally Creator from the available streams Your options in this portion of the screen will vary depending on which metric type and streams you have selected Click Save to create the Metric or Cancel to return to the Metric List screen without saving Deleting Metrics To delete a metric 1 2 Select a context Select Metrics List The List screen appears Figure 8 4 List Screen Ten ED Process Selected Items Displaying 1 3 of 3 P a gt Local Partner Product Metric Metric Processing Last Last Process D Last Last Status Sum Copy X i S Type Name Order Updated Updated On O Run Run By Demand By S d Vv P been Re at Planters Average Averagel Tae Gece ca r Vv Active Product 7 Speed Vv er pe Re at Planters Average Average2 ates CERES Li Iv Active Product r Speedy R Nabi t E ti D D 09 29 03 n pisquatuck Beat Planters Count Metric Wilson 10 39 15 D n Adve Nene i 3 Select the individual check boxes under the Delete icon Or click the Delete icon to select all metrics for deletion 4 Click Process Selected Items Processing Metrics Metrics can be processed on demand much like Exceptions To p
404. lculation 13 15 S safety stock feature 13 11 sample exception e mail alerts 18 10 scheduler events 25 3 scheduler interface 25 2 scheduler task descriptions 25 5 search roles and users 15 17 server admin 14 2 server locks 24 7 server level configuration 15 2 set export compression size 15 36 highlight source 9 13 inbox filter preferences 9 20 list screen preferences 9 22 usage statistics 15 37 set user access 15 20 shipping receiving calendar 18 6 simple math 8 16 difference 8 16 ratio 8 17 sum 8 18 status codes 6 15 straight line disaggregation 21 3 enable 21 4 stream types tab 16 10 streams 7 10 submenus 2 9 superuser 14 1 supply 13 1 batch jobs 13 9 supply module stream set 18 4 supply policy create 13 2 supported platforms 2 1 system user 15 26 T table graph preferences 9 3 create period overlays 9 4 edit period overlays 9 4 set 9 3 set highlight source 9 13 table graph view 10 34 tasks 25 5 template delete 7 18 time aggregate demand forecast 11 14 time average 8 18 time period hierarchies 17 4 title bar 2 4 transaction data 15 27 tree behavior 17 6 17 8 collapse 17 6 copy and paste 17 9 create category 17 9 creating links 17 9 cut and paste 17 8 examine 17 10 expanding 17 6 leaf node 17 11 multi select 17 7 single select 17 7 tree display 23 3 select 15 17 tree hierarchies 17 8 right click menu 17 8 start editing button 17 8
405. le or graph view for individual products or product categories Both views allow you to review and compare data values in the following comparison modes Local Current Local Previous compares your current local data stream with your previous local data stream Partner Current Partner Previous compares your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream Local Current Partner Current compares your current local data stream to your partner s current data stream To view a data stream 1 2 Select your context Select Data View Edit from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The data stream appears in Table or Graph format depending on how you configured your default data stream view in Preferences Layout Data Defaults subtab see Table Graph Preferences for details Click the tab of the view table format or graph format that you want 3 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data 4 Click Context Chooser Display Mode Figure 3 7 Context Chooser Display Mode Display Mode Expand None aj Group All gt UOM Base Units Type zi View by Period Base Periods z SubType Z Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr E a J Mode Default X If you have previously saved Display Mode settings click the View saved display modes icon and a list of your saved display modes appears in the Display pane Saved Display Modes include Stream View displays
406. lect the Recurrence from the drop down This indicates the amount of time you wish to pass between each scheduled batch job The default is Once which means this job will run only once Other options include Always Daily Weekly Monthly Figure 11 12 Demand Batch Create Screen Start Date 10713703 Time Any Time F End Date mmddyy HH mm mm dd yy Once x I Product Demand Forecast zj If your context has folder level items you will see check boxes for Local Partner or Product in the Aggregate On area Aggregating on a context dimension will group into a batch all the policies at but not below that context dimension If you do not check any of the boxes Oracle Retail VCC will group into a batch all policies at and below the context What you select here will display in the Sum column on the Demand Batch List screen If you see None displayed for the Aggregate On option it is because you have selected a leaf level context Select whether you wish the Job Type to be a Demand Forecast job or a Lift Factor job from the drop down Lift Factor will only be an option to those users who are using daily time buckets For more information on Lift Factors see Using Lift Factors Click Save 11 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Batch Jobs Demand Batch Request Demand Batch Requests generate Demand forecast streams for every policy qualified by the Demand Forecast reques
407. ler also allows you to create and schedule any other valid system command Note The Scheduler Server must be running before access is allowed from the user interface To access the Scheduler click Scheduler from the VCC menu If the Scheduler is not running or if there is a problem with the configurations a message will inform you of this These issues must be resolved before the Scheduler screen will open The interface provides these utilities Pause and Resume the Scheduler processing a Work with Tasks and Events Be aware of all event scheduling and task command processing recommendations when working with the preloaded tasks The Scheduler List screens contain combinations of icons that allow you to a Refresh the screen to view updates a Access a Printer Friendly view of the current list a Eport data as an an HTML file or as a CSV file For a detailed explanation of icons and their uses see The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface 25 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding an Event Working with Scheduler Events Events List Events allow you to schedule the execution of VCC predefined tasks or other tasks system commands that you have created Clicking the Events tab opens the Events window If there are existing Events they will be listed Figure 25 1 Events Window Scheduler is running jkleinschmidt 4470 Pause See x WY Name nr o Process Leaves r N A Fr
408. liarize yourself with its basic components and layout which include u Title Bar General Icons a List View Icons Menus and Submenus a Context Chooser a Display Pane Required Fields Below is the Oracle Retail VCC user interface including its basic components Context Chooser Menu and Submenus and Display pane and layout Figure 2 4 Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Seema Context Chooser None Group All UOM Stat Units i View by P rtodi bas Periods SubType Comparison Local Curr Local Prev E a Al Mode Default v save UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 041002 04112 0412 02 041302 041402 04 1502 041602 l Local Curr SalesFostBase 32 00 33 00 28 00 30 00 30 00 27 00 27 00 7 0 SalesFestProm 10 00 SalesFostSeas 17 00 18 00 23 00 27 00 37 00 8 0 SalesFostTotl 32 00 33 00 45 00 48 00 53 00 54 00 54 00 50 Partner Curr SalesFostBase 32 00 33 00 28 00 30 00 30 00 27 00 27 00 7 0 SalesFestProm SalesFostSeas n 17 00 18 00 23 00 27 00 37 00 8 0 Sales FostTotl 32 00 33 me y q 2 U 64 00 50 a Display Pane Ship Forecast Base 47 00 50 00 55 00 50 00 70 00 65 00 60 00 50 Ship Forecast Promo J Ship Forecast Adj KIKIRIKI Bn lt a Title Bar The Title Bar displays the Oracle Retail VCC menu item you have selected at the right of the blue banner at the top of the interface in yellow text 2 4 Oracle Value Chain
409. lick the Compare Products icon in the chooser pane The product tree appears 2 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 22 Product Tree Select Product Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Buyer Non Local Partneri Product Planters Cashews Planters Cashews EMS Dave Wilson All Products Snacks Planters Planters Cashews Planters Holiday Pack E Planters Mixed Nuts 4 Select the product you wish to compare with the previous product s data by highlighting a new leaf node on the product hierarchy tree 5 Click the Set button To return to the previous screen instead click the Back button A new table containing three sets of data appears The first data set contains the two products combined totals Planters Cashews Planters Mixed Nuts as seen in See Viewing and comparing Product data sets with the Context Chooser below The second Cashews Planters and third Cashews Mixed Nuts sets contain each individual product s data Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 17 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 23 Viewing and Comparing Product data sets with the Context Chooser 04 3640 UST ral Planters Cashews Planters 05 0302 950402 95sw2 95602 os 72 1S Forecast Base 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 1S Forecast Prom J Forecast Seas 1S Forec
410. licking a category level after a lower category level is selected will cause the lower category level to be deselected Multi Selecting Tree Nodes To multi select leaf level items select a leaf level item within a category and Shift click on another non contiguous leaf level item within the same category All of the leaf level items between the two become selected To multi select same level category items select a category level item that exists within a higher level category and Shift click on a non contiguous category level item within the same category All the same level category items between the two become selected Master Data 17 7 Working With Tree Hierarchies Working With Tree Hierarchies The Master Data Hierarchies include a right click menu that provides access to various aspects of tree functionality Right clicking on a root category or leaf node will display the pop up menu Note Previous versions of Syncra included an option to Hide Folder If a hidden folder is migrated to version 6 0 or later the hidden folder and its contents are moved to the Recycle Bin of the corresponding hierarchy and will be removed at the next Master Data Purge The Start Editing Button and the Right Click Menu Tree Behavior The tree s right click menu provides different options depending on whether or not you have clicked the Start Editing button and are in edit mode or whether you have decided to Stop Editing a
411. licking on the List screen Examine View Edit drilldown The Examine screen appears 2 Click the Documents link number that appears in the context chooser Events 10 35 Documents Figure 10 32 Documents Link in the Context Chooser Area Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product Dave Wilson All Products Number Of Promotions 2 Add Promotion Number Of Items 2 Examine Event Header Creator Company Nabisco Created By Dave Wilson Created Date 10 29 03 Last Changed Date 10 29 03 Last Changed By Dave Wilson Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name JKEvent Event ID ver 18 Event Category Assortment Change z Begin Date 10701703 End Date 12 12 03 Fuent Deserintinn If the link reads 0 it indicates that there are no documents attached to the Event or Promotion at this time 3 Browse for the document you would like to attach or enter a path for the file Figure 10 33 Browse for the Document to Attach Event ID VCC 16 Event Name JKEvent Attach Document Browse Description elew nau Xx Download Description Creator Company User Name Event Name Event ID Promotion ID Upload Date Time 4 Enter a Description for the file optional 5 Click Upload The new attachment will appear in the upload screen s list as well as the Events Documents list screen Removing Documents To delete a document 1 Select Events
412. llaboration Items gt Filename Character Set asc a Directory Path c Program Files Syncra integrator exports ret Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 10 26 03 i End Date C1 mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Monthly day _ of every month s The First zj Sunday EI of every month s Time Start Any Time Start at HH mm Save Cancel 4 Select the data Type e g Collaboration Items Disagg Profiles Price Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions Exceptions Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies 5 For Exception Criteria there is an additional control for Extract Changes Only If selected the output will be the net changes including both adds and deletes since the last time the extract was run If un selected the output will be all the current exception criteria 6 Ifyou do not enter a Filename your file will be given a default filename For example lt username gt _ lt xxxx gt dat where lt username gt would be for example Dave_Wilson and lt xxxx gt would be depending on the Extraction type as follows u Collaboration Data cirt a Price Profile pprt a Exceptions exrt a Exception Criteria ecrt u Demand Policy dprt Supply Policy rprt a Events Promotions pert So if you were retrieving a collaboration item the default filename would be dave_wilson_cirt dat and the file would
413. lled in directory Integrator Exports Realtime 15 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign or in the directory as configured in the Realtime Export File Path in VCC Configurations Server 14 If you want to modify another data stream select it from the Type drop down list and modify it 15 Click Save Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin You must assign data streams to a company When you assign a stream type to a company a data stream for each subtype becomes available to the end user in both the primary and secondary designations where primary indicates the first of the two comparators to allow data streams viewing and editing within the Comparison modes Local Current to Partner Current Local Current to Local Previous and Partner Current to Partner Previous To assign data streams to a company 1 As superuser or serveradmin click Configuration in the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears that includes all data streams supported by Oracle Retail VCC 2 Click the Stream Types tab On the Stream Types pane click Assign in the upper right hand corner The Assign Streams screen appears Figure 15 6 Assign Streams Screen Cont on ER SCENES E General perode gt List Assign Companies Buyer Company Buyer Local Company Nabisco Q
414. llows you to select froma list of groups that have already been created Groups are created in the Company General Config Groups tab a group called All which includes all streams assigned to that company The All group gets automatically updated whenever a new stream is assigned a the None option which will not display any groups Note Only company specific groups will display in the Group to Display drop down User specific groups will not be available in this list 5 Enter the Start and End Effectivity Dates manually or through the calendar icon Click the calendar icon and a pop up calendar appears allowing you to choose the dates Double click on a date in the pop up calendar and it automatically appears in the Start or End Effectivity Date text box Exception Criteria 6 7 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 4 Calendar lt Inq YCC Microsoft Internet Explore This is an optional feature You may choose not to enter any effectivity dates or you may choose to enter a start date only or an end date only Note The effectivity end date cannot be prior to the current date 6 If your context includes folder level items you may check any of Product Local or Partner to Aggregate On Once you check one of the boxes a text field next to Number of Levels Down will be activated
415. low for the category by clicking on it until it changes to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Click All Periods Select the period category for which you want to create the aggregate You cannot select a leaf level period but all aggregates you create are created on leaf level periods For example if you highlight March and there are four weekly periods in March four aggregates are created one for each period Note An aggregate does not sum the figures for multiple periods It sums the figures for the items in the context for each individual period Click Review Selections The Selected Aggregations screen appears showing the aggregates you are about to create Stream types and UOMs are listed at the top of the screen Each row in the list represents a distinct context but not a distinct context stream type uom Aggregates will be created for each stream type uom combination for each context in the list Managing Company Aggregates 20 3 Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab Figure 20 2 Selected Aggregations screen Selected Stream Types Actual Sales DC Inventory DC Receipts DC Shipments Selected UOMs Base Units Stat Units Currency Loads Start ID End ID 7 Mark Entries create Eak Delete Displaying 1 70 of 70 ID Location Partner Product Period x 1 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Drug Stores t Fiscal 2002 2004 r 2 Nabisco at Pisquatu
416. m If period overlay is chosen high and low filter options are not available Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values will be treated as zeros Examples Table 8 19 Time Average Example n 3 R 1 A1 A2 A3 3 R 2 A2 A3 A4 3 n 4 R 6 A6 A5 A4 A3 4 R 7 A7 A6 A5 A4 4 n 5 H 1 L 1 For each 5 period window throw out the highest value and the lowest value and average the remaining three values n 7 H 2 L 0 For each 5 period window throw out the two highest values and average the remaining five values This METRIC measures the period to period variability in a data stream using the Mean Absolute Deviation method or the Percent Mean Absolute Deviation method It applies on a rolling basis across some user defined horizon For example if the data stream is 10 17 12 11 15 13 and the horizon is specified as 6 the average is 13 and the MAD is 3 4 1 2 2 0 6 2 In percentage terms this is 100 2 13 15 39 Table 8 20 Variability Metric Item Details Formula 1 n R la 4 5 aes where R result Ax Data stream A at period x A Average of Data stream A Formula n amp 01 4 4 n z z1 Input Streams Any one stream Result Stream Any measure stream Additional Items Number of Periods To Average text entry box for number of periods must be an integer can go either forward or backward Available at leaf Yes Metrics 8 19
417. m of Order Processing Time and Transit Lead Time into account in the supply calculation Usually you will want to apply frozen periods 13 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Supply Policy 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 For example if you receive an order and your total lead time is 3 days to process the order and get the physical shipment from here to there then your customer cannot receive it until three days from now This three day period is the frozen period It is frozen because there is no way to change it When you run a supply policy you usually want to apply frozen periods so that the system will not propose new orders inside the frozen period If however there is some way to expedite order processing and your customer was going to be out of stock on this key item you might NOT want to apply frozen period In this case Transit Lead Time is still applied but Order Processing Time is not Select whether the safety stock type is fixed or stream based from the Safety Stock Type drop down list Alternatively use the safety stock calculator to determine this number If you select Fixed enter the Safety Stock number This number is the target inventory level for the item in terms of base units Enter the maximum inventory value in the Max Inventory text box This is a percent value of safety stock to use as the maximum allowable inventory This is used onl
418. m optimizes each context individually The user driven forecasting process has the following steps a Choose your demand policy contexts a Choose demand policy parameters u Submit the job An alternate process that automates the task of creating forecasts is also available You can create a batch forecast job with preset parameters that can roll forward as time elapses a This batch forecast job is scheduled to execute using the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Demand Policy Parameters The demand parameters stored in the permanent policy are used to initialize the temporary policy in the interactive forecasting screen These permanent policies are also used when processing batch forecasts The parameters include Method The Demand policy uses one of the following methods of time series statistical forecasting Expert System Default tests each of the other methods against the data set and automatically selects the forecast model that best fits your actual data The expert system also automatically optimizes the various parameters required for the best fit model Linear Regression measures the long run trend in the data All historical data points are given the same weight in predicting the policy Nonlinear Regression assumes that trends vary over time The Demand module includes the following Nonlinear Regression transforms Nonlinear Regression 1 x log x y log y Nonlinear Regression 2 x x y
419. min manager supervisor planner and reviewer Oracle Retail VCC allows you to select a combination of folder and leaf level context items to display data When your context contains a folder level component the Display pane normally shows the total of all the items in the folder The Expand function displays the figures for each item within the folders you selected except items not available for your collaboration You can now select combinations of leaf and folder levels such as two folders and one leaf or two leaves and one folder However at least one folder must be selected in order to use the Expand feature The Display pane shows the data stream values for each of the active items currently in the folder For inactive items there will be no values shown Expand Mode is available in the Data View Edit Display Mode screen when multiple context items Product Partner or Local are at a folder level The selected Comparison Mode affects what is displayed Only the Primary comparator is in effect while in Expand Mode For example a Inthe Partner Current Partner Previous Comparison mode only the Partner Current comparator is in effect in Expand Mode This is used to view read only the folder items in a data stream that only your partner can edit a Ineither the Local Current Partner Current or Local Current Local Previous Comparison modes only the Local Current comparator is in effect You will use this when you want to view
420. mparison Local Curr Partner Curr HB Local Current Sales Forecast SalesFostBase To HI Partner Current Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base 7 000 H Loc SalesBase lid Loc SalesProm e 6 000 gt Loc Salesseas IHA Loo SalesTot cv H Part ship Fest 8 Fy Part Ship Fest P Ed Part ship Adistm 3 000 D Part Ship Fest T 4 000 2 000 1 000 L Det J L Nov J 2003 EES EB Rescale Rescale Visible Zoom In Disable All Enable All Configure Note If you change a value in the data stream view the change will not be reflected in the Inbox until the changes have been processed by the Scheduler Until processing a blue processing indicator appears next to the changed exception Both the Table and the Graph view contain additional fields under the context chooser area These fields include u Comment field only editable when the Inbox is expanded a Resolution Code drop down only editable when the Inbox is expanded a Status drop down As aconvenience these fields can be modified from the Data View Edit screen while viewing and updating data All three fields are also available through the Inbox List screen where you can enter a comment and resolution code by drilling down in the Comment column or by changing the exception status by modifying the Status drop down on the List screen 5 Click Back and the viewed exception is highlighted in yellow as shown below 5 12 Oracle Value Chai
421. ms are local or partner a Local Current To Partner Period Offset a Local Current To Local Period Offset a Partner Current To Local Period Offset a Partner Current To Partner Period Offset If your comparison type is current to previous with generational offset the comparison description depends on whether the streams are local or partner Local Current To Partner Generational Offset a Local Current To Local Generational Offset a Partner Current To Partner Generational Offset a Partner Current To Local Generational Offset About Generation Offset Generation Offset allows you to compare a current Data Stream with a previously saved generation of the same Data Stream It can only be accessed when the comparison type is Current to Previous because only then is a Type 2 data stream accessible The Type 2 stream you select is the Previous older stream you will be comparing the current Type 1 stream to After selecting the Generational radio button the number of generations you type in determines how far back the compared data stream is located Exception Criteria 6 3 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 2 Generation Offset Current to Previous must be selected in order to configure Generation Offset Current to Current Current to Previous Threshold Type 1 Actual Sales zj Type 2 Actual Sales z Subtype ActualSales Base Offset None Generational Generation Offset can be used
422. n Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 11 Viewed Exception Highlighted in Yellow Apply Changes View Exceptions View Expanded D Q Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Displaying 1 3 of 3 multiple Mixed Plantars Nabisco at Nuts Pisquatuck Planters j Nabisco at multiple Holiday Pisquatuck 11 01 03 Plar ters Nabisco at Cashews Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at multiple multiple multiple Boston Speedy Rx at multiple z multiple multiple Boston Speedy Rx at 6 510 00 41 00 Boston 6 551 00 Percent Created Status History multiple z multiple z multiple multiple ya 99 37 10 27 03 17 21 46 9 Note Viewing an exception from the Exception Inbox changes the context to that of the selected exception Clicking the Back button returns you to the Exception Inbox and automatically restores your context Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Collapsed View To view an exception s criteria in collapsed view 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Collapsed see Setting List Screen Preferences Select your context Select the Exceptions Inbox Individual subtab The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane To view the values that triggered all the exceptions for a context click the colored dot under th
423. n click the 0 link to add Items You cannot add Items from the Event level screens Items are created for and associated with a Promotion not Events To view edit create items you must always access them through either the Promotion or the main menu Note After a Promotion Item have been created if any of its included context items Local Partner Product are subsequently removed from their Master Data hierarchies and into the Recycle Bin the Item is removed from the list of Event Promotion Items However the Promotion Item number link will not be adjusted to reflect the reduced count until after the next Master Data Purge To add view or edit Items through the Promotion screens 10 30 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items 1 Select a context 2 Drill down to examine the Promotion for which you would like to create Items The Examine Promotion screen appears From the Examine Promotion screen click the Number of Promotions link in the chooser area Figure 10 26 Events Overview Screen Examine Promotion Section Created By Dave Wilson On 10 29 03 13 58 16 Planned By n Last Changed By On 10 29 03 13 58 16 Proposed By On Last Totaled Date mR Examine Promotion Summary Status New Condition Late Promotion ID furr 2 Partner Company Speedy Rx aa a no en Po 3 Click the Number of Items link in the chooser area The tree view appears Figure 10 27 Tree
424. n criteria copy 6 23 delete 6 23 process 6 25 view 6 23 exception inbox filter 5 24 locate individual exception 5 26 search 5 24 exception inbox email alerts 6 26 exception severity levels 6 21 exception status change 6 24 exception statuses 5 22 exceptions inbox view buttons 5 3 list columns 5 4 export aggregates 20 6 extract file formats 4 8 master data 4 2 other data types 4 5 F forecast error 8 11 G generalicons 2 5 general preferences 9 1 general tab rename labels 15 35 generation offset 6 3 group exception criteria create 6 17 delete 6 20 examine 6 20 group exception status history view 5 21 group excepton criteria view 5 21 groups add 9 18 edit 9 16 preview 9 19 remove 9 19 growth 8 12 guidelines for creating stream sets 18 4 H hide company link 16 7 link 15 15 hierarchies 4 4 highlight source 9 13 horizon 7 7 hub level roles and users 23 2 inbox filter preferences 9 20 individual exception criteria components 6 2 create 6 6 list 6 2 view 5 16 individual exception status history view 5 17 integrator user 14 2 interactive demand 11 10 interactive supply 13 6 inventory turns 8 12 J job monitor 15 28 L layout 7 6 9 3 lift factors 11 18 lift patterns 11 18 specify 11 19 list screen preferences 9 22 list view icons 2 8 local location 17 11 localize 9 1 login 2 1 log out 2 3 M manage
425. nce28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03 06 01 03 21 Bslance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 24 Salance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 12 03 05 18 03 23 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 04 28 03 05 04 03 25 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03 06 01 03 21 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Salance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Balance28 Balance28 Thre
426. nd Supply Exceptions and or Metrics module data Numbers in parenthesis to the right of each option are the interger constant codes for the source The Promo Status filter which appears in the Promotions reports allows you to filter by promotion status To specify multiple statuses use Ctrl or Shift click Statuses include Active Cancelled Change Request Completed Expired Modified Modified Acknowledged New Planned Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Rejected Terminated The Data Type filter which appears in the Promotions reports allows you to filter your report by the type of data it will contain To specify multiple data types use Ctrl or Shift click while selecting Options include Actual Lift Actual Sales Average Base Price Average Promo Price Base Sales Forecast DC Order Forecast DSD Order Forecast Forward Buy Forecast Monitor Sales On Hand Inventory Percent Sell Planned Lift Promo Sales Forecast Reports 7 9 Creating Reports Note When the Report has a Period Overlay is at an Aggregate Context or includes Data Stream Totals the filter is in use even if the filter finds only one underlying individual data stream item However the reported quantity count will treat the appropriate Period Overlay Aggregate Context or Data Stream Total as if every underlying data stream item qualified for the filter Streams Stream s
427. nd are in examine mode only While editing there are more options than while not editing If you simply wish to examine a Root Category or the Recycle Bin there is no need to Start Editing Figure 17 3 Right click Menu EHS All Products n Pet Canda Hf Re New Category Create Link Cut Copy Add Product The only level that cannot be examined when not in edit mode is the leaf nodes on the Period Tree Also all local partners leaf nodes will be read only while not in edit mode When Start Editing has been activated you are able to examine create new categories add products partners locations periods create links and cut copy paste categories and leaves Cut and Paste To utilize Cut and Paste 1 Enable edit mode by clicking the Start Editing button 2 Select the folders or leaves you wish to Cut and Paste to another folder then right click and choose Cut from pop up menu The selected items are greyed out to indicate they are ready to be cut from the hierarchy 3 Click on the folder into which to Paste the cut items and choose Paste from the right click menu The items are removed from the original category and placed into new the category 4 If you decide that you do not want to Paste the selection disable edit mode by clicking Stop Editing to restore your selection to its original hierarchy location 17 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Copy and P
428. nds that the Scheduler will retain for ongoing usage until deleted Additionally to facilitate basic processing needs the Scheduler also includes a number of selectable preloaded Task commands These preloaded tasks will work in a Windows or Unix environment Tasks commands initiate the execution of defined Processes You have the option to specify an Event to execute a Task at one particular time or at designated time intervals The Scheduler log provides a view of the processed Events This log shows the times the Processes were executed and if any problems occurred in scheduling or processing the Event The Scheduler log is stored in the bin directory of your application server installation Some of the tasks require more system processing time to process than others These tasks acquire system locks to prevent other processes from interfering until the task Managing the Scheduler 25 1 Working with the Scheduler Interface process completes The superuser serveradmin and superadmin can see active locks in the Server Locks Monitor see Monitoring Server Locks The Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Server reports the ID and processing information for all the preloaded processes to the Jobs Monitor that is available for any user by selecting Monitor on the Oracle Retail VCC menu Working with the Scheduler Interface The Scheduler allows you to schedule the execution of VCC predefined tasks A scheduled task is called an event The Schedu
429. nential yes Wilson 16 53 17 ri Rene Smoothing Planters R Wall Drugs Nabisco at Dave 10 14 02 n Monday Denver AH Expert System Yas Wilson 16 59 07 r Nona Planters 5 i Nabisco at wall Drugs Dave 10 14 02 r Hellas Denver at J ville POG ezeram YS Wilson 16 59 07 r Men Planters i Nabisco at Wall Drugs Dave 10 14 02 r Holiday Denver at Redwing Expert System Yes Wilson 16 59 07 r Nene Planters yj Nabisco at Speedy Rx Dave 10 14 02 ri 9 Holiday Pisquatuck at Boston SLIPS AE TOS Wilson 16 59 07 r ERO Wall Drugs Planters Nabisco at Dave 10 14 02 r Cashews Denver g Expert Sy Skerry nee Wilson 16 59 07 r None n Clicking on the View Edit dot will take you to a screen similar to the Create screen where you may edit the policy options Demand 11 9 Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 6 View Edit Screen with Editable Policy Options Aggregate On Local Stream Set Name Demand z Method Nonlinear Regi x log x y logly Smoothing Pre Filter 7 Period Moving Median Seasonal Pre Filter Moving Periodic Total Trials Period Overlay None End of Life Date Yes 11 30 02 Use Lift Factor Yes F Usa Like Itami res z Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Like Item End Date 11 30 02 Like Item Multiplier e 2 Dates History Start Rolling Fas Forecast Start Rolling al j Using Interactive Demand Interactive Demand allows you to modify policy p
430. neral General Report Comparison of your current data with your partner s current data A company specific identifier for a product part or material A company s place of operation which can include physical locations such as stores as well as logical locations such as regions Used to specify Local and Partner A type of user role where in addition to all the privileges of the Planner role she can create users aggregates and disaggregation profiles Data that describes the characteristics of products locations companies and periods that controls how Oracle Retail VCC processes data streams A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average percentage error A data stream that measures key performance indicators or ratios that cannot be aggregated A specific type of demand policy filter that employs a median number The minimum number of items that can be ordered Related groups of screens and features that can be enabled or disabled in Oracle Retail VCC based upon a company s license or usage preference A data stream that measures a flow of material or value through a location during a period which can be aggregated across products locations and periods The degree to which the annual trend has held steady in recent periods
431. ners and Locations hierarchy trees by entering attributes to locate a specific folder or leaf node No Search options are available on the Period hierarchy The Master Data Search finds the desired folder of leaf by searching on a defined attribute listed below entered exactly or entered as a wildcard search To use a wildcard search enter an asterisk alone before or after a known sequence or set of alphanumeric characters If no items are found No Records Found will be displayed along a with instructions for using the wild card search feature Master Data 17 5 About Master Data Hierarchies Table 17 1 Search Attributes For Each Tab Tree Tree Possible Search Attributes Products Name Global ID Number GIN Local ID Number LIN Partners Name Location ID Alternate ID Company Name Company ID Locations Name Location ID Alternate ID Company Name Company ID Name search on Folder and Leaf all others are leaf only If search yields only one result it will appear highlighted in tree If search yields multiple results the search list screen opens allowing item selection After selection the item will appear highlighted in the tree Tree Behavior Each of the Master Data hierarchy trees Products Locations Partners and Periods have the following standard tree behaviors Collapsing and Expanding the Hierarchy Tree u Ctrl click the minus sign next to the root node The whole tree collapse
432. next to the criteria at or below the current context Criteria above the current context do not have the Delete check box next to them Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen To view the status history of an exception from the Active Exceptions screen 1 Click Exceptions Criteria Individual List 2 Click the number link in the Active Exceptions column This number represents the total of active exceptions contained in that criteria The Active Exception Criteria screen appears Exception Criteria 6 23 Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen Figure 6 14 Active Exception Criteria Screen Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Active Exceptions Of Criteria Displaying 1 15 of 15 Ta Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity UOM Typei Type2 Criteria History i Shipment Planters Speedy Sales Forecast 10 28 03 Holiday Nabisco at Rxat 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 83 12 DEM active Low Tema Forecast Ship Pack q Boston LEE SalesFestBase Forecast Base Shipment a Speedy Sales Forecast 10 28 03 planters Nabisco a Rx at 1 098 00 223 00 1 921 00 83 12 er active Low Dane Forecast Ship q Boston viri SalesFcstBase Forecast Base F j Shipment Planters i Speedy Sales Forecast 10 28 03 Mixed Nabisco at Rx at 1 098 00 22
433. ng a Group Exception s Criteria E Erkek ekere eee yekek ee re keke kek 5 21 Viewing a Group Exception s Status History E rek re kek ek keke ek kek 5 21 Viewing Exceptions in the Partner InDOX rrr rere ereke kereker ereke kerr rek eke 5 22 Managing Data Stream Exce Dil OS xec Wir nra V k sikak ak K k reee Ak Yek Ak des R 5 22 Exception Statuses isien ie KELAR aka aa ku h k Ae kS AME Re e c k Dainu ad Re Aha q dhe Rek H R ka an Ji H h kek R G de an r al 5 22 Managing Data Stream Exceptions Automatically kr rek keke eke kk k y ke 5 22 Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually rrr kereker 5 23 Creating and Viewing Exception CommeentSs EL reee ereke ereke kerkere ke re 5 24 Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features E Erer kereker ere kerek kereke kre 5 24 About Exception Inbox Filter and Search L reee erek ere erkek eke ke 5 24 Using the Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features E EEiE rnek r keke reyek kek k 5 26 Exception Criteria Data Stream Exception Criteria U rere ree kereker keke ereke kre ke KE Kr KAK AKA KK KHK AK 6 1 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria EULLL Lekek erkek keke r rek rek rek K ee 6 2 Individual Exception Criteria nere ereke reken ek rek re ree keke reH rer reke
434. ng fixed safety stock or the words from stream If the safety stock values are coming from a designated stream in the stream set Total Lead Time displays the total order processing time and transit lead time combined u Minimum Order Qty displays the minimum number of items that can be ordered u Created By the user who created the policy The user s name is a link Click the name to Examine User Figure 13 2 Examine User Examine User User Name Dave Wilson Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number Company Name Nabisco u Last Updated the date that the policy was last updated Supply 13 3 Creating a Supply Policy Last Plan displays the date that the last supply plan for this policy was run Last Plan By displays the user that ran the last supply plan for this policy Process on Demand allows you to immediately process supply jobs Not available for planners and reviewers Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Supply Policy Supply policies can be created at leaf level and folder level contexts When creating editing at the folder level an aggregate on selector is displayed for each folder level collaboration item that allows you choose whether the edits apply only to the currently selected folder or to all the contained leaves To create a Supply policy 1 2 Set you
435. ngeRequest Planned Modified Creator Planned Modified Planned Partner When the creator company makes a modification to a planned promotion through the Integrator Loader the Promotion goes to Planned Modified status 10 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions To Delete Change Promotions Status The circled content shows whether the partner can delete and change the promotion status The delete check boxes are disabled and status change list contains only allowed transitions Figure 10 16 Delete Modify Promotion Status Local colgate All Locations Partner C gt Colqate All Products wi select Bookmark All Events Displaying 1 6 of 6 nt Begin Total DSD Promotion Event Process Event End Sales Condition Status Status Price Total Created Total Total Number Created Date Order ID ame Totals Category Date Impact History Impact Actual Date B Forecast Tope Sales Sales Sales Items Forecast Forecas 1 00 SYNCRA_140 04 02 06 SYNCRA_369 ev test apr By Eris Flew 04 20 06 bsclute anoo ece n 58 Colqate Q 3 00 SYNCRA_140 04 02 06 SYNCRA_377 ev test apr Pi 04 20 06 Absolute ara BAGS O Colgate Q 1 00 SYNCRA_142 03 01 06 SYNCRA_371 ev test By rae Flow 03 20 06 Absolute Planned m 1 00 99 02 06 58 Colaate 1 00 SYNCRA_143 05 01 06 SYNCRA_373 ev may PT os o os Absolute Active ity GSES 58 Colgate Q test promo Freight Flow Absolute a 03 08
436. nsion that is un checked the metric will be calculated each leaf under the selected folder For any dimension that is checked if the levels below that dimension is left blank the metric will be calculated at the selected folder If the levels below control is used the metric will be calculated at every folder that is the indicated number of levels below the current context in that dimension a Treat Null Value as Zero Check box that allows null values to be treated as zeros Processing Order The order numbers 1 5 assigned for processing Processing begins with Processing Order 1 metrics and is completed for all metrics at this level before beginning Processing Order 2 and processing continues in a stepwise fashion until all metrics have been calculated When using Process on Demand the same order also applies This is useful if you want to use the output of one metric as the input for another a Period Overlay Allows you to select from a list of available company specific fixed period overlays Metrics 8 3 Viewing and Editing Metrics Periods Select from fixed or rolling periods and enter the Start and End dates or number of periods When selecting rolling periods entering a 0 indicates the current period Use negative numbers for past periods and positive numbers for future periods The Repeat Frequency section configures how often the calculation will be repeated The default will be today s Start Date
437. nter key If there is only one Jane the tree will display her information immediately If there is more than one Jane in the user tree a list of all the people with the name Jane will appear The asterisk can be used for a wildcard search at any point in a person s name The following combinations are all viable searches Jane Smith Jane Smith Smi Figure 23 3 Multiple search results are returned on a user search and a list is then presented with all the users listed who fit the search criteria Display Active Users a User Lisa Hill Role super_admin Company Speedy Rx El supervisor manager a admin E super_admin E server_admin A superuser H Z Dave Wilson Friar Tuck 5l integratoruser Lisa Hill Ha loader Molly Fitz E Rich Green Rishi Krotha Ha Sheri Wood H Chris Stone 4 Search results will be displayed in a list format if there are multiple results found Select the name from the list by clicking on it and a new tree view with the user s name highlighted in the tree hierarchy will appear Their Name Role and 23 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Company displayed above the tree If there only one user fits the search criteria VCC will go directly to the tree view with the user name highlighted Figure 23 4 If there is only one search result
438. nts Demand a An Analyzer a Supply 10 Events This chapter contains the following topics a Introduction a Events a Promotions a Promotion Items a Documents a Promotion Status Changes Note The Events module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu Item will only appear if you have obtained an Events license Introduction The Event Collaboration module provides visibility and collaboration on Promotions Promotions are sale occurrences such as introductory offers seasonal sales etc They contain attributes have a status and can also contain multiple tactics and Items Items within a Promotion occur at the collaboration Item level The Events module allows you to a Create an Event from scratch or by copying a previous Event a Add and remove Products Locations for the Promotion a Attach Documents to the Event a Download Documents attached to the Event Change the Promotion Status Apply sales and order volume estimates and pricing a Report on the actual performance of the Promotion vs plans for it A Promotion has a status and attributes and contain tactics something that contributes to the event like an ad or a display and Items collaboration Items that are included in the Promotion The tactics and Items also have their own attributes Some Item attributes are initially populated from the corresponding Promotion attributes Although Items within an event occur
439. nually by the user Will be removed from Inbox Supersedes new exceptions whose quantities have superceded existing exceptions Exceptions with this status will also carry forward the previous comment and reason code from the superceded exception Superceded Existing exceptions whose quantities have been superceded by newly triggered exceptions Any comment and reason codes will be passed on to the exception that supercedes them Unresolvable set manually by the user exception cannot be resolved Will be removed from Inbox Auto Dismissed set by auto resolution Will not be displayed in the Inbox Auto Escalated set by auto resolution and will be displayed in the Inbox Auto Incomplete set by auto resolution and will be displayed in the Inbox Auto In Process set by auto resolution and will be displayed in the Inbox Auto Resolved set by auto resolution Will not be displayed in the Inbox Auto Unresolvable set by auto resolution Will not be displayed in the Inbox Managing Data Stream Exceptions Automatically Oracle Retail VCC automatically manages exceptions in the Exceptions Inbox in order that old obsolete or redundant exceptions do not clutter the inbox Oracle Retail VCC does the following for active exceptions New exceptions replace older exceptions if they are for the same context Obsolete exceptions are deleted from the inbox An exception is obsolete if it no longer applies to a viable context 5
440. o include a Generation Offset enter a number in the text box This field will automatically default to 0 indicating no offset For more information on Generation Offset refer to About Generation Offset If you want to include Year Ago streams that is data streams containing year ago data for the subtype select Yes in the drop down Note When selecting a Filter for a Generation Offset stream the Filter will only be applied if the latest revision of the Data Stream Item qualifies for the Filter Distributed Exception The Distributed Exception report shows some or all existing system exceptions at and below a given context View all exceptions or only exceptions with a certain status Also choose to see exceptions of all severities or only exceptions of a certain severity To create a Distributed Exception report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select a Filter if you want to structure your report results based on Creation Date Exception Status Exception Severity and or Name For more information on filters see Common Report Settings Reports 7 13 Creating Reports Figure 7 13 Filter Section Filter 5 Exception Log M creation Date Fixed C Rolling Start End Active Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto In Process Auto Incomplete Auto Re
441. obs This appendix contains the following topics a About Locks and Jobs a User Generated Jobs a User Save Action Locks a Scheduler Jobs Loader Jobs a Extractor Jobs About Locks and Jobs Job Types Lock Types Jobs and Locks are divided into category Types that are integral to understanding the tables that follow Each job does one or more of the following 1 Reads hierarchy takes a snapshot of current hierarchy before continuing processing Reads data stream reads information included as of the time processing begins Updates data stream configures the number of retries Updates hierarchy updates the hierarchy Extracts data extracts data from VCC database e s FP Y N Other may read or write to other tables Each job can activate one or more of the 3 types of lock Company Self Lock CSL User and Scheduler jobs This will block the same job for the same company Example While Scheduler event processing CompanyA Recalc Metrics is active another attempt to run the same task for the same company is blocked VCC Locks and Jobs G 1 User Generated Jobs a Integrator Self Lock ISL Integrator Load jobs This will block the same job for the same Loader type a Database STC Lock DSL Database Stream Type Code Locks operate based on load volume For more information see About Load Volume in the Implementor Guide User Generated Jobs Job Job Screen
442. ocal Curr SalesFestProm l Local Curr SalesFestSeas Jl Local Curr SalesFestTotl BB Local Prev SalesFestBase BB Local Prev SalesFestProm l Local Prey SalesFestSeas BB Local Prev SalesFestTotl Table Local Curr Local Prev P Local Curr SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl S Local Prev SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl Eza Ezan Ez Local Curr Partner Curr Local Curr SalesFestBase Local Curr SalesFestProm Local Curr SalesFestSeas Local Curr SalesFestTotl Partner Curr SalesFcstBase Partner Curr SalesFcstProm Partner Curr SalesFestSeas Partner Curr SalesFestTotl Local Curr Partner Curr P Local Curr SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl Partner Curr SalesFestBase SalesFestProm SalesFestSeas SalesFestTotl Setting Inbox Filters Preferences Filters allows you to create and edit filters to sort the exceptions To create or edit an Inbox Filter 1 Click Preferences Layout Inbox Filters and the Inbox Filters screen appears 9 20 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Legend P Primary Secondary Y Year Ago Partner Curr Partner Prev Partner Curr SalesFcstBase Partner Curr SalesFestProm Partner Curr SalesFestSeas Partner Curr SalesFestTotl Partner Prev SalesFcstBase Partner Prey SalesFcstProm Partner Prey SalesFestSeas Partner Prey SalesFestTotl Partner Curr Partner
443. ocal and Partner in the Context tab 3 Select the folders or products to enter data for from the Product tree Figure 3 5 Mass Entry of Data Product Tree Local Nabisco at Denver Product Selected Products Start Date End Date Ea Type be Receipts zj SubType be Receipts al E o v o m MOD CR Dave Wilson All Products FR Pet Foods EMS Milkbone Doggy Bag Treats Flavor Snacks Original Milkbone Biscuits Planters Planters Cashews Ei Planters Holiday Pack Planters Mixed Nuts 4 Choose the Start Date and End Date between which you will enter data for these selected products 5 Select data stream Type and SubType optional 6 Click Set The Mass Entry table view appears Data 3 5 Viewing Data Figure 3 6 Mass Entry Table View Local KEZ at Denver J Product Selected Products Start Date 09 01 03 End Date 09 15 03 Type DC Receipts T subtype DC Receipts S Product z E Clem C ag jC O 03 0103 03203 030303 090403 030503 030603 0390703 090803 0303903 a a a a a a a a Doggy Bag Treats a a a a a Flavor Snacks a u a a a a a a Original Milkbone Biscuits Total v Maf 44 gt gt rija Table Graph 7 8 Viewing Data Enter data for the products you selected Click Save Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer You can view data streams in tab
444. ods Period Overlay Fixed Rolling All Periods Comparison current to Current Currentto Previous Threshold Type Lis Type 2 is Partne Absolute Threshold J12 00 Change Percent Threshold 2 00 Change Severity None z Medium Severity High Severity fin Trigger even if part of group I Treat missing value as zero Advanced 4 Click Advanced to view the automated exception resolution settings for the exception criterion 5 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 16 Automated Exception Resolution Settings for the Exception Criterion Action Specification Subtype HE Local Stream to Adjust Severity Put alert in Inbox Send E mail E mail Language Medium High Adjust Local Value to None Bl Set Status None B Timeout Threshold i j Days Send E mail i E mail Language None B Adjust Local Value to intone Z Set Status None BI Timeout Threshold Days Send E mail r E mail Language none None Z Adjust Local Value to None Bl None E Set Status intone E None Z 5 Click Back to return to the read only view of the Exception Criteria Create screen 6 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Individual screen Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer
445. ods field 9 Click Add Request The request appears in the Current Requests pane below To create Event Promotions or Collaboration Item Comments purge requests select the appropriate radio button and complete steps 3 6 and 8 above Note For Event Promotion Purges a purge request created for a company will also purge events created by non local partners for that company To create an Exceptions purge request complete all the steps above except for step See In the Purge Type field select the type leaf aggregate or both In place of Purge Type select Local Read Only or Both from the Type drop down Managing Company Data Purges 26 3 Creating Purge Requests 26 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 27 Managing Company UOM Factors This chapter contains the following topics a About UOM Factors a Viewing the UOM List a Creating New UOM Factors a Deleting UOM Factors About UOM Factors Unit of measure UOM factors allow you to visualize the conversion of product quantities between two different UOMs The UOM List and Create screens in Oracle Retail VCC allow you to add edit and delete conversion factors that will affect UOMs Usually the conversion factor is used to convert a product UOM such as Base Units into a UOM such as Case For example a retailer sends you a forecast that uses 6 packs as the unit of measure for soda and you as the supplier need to be able to view the pro
446. ods in the future Number of Period Display columns number of periods that appear per upload Note If you select the n periods at a time with n periods in the past option in the Preferences Data Defaults screen and there is no current period the periods displayed will default to the first period in the data stream Otherwise they will be the periods you select Graph Y Axis Scale to fit Min and Max according to the values you enter This lets you choose the best way to view data streams in graph mode Collapse empty columns in the past or in the future Oracle Retail VCC allows you to collapse empty time buckets in table mode to more easily view data without having to scroll to the left or to the right If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets across all the data streams being retrieved at a Preferences 9 3 Layout context those columns can be collapsed so that they will not be displayed This feature can be used for the following cases You and your partner collaborate using uniform weekly data on a Oracle Retail VCC database set up with daily time buckets If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets across all the data streams being retrieved at a context those columns are collapsed Collapsed periods may be in the past or in the future You and your partner collaborate using daily history information but have data streams with differing time buckets daily weekly mon
447. olaris Application Win 2000 Solaris 8 Container xt Server EJB z dil Database Solaris 8 Win 2000 Oracle 9 2 0 3 0 HP UX Table B 1 Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC Supporting Component OS Software OS Language Oracle Retail VCC Database HP UX 11 Oracle 9 2 x English Japanese Solaris 8 Oracle 9 2 x English Windows 2000 Server Oracle 9 2 x English Oracle Retail VCC Integrator Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Windows 2000 Server Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese OLAP Cube Builder VCC Supported Platforms B 1 Table B 1 Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC Supporting Component OS Software OS Language Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x ActivePerl 5 6 x English Windows 2000 Server Java 2 SDK 1 4 x ActivePerl 5 6 x Eneli nglish Oracle Retail VCC Server Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English WebLogic 8 1 Windows 2000 Server Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese WebLogic 8 1 Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Windows 2000 Server Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese Web Server Solaris 8 Apache 1 3 x English WebLogic plug in Windows 2000 Server IIS 5 0 WebLogic plug in English Japanese Client Windows 2000 Pro IE 5 5 JVM English Japanese Spanish Acrobat 5 0 French Korean Windows XP IE 6 0 JVM Professional Acrobat 5 0 English B 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide C User and Role Permissions The following table summarizes the vario
448. ollapsed view you must first select an individual exception Note The dot in the View Edit Comment column is grey if no comment is entered nor resolution code set for an exception Once a comment is entered or a resolution code set for an exception the dot turns blue 4 Enter a comment and select a Resolution Code from the drop down list Comments are limited to 100 characters Any Comments and Resolution Codes that are attached to an exception that becomes Superseded by another exception will be carried forward to new exceptions marked with the Supersedes status i e the exceptions that replace or supersede the prior exception will retain the comments and reason codes 5 Click OK The comment appears in the Context Chooser Context tab when you view the exception from the Inbox Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer About Exception Inbox Filter and Search Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer You can create multiple Exception Inbox Filters and apply them as needed Filters apply to any context Filters can be thought of as saved searches because they are searches that you have configured for repeat usage For details about creating filters see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences The Exception Inbox Search feature allows you to quickly locate any individual exc
449. omment or resolution code a Show check boxes that allow the consecutive viewing of Exceptions Data Data View Edit screens for each checked exception can be paged forward or backward without the need to return to the List screen Shared with the name of the trading partner that each exception is shared with or none u Collapsed Count number of exceptions that have been collapsed This column is only visible when the Inbox is viewed in collapsed mode Period displays the time period for which the exception was triggered a Product displays a description of the product a Local displays the local location for the exception a Partner displays the partner location for the exception a Deviation displays the amount the new data stream varies from the data stream to which it was compared a Percent displays the value of the deviation expressed as a percentage of the exception criteria for the type selected e g a common representation of the formula for calculating percentage value is A B B 100 a View Criteria the exception criteria that triggered the exception Click on the colored dot to view the criteria a Created displays the date the exception was created Status displays the exception status You can change the status of an exception Exception status can be changed from Active supersedes to 5 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction
450. ompanies rather than a specific partner company name a Description The description assigned to that particular cube a UOM The Units of Measure that will apply to all data contained in the cube a Build Time Each data cube is a snapshot of the data in Oracle Retail VCC Build Time denotes the time the snapshot was taken An Analyzer 12 1 Managing Custom Cube Views Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Analyzer To view cubes 1 Click Analyzer in the menu The Analyzer screen appears Figure 12 1 Analyzer screen Displaying 1 1 of 1 gt j Name Partner Description uom Build Time WE Nabisco All Partner Companies All partners cube Base Units 10 24 03 18 32 56 2 Select a cube by clicking on the blue View dot located to the left of the company name column The data cube appears Note that When you right click on the data cell area and select Show Value As as of Grand Total the cells will be empty Note The Performance Index option in the data cube view is not supported Managing Custom Cube Views You can save and select different analyzer cube views from the button panel at the top of the screen Figure 12 2 Analyzer View Buttons Name Save Company View ___ Save User View This enables you to configure a view to your liking and save is as either a Com
451. ompany Create from the VCC menu The Create Company screen appears Figure 15 1 Create Company Screen Cornpany Create Create Company Local Yes Role Seller Buyer Name DU am Company ID i j l O O ID Type GLN x Alternate ID S T ID Type GLN x Location Root AI Locations TT Partner Root AI Partners oOo YT TY b Y TT Product Root AI Produts TT TUT Period Root AI Periods TT TT TT TT 3 From the Local drop down list select Yes if you are creating a company whose users will log on to this system Select No if you are creating a partner non local company whose data resides on a separate database 4 Inthe Role field click Seller or Buyer depending on your company s role with its partner 5 Enter the company name in the Company Name field 6 Enter the company ID or DUNS code DUNS codes are assigned to a company by Dun and Bradstreet in the Company ID field DUNS code are in the following format including hyphens nn nnn nnnn A company ID can be from 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters 7 Select the the type of Company ID you entered in Step 6 from the ID Type drop down Standard options include GLN DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SCAC SELLER_ASSIGNED BUYER_ASSIGNED UN_LOCATION_CODE 8 Assign an alternate company ID in the Alternate ID field optional If an Alternate ID is entered partners will be able to view the ID though its primary purpose is for internal company use Se
452. on Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 10 26 03 End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Monthly z Day of every month s The First z Sunday E of every month s Time Start Any Time Start At HH mm Layout a Page Size paper size that the report will be printed on letter legal ledger banner large A4 A3 a Orientation printout orientation for the report portrait landscape a Hide Show Columns to display or not to display columns in the report Sort Columns the order in which the report displays Visible columns 7 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Layout Page Size Hide Columns Multi Column Sort Order Select Group Columns start Fixed _ 10 14 03 Period Overlay Group Columns columns to group in the report Figure 7 5 Reports Create Layout section Legal zi Orientation Landscape z Visible Hidden a Creator a amp Creator Folders Creator Company KI gt W Partner Partner Folders xl Sort Column s Creator a Creator Folders a Creator Company KI gt Partner x Partner Folders xl Select Group Creator Creator Folders a Creator Company a gt Partner x Partner Folders x For the following reports Multi Column Sort Order and Group Columns options are not available For these reports the column order is the implied sort and grouping order a Data Change
453. on Source Standard deviation Calculated d per period MSE Mean square error Calculated per period i time period i Counter n number of time Calculated periods Forecast at period i Read from current_ stream wl H 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Poisson ltem Description Source Demand actual or Read from current_ forecast at period i stream For a Poisson distribution the equation must be solved iteratively SS x u such that x satisfies Figure H 10 Poisson Formula u Ugh SI yE x x x Item Description SS Safety Stock Calculated SL Service Level Read from Supply expressed as a Policy Probability i e 95 Service Level would be expressed as 0 95 Mean demand Calculated during the lead time E Mean demand fora Calculated period u Mean lead time in Read from Supply i terms of periods Policy Reorder Point Calculated For example given Mean demand 2 units per day Mean lead time 3 days Desired Service Level 85 Then Safety Stock Calculation H 7 Safety Stock Logic Figure H 11 Example for Poisson Formula u nyu 1 5 units day 3 days 4 5 units SL 85 0 85 So find the next highest x that most closely satisfies Figure H 12 Formula that Calculates Highest Reorder Point fiz 085 72 0 Solving we find f 6 0 8311 f 7 0 9134 so we choose 7 therefore Figure H 13 Safety Stock Formula
454. on in addition to being triggered as part of the group check the box 14 Check the Treat missing value as zero box if you wish to treat a null value in a data stream as a zero for comparison purposes When a criteria has the Treat missing value as zero option checked trading partners are allowed to identify new promotions even when they have not planned them themselves Note If not used carefully value vs null exceptions can lead to many spurious exceptions 15 Click Advanced to set automated resolution options or click Create If you click Create the exception criterion appears in the Exceptions Criteria Individual List screen in the Display pane You may also click Cancel to cancel the creation of exception criterion and return to the Exceptions Criteria Individual List screen About Automated Exception Resolution with the Action Specification Screen The VCC s Automated Exception Resolution feature automatically adjusts values changes status and notifies individuals based upon rules specified when an exception occurs or after a time out passes Automated resolution expands the range of possible actions associated with each severity level low medium and high of an exception criterion to the following u Adjusting a local data stream value The options include matching to local value when a stream to adjust is other than type 1 or type 2 matching to partner value using the higher or lowe
455. onfigured Stream sets MEREEN zz 5 If no Stream Sets are configured click Add The Event Stream Set Configuration screen appears Managing Company Module Configuration 18 1 Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 18 2 Events Stream Set Configuration Screen Event Stream Set Configuration Name TT 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Enable Totals Base Price Input Price Measure Price Base Local Promo Price Output Price Measure Price Current Local Base Sales Forecast Input Calculated Stream 19 Movement Calculated stri9 1 local Ir Promo Sales Forecast Output Calculated Stream 19 gt Movement Calculated stri9 1 Local r Actual Sales Input Calculated Stream 19 Movement Calculated stri9 1 Local gt LJ DC Order Forecast Output None None Local E DSD Order Forecast Output hone None Local E Forward Buy Forecast Output None M none El tal r On Hand Inventory N A one None gt None Z E Monein Saia WA mme i rene Bl Fen ll Save 6 Enter a Name for the stream set 7 Select from the Type Subtype and Creator drop downs to configure the new stream set If an exclamation point appears next to any given option this indicates that the selection is invalid for your configuration You can select a different option in the drop down to correct the problem 8 To enable a Total row that will display for each stream type when viewing stream data cli
456. onitor log purging After executing a purge a log file called purgedata log is created in the SYNCRA_ HOME server directory It contains information about the purge and whether it was successful or not Note If you are unable to restart your server after a Transaction Purge Request fails it may be a result of purge lock settings These can be reset by clicking the following executable SYNCRA_HOME db Oracle script ReleasePurgeLock exe 15 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Purging Transaction Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Transaction data is the data contained in a company s data streams The transactions that appear on the purge transaction data screen are those transactions that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests To initiate the purge procedure for purge requests 1 Click Purge Data in the VCC menu The Purge Type screen appears Figure 15 26 Purge Type Screen e Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge mim jaja mj fa Master Data Purge 2 Click the Transaction Data Purge check box To view all the Transaction purge requests click the colored dot to view the
457. or more instructions on how to add Promotion Items see Creating Promotion Items Events 10 25 Promotion Items Deleting Promotions Promotions can be deleted in the Promotions List views To delete a promotion 1 Select a context 2 Access the Promotions List through the Oracle Retail VCC menu Events Promotions or by drilling down to the Promotions List from an Event Examine screen 3 Check the Promotions you wish to remove in the Delete column Deleting a Promotion from the Events Promotions screen is shown below Figure 10 23 Delete a Promotion from the Events Promotions Screen Ot exc f J ome Page test o Events Promotion sin av av gt Context Local PG A I Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner PG AII Partners Product gt PG All Products earch Product J Name Ocin Oilin v Folder SI X32 all events Procter amp Gamble PG All Partners PG AII Products i Sales Event Begin Total Promotion Event Process Event End Sales Condition Status Status Price Total Created Total ImpactID Date DSD ID Name Totals Category Date Impact History Impact Actual Date Base Qty Order Type Sales Sales 16 VCC_5 22 05 04 33 A12 VCC_ 16225 Cl 3 12 05 OK To delete check the box IR E aral intranet inno d r r lak Treedinnlet charted 4 Check the check box under the Delete icon 5 Click Process Selected Items Note
458. ore deliveries forecasts stores in daily time buckets Account level forecasts on the other hand may be for fiscal months 4 individual weeks that can be grouped into a monthly period overlay reflecting the focus of the sales organization on corporate financial targets It is recommended that one or both parties in a collaboration change their time buckets to match one another An alternate method would be to aggregate finer grained information from one party to a level where it can be compared with the other partner s base data 15 32 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Time Periods for All Companies Creating Periods Company Configuration Periods Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To create the time periods for a data stream manually 1 Select Configuration from the VCC menu The company configuration screen appears 2 Click the Periods tab Click Start Editing The Add Periods screen appears Figure 15 30 Add Periods Screen Add Periods Start Date 2004 12 27 Nurnber of Periods Number of Days Period One gt EI 3 In the Start Date field enter the start date for the periods in the format yyyy mm dd and enter the number of periods you want to create Note that if periods already exist in the database the screen opens with the date of the next period to be created displayed If periods have not been created the screen displays the date format 4 Inthe Number of Periods
459. orecast Seas POS Forecast Total Partner Curr POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas POS Forecast Total Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Partner Curr Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Yr Ago POS Base The table rows are displayed in alphanumeric ascending order in Expand mode The table display includes a Total row The Total row totals all the data stream values displayed in the Expanded view The totals are updated automatically whenever any value in the data stream is modified Note The Total row is included in the CSV export file For more information on exporting data see General Icons Data 3 17 Viewing Data Stream Revision History Figure 3 16 Display Pane Grid with Totals Save UOM Currency Test 08 2602 08 27 02 03 2902 08 3102 Planters Mixed Nuts Planters Cashews Total Row Viewing Data Stream Revision History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer If a data stream s attribute Maintain Revision History is activated Oracle Retail VCC maintains a complete revision history of specific products partners and time periods for that data stream The data stream history maintains a record of each change made to a particular data stream Note Data stream comments are not visible in
460. orecast Engine different combinations of data transformations Geneva and statistical methods group General A named set of data streams that can be displayed together in the grid or graph Group Exception An exception generated from a Group Exception Exception Criterion Group Exception An exception criterion that is composed of more Exception than one Individual exception criterion grouped Criteria together by a Boolean expression Group criteria allow users to set up compound rules that more closely match their business needs Hierarchy General A tree like taxonomy composed of leaf nodes and categories Categories can contain leaf nodes and other categories In VCC there are four primary master data hierarchies product partner location and period Individual Exception An exception generated from an Individual Exception Exception Criterion Individual Exception A rule for triggering an exception based upon the Exception comparison of a data stream with another data Criteria stream or a constant threshold Individual exception criteria can be used as part of a Group Criteria Inventory Scorecard The average in stock quantities for the period Levels specified Inventory Report Report that shows how inventory turns have or Turns Period have not improved over time at both leaf and of Supply aggregate levels for both the buyer and the seller Report Last Report Report that identifies those products that might be Transaction
461. orecast Promo P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Promo S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total lt gt Sales Forecast SalesFcstProm P Graph Sales Forecast SalesFestSeas P Sales Forecast SalesFcstTotl P Sales Forecast SalesFcstBase S Sales Forecast SalesFcstProm S Sales Forecast SalesFestSeas S Sales Forecast SalesFcstTotl S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Promo P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total P Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Promo S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Adj S Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Total S lt gt H Streams can have the designation of Primary Secondary and Year Ago as shown in the legend Depending on the comparison type these designations apply to different streams For example if the comparison type is a Local Current to Local Previous the Primary data stream is your local current data stream and the Secondary data stream is your local previous data stream 9 16 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout a Local Current to Partner Current the Primary data stream is your local current data stream the
462. orer TE E lol x Stream Info Name Actual Sales Description Actual point of sale item movement Long Name Short Name Show Year Ago Real Time Export Sub Types ActualSales Base ActSales Bas Yes No Base point of sale item movement ActualSales Promo ActSales Pro Promotional point of sale item movement ActualSales Total ActSales Tot Total point of sale item movement Stream Name the name of the stream Stream Type the stream type code Accumulation Rule a fixed attribute of the data stream that indicates how it behaves when aggregated There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a data stream movement balance and measure Movement accumulates across all dimensions product partner local and period balance accumulates across three dimensions product partner and local measure does not accumulate at all Revision History if the stream has a revision history Y Yes if not N No Edited By either the seller buyer or both Edited When either the past future or always Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 7 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Substreams the number of substreams for the data stream Printer Friendly View Clicking this button will open the printer friendly view You can then generate a printed list of your current stream information by selecting Print List View Icons The following icons appear most frequently in tabbed List views in Ora
463. ot valid when used with the MPT filter or with seasonally adjusted data The optimization problem can be restated as follows Geneva Forecast Engine F 1 How Does Geneva Work 1 Find the optimal data filter i and optimal method j by solving t n min E f i y1 t yt 2 v ij t n v 1 where n Length of time series v Length of holdout period usually n 3 y1 Historical data from t 1 to t n v y Historical data f j i y1 Forecast using filter i and method j on input data y1 a Data Filters 1 No data filtering 2 Moving median of window length w 3 Moving periodic total of cycle length p for original data 4 Moving periodic total of cycle length p for data prefiltered by method 2 5 Seasonally adjusted original data 6 Seasonally adjusted data prefiltered by method 2 a Forecasting Methods 1 Regression 2 Nonlinear Regression 1 x log x y log y 3 Nonlinear Regression 2 x x y In y 4 Nonlinear Regression 3 x log x y y 5 Nonlinear Regression 4 x 1 x y 1 y 6 Nonlinear Regression 5 x x y In y K y 7 Single Exponential Smoothing 8 Double Exponential Smoothing 9 Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing 2 Forecast with optimal filter i and optimal method j using entire time series y re optimize method specific forecasting parameters F 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide G VCC Locks and J
464. ote You can select deselect all the aggregates on the page by clicking the Check icon at the top of the Delete column You can sort the list by any of the underlined column headings 14 Click Back if you want to return to the previous screen to change your selections 15 Click Create if you are ready to proceed You can view created aggregates by clicking the List tab or in the data streams view screen 20 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To view the aggregates you have created 1 Select your company superuser serveradmin only 2 Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu and click the List tab Set the context for the aggregates you want to view by selecting the location partner and product 3 Select the type of data streams you wish to view in the Type selection box The Type selection box allows multiple data streams or a specific set of data streams to be selected 4 Select the units of measure you wish to display in the UOM selection box The UOM selection box allows one or multiple UOMs to be chosen for display 5 If you wish to see a list of aggregates at and below the Location Partner Product folder check the At and below Location Partner Product check box 6 Click the Set button If
465. otion level documents at the same time by accessing the Events Documents list screen The columns that appear in the list screen include Figure 10 31 Events Documents List Screen OT vcc f GB m C Page j Tools U Local PG All Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner gt PG AII Partners Product C gt PG AII Products SEN Product Ome e Ounce me RAY All Events Procter amp Gamble PG All Partners PG All Products Mi x Dovnload Description Creator Company User Name Event Name EventID Promotion ID Upload Date Time a Delete remove selected document a Download contains the filename of each attachment Each filename is a download link a Description optional description of the file a Creator Company company from which the document originates a User Name username of the person who attached the file a Event Name name of the event the document is attached to a EventID ID of the event the document is attached to a Promotion ID ID of the promotion the document is attached to Upload Date Time date and time the document was attached Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions Documents can be attached at either the Event or Promotion level in precisely the same fashion Once the event or the promotion you would like to create the attachment for is selected 1 Examine the Event or Promotion which you will attach the document to by c
466. ou must first create a stream set Event stream sets can be configured by the superuser or server admin in Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration To create a Promotion 1 Examine the Event for which you wish to create a Promotion The Examine Event screen appears Events 10 21 Promotions Context Examine Event Header Creator Company Created Date Last Changed By Summary Event Name Event Category Begin Date Event Theme Event Description Comment Details Stream Set Partner Exclusivity Figure 10 18 Examine Event Screen AM Y 2 Documents 2 Nabisco Created By Last Changed Date Dave Wilson Last Totaled Date Test Event 2 Event ID Holiday 02 11702 End Date DE ENE o EOE Nabisco_STREAMS Set Sales Impacts V r Target Audience Dave Wilson 08 01 03 4 o_w e_2 02 11702 Set Order Impacts Vv The context chooser area on this screen gives you access to Items Promotions and Documents associated with this Event If a Promotion has not been created Items will not display If Promotions already exist the link after Number of Promotions will indicate how many Promotions are attached to the Event at this time By clicking Add Promotion you can increase that number Clicking on the numbered link will display the list of Promotions that exist for that Event Click Add Promotion The Create Promotion screen appears 10 22 Oracle
467. ou can view the exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell Cell highlights Both base and comparison value are highlighted in the same color Note that the border of some table cells will be highlighted to indicate the severity of the exception Colors include Red high severity Orange medium severity 5 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data a Yellow low severity Figure 5 9 Cell Highlights jo o o m OA ORR Mode None a Comment Status N A x Resolution Code None 7 UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr PY mm 10729003 wows moms mwm di n a SalesFostease 223 00 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 a a a a 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 ship Forecast Base 4 321 00 4 512 00 6134 00 212 00 6 551 00 Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj 4 512 00 6 134 00 212 00 6 551 00 In Graph format the value that triggered the exception is highlighted by a vertical blue line in graph mode as shown below Exceptions 5 11 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 10 Exception Highlighted by a Vertical Blue Line in Graph Mode Context Pun sermueee Comment Status N A z Resolution Code None UOM Base Units Co
468. ou to generate a report displaying only those exceptions with the desired severity level Low Medium or High This is useful if you wish to create a report listing of all high severity exceptions For more information about severity levels see Exception Severity Levels a The Name Filter allows you to filter by exception criteria name You can type part of the name the full criteria name or any combination of characters that appear in the name Your report will contain all viable matches for the criteria name so it is best to be as specific as possible Entering the letter t will fetch all names that contain that letter The Name filter is not case sensitive a The Revision Status filter allows one or more revision statuses to be selected Statuses include Accepted Acknowledged New None Rejected and Superceded a Checking the Reason Code filter check box allows you to select for data that contains reason codes If there is no reason code that item will be excluded from the report a Checking the Comment filter check box allows you to select for data containing comments Data lacking a comment will be excluded from the report 7 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings The Source filter can pull data from specific modules as well as allowing you to select for the data origination source Options include choosing whether the data was loaded or entered manually in addition to selecting for Dema
469. ou to the beginning of the current display period data If the first column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the previous period data If there are no more previous periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back a page clicking this button brings you to the previous page of the display period data you are viewing Forward a page clicking this button brings you to the next page of the display period data you are viewing 2 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 5 Cont Navigation Arrows End If the last column in the current display period is not in the view clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data If the last column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the next period data If there are no more next periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Graph Icons G
470. ould exist in the database for the safety stock job request If the safety stock job is created at an aggregate context by selecting aggregate on None it applies to all at and below contexts For Single Value jobs the safety stock quantities are written into the supply policy overwriting any previous value For Time Series Type jobs create safety stock streams based on the edit rules of the safety stock stream selected in the Stream Set Ifthe policy is at leaf level the safety stock writes into the stream tables Based on the Revision History of the safety stock stream Ifthe Policy is at aggregate level the safety stock stream is a Non Measure stream and the exact matching disagg profile exists the safety stock writes into the stream tables Based on the Revision History of the safety stock stream Ifthe policy is at an aggregate level and the safety stock stream is a Local Measure stream the safety stock writes into the Aggregate table Ifthe safety stock stream is not a Local stream then the safety stock records cannot be created The job errors out If the job is beyond the End of Life EOL period the safety stock value is zero Nulls at the beginning end and in between the data are ignored for computation of Average and Standard Deviation For a Poisson distribution method the number of trials x should not be greater 40 and the computed safety stock quantity is rounded up Apply this method
471. ous extractors contained in Extracts Depending on your choice the output file configuration can be modified in such ways as file format column definitions etc 4 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 5 Exceptions This chapter contains the following topics Introduction a Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data a Managing Data Stream Exceptions a Creating and Viewing Exception Comments a Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Introduction Data stream exceptions are differences between two data streams or between two versions of the same data stream or a stream and a fixed value that exceed the threshold you set for a specific context locations partner product and period Data stream exceptions appear in the Exceptions Inbox tabs individual group partner or external as data streams are received and processed from your trading partners You can receive and process data streams during off peak hours or receive and process them as they arrive in real time In any case once the data stream is processed generated exceptions appear in the inbox based on the context you have selected Exceptions you have viewed are highlighted in yellow Along with viewing basic individual and group exception information described below the Inbox allows you to a View the data streams that triggered the exception s view the exception s status history and view the criteria that triggered the exception see
472. overlay To select more than one consecutive period highlight the first item that you want to include in the overlay and then hold down the Shift key to highlight any additional items To select more than one non consecutive period e g Qtr 1 and Qtr 3 highlight the first item that you want to include in the overlay and then hold down the Ctrl key to highlight any additional items 6 Click Save The overlay appears in the Period Overlays screen 9 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Creating a Rolling Period Overlay A rolling period overlay is not fixed in time but rolls forward with each new stream period and does not become obsolete once the time period passes For example starting from the current period you can aggregate eight periods into a single period overlay As the current period becomes the past period you still can apply the period overlay to aggregate eight periods into the future It rolls forward with time and continues to aggregate the eight future periods In the figure below a rolling period overlay is defined for six time periods P1 through P6 As P2 becomes the current period and P1 becomes the past period the overlay moves forward in time to meet the new week P7 Figure 9 5 Rolling Period Overlay 3 Current Peri a od N v w v ES v a v Gs Current P eriod Y N v w 0 gt v n v a Wi Past Period To create a rolling period overlay 1 Click
473. oviding causal forecasting like a rise in sales due to coupons a Providing order inventory or price forecasts order forecasting can be accomplished with Oracle Retail VCC Supply Planning Applying supply chain or business constraints to the statistically generated forecast such as production capacity limitations You begin by selecting an aggregate context or a leaf level context If an aggregate context is chosen and no Sum is specified forecasts for all valid leaf level combinations below the aggregates will automatically be generated This is a powerful feature for forecasting a large number of items since you will not need to explicitly select every possible combination Demand 11 1 Demand Policy Parameters You select the historical date range to serve as the input to the statistical forecast a future date range for the forecast series and the forecast method to be used The Demand module submits historical data from each of the selected contexts to the software forecasting engine called Geneva see Geneva Forecast Engine for details to generate a forecast For each historical data series the forecasting engine preprocesses the data using the specified method Next the engine optimizes the forecast model parameters for the selected model and computes the forecasted time series An expert system is available to create a best fit forecast based on your historical data When submitting multiple contexts the expert syste
474. ow each period compares to an average period For instance a popular dinner restaurant is typically busier on Friday and Saturday nights than on Monday and Tuesday nights If an average day has a lift factor of 1 0 the busy days Friday and Saturday in this example might have a lift factor of 1 5 while the slow days Monday and Tuesday have a lift factor of 0 7 This indicates that sales on Friday and Saturday are 1 5 times the average while sales on Monday and Tuesday are 0 7 times the average Lift factors are stored as a data stream and can be used on both daily and weekly databases On weekly databases the data stream is edited directly On daily databases there is an additional interface to provide a convenient way to add edit and deploy manually entered lift patterns as well as a way to calculate day of week patterns based on historical data Calculated Lift Patterns Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly in order to access this feature 11 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Lift Factors Count Count all_periods all_periods day History The History selection calculates the lift pattern based on history For each day the value is the average for that day of week in the history period compared to all days of the week in the selected input period according to the following formula Figure 11 13 Formula to Calculate History X DataValues all
475. ox The list item will only appear if it matches the filter specification Fixed Period General A period overlay that shows data streams Overlay summed for a specific period Jan 4 2002 through Feb 5 2002 for example Forecast Report Report that shows whether forecast accuracy has Accuracy or has not improved over time at both leaf and Report aggregate levels Forecast Report Report that tracks forecast accuracy trends Accuracy Summary By Product Type Report Forecast Error Report Report that shows whether forecast error has or Report has not improved over time at both leaf and aggregate levels forecast method Demand The model used to generate a statistical forecast Frozen Periods General A period in the future in which data entry or editing is disallowed Companies utilize a frozen period to prevent changes to a forecast in periods where changes would have no effect on delivery or execution of the plan For example if transportation time of a shipment is a week the first future week of the forecast should be frozen because goods covered by the forecast within that period may have already shipped Gamma Demand The seasonal parameter in Holt Winters Glossary A 3 English Term Function Module Definition Generational General A offset that allows users to compare a current Offset Data Stream with a previously saved generation of the same Data Stream Geneva Demand A comprehensive library of more than 500 F
476. p is directly between you and the third party Oracle is not responsible for a the quality of third party products or services or b fulfilling any of the terms of the agreement with the third party including delivery of products or services and warranty obligations related to purchased products or services Oracle is not responsible for any loss or damage of any sort that you may incur from dealing with any third party Contents M aeeeeee ee e e eDeD DpeAeATAAMTYTERTRERraa arararaER E SRTRPIsTsRsTE dee XV Audience een PO r DD DD DD n ng O OR a Oe XV Related BaT a aen ai E x6 a pl ecco sek Sects niyen h vo n WAD WERNE celek pede Pass cation be k ne ree SRS neve nan nee snob ude pve Kek ek bave n Xvi Customer Support tes ea e wees kek n ores TR ER En sodas a a KAN Leb ka te debe eee agitated eek sh Xvi Part Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration 1 About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Oracle Retail VCC Helpante i yeka HEZA NE d PAR l050 5k ky RAH dein kepek n HEREKE n Maz dan ln 1 1 2 Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks Browser Compatibility A kiya e me Kale d H gases Rls b i Rebb be nk ze lez di 2 1 j M a kud aa ESTE oj port E DD a N KK DD rrr 2 1 Logging In to Oracle Retail VCC 00 0 cece ce k 0i ne e De e dek Wc H ye i 2 1 Logging Out of Oracle Retail VC kre ere ee kereker ereke kerkere ee Ker AK KAK AK KAK HR 2
477. p supply plans that meet target service levels To configure appropriate roles and User rights to the appropriate level of users To manage read write access through different levels of security To create purge requests To provide the Scheduler user interface that allows user to instruct the Scheduler Server to execute any predefined tasks Anyone with an interest in developing a deeper understanding of the underlying processes and architecture supporting Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration VCC functionality will find valuable information in this guide There are three audiences in general for whom this guide is written Business analysts looking for information about processes and interfaces to validate the support for business scenarios within VCC and other systems across the enterprise System analysts and system operations personnel Who are looking for information about VCC s processes internally or in relation to the systems across the enterprise XV Who operate on VCC regularly a Integrators and implementation staff with overall responsibility for implementing VCC Related Documents For more information see the following documents a Oracle VCC Release Notes and Online Help a Oracle VCC Installation Guide a Oracle VCC Operations Guide Customer Support u https metalink oracle com When contacting Customer Support please provide Product version and program module name a Functional and technical description
478. panies can edit in this Data Stream Click Buyer if valid users from only the buyer trading partner companies can edit in this Data Stream Click Seller if valid users from only the seller trading partner companies can edit in this Data Stream When either Buyer or Seller is selected the substreams display an option to establish Year Ago substream designations for the subtypes Under that condition a check box for Year Ago appears next to each substream If you select the option you can view a data stream containing Year Ago data for the subtype In the Streams View Edit When section choose the appropriate radio button option Click Never Editable if editing in the Data View is not to be allowed under any circumstance for any user Click Editable in Future if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in future time periods by valid users Click Editable in Pas t if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in past time periods by valid users Click Always Editable if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in both past and future time periods by valid users The Assigned to field lists the trading partner companies who are assigned this stream Check the Real Time Export box for each data stream that after changes are made in the Data View Edit screen will automatically export the changes to a file after you press the Save button The Real Time Export file will be located on the machine where the Server is insta
479. pany View or a User View Saved views include your selection of context stream type codes and quantity yours or your partner s The Save Company View option is only available to admin and superadmin though views saved by these roles will be visible to the whole company Saving a User View will display that saved view only to the user who saved it User Views can only be deleted by the users who created them Company views can be deleted by admin or superadmin roles For more information on how to navigate and utilize data cubes consult DataBeacon s User Guide 12 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 13 Supply This chapter consists of the following a Introduction Creating a Supply Policy a Using Interactive Supply Using Supply Batch a Using the Safety Stock Feature Note The Supply module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu item will only appear if you have obtained a Supply license Introduction The Supply module allows customers and buyers to develop supply plans that meet target service levels The resupply function compares current inventory to planned consumption and expected receipts to determine supply needs Ordering rules from the Supply policies are applied to generate a set of forecast orders to fulfill this need The data for starting inventory planned consumption and expected receipts is read directly from the corresponding
480. phanumeric characters that will help you customize and identify the Items you create The Sequence Begin Number allows you to enter up to 5 numeric characters that determine with which number the Item ID sequence will begin For instance if you create 3 Items and have entered 2000 as the Sequence Begin Number your Items will be numbered 2000 2001 and 2002 Each consecutive number will be incremented by 1 Note If you have opted to manually assign Promotion Item IDs by unchecking the System Generated check box you will be required to assign unique alphanumeric Item IDs to each Item prior to clicking the Create button on the Promotion Item List screen 8 Click Review Selections The screen which allows you to review Collaboration Item selections appears Figure 10 28 Review Collaboration Item Selections se Overview Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product Dave Wilson All Products ante Back vanen Event Name JKEvent Partner Company Speedy Rx Displaying 1 3 of 3 Local Location Partner Location Product Begin Date End Date r Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 10 01 03 12 12 03 r Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts 10 01 03 12 12 03 r Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack 10 01 03 12 12 03 Ee 9 Configure the Begin and End Dates if needed and remove any unwanted Items in th
481. pi 04 15 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Aviva 9 Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active T TH Group1 04 14 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 actus Q Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 atve E Groupi 04 10 02 cashews Pisquatuck Boston 1 00 31 Active 9 Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E Groupl 04 13 02 Cashews Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 Active Z Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 ative E 9 genen 04 12 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 2 _ 9 ji i Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E i Groupi 04 13 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active 7 9 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active gopi 04 14 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active 9 Group1 04 10 02 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Aawe TH 9 x a View Exceptions When the colored dot is clicked below the View icon displays the individual exceptions that triggered caused the group exception Criteria Name displays the name of the causal group exception criteria Period displays the time period of the data stream exception a Product displays a description of the product Local displays the local location for the exception Partner displays the partner location for the exception u Created displays the date the exception was created u View Criteria click on the colored dot to view the
482. ple whether minimum days of supply or service level should be used Enter the Rounding Rules i e round up round down Enter the Transportation Strategy Description a textual description of suggested transportation strategy e g preferred carrier customer pickup etc Click Save to create the Supply Policy Using Interactive Supply Interactive Supply allows you to create edit and view supply plans interactively The Supply Interactive screen shows the results of the resupply calculations and allows you to edit a temporary policy that supersedes the permanent supply policy values Temporary policies are not saved as changes to the permanent profile unless you click the Save Policy or Save All buttons they are transient values for the current interactive session only The temporary policy is initially populated with values from the permanent supply policy Note If you do not have access to all the streams in the stream set associated with the Supply policy or if you have read only access to one or more of the input streams you are not allowed access to the interactive functionality When you are using Supply Interactive the Context Chooser Display Mode screen displays the permanent supply policy values at the start of your interactive session which can be changed Figure 13 4 Permanent Supply Policy Values Context Parameters 1 a kad 5 Order Proc Lead Time Periods 1 Min Order Qty
483. ppears Figure 13 7 Supply Batch Create Screen REV oee Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Time Aggregate On Save Cancel Start Date 10 29 03 J End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Monthly z Day of every month s The First Sunday M of every month s Start Any Time Start At HH mm I Local I Partner I Product Set the Repeat Frequency or how often the batch job is to repeat by selecting from the Recurrence drop down You can select either one time or repeating calculations If your context has folder level items you will see check boxes for Local Partner or Product in the Aggregate On area If there are no folder level items None will be displayed If None is displayed Oracle Retail VCC will group into a batch all policies but not below that context dimension If you do not check any of the boxes Oracle Retail VCC will group into a batch all policies at and below the context Click Save All other required parameters are read from the permanent supply policy The job is executed by the Scheduler A completed batch job creates an entry in Monitor Jobs with details about what the job contained and the completion status 13 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Using the Safety Stock Feature The Safety Stock feature provides an estimate of the inventory required to support a specified service level For details about saf
484. pping receiving Supply blocked dates 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Supply tab Figure 18 6 Company Module Config Supply Screen Company Mod fige Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Configured Stream Sets We EE wt 2 Click Shipping Calendar if you are a seller and wish to set blocked dates or Receiving Calendar if you are a buyer and wish to set blocked dates If allowed you can set blocked dates for your partner In this case if you are a seller you can select Receiving Calendar if you are a buyer you can select Shipping Calendar Even if you cannot set blocked dates for your partner you may view them by clicking the appropriate link Figure 18 7 Company Module Config Supply Shipping Calendar Screen Company Module Confige N KET ETTI eer Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Shipping Location All Locations Display Period Start Date 10 20 03 End Date 12 01 03 set EHS All Locations USA Nabisco at Denver 3 Ifyou are a buyer for a shipping calendar select a parameter from the partner hierarchy for a receiving calendar select a location from the location hierarchy If you are a seller do the reverse 4 From the Display Period select boxes select the start and end dates to be displayed This is for display purposes only You can change the display setting at any time The shipping receiving calendar appea
485. ption Inbox E Mail Alerts The number format date format time format time zone and decimal places specified in the Company General Config E mail tab will be applied to the Exception E mail Alert Default E mail format visible columns and multi column sort order rules specified in the Company Module Config Exceptions tab will be applied to Exception E mail Alerts In addition to the individual and group exceptions that are displayed in the E Mail alert there are links Both Plain text and HTML formats provide access to the following screens Inbox Opens the Exception Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions a View Exception Opens the Exception Detail screen Group Inbox Opens the Group Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions These links will return you to different Oracle Retail VCC exception views You will need to log into the application to view the details for each link if you are not already logged in Sample HTML E Mail Alert Figure 6 17 Sample HTML E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions miana Severity Go To Go To Product Local Partner Variance Source Compared Percent Created Status UOM Typel Type2 s i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox Panteri k Nabisco a Spady Rx 20 0 62 0 42 0 47 62 esheets Active vase Units POS Units POS Eecapian RAIE SE EANAN AERAR AN abate nits Forecast Seas Forecast Seas n i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Hi
486. ption would be low If the deviation is between 120 and 150 the exception would be medium If the deviation is greater than 150 the exception would be high The same is true for percent deviation exceptions except calculations are done as a percent of the data stream value For example you set the exception percent at 20 the medium threshold at 30 and the high threshold at 50 If the result is between 19 there would be no exception If the result is between 20 and 30 or 20 and 30 the exception would be low If the result is greater than 30 and 49 or 30 and 49 the exception would be medium If the result is greater than 50 or less than 50 the exception would be high Exception Criteria 6 21 Viewing Exception Criteria Viewing Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view the exception criteria you have created you must set a context and then view exception criteria for that context You then can elect to display all exception criteria at and above the context you selected or at and below the context you selected To view the exception criteria that have been created for a context 1 Set your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria 3 Click Context Chooser Display Mode and from the drop down list select Show criteria at and above this context to display all exception criteria created at and above the selected context or selec
487. purged based on sales activity Report Leaf General A specific data object in the dimension of product partner location or period hierarchy Unlike categories folders leaves cannot have child objects Lift Promotion The impact of a promotion expressed as the positive deviation from the base forecast lift factor Demand Factor that indicates how each period compares to an average period Load General A transportation unit of capacity Local General Local location of your organization business which can include specific stores warehouses distribution centers factories etc or logical regions tiers or other location categories that contain many specific locations Local Current General Comparison of your current data with your Local Previous A 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide previous data English Term Function Module Definition Local Current Partner Current Local Part Number LPN location Manager Master Data Mean Absolute Deviation MAD Mean Absolute Percent Error MAPE Measurement Stream median minimum order quantity Modules Movement Stream Moving Period Decay No Sell Report order processing time Partner Partner Current Partner Previous Performance Report General General General Role and Users General Demand Demand General Demand Supply General General Demand Report Supply Ge
488. py Number Of Numb ID Name Description Csteqory Company Date Date Actual Esse Promo Order DSD Forward Totals Promotions Of Sales Sales Sales Forecast Order Bu Items Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast 40 MIG VCC_E Event Testing Holiday SYNCRA 05 11 0216 12 0235 34 43 2 17 23 D 22 511 41 MIG VCC_U Event Testing Holiday SYNCRA 05 05 03 05 11 03 32 41 52 14 55 3 245 23 112 v lt gt Done RO Local intranet R 100 a Examine drilldown dot provides a more detailed view of the selected Event a Event ID the ID assigned to the Event 10 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Events Event Name name of the Event Event Description optional description entered for the Event Event Category category the Event belongs to Category indicates the reason for planning the Event i e Holiday Price Change Retailer Promotion etc Creator Company company that created the Event Begin Date date the Event will begin End Date date the Event will end Copy duplicate this Event Number Of Promotions number of Promotions contained in this Event Number Of Items total number of Items contained in the Event Promotions View Edit Comment clicking the drilldown dot enables you to view and edit comments Grey dots indicate there is not yet a comment created for the Event Delete allows you to delete Events by checking the check box and then clicking the Process Selected Items button Printer Friendl
489. r a manager T ad aes ie a server_admin superuser Ha Dave Wilson Friar Tuck E integratoruser Lisa Hill E loader Molly Fitz Rich Green Rishi Krotha H Sheri Wood Chris Stone 5 Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary In the User Name field enter the user name In the Password field enter the password and enter the password again to confirm in the Confirm Password field Click Create The Edit Roles Users screen appears Once you create the user you are directed to the Edit Hierarchy Access screen where you must assign access rights for the user If you do not assign access rights the user is not able to view any data Copying a User You can create a new user based on an existing users profile and access rights by copying the existing user Copying a user copies the following attributes Role Hierarchy Access Stream Access Preferences Groups Overlays It does not copy the display modes of the user To create a new user by copying an existing user 1 2 Click Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Highlight the user you want to copy and right click on the user 23 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Figure 23 6 Oracle Retail VCC Menu Copy User User Friar Tuck Role super_admin Company St
490. r Date Time Formats and Time Zone Columns are not sortable or allowed to be hidden for the Group Exceptions displayed in e mail alerts Managing Company Module Configuration 18 9 Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Links contained in the HTML and plain text e mail will return you to VCC s Exception Inbox screen and Exception Detail views The Group Inbox links will take you to the Group Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions Figure 18 12 Sample HTML E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions Criteria Nama Severity Go To Go To Product Local Partner Variance Source Compared Percent Created Status UOM Typel Type2 i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox 58 Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx 20 0 62 0 42 0 47 62 01 09 08 Aqtive BSE Units POS Units POS Exception Holiday Pack Pisquatuck at Boston 12 01 20 Units Eorecast Seas Forecast Seas n i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 High Inbox Det Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx 25 52 9 22 0 136 96 01 09 08 Aqive BaSe Units POS Units POS Exception Cashews Pisquatuck at Boston 12 01 20 Units Forecast Seas Forecast Seas i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox Wle Planters Nabisco at Speedy Rx 200 72 0 52 0 as 46 01 09 03 Active BaSe Units POS Units POS Exception Mixed Nuts Pisquatuck at Boston 12 01 20 Units Forecast Seas Forecast Seas Group Exceptions GoTo Criteria Name Period Produ
491. r but not the folder itself Extracts 4 3 Introduction 6 Ifyou do not enter a Filename your file will be given a default filename For example lt username gt _ lt xxxx gt dat where lt username gt would be for example Dave_Wilson and lt xxxx gt would be depending on the Extraction type as follows Period per a Product prod a Location loc a Partner part a Collaboration Product clp So if you were retrieving a period hierarchy the default filename would be dave_ wilson_per dat and the file would be contained in a zip file named dave_wilson_ per zip You can enter a name for the file in the Filename field e g Myfile and the file would be Myfile dat and the zip file would be Myfile zip Note In case of non ASCII characters in the username the default filename is converted to a temporary filename that contains a time stamp in the format temp1023806054789 dat The zip file temporary filename with time stamp format is temp1023806054789 zip 7 Enter a Time and or an End Date Start Date will default to today s date and is the only required date field 8 Configure the Repeat Frequency options which allow repetitive processing of the same job The default is Once but the job can also be scheduled to run daily weekly monthly or always For more information on Repeat Frequency see About Repeat Frequency 9 If you selected Period Hierarchies from the
492. r version 6 1 7 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Comment Filter M Creation Date Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Data Change The Comment report aggregates and displays all data stream comments In addition to the common report settings this report contains a Creation Date Filter and Stream settings To create a Comment report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency and Layout sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 If you wish to Filter your report data by Creation Date check the Creation Date check box and enter a fixed date rolling period or a combination of the two for Start and End 5 Select up to ten Stream Type s and Subtype s Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists 6 Click Save The created report appears in the Reports List screen Figure 7 9 Streams Selection Sections Fixed Rolling Start End Type Subtype Creator None z wa was None al N A Ly N A v None z nza X N A z non d waz vaz None E na X N A None d wa was None z N A v N A x Note Ata folder level context Partner comments cannot be reported To create a Data Change report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Con
493. r vi Name r Nabisco superuser r Nabisco superuser H Nabisco superuser B Nabisco superuser 15 38 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creation Date Status 10 14 02 09 40 09 10 14 02 09 40 29 10 14 02 09 40 00 10 14 02 09 40 20 Submitted Submitted Submitted Submitted Displaying 1 4 of 4 Purge Begin Date 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 04 02 Purge End Date N A N A 10 14 02 10 01 02 Purge Begin Offset N A N A N A N A Purge End Is Period 12 N A N A Offset Purge Stream Type Actual Sales Actual Sales Sales Forecast Sales Forecast Leaf Aggregate Leaf Aggregate 4 To reject a purge request check the check box next to the request you want to reject and click Reject 16 Managing Company General Information and Preferences This chapter includes the following topics About Your Company General Information Managing Company General Preferences Managing Groups for a Company Managing Links for a Company The Period Overlays Tab Using the Real Time Extract Tab Using the Stream Types Tab Configuring E mail Alerts About Your Company General Information Once a superuser or serveradmin creates your company in Oracle Retail VCC you can begin creating the framework for it When your company information changes you must make the changes using the administrator tasks The company information you must define for your company includes
494. r Creating Product Folders Managing Product Hierarchies A product hierarchy contains product master data which includes Name the name of the product u Global Item Number and GIN Type the global item number you assign to the product and the type it is GTIN UPC buyer assigned or seller assigned Local Item Number and LIN Type the local item number of the product and type it is GTIN UPC buy assigned or seller assigned a Unit of measure unit of measure used by the product a Weight product unit weight a Volume volume of the product u Stat Factor UOM Consolidates many different units of measure UOM into a common single unit of measure Must be 0 if a common unit of measure factor is not provided This unit of measure conversion factor is usually used to reduce a larger number to a smaller one for example to reduce cases to individual units each If a case has 12 units the UOM conversion factor would be 12 and the forecast number is multiplied by 12 Units per Load allows you to enter a rough cut transportation capacity estimate for this product This is the number of units expected to be shipped per load for this product When the Loads UOM is applied to a data stream each of its values is divided by the maximum load to determine which portion of the load each value represents a URL the URL to any link For example it can be a URL to a product image or product information Guidelines for Cr
495. r Level Configuration and Management 15 29 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Purging Collaboration Item Comments Collaboration Item Comments refers to the data contained in context level collaboration item comments The comments that appear on the purge comments data screen are those comments that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests To initiate the purge procedure for purging collaboration item comments 1 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears 2 Click the Collaboration Item Comments Purge check box Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 3 Click the Purge button to purge comments Checking the Purge Progress The Database Administrator can verify the progress of both Master Data and Transaction purges by querying purge_step table The purge_step will have the last step number that was successfully completed Purge stops if it cannot successfully execute a command Errors are logged to purge_ data log file in SYNCRA_HOME server and are also be logged in appropriate purge_log table After correcting the problem you can restart purge by executing appropriate the restart command from sqlplus When the restart is performed purge starts from last unsuccessful command executed On succes
496. r context Click Supply Policy Create and the following screen appears Figure 13 3 Supply Policy Create Screen Context Local Dave wilson All Locations Partner Product Dave Wilson All Products Product ZIRE TES JE M yD YY RES create Aggregate On None Stream Set Name test Apply Frozen Period No Safety Stock Type Fixa a Safety Stock bpo Max Inventory 150 Min Inventory Override 100 Inventory Period Previous Unavailable Stock gt ti Order Processing Time Periods ik Transit Lead Time Periods i Lead Time Average Periods kik Lead Time Variability Periods fo Receiving Lead Time Periods gt Min Order Quantity R TT Order Increment Qty i Service Level foo End of Life Date No gt Telescoping Overlay None Planning Horizon Periods jc Order Interval Days rm Safety Stock Rules Rounding Rules Transportation Strategy Description For each context dimension that is at folder level an Aggregate On check box appears Select the dimension s you want to aggregate on by clicking on the check boxes Select your stream set from the Stream Set Name drop down list The stream selections referred to are stream sets created in Company Module Config Supply see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details Select Yes from the Apply Frozen Period drop down list if you want to take the Total Lead Time su
497. r ereke keke ere ke kerek KAKA KK KAKA 24 1 Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC JODS L rrr ereke reee ekere eee kerek rere ereke Kek kKK A 24 1 Monitoring Usage Statistics i gt y xiyal MIRA ki A i a dk ek ante ne a eee t k 24 4 Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification E rere re reke ker keke kek ek kk k keke 24 5 Monitoring Current Connections sreski a Hew n ap n h ke na hirl xe lak He kiye kk Eas E 24 6 Monitoring Server LOcK lt A xis An nk RE e A el NE GA 95 kl Nen 24 7 Managing the Scheduler Abo tith e Schedill k sirane bibiye ereni tetas ek DLE Na deki Heka de s ke Eek dhe a sees K ee a qed evine re L RK 25 1 Working with the Scheduler Interface LL rrr erer ereke kereker ke kerek Keke ke Kek 25 2 Working with Scheduler Events L erer rere eee kerek ekere eee ekere kre kereker HK 25 3 Adding an Event s ii 0242322000 SEWA bere b E ova HERR elle b r le in al k k beke ea ke P k On aat 25 3 Deleting events x x iya d ea ith A Na Se A We A a ey wa A ER O Bailes 25 5 Working with Tasks asmenea ee banke Va den cates kab K c hel s HEKE b khe GR ye SE ei aanas Epaia be N Ke uw K ADEE 25 5 Adding Task yay nan AN KEN RYA REY N Mae star caves od va E ew n AGA K r Ge ee e E VEK A diva 25 9 Editing a Tas oc Xona End e RE ye ten e eke a ea eye A nk ERN 25 10 Deleting a Tash Gc 0S0 ni N 2 Gulk QE da
498. r number of possible parameter values must be considered Viewing Demand Policies The Demand Policy List screen shows all Demand policies at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns The following default columns are displayed Figure 11 1 Demand Policy List Screen Context Fuse femme Xx oy Product Planters Holiday Pack Displaying 1 1 of 1 Local Partner Method End Lift Created Last Process On Last Last Period of Factor By Updated Demand Plan Plan Overlay Life By Nabisco at Speedy Rx Expert Dave 10 14 02 Pisquatuck at Boston System mes Wilson 16 59 07 r None Delete deletes the policy when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Demand 11 5 Creating a Demand Policy a Edit View displays an editable view of the policy when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked a Product displays the product name u Local displays the local name a Partner displays the partner name Method displays the selected method u End of Life displays the date if end of life feature is used or n a a Lift Factor displays Yes if a lift factor is used Created By displays the user name of the creator of the policy Last Updated
499. r of the partner and local values using the average of the partner and local values Changing the status of the exception The options include None Auto Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Exception Criteria 6 11 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Auto Escalated Sending an e mail message a Selecting an E mail Language Displaying a message in the Exceptions Inbox Automated resolution includes one set of initial actions and two time out action specifications for In Process and Resolution actions One identifies a potentially different set of actions to be taken if the exception was not marked In Process or Auto In Process in a prescribed amount of time The other triggers another selection of actions if the exception were not resolved before the time out expired If an exception is superseded before the time out expires the original exception s creation date time will be used as the basis for evaluating the exception action rule if the severity is the same or higher on the exception that superseded the original After you click the Advanced button at the bottom of the Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen you can set the automated exception resolution options Figure 6 6 Automated Exception Resolution Options Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Action Specification Type 1 Partner Current Actual Sal
500. racle Retail VCC features and are applied for every user of your company Allow Partner Company to Edit Calendar Affects the Shipping Receiving Calendars in the Supply module Select Yes to allow your partner company to edit your shipping or receiving calendar or No to disallow it Note that either you or your partner may edit the calendar but not both If you give your partner permission to edit your calendar you are not able to make changes but you can still view Freeze Future Periods Affects actions in Data View Edit In the Freeze Future Periods field enter the number of periods from the current period in which you want to disallow data entry or editing Enter 0 if you do not want to freeze future periods When you make a change to this field it does not take effect until the next logon In the Auto Create Collaborations field select Yes if you want collaboration items created by your partner to appear in your collaboration hierarchy If you select No any Collaboration Items created by your partner will not appear in your hierarchy You must contact the partner manually to determine if new Collaboration Items were created This feature applies to trading partners located on the same server machine only Display period for Balance Streams Applies when Balance streams are viewed in a period overlay in Data View Edit In the Display period forBalance Streams field select First to view the value contained in the first per
501. raph Mode also contains the following icons Table 2 6 Graph Icons Rescale Rescale visible Zoom In Disable All Enable ll f Configure La wy Rescale adjusts the vertical scale of the graph to distribute lines as appropriate to the data you are viewing Rescale Visible zooms in to display a more detailed view of the data currently displayed Zoom toggles between Zoom In and Zoom Out mode Disable All hides all points in the stream on the graph Enable All shows all points in the stream on the graph Configure lets you pick the substreams you want to show in the graph in the Graph Key This is especially useful when you have more substreams than keys in the graph View Data Above Arrow appears when there is data available above current view Clicking this arrow will adjust graph view to include data that was previously out of the picture View Data Below Arrow appears when there is data available below current view Clicking this arrow will adjust graph view to include data that was previously out of the picture View Tabs Toggles between Graph and Table Mode The default Oracle Retail VCC graph display is scaled to the highest point in the entire data series whether or not that point is currently in the user s view In the case of very large promotions or when mixed time buckets daily weekly monthly are displayed in the same time series the default view shows data for buckets w
502. ratforth Shovel Co EH all cae reviewer EHS planner an supervisor Y manager Ca admin E super_admin 5 server_admin 2 superuser Ha Dave Wilson j F ia ee Cut E inte re Examine User Access Control Rich Green Rishi Krotha Sheri Wood HE Chris Stone 3 Select Copy User from the pop up menu The Copy User screen appears Figure 23 7 Copy User Screen Copy User Role super_admin User Name Password Confirm Password Copy From Friar Tuck ese 4 Inthe User Name and Password fields enter the user name and password for the new user Confirm the password by entering it again in the Confirm Password field 5 Click Create Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Oracle Retail VCC allows you to grant a user access to any category or leaf level item in a location hierarchy partner hierarchy or product hierarchy You cannot however grant a user access to the company root folder for any hierarchy If you want to do this when creating the company you must create a dummy root folder and then create the real root folder All Products for example below it so you can grant users access to the real root folder For example if you want to set or change a users access rights to a subset of partner companies you can do so I
503. ration offset of 2 End Date for 2 time periods previous 10 13 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 13 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Third Revision with a quantity of 10 6 For a generation offset of 3 End Date for 3 time periods previous 10 12 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 12 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Second Revision with a quantity of 12 8 6 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Since there were no revisions dated 10 12 2003 a generation offset of 3 picks up the second revision dated 10 11 2003 11 00 00 AM For a generation offset of 4 End Date for 4 time periods previous 10 11 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 11 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Second Revision with a quantity of 12 8 For a generation offset of 6 End date for 6 time periods previous 10 09 2003 11 59 59 PM Since the First revision of the data stream is on 10 10 2003 11 00 00 there were no revisions for this offset Therefore this offset will result in a NULL quantity In this example any generation offset greater than or equal to 6 will yield a NULL quantity a Product name of product a Local the local location for the exception a Partner the partner location for the exception a Active Exceptions displays a count of the Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Auto In Process and Supersedes exceptions related to the criterion Click
504. reated a Stream Set For details see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company 2 Set your context 3 Click Supply Safety Stock Calc Create and the following screen appears Figure 13 9 Supply Safety Stock Calc Create Screen Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner t Product Planters erea a So LOWY Aggregate On T product Type single Value Time Series Method Normal X Basis Actual Consumption zj History Range Number of periods Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 10 20 03 C Time any Time IT End Date ai mm dd yy HH mm mm dd yy Recurrence Once 4 If your context has folder level items set the Aggregate On check box for Local Partner or Product If None is displayed it is because your context has no folder level items and Oracle Retail VCC will group into a batch all policies at and below the context Aggregating on a context dimension groups into a batch all policies at but not below that context dimension 5 Set the safety stock calculation value Type from the following radio buttons Single Value calculates a single safety stock value for all future periods Stored as a single value in the policy Time Series calculates safety stock as a time series for a defined range of future periods Stored in a stream 13 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Select the safety stock calculation Me
505. reating Individual Exception Criteria Individual Exception Criteria List Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer However planners and reviewers cannot delete exception criteria or process exception criteria On Demand Click Exceptions Criteria Individual List and the following screen appears in the Display pane Figure 6 1 Individual Exception Criteria List Context Po ee Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters X 2 Individual Group List Create Displaying 1 1 of Name Copy Typet Type2 Period Absolute Percent Sum Comparison Offset Local Partner Product UOM Status Pro X Criterion Threshold Threshold Local Current Shipment Local to Sales Forecast 1 00 Current To Nabisco at Speedy Base g Forecast Ship 1 5 Rx at Planters gt Valid Partner Change Partner Pisquatuck Units SalesFestBase Forecast Boston Current Current Base This displays the current individual exception criteria for a given context Information about each exception criteria are shown in the following columns Note You can arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences 6 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria View Criteria Details displays a read only view of the Exceptions Cri
506. reen highlighted Stop Editing button appears 5 Click All Locations All Partners or All Products to assign access to the desired category or folders Any access rights that the user currently has are highlighted in purple 6 Click a location partner or product to highlight it and grant access or click a highlighted location partner or product to unassign access For example to assign the user access rights to the Northeast location and all companies in the Northeast category highlight Northeast 7 Click Apply Changes to commit the changes you have selected Click Revert to return to the user s current access rights Click Preview User Tree to see the user s access rights 8 Click Stop Editing 9 Click Done Access Control Assigning Users Data Stream Access Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin If you do not assign a user to any data streams the user will have very limited access to VCC features To assign a user access to selected data streams for a company 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the VCC menu Managing Roles and Users 23 9 Assigning Modules to the Users 2 Highlight the user to whom you want to grant access rights and right click Select Edit Stream Access Figure 23 11 Oracle Retail VCC Menu Edit Stream Access Option User Linda Williams Role reviewer Company Speedy Rx Za all ERS reviewer Gi planner H Linda Williar Cut Examine User
507. riod actual inventory last period consumption this period receipts this period If actual inventory is null for the prior period then calculated inventory for this period calculated inventory for the prior period consumption for this period receipts for this period If calculated inventory for the prior period is null treat as zero N A Actual Inventory Any one balance stream Nulls treated as nulls Consumption Any one movement stream Nulls treated as zeros Receipts Any one movement stream Nulls treated as zeros Any one balance stream Yes N A Yes Input values are the sum of the leaves If inventory null treat as zero If consumption null or zero result zero Note It is possible that the calculated inventory may not match the actual inventory Metrics 8 15 Metric Types Rolling Error Simple Math This metric calculates forecast error over a user defined rolling horizon using the MAD Mean Absolute Deviation or PMAD Percent MAD method Table 8 13 Rolling Error Item Details Error Formula n F 4 where R result F Forecast at period x Ax Actual at period x Error Formula where A Average of Datastream A Accuracy Formula Result 100 Error Input Streams Any two streams Output Stream Any measure stream Generational Offset of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to integers
508. riod overlay items were found within the range specified Current Date may not correspond to any period in the system or no periods are defined in the system for the Range specified Metric Types The Metrics module allows for the calculation of fourteen fixed business metrics Some of the metrics are available at leaf level and folder level contexts and some only at folder level as shown below In addition some metrics can be calculated according to Metric Output period overlays The output of a metric calculation is written to the chosen output stream which is editable by the company creating the metric The output will be either at leaf level or at the aggregate level based on the sum on option chosen at the time of metric creation as well as the Period option If any of the four dimensions Creator Location Partner Location Product Period are at a folder level the output will be written at an aggregate level for Measure Stream output only 8 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types If a fixed period overlay which has folder period items is used then the output will be written at folder periods This applies to all but Balance streams Period Overlays with Period Offsets When Period Overlays have Period Offsets the offset refers to the overlay periods not the base periods For instance if you set up a monthly overlay and specify an offset of 1 then the comparison is this mon
509. rlays see Creating and Editing Period Overlays 3 8 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Accumulation Rules About Accumulation Rules Associated with each data stream is an Accumulation Rule which is a fixed attribute of the data stream that indicates how it behaves when aggregated There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a data stream movement balance and measure A Movement stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local and across time dimensions period overlays When viewed in an aggregate context data is totaled across each dimension chosen at folder level When viewed in an aggregate period period overlay data is totaled across the period defined Any kind of exception criteria can be created for a Movement stream A Balance stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local but not across time dimensions View data across context dimensions by establishing aggregate streams see Managing Company Aggregates for combinations of context leaf and folder levels When a Balance stream is viewed in a period overlay the value displayed will be the value listed in either the first or the last period contained in the range of the periods specified in the period overlay For each company its administrator will specify whether to use the first or the last period See Creating and Editing Period Overlays A sum exc
510. rocess Metrics on demand 1 2 3 Select a context Select Metrics List The List screen appears Click the check boxes under the Process on Demand column to select the Metrics you wish to process 8 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Processing Metrics Po tist Process Selected Items Figure 8 5 List Screen x oH r r n Usage Search None nin n B User Name Dave Wilson superuser Dave Wilson Dave Wilson Dave Wilson superuser integratoruser integratoruser superuser superuser integratoruser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser Nabisco at Pisquatuck Nabisco at Pisquatuck Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Speedy Rx at Boston Speedy Rx at Boston Displaying 1 3 of 3 Product Metric Metric Processing Last Last Type Name Order Updated Updated By Dave 09 26 03 Planters Average Averagel 3 Wilson 15 55 00 Dave 09 26 03 Planters Average Average2 Wilson 15 58 53 Exception Dave s Dave 09 29 03 Planters Count Metric Wilson 10 39 15 Click Process Selected Items Process 9 n Demand D Last Last Status Su Copy Run Run By r Active Product E Active Product oO Active None a You may then view the Monitor screen if you wish to check the progress of your job In the Job Name column you will see an entry called Process Metrics On Demand
511. rocess the reports in order to send them Send Reports needs to be run using the Scheduler Check the Process on Demand check box on the Reports List screen and click the Process Selected Items button Next schedule the Run Report task to generate the reports in the Scheduler Click Send Reports to send the reports to the addresses entered for the report and Run and Send Report to generate and send the report through the Scheduler To schedule the Report Usage task 1 Select Scheduler Events 2 When the Scheduler Events screen appears click the Add Event button Figure 7 16 Scheduler Events Screen Could not login to scheduler 24 2 Events Add Event Displaying 1 1 of 1 S Name Task Name Company Name Execute Time Repeats all r Process Leaves Process Leaf Exceptions All Cornpanies 01 21 03 20 00 00 Every 1 Days 3 Inthe Scheduler Add Event screen enter a name for the event Reporis 7 17 Deleting a Report Figure 7 17 Add Event Screen Add Event Name Execute Time 10 16 03 12 05 25 1 7 Repeats Create Cancel 4 Select Run Reports Send Reports Run and Send Reports from the Task drop down list a Run Reports processes the reports and displays the HTML through the UI only a Send Reports distributes sends the reports to the destination selected e g e mail FTP and or extraction a Run and Send Reports processes and sends reports simultaneo
512. role for a company 23 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles For details on the functions each role can perform see lt CROSS REF gt a Superuser responsible for setting up all companies on the server with access to all administrative functions For more information see lt CROSS REF gt a Server Admin access to all administrative functions except creation of superusers or server administrators Super Admin has exclusive rights to the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler is associated with a specific company and has access to both company specific administrative tasks as well as client modules a Integrator User no access to the client and not associated with any company Role exists solely to load data for all companies Admin permits access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for their own company Manager In addition to all the privileges of the planner role a manager can create disaggregation profiles and access the Supply Calender a Supervisor In addition to all the privileges of the planner role a supervisor can create exception criteria and metrics a Planner permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has rea
513. roups Create Displaying 1 2 of 2 x wes Name Type S rn Rolling6 LLF Rolling D Tele_overlay Telescoping 2 Click the colored dot next to the overlay you want to view A fixed overlay is displayed showing its name and a period tree with its period highlighted You can rename the overlay or change the time period Click Save to save your edits Figure 9 13 Period Tree Name Fixed_overlay Save All Periods KOZ 2002 2004 E Fiscal 2002 oa Half 2002 Qtri 2002 fea 2002 HS Febw2 2002 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 05 02 02 05 02 02 06 02 02 06 02 02 07 02 02 07 02 HE 02 08 02 02 08 02 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 Sy Febw3 2002 E 02 11 02 02 11 02 S 02 12 02 02 12 02 02 13 02 02 13 02 E 02 14 02 02 14 02 02 15 02 02 15 02 02 16 02 02 16 02 02 17 02 02 17 02 a A rolling overlay is displayed showing the display bucket size number of consecutive buckets each bucket color and each bucket s column prefix as it appears in the Data View screen You can rename the overlay change the display bucket size change the number of consecutive display buckets change the display bucket color change the column prefix or add remove time buckets Click Save to save your edits 9 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 14 Preferences Layout Screen
514. rrors like FileNotFound or NoSuchFileOrDirectory it could mean the following 1 Either the user who is processing the Extract request does not have permission to the Directroy path where the system integrator is trying to save the extracted file 2 The Directory Path where the system is trying to save the extracted file does not exist Processes In Process and Resolution actions for all leaf exceptions Identifies leaf stream data revisions Identifies and re synchs the any folders marked dirty by hierarchy changes Obsoletes any exceptions triggered by items no longer included in folder marked dirty by hierarchy changes Identifies any exceptions resulting from the leaf stream revisions Tags any aggregates affected by the leaf stream revisions Identifies any group exceptions Processes Initial actions for all new Leaf exceptions triggered 25 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working with Tasks Table 25 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Purge Jobs Monitor Purge User Activity Recalculate Aggregates Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage Roll Criteria Run And Send Reports Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests Purges all Job Monitor items included in purge requests for the hub in the Purge Request screen at t
515. rs Process Aggregate Actions Process Exception Alerts amp Send Exception Alerts Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Extract Requests Process Leaf Actions Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monitor Recalculate Aggregates Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage and Send Usage Report Roll Exception Criteria Run and Send Reports Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Demand Batch Requests Run Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Reports 1 2 3 1 2 3 12 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 259 1 2 3 1 2 None None CSL None CSL None CSL CSL None CSL CSL CSL DSL CSL CSL CSL CSL DSL CSL DSL CSL DSL CSL Extract UOMs Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions Process Exception Alerts and Send Exception Alerts If recipient e mail address is supplied in Exception Criteria Create and sender e mail address is supplied in VCC Config Server Messaging also see Send Exception Alerts Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Extract Requests with no pending requests When pending requests are in Extract Module also see job entry for Process Extract Requests Extract Collaboration Items Extract Collaboration Products Extract Demand Policy Extract Disagg Factors Extract Disagg Profile Extract Events Extract Exception Criteria Extract Exceptions Extract Master Data Extract
516. rs for the date range you selected 18 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Figure 18 8 Company Module Config Supply Shipping Calendar Display Periods Screen Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Receiving Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Display Period Start Date fl o 20 03 j end Date 12 01 03 ij Set El Blocked Dates Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun 10 20 03 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 27 03 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 11 03 03 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 03 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 17 03 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 11 24 03 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 01 03 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 You now can click on any date to block it The date is highlighted in grey If the date selected is in the first row the date can act as a base marker for the Save options if you select Save First Row for All Displayed Periods You have three Save options for the selected date Save First Row for All Displayed Periods Save First Row for All Periods or Save Displayed Periods If you check the Save First Row for All Displayed Periods radio button and click Save all the displayed dates under the selected date are highlighted and marked as blocked If you select Save First Row for All Periods all periods in the entire database displayed or not are highlighted and marked as blocked If you select Save Displayed Periods only the periods highlighted are
517. rt data into Oracle Retail VCC you must configure VCC and create a basic framework for it that includes creating all companies creating hierarchy folders and leaf nodes that will contain your data creating time periods and users and other basic configuration information These functions are divided between the superuser super admin and the administrators superadmin and admin The superuser has the responsibility for the overall configuration of Oracle Retail VCC for all companies the administrators are responsible for company specific configuration To create a framework with Oracle Retail VCC follow the guidelines below The steps outlined are not hard and fast rules As you become familiar with the Administrator you might choose to perform some actions before or after others The guidelines are meant to help and give you a basic road map for getting started They follow the topics detailed in subsequent chapters Introduction to VCC Administration 14 5 Where To Begin Superuser Responsibilities On a new VCC installation the superuser is the only user in the System and it is her responsibility to set up VCC and provide the environment in which companies can collaborate As superuser your first duties are to 1 gt oN So Create all trading partner companies that will exist on the server You can create companies only through the Administrator Create tool Create users Company administrators can also create user
518. ruser serveradmin roles are not associated with any specific company The superadmin role however can create a product price profile only for her own company since a superadmin is always associated with a company Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab To create a product price profile 1 Click the Company PriceProfile in the VCC menu 2 Click the Create tab Creating Product Price Profiles 19 1 Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab Figure 19 1 Company PriceProfile Create Screen EW Location Nabisco at Denver Partner Wall Drugs at J ville Product Doggy Baq Treats Period 4 f usl Create ER All Periods EhB Fiscal 2002 2004 A Fiscal 2002 Half 2002 S atri 2002 EH Feb 2002 Eh Febw2 2002 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 05 02 02 05 02 02 06 02 02 06 02 02 07 02 02 07 02 Bl 02 08 02 02 08 02 92 09 02 02 09 02 3 Select each context level at which you wish to create price profiles 4 Click Edit 5 Enter the base price in the Base Price field Figure 19 2 Base Price Field Context Location Nabisco at Denver P r List Create Base Price 3 Ez 6 Click Set to set the base price or click Cancel to return to the List screen 19 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 20 Managing Company Aggregates This chapter contains
519. rver Level Configuration and Management 15 3 About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules 10 11 12 If you entered an Alternate ID Select an ID Type from the drop down Enter the Location Partner Product and Period Roots or keep the default roots All Locations Roots are the names assigned to the highest level in the company hierarchy for locations partners products and periods Keep in mind that you will not be able to assign user access to the company root folder for locations partners or products If you want to assign access to the highest level folder to a user or users you should create a dummy root folder below the default root folder to which you then can assign user access This will allow you for example to create aggregates at the root All level that users can view in the Client Click Create The company name now appears in the Companies list within the Company Chooser screen and you can configure its master data and other company related information To access the newly created company from the Company Chooser click Company Master Data from the VCC menu and then click on the triangle icon in the upper right corner of the screen The Company Chooser opens Double click on it to set it as the company on which you are working You can also a Click on a company name the name is displayed in the text field click Set a Begin typing a name in the company name field it is highlighted in the Companies l
520. s Creating Group Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer However planners and reviewers cannot create or delete group exception criteria The Group screen lets you create one significant exception instead of many independent exceptions in the situation where independent exceptions are meaningless unless all of their thresholds are exceeded This feature eliminates a vast number of unwanted exceptions For example you can create a group exception criteria for All Natural Potato Chips that triggers an exception when sales drop by 7 percent or by 600 cases and 5 percent The Group screen shown below comprises two subscreens List and Create The List screen shows the group exceptions for your selected context The Create allows you create group exception criteria To create group exception criteria 1 Select your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria Group Create from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and the following screen appears Figure 6 7 Creating Group Exception Criteria Context Display Mode Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner O Product Planters rossa Cume Cen Cu Fei Aa 2 ETTI lt J List Create Name E mail Trigger if matched on Context and Period E mail Language American English Effectivity Dates mm dd yy Start End Local Current to Partner Current AND O on G 1 REMOVE lt D
521. s 3 Store On hand 4 Store DC On hand 5 Store Receipts 6 Store Shipments 7 Store Returns 8 Store Waste 9 Shrink Units 10 POS Retail Sales 11 POS Retail Sales i 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales 14 Lost Sales 15 Open to Buy 16 Store Open Orders 17 Sales Forecast 18 POS Forecast 19 POS Forecast i 20 POS Forecast 21 POS Forecast 22 Store Receipt Fest 23 Store Rainchecks 24 Locations Stocked 25 Locations Promoted 26 Locations Planned Data Stream Type Codes J 1 Table J 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 27 DC Withdrawals 28 DC Inventory 29 DC Receipts 30 DC Receipt Fcst 31 DC Withdrawal Fcst 32 Expected Arrivals 33 Finished Goods Inv 34 Mfg Consumption 35 DC Shipments 36 Unloaded Quantity 37 Unavailable Stock 38 Quality Hold 39 Safety Stock Thresh 40 Raw Matl Inv Units 41 Mfg Consumption Fcst 42 Work in Process 43 Actual Shipments 44 Shipment Forecast 45 Scrap Quantity 46 Consignment Inv 47 RMA RTV Inventory 48 Supplier Inv Units 49 Available to Promise 50 Planned Orders 51 Customer Allocation 52 Capacity 53 Mfg Org Fest 54 Logistics Org Fest 55 Sales Org Fest 56 Finance Org Fest 57 Marketing Org Fest 58 Planning Org Fest 59 Working Forecast 60 Consumer Inv Units 61 Consumer Inv Days 62 Items Processed
522. s specified relative to the current date or current time period For instance if you created a four week rolling period overlay it displays figures that are the sum of the current week and three weeks into the future After the current week ends the rolling period advances and the new current week automatically becomes the first week of the overlay The period overlay in this example always displays figures that are in the current week and three weeks in the future Telescoping period overlays are similar to rolling period overlays except the time buckets are aligned relative to the current date or your period hierarchy For example if your period hierarchy contains days fiscal weeks and fiscal months you can specify an overlay to display the next seven days then three weeks and then six months The number of periods of each size will be rounded up to break according to your period hierarchy Period overlays created through Company General Config Period Overlays are company specific and once created are accessible by all users of the company Period overlays cannot be deleted if they are currently in use within the application Period overlays created through Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlays are available only to the user who created them Note The default period overlay is Base Period Base Period is your only choice if you have not created any period overlays For details about how to create period ove
523. s 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Exceptions Purge check box Purge Jobs Monitor 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Jobs Monitor Purge check box Purge Master Data 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Master Data Purge check box Purge Transaction 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen Data after selecting Transaction Purge check box Replace Product GIN 6 None Click Save after changing GIN in Product Examine screen Click Start Editing not required here No job if other than GIN is changed TagAgeregates Stat 1 2 None Click Save in Master Data Product Factor Change Examine after making change to Stat Factor TagAgeregate Units 1 2 None Click Save in Master Data Product Per Load Change Examine after making change to Units Per Load Update 1 2 None Click Process on Demand in Co Disagg Disaggregation Setup List Edit screen after selecting check Factors box for Computed Factors profile orClick Save amp Recalc in Review or Edit screen after entering new value for checked override for Computed Factors profile VCC Locks and Jobs G 3 User Save Action Locks User Save Action Locks Save Data Stream Job Type Lock Type Lock Trigger STEEN UI Trigger Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after entering data Data Mass Entry Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after enter
524. s Screen Company G 12 a Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types E mail Visible Hidden r HI TT 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to hide and click the arrow to move it into the Hidden category To make a hidden link visible click the arrow to move it into the Visible category Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 7 The Period Overlays Tab The Period Overlays Tab Period Overlays can be created and configured both in the Company General Config Period Overlays tab as well as in the client s user Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlays screen See Creating and Editing Period Overlays for more details about using period overlays Using the Real Time Extract Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin About Real Time Extracts Real Time Exports affect both period overlays and stream items Each stream item in Configuration Stream Types View Edit superuser serveradmin only includes a Real Time Export check box where either a subtype or total stream can be selected For Period Overlay Extracts when a change is entered via period overlay the data extracted applies only to the overlay and does not filter down to base periods Real Time Exports always export in UTF 8 encoding This is not configurable Files generated from Real Time Export will contain a
525. s appear in the Display pane 3 Highlight the bookmark you want to delete 4 Click Remove Bookmark Using the Search Feature To search for a context component 1 Click Context Chooser Context tab 2 Select the context component Local Partner or Product that you want to search for from the drop down list 3 Search local or partner location using any of the following criteria a Name or partial name m Location ID Search products using any of the following criteria Product name or partial product name a Global Item Number GIN or Local Item Number LIN With partial name searches you use the wildcard character for example Table 2 3 Wildcard Search Options If You Enter Search Result Any alphanumeric character and Everything starting with the letter N e g Ne and any alphanumeric Everything ending with the letter w character e g w any alphanumeric character Everything that contains the letter d and e g d The wildcard search feature applies to all criteria Note If your locale is set to a language that does not use ASCII characters you can search using those characters 4 After selecting your search criteria click the search icon The search returns a sorted list of all leaves that match your search criteria in the Display pane Figure 2 20 Search Result Screen Location ID Buyer Non Local Partner1 nlb_123 0001 Speedy Ax at Boston 3
526. s for their specific companies Assign the Oracle Retail VCC modules for each company Configure all data stream types and assign them to specific companies as appropriate Configure the languages that will be available to user Configure billing and usage report monitoring Create server level links Execute purge requests that is purge data when submitted by company administrators These tasks are further described in See Server Level Configuration and Management Administrator Responsibilities Administrators superadmin and admin are responsible for company level administration and configuration They do not have access to any superuser functions There is no specific order in which initial administrative functions are performed As a recommendation you might 1 oo o IM Configure your company s general preferences This includes revising a company name and ID if applicable managing the automatic creation of collaboration items managing freeze periods managing the display period for balance streams Create users assign them to roles and give them access control Manage company level links Manage company period overlays Configure optional fields for promotional events Add the products on which you intend to collaborate You can add them manually or import them in batch mode Batch mode is the preferred method for large numbers of products For more information about batch mode loading see the Oracle Retai
527. s metrics 8 6 batch 8 8 error messages 8 8 product 17 13 product folders guidelines 17 3 product hierarchies 17 3 product price profiles 19 1 profile based disaggregation 21 1 program modules 15 4 promotion items 10 26 create 10 30 delete 10 33 table graph view 10 34 view 10 28 promotional tactics 10 8 promotions 10 8 add 10 21 attach documents 10 35 delete 10 26 delete documents 10 36 documents 10 34 status changes 10 37 view 10 11 proportional disaggregation 21 3 purge collaboration item comments 15 30 collabration item comments 15 37 current connections 15 37 event promotions 15 29 15 37 exceptions 15 37 job monitor 15 28 15 37 master data 15 29 15 37 transaction data 15 27 15 37 R real time extract 16 8 configure 16 9 remove hierarchy nodes 17 4 repeat frequency 7 6 report settings 7 3 context detail 7 6 general 7 4 reports 7 1 comment 7 11 create 7 10 data change 7 11 data stream 7 12 delete 7 18 distribution exception 7 13 exception log 7 14 extract 7 14 last transaction 7 15 no transaction 7 16 promotion detail 7 16 promotion item 7 17 send 7 17 view 7 2 Index 4 report templates create 7 3 required fields 2 28 responsibilities administrator 14 6 superuser 14 6 retrieve extracted data 4 2 right click menu utility 3 1 roles overview 23 3 roles and users search 23 4 rolling error 8 16 rules safety stock ca
528. s to retain after purging The default is 50000 Click Save Figure 15 28 Retain n Jobs in Monitor Field Retain 50000 Jobs in Monitor 4 Check the Job Monitor Purge check box 5 Click the Purge button on the Purge Type screen to purge the Job Monitor Figure 15 29 Purge Data Screen SSS SSS H y Purge Type I Transaction Data Purge 9 M Job Monitor Purge F user Activity Purge Lj Event Promotions Purge r Exception Purge M Collaboration Item Comments Purge Master Data Purge Note Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 15 28 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Purging Master Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Oracle Retail VCC allows you to empty folders that you have moved to your recycle bin Company administrators also can place aggregate folders into a recycle bin to be purged When you superuser server admin purge the recycle bin all folders and subfolders are purged Note Time periods cannot be purged They are hidden from end users when placed in the recycle bin Placing Periods and Period Folders in the recycle bin removes those periods from the user s view only It does not remove the Periods for the company This is because Periods are shared across all companies If an item is placed in the r
529. s to the root node level a Ctrl click the plus sign next to the root node The whole tree expands to the fullest leaf level degree in all underlying nodes u Ctrl click the minus sign next to a category node The whole node collapses to the level clicked u Ctrl click the plus sign next to the category node The whole node expands to the fullest leaf level degree in the node 17 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Master Data Hierarchies Figure 17 2 Product Tree Li Cun IV rm AS Start Editing Eam All Products EHE Pet Foods EHS Milkbone Ei Doggy Bag Treats Flavor Snacks 5 Original Mikkbone Biscuits EhB Snacks Eie Planters 5l Planters Cashews Planters Holiday Pack Ei Planters Mixed Nuts j EMG Recycle Bin Single Selecting Tree Nodes Click on the root category or leaf node item to select it It becomes highlighted Click again to deselect it After a category item is selected clicking a leaf item will cause the category item to be deselected After a leaf item is selected clicking a category item will cause the leaf item to be deselected Within a category clicking each leaf level item causes each to be selected in turn Within a higher category clicking each underlying same level category causes each to be selected Clicking a category level after a higher category level is selected will cause the higher category level to be deselected C
530. sage requesting that you fill in the required field will appear Carefully check your screen for any required fields you may have missed to avoid getting error messages 2 28 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Data This chapter covers the following topics a Introduction a Using the Right Click Menu Utility a Mass Entry of Data a Viewing Data a About Period Overlays a About Accumulation Rules Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments a Editing a Data Stream Creating Aggregates a Working with Aggregates a Viewing Data in Expand Mode a Viewing Data Stream Revision History Introduction The VCC user interface allows you to view edit and compare data streams You can view data streams and data stream exceptions in Table format or Graph format for individual product data streams or entire product categories Using the Right Click Menu Utility Access to this feature superadmin admin and manager While in Table view there are options available to you through a right click pop up menu You can cut ctrl x copy ctrl c and paste ctrl v all the cells that are currently in view by selecting the cells you want to copy or cut and selecting the action from the right click drop down list You can also Undo ctrl z the previous action zero fill a row ctrl 0 or clear all cells in the table ctrl w Data 3 1 Using the Right Click Menu Utility Note This feature allows you to
531. se price established or a promotional price for the time period for which you are aggregating To create the aggregate you must select the context for the aggregate The combination of selections on these hierarchies creates the aggregate context When you create an aggregate you can create the aggregate based on the sum of all the leaf nodes in the category This is called sum for each and every leaf node in the selected category This is called any u for both sum and any Managing Company Aggregates 20 1 Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab By default the aggregate is created for the sum of all entries in the category if you selected a category Clicking on a category changes the category to a specific color You can change the color of a selection to purple green or yellow by successively clicking on it The meaning of each color is as follows Purple aggregate on folder u Green select individual locations a Yellow both Sum Any Both does not apply to time periods Use the period overlay feature in the data streams view to view data summed across time periods Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Before you create an aggregate you should be aware of the following a An aggregate must contain at least one category in the context Every element in the context cannot be at t
532. self and your trading partners and to create collaborations between any two folders in the location hierarchies For example this allows your northeast region to establish a collaboration with your trading partner s Chicago office while your San Francisco office can establish a collaboration with your trading partner s west coast region Any combination is possible as long as you define the appropriate hierarchies The location hierarchies you define with the VCC Administrator appear in the VCC Client locations tree Managing Company Products It is your responsibility to create the products on which you intend to collaborate with your trading partners This means creating the product folder names and product leaf folder names The Oracle Retail VCC Client allows you to enter product folders manually or in batch mode through a correctly formatted flat file For detail on batch mode refer to the VCC Operations Guide Also for each product you can enter a product price profile that specifies the product price and the time period during which the price is effective A product can have multiple price profiles for multiple time periods that reflect price changes over the product life cycle For more information on price profiles see Creating Product Price Profiles The products and product folders you define are displayed in all the views where the product hierarchy is accessed 17 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Guidelines fo
533. ser Guide Using Supply Batch Note All the streams in the Supply Interactive screen can be edited as per your access rights and editable rules of the streams The calculation is iterative It begins with the current day and continues forward for the number of days defined in the Plan Horizon parameter of the policy or until the End of Life date occurs The calculation is always done at the base time buckets If an overlay is selected the base values are first calculated then summed by an overlay period The result is placed in the first base period bucked of each overlay period Note If you edit a stream you must click Save prior to clicking Recalculate in order for you edits to be included in the recalculation Using Supply Batch Batch supply jobs allow automated supply for multiple contexts The Supply Batch List tab shows all Batch Supply jobs at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns Figure 13 6 Supply Batch Screen Context Local Partner Nabisco at Pisquatuck Product Planters Cashews 9 Fuse x r Cen Vea SM KA lt Displaying 1 1 of 1 Product Local Partner Sum Frequency Created By Last Run Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston None Run Always Dave Wilson 10 20 03 14 32 52 Supply Batch List displays the following columns Delete deletes the supply batch job
534. sers 23 1 access control 8 21 23 9 hierarchy 15 21 module 15 23 stream 15 22 accumulation rules 3 9 15 7 add event 25 3 local location 17 11 partner location 17 12 product 17 13 promotions 10 21 tasks 25 9 administration 14 1 administrator 14 2 advanced parameters 11 5 aggregates about 20 1 create 20 2 delete 20 5 export 20 6 view 20 5 analyzer 12 1 data cubes 12 1 assign data stream access 23 9 assign data streams 15 11 assign modules 23 10 auto status options 6 14 automated exception resolution 6 11 average 8 10 average periods of supply 8 13 batch request demand 11 17 lift factor 11 17 Index scheduler tasks 11 17 browser compatibility 2 1 C change data stream exception 5 23 change password 9 25 15 24 change promotion status 10 15 change user password 23 12 check purge process 15 30 collaboration item comments 15 30 company manage groups 16 5 manage links 16 5 company chooser 14 4 company general information 16 1 company general preferences 16 2 company level roles and users 23 2 company link create 16 5 delete 16 7 edit 16 6 hide 16 7 company locations 17 2 company products 17 2 company trading partners 17 4 configuration general tab 15 35 language tab 15 34 links tab 15 13 modules tab 15 5 server 15 2 stream types tab 15 8 configure email alerts 16 11 real time extract 16 9 configure disaggregation
535. set displays the offset In the current to current comparison type the period of the data stream being compared to the current data stream i e current 0 most recent previous 1 etc A period offset of 2 would appear as Period 2 In the current to previous comparison type the version of the data stream being compared to the current data stream i e current 0 most recent previous 1 etc A generational offset of 5 would appear as Generation 5 a Deviation displays the amount the new data stream varies from the data stream to which it was compared a Percent displays the value of the deviation expressed as a percentage of the exception criteria for the type selected e g a common representation of the formula for calculating percentage value is A B B 100 For more information on the percentage formula see Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas a UOM displays unit of measure Base Units Stat Units Load or Currency a Source displays one of the two values used to calculate deviation as a Percentage or an Absolute for any comparison type u Compared displays the value that Source is compared to a Created displays the date the exception was created u View Comment click the colored dot below the View Comment icon to view edit the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code for the comment from a drop down list a Severity displays the s
536. sful completion purge_step table will have 0 in the last_step_executed column After a successful purge completion run the following analyze schema command as sys Exec dbms_utility analyze_schema lt SGCHEMAOWNER gt ESTIMATE NULL 35 Table 15 1 Purge Purge Log Purge Type Table Restart Command Transaction Purge_log Exec transaction_purge Master data Purge_log Exec recycle_purge The tables affected by a transaction purge are u AGGREGATES u CURRENT_STREAM EXCEPTIONS u STREAM a STREAM_ITEM u COMMENTS The tables affected by a Master data Purge are AGGCRIT 15 30 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen AGGREGATES COLLABORATION COLLABORATION_ITEM COMMENTS CONTEXT_COMMENTS CURRENT_STREAM DATA_EXTRACT_REQUEST_LIST DEMAND_JOB_REQ DEMAND_ POLICY DISAGG EFFECTIVE _PERIODS DISAGG_FACTORS DISAGG PROFILE EVENT EVENT_COMMENTS EVENT_COMPONENTS EVENT_ITEM EVENT_STATUS_HISTORY EXCPT_CRITERIA EXCPT_EXCEPTION EXCEPTION_STATUS_HISTORY EXCPT_GRP_CRITERIA EXCPT_GRP_CRIT_DETAIL EXCPT_GRP_EXCEPTION GROUP_EXCEPTION_STATUS_HISTORY LOCATION_SET LOCATION_SET_NAMES METRIC METRIC_PARM PARTNER PARTNER_SET PARTNER_SET_NAMES PRODUCT PRODUCT_SET PRODUCT_SET_NAMES PROFILE REP_OUTPUT REP_REPORT Server Level Configuration and Management 15 31 Managing Time Periods for All Companies REP_REPORT_PARAMS RP_JOB_REQ RP_POLICY RO_SS_
537. shold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 16 03 06 22 03 18 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Salance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 24 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 12 03 05 18 03 23 Salance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 04 28 03 05 04 03 25 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03 06 01 03 21 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nebisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Bslance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100
538. signing Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign 15 11 Creating Data Stream TYpes cccccccccsssssesesescssescecseeseseesesesensesescsssesecseseseseesesesensecesseneseseesssensees 15 13 Maniaging BihkS ki Hey ae en yehya E iin Aoi bi GIN AA WES elie thee Athans 15 13 Configuring Links with the Configuration Links Tab u rere eeeke 15 13 Editing a Likens Eye k Taner aise ncttilecebh ran k z kak Hek K en E none Meki r ken eb 15 14 Deleting a Link a cece sets Ay toes tied Mees e a Ae Shas YA GE de Gahan K dene eee erate KRA AE 15 14 Pidin s i al A Dy MED aes Hie stats RD rasa scutes sua Caueteaeaes crate R 15 15 Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen 15 16 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display L rrr erer ekere keke k ekere ereke He 15 17 Roles amp Users Search 2s i a dR NANA Kr a gh oseag kena Kr da ka ew n rkan K EKA RAA 15 17 Creatine U SOS iine ly nitian hari seat an a eden mares a 15 19 Setting and Editing User Access COtTOL E EE Ern er keke kek keke kerr ke kek rek kK ek HHG 15 20 Accessing the User Access Control ScreenS iEEiEii erkeke ek eke eker ek Hek K k 15 20 Hierarchy ACOs WAY a DD DD a DN a eE ERES 15 21 watt Da ne DN rr r 15 22 Module A cce58 ios x y X na Dy back i Sk SA a MA Ka WA ye N A ve zireya de Karl d ye ineke 15 23
539. solved Auto Unresolyable Vv Exception Status Dismissed Escalated In Process Obsoleted Resolved Superceded Unresolvable Low M Exception Severity Medium High M Name Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen The Exception Log counts exceptions under a given context and groups at the folder level that is one folder above the leaf level To create an Exception Log report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select a Filter if you want to structure your report results based on Creation Date Exception Status or Exception Severity For more information on Filters see Common Report Settings 5 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Extract The Extract report replaces the Data Retrieval Streams type of data retrieval The format is a flat delimited file that is compatible with the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator for loading back into Xt Delimiters include CSV comma separated values and pipe 1 To create an Extract file 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 7 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Figure 7 14 Filter and Stream Sele
540. stream a Balance and Measure streams cannot be used for the shipment forecast or receipt forecast output streams for policies using telescoping period overlays a Measure streams cannot be used as input or output streams for policies at the aggregate level To select streams for a Supply calculation 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Supply tab Figure 18 4 Company Module Config Screen Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Configured Stream Sets 2 Click Add to create a new stream set or Edit to edit an existing one 18 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Figure 18 5 Company Module Config Edit Screen Supply Stream Set Configuration Name 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Consumption Forecast Input Actual Sales Movement ActualSales Base x A Local x Consumption Actual Input Actual Sales al Movement ActualSales Base v A Local x Inventory Input Actual Sales z Movement ActualSales Base x A Local x Expected Arrivals Input None z N A zj N A a None TT BI val WA E None N A x N A x None z N A x N A gt None N A gt N A v Safety Stock Both None zj N A x N A zl Projected Inventory Output None z N A v Local Receipt Forecast Output None z N A gt Local Shipment Forecast Output None Bi N A gt Local Save 3 If you are creating a new stream set for the Supply mo
541. suant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the Programs including documentation and technical data shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement and to the extent applicable the additional rights set forth in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights June 1987 Oracle Corporation 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 The Programs are not intended for use in any nuclear aviation mass transit medical or other inherently dangerous applications It shall be the licensee s responsibility to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes and we disclaim liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs Oracle JD Edwards Siebel and PeopleSoft are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners The Programs may provide links to Web sites and access to content products and services from third parties Oracle is not responsible for the availability of or any content provided on third party Web sites You bear all risks associated with the use of such content If you choose to purchase any products or services from a third party the relationshi
542. superuser E Dave Wilson Friar Tuck Ei integratoruser Lisa Hill E loader Molly Fitz E Rich Green 2 Rishi Krotha Sheri Wood Chris Stone Lr 4 Left click the Create User pop up The Create User screen appears Figure 15 17 Create User Screen Create User Role User Name Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number Password Confirm Password Company Language 5 6 manager American English gt In the User Name field enter a user name In the Real Name field enter the user s real name Enter the user s E Mail Address Telephone Number and Fax Number if desired This contact information will Server Level Configuration and Management 15 19 Roles amp Users Search appear whenever the username link is clicked and the user is examined See example below Figure 15 18 Examine User Examine User User Name Dave Wilson Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number Company Name Nabisco 7 Inthe Password field enter the password and enter the password again to confirm in the Confirm Password field 8 Select the company to which the user belongs from the Company drop down menu 9 Inthe Language field select the language to which you want to assign the user 10 Click Create The Edit Roles amp Users screen appears Note You cannot use the same browser that was used to create a new
543. t Show criteria at and below this context to display all exception criteria created at and below the selected context For example to display all exception criteria created for all locations all partners and all products at and below a context 1 Click Context Chooser Select Context and select All Locations All Partners and All Products Figure 6 12 Context Chooser Select Context Context Meer mur C i lt i A 9 Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters reduc kame Cen CaN rea I LY 1a 2 2 Click Context Chooser Display Mode and select Show criteria at and below this context Figure 6 13 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode i r bal A 5 Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Show criteria at and below this context v 3 Click the Set button Viewing Active Exceptions To view the active exceptions associated with a criterion for a context listed in the Exceptions Criteria List screen 1 Click on the number in the Active Exceptions column which takes you to an inbox view that contains only the active exceptions active in process auto in process supersedes escalated auto escalated auto incomplete for that criteria 2 You can perform all the operations view exception view criteria view status history and change exception status that can be performed in the Exceptions
544. t Factors for each Lift Factor request created since last time this task event was executed Processes all reports that had been flagged at the time this task event is executed Reports will be flagged in one of two ways The Run schedule defined in the Report UI has been reached The Override Run Schedule check box for a Report has been checked in the Report List screen Calculates Safety Stock for each Safety Stock Calc Request created since last time this task event was executed Creates a Supply Plan for each Supply Request created since last time this task event was executed Calculates Safety Stock for each Safety Stock Calc Request created since last time this task event was executed Also runs if Run Override is performed on a batch job or if the Repeat Frequency time has been reached Creates a Supply Plan for each Supply Request created since last time this task event was executed Also runs if Run Override is performed on a batch job or if the Repeat Frequency time has been reached For any email addresses notification offsets supplied within any Promotion Sends email notification about Status changes to Promotion Sends email notification about Milestone Due Date changes to Promotion For each report where the Report s Destination E mail Sends report in defined formats to respective email address supplied For each report where Destination Extract Extracts data
545. t Filter None x Hide Columns Visible Hidden View Exception 4 Period Sl Product 4 lt Local Partner hal Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Period Product Local a gt Partner Variance xl 2 Select your view either Collapsed or Expanded Refer to Table Graph Preferences for details about collapsed and expanded views Save 3 Enter how many results you want to view by page 4 For the Exceptions Inbox screen you may select a default filter to sort the entries in the Exceptions Inbox See Setting Inbox Filters Preferences for details on how to create an Inbox filter 5 Use the arrow buttons to order or hide columns To order the columns Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to move Click the up or down arrows to move the selected column to the Visible list Each click moves the column one position When saved the order you choose will be how the columns appear To hide a column Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to hide Click the right arrow to add the selected column to the Hidden list When saved the columns you moved to the Hidden list will not appear in the list To show a column that is hidden Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column you want to show Click the left arrow to add the selected column to the Visible list When saved the columns you moved to the
546. t all results with the word Drug in them would be displayed Examples of viable searches are Drug Drug Drug Dru rug rug The asterisk or wildcard search is available only for the following criteria Product Local Name Partner name Type 1 Type 2 and Criteria Name Using either Search or Filter you can locate exceptions based on any of all of the following criteria a Period Before After or Between a Selected Period Note The Period Configuration selected in Preferences Layout Lists determines which dates are displayed in the Period column Options include Beginning and end of period End of period or Beginning of period Period Configuration option not available for daily time buckets a Product product name a Local name a Partner name a Deviation lt gt or and a value You can filter your exception inbox based on deviation values you specify This allows you to display all exceptions with specific deviations from the original data stream value You can specify a deviation value that is greater than gt less than lt or equal to a specific deviation value For example if you want to display all exceptions that vary by at least 10 than the original data stream value you would specify a deviation value of gt 10 a Percent lt gt or and a percentage or Infinity Note Infinity will display all exceptions where the deviation is equal to infinity
547. t based on Sum On attributes For each Demand Policy thus qualified the forecast stream will be computed based on the stream set the history and forecast dates defined in the policy See Creating a Demand Policy for details on how Demand Batch handles Use Like Item History and Forecast Dates Using Interactive Demand describes how Null values will be treated for History and Lift streams Lift Factor Batch Request Lift Factor Batch Requests generate lift factor streams for every policy qualified by the batch Lift Factor request based on Sum On attributes Only Demand policies which have Use Lift Factors checked will be considered For each Demand Policy thus qualified the Lift Factor stream will be computed based on the stream set the history and forecast dates defined in the policy For details on the math involved in computing Lift Factors see Using Lift Factors Running Batch Requests with Scheduler Tasks Demand Batch Requests can be run with either of the following two Scheduler Tasks Run Demand Batch Requests a Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests While running Scheduler Tasks Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests lift factors will be generated before going on to generating forecasts Lift Factor Batch Requests can be run with either of the following two Scheduler Tasks a Run Lift Factor Batch Requests a Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests All completed scheduled tasks create an entry
548. t the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor The Oracle Retail VCC Monitor screens include Jobs Monitor view filter sort or delete the current and completed list of job actions processed through the VCC user interface Scheduler and Integrator Usage Monitor view and evaluate the current collaboration usage statistics for the companies in the hub Current Connections Monitor observe the activity of users currently logged into Oracle Retail VCC Server Locks Monitor view and or reset the currently active global locks or company locks Each is described below Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Access To This Feature All A tab to this screen is available to all users A read only view of the Oracle Retail VCC jobs for the user s company will be displayed Additional functionality in this screen is available to superusers serveradmins and superadmins a superadmin can delete his company s jobs from the list a superuser serveradmin can delete jobs for any company in the collaboration in addition to server wide jobs There are three categories of Oracle Retail VCC jobs reported in the Jobs Monitor Integrator loader jobs Scheduler event processing jobs User generated jobs Managing the Monitor 24 1 Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs For a complete list of jobs refer to Appendix VCC Locks and Jobs To monitor VCC jobs 1 Login as a superuser or serveradmin 2 Click Monitor from the VCC menu 3 Click the Jobs t
549. tained in the specified folder that have no value Table 8 4 Count Missing Item Details Formula Result count all leaves count all leaves with a value Formula Result 100 count all leaves count all leaves with a value count all leaves Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any stream Additional Items N a 8 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 4 Cont Count Missing Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Null Zero handling Yes Yes No N a Exception Count This provides a count of exceptions that match selected statuses at and below the selected context Table 8 5 Exception Count Item Formula Formula Input Streams Output Stream Additional Items Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Null Zero handling Details Result count exceptions that match a status n a n a Any stream Status selection check boxes select one or more status from all available exception statuses Yes No No N a Forecast Error Accuracy This Metric calculates forecast error for single periods either on an absolute or a percentage basis with forecast accuracy in percentage points Table 8 6 Forecast Error Item Error Formula Error Formula Accuracy Formula Input Streams Output Stream Additional Item Absolute Value Details Result Forecast Actual If Absolute Valu
550. te information loading you have the option of loading your product partner and location information from a file If you have a large amount of data to load you should prepare these files before you begin defining company information For details see the Oracle Retail VCC Implementor Guide Managing Company Creation A superuser or server admin must create all information for all companies using the administrator tasks before you begin using the companies in collaborative relationships Once you create companies you can begin creating the frameworks for the companies you created When your company or trading partner information changes you must make the changes using the administrator tasks The company information you must define for your company includes 1 Your company name 2 Whether the company is a local company users of this company log on to this server or not 15 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Company with Company Create 3 Whether your company is a buyer or seller in the collaboration 4 Your company ID a DUNS number or any other ID 5 The name you want to assign to the highest level in your hierarchy root for locations partners products and periods Creating a Company with Company Create Access To This Feature Superuser server admin To create a company 1 Log in as superuser You can only create company information if you are logged in as superuser 2 Click C
551. tegory Dal s f By E a Promotion Category category the Promotion has been assigned to Partner Company partner company who is collaborating on the Promotion Status dropdown displays the status of the Promotion Includes Proposed and Cancelled options a Condition OK displays when Promotion condition is okay Status History Displays a list status modifications that were made to the Promotion and their dates a Planned By name of user who planned the Promotion a Entire Promotion yes or no value will display in this column indicating that the Sales Impact Qty is to be distributed among Items for the entire Promotion period Available when Sales Impact Type Absolute Increase Absolute Decrease or Set Value To When selecting to disaggregate type and quantity among the entire Promotion the following rules apply The new equally distributed Sales Impact Value will apply to all Promotion Items whether or not they had been previously overridden at the Item level If there are no Items for this Promotion the Sales Impact for all Items that are added will be the Sales Impact of the Promotion equally divided among all the Items If there are one or more Items for a given Promotion the Sales Impact for all Items being added will be 0 10 12 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Note If you create an Event with Entire Promotion selected
552. ter Forecast On Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Demand Policy List Process Event Totals 2 None Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process Totals in Events List or in Promotions List Process Exceptions 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Exceptions List G 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide User Generated Jobs Job Job Screen Display Type s Lock Type Job Lock Trigger UI Trigger Process Lift Factor on 1 2 3 DSL Click Save after clicking Set in Lift Demand Factor screen Only available for Daily database Process Metrics on 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Metrics List Process Reports on 1 2 None Click Process Selected Items after Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Reports List screen Process Safety Stock 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Supply Stream Set List Process Supply 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after Policies on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Supply Policy List Purge Collab Item 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen Comments after selecting Collab Items Comments Purge check box Purge Events 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Events Purge check box Purge Exception
553. ter Data Period tree 13 If you want to show more than one display bucket in the same overlay click the button and a new display bucket characteristic entry line appears Enter the characteristics of the new display bucket To remove a display bucket click the button won 14 Click Save The new overlay appears in your period overlay list Once an overlay has been created it appears in the View by Period drop down under the Display Mode tab of the Context Chooser When this overlay is selected your data stream table view would appear highlighted as seen below Figure 9 11 Data Stream Table View _oseses_ osrams o4 owneno ns oanams o4 owznno n Mey 2003 Jaooo geo 2012 dl qus20na Harizo0e Har22nne Local Cuir sales Fost Dase 33 00 84 00 63 00 412 00 161 00 193 00 471 007 61 00 201 00 Sales Fost Prom ay aes sate Forecast Seas 0 00 5 00 ai 90 00 0 00 151 00 201009 33 00 84 00 153 00 142 00 161 00 199 00 226 00 Il Preferences 9 11 Layout Editing Renaming and Viewing a Period Overlay To select delete view rename or create a new period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Figure 9 12 Table Graph Period Overlay Screen gt u a Table Graph Inbox Filters Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source G
554. ter Set drop downs 5 Click Save The language is added and individual users may select this language from their Preferences Localization screen You can view language pack details by selecting View Details Viewing language details allows you to view the language name language code and country code Configuration General Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Renaming Labels In the Labels section of the General tab you will see a list of Default Labels on the left and on the right a corresponding text box for each label given The default in each text box will be automatically filled in but by changing the text in the Custom Labels column you can rename them Server Level Configuration and Management 15 35 Configuration General Tab Note The label names like the stream names are language specific If you have selected a language in Preferences create new names and later switch to another language you will not see the names stored for the previous language They can however be accessed by switching back to the original language they were created in To rename a label 1 Select Configuration in the left menu 2 Select the General tab The General configuration screen appears Figure 15 33 General Configuration Screen Con on i u Sueam Types Wodules J unks gem EWI Labels Default Labels Custom Labels Base Periods Base Periods VOM Unit Base Units Base Un
555. teria Create screen when the colored dot below the View icon is clicked For details see Creating Individual Exception Criteria Name the name of the exception criteria Process On Demand allows you to process immediately an individual exception criterion See Processing Exception Criteria on Demand Not available for planners and reviewers Type1 the first source data stream used to calculate the exception Type2 the second source data stream used to calculate the exception Period the time period of the data stream exception AbsoluteThreshold the absolute value of the deviation that must be exceeded to trigger an exception Also indicates whether the exception is triggered if the value is an increase only decrease only or change either Percent Threshold the percentage value of the deviation that must be exceeded to trigger an exception Also indicates whether the exception is triggered if the value is an increase only decrease only or change either i Comparison the comparison type current to current current to previous or current to threshold If your comparison type is current to current with one stream being your partners the comparison description depends on the formula you select for the criteria a Seller to Buyer u Buyer to Seller a MaxtoMin If your comparison type is current to current with period offset the comparison description depends on whether the strea
556. teria scheduler task is run a In Process the status of any stale Criteria in the process of being synched up will become In Process Status is reverts to Active when the sync up is complete Exception Criteria 6 5 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria a Copy Criterion duplicate criterion You can copy a given criterion s settings by clicking the blue copy icon This will take you to the Create screen where many fields will have the same settings as the copied criterion You must however assign the new criterion a name a Effective Status effective status of the criterion This column is indicated by an image in the list header There are 3 effectivity states an exception criteria can pass through Inactive the specified effectivity hasn t been reached Active current date is within the specified effectivity period Expired specified effectivity period has passed a Show check boxes that when selected allow for consecutive viewing of the exception examine screens Checking the Show check boxes allow you to drilldown once and then click next to page back and forth through the Detail views of each exception you selected in the list Shared with the name of the trading partner company that each exception is shared with or none a UOM Unit of Measure used by the exception Creating Individual Exception Criteria Access to this feature Superuser server admin superadmin admin manager and
557. th Promotions and Promotion Items that exist for the selected Event This is useful for finding out which Promotions or Items exist specific to an Event Figure 10 8 Events Promotions List Or vec gt A a Page G Tools a Events motion Context ff gt 4_i E go Local PG AII Locations gt Procter amp Gamble Partner gt PG A I Partners Product C gt PG AII Products Search Product v iame Oam Oln V Foider Ta Neve All events Procter amp Gamble PG All Partners PG All Products r Sales Event Begin Total Promotion Event Process Event End Sales Condition Status Status Price Total Created Total X Impact ID Date DSD ID Name Totals Category Date Impact History Impact Actual Date Base Oty Order Type Sales Sales Forecast Forecast F 16 VCC_5 22 05 04 33 A12 VCC_ 16225 C1 3 12 05 OK ern Absolute 57 05 11 01 73 Increase gi gt El aral intranet inne Annlet Tree nnlet charted 3 Similarly Promotions can be viewed by accessing the Examine Events screen where a Number of Promotions link exists in the Context Chooser area This number is clickable and will display a list of Promotions for that Event Figure 10 9 Number of Promotions Link in the Context Chooser Area Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product C gt i z Product z e D r 8 c AY umber Of Promotions 1 Add Promotion gt N
558. th the display mode settings you have chosen To view the details of or delete your saved display modes 1 Click the View saved display modes icon and a list of your saved display modes shown below appears showing the display modes u Name u Group u View by Period Comparison u UOM Expand u Type SubType a Default View Figure 2 27 View Saved Display Modes Display Mode Expand None Type Z View by Period Base Periods SubType J Mode None z Group All x UOM Base Units z Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Bi E ca Vv Comparing with product Planters Holiday Pack Xx Name Default Group All View by Period Comparison U0M Expand Type SubType Default View Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr Base Units None Table To delete a display mode click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Click Delete to delete the item s Click the check mark in the upper right corner of the display pane to return to viewing data Expand Allows you to select the folder level context item to show all of its leaf level data When your context contains a folder level component the Display pane shows all the items in the folder The Expand function allows you to view each item within the folder Type Allows you to select the data stream typ
559. th to last month Table 8 2 Metrics that Calculate on the Basis of Period Overlays o Available q YA qe 5 2 c cS f 5 B 8 A ae z si Metri Description o etric esc pt o S g We 2 Average Averages a single data stream for all leaf values under a selected context Count Missing Counts leaves with missing values Exception Count Count of exceptions at or below a context Forecast Forecast error or accuracy between forecast and Error Accuracy actual streams v v v Growth Difference of B to A either absolute or percent Inventory Ratio of Annualized Consumption to Inventory Thins Average Consumption is the average across a v v Periods Of Supply P 8 user defined range Period to Date For each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period The sum resets with each overlay period lt lt Periods of Supply Number of periods of consumption that the given inventory call Supply v Perpetual Inventory The current balance of inventory is maintained daily by adding to the inventory account when v goods are received and deducting when they are used Rolling Error MAD of the error over a rolling horizon Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Sum ratio product and difference Simple Math Ratio Simple math operation types consisting of sum ratio product
560. the active user count This setting is configured by the superuser or serveradmin in Roles amp Users Examine User screen by checking the System User check box Users can also be loaded and extracted with System User status For more information refer to the Implementor Guide 6 Click Save Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Note New in 6 1 the User Activity Purge allows you to purge the Current Connections log table To view purge requests submitted by administrators and purge data 1 Select Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears Server Level Configuration and Management 15 37 Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Figure 15 34 Purge Data Screen eoood amp Oooo Lin E Purge Type Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Exception Purge Master Data Purge Transaction Data Purge Event Promotions Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge 2 To execute a purge check the check box next to purge type and click Purge 3 To view Transaction Data purge requests click the colored dot next to Transaction Data Purge A screen displaying all purge requests appears Figure 15 35 Purge Data Screen i Company Use
561. the individual exception criteria to be included in the group exception criteria by highlighting the individual exception criteria in the left window Then click the rule either an And or Or condition to be used for triggering the group exception The exception criteria will appear in the right window Note A group exception will be triggered only if all the criteria based on the AND or OR rules in the group trigger an exception for the same context same period or same context and period This is determined by the Trigger if matched on option selected For more Trigger if matched on details see Step 6 In previous versions the list of criteria from which you could select was limited to only those criteria that had the same context as the selected context Now all the criteria at and below the selected context are displayed Highlight an exception criteria in the right window and click Remove to remove items from the group exception list Put alert in Inbox displays the group exception in the inbox when checked The default is checked Click Create The group exception criteria will appear in the Exceptions Criteria Group List Exception Criteria 6 19 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Group Exception Criteria To delete a group exception criterion access the Exception Criteria Group List screen Check the box next to the name and click Delete Figure 6 9 Exception Criteria Gro
562. the specified periods OR if no periods for the specified stream type have a Disaggregation Profile and the Proportional Disaggregation option is set to Yes in Company General Config Preferences Oracle Retail VCC allows you to add a comment to any data stream item in table mode This is useful if you want to add a comment to a field you have changed Comments are attached to a context and data stream item type for that period They remain until explicitly deleted They are not removed automatically when the data item changes Data stream item comments are designated by a solid blue square in the data stream item cell in table mode When the cursor passes over the blue square the comment appears in a tooltip In graph mode comments are designated by a purple circle When the cursor passes over the purple circle the comment appears in a tooltip text box next to the stream name Note Data stream comments are not visible in Revision History To add or edit a comment to a data stream item 1 Select your context 2 Click the Context Chooser Display Mode and select one of the following data stream comparison types from the Comparison drop down list a Local Current Local Previous a Local Current Partner Current a Partner Current Partner Previous 3 Click on the gray box blue box if comments already exist for the cell in the upper right corner of the cell A comment input area appears in the Displa
563. the specified time out has passed In Process actions are not performed It the exception s status has not changed to In Process Auto In Process and the specified time out has passed In Process actions are performed Resolution Actions performed when the specified resolution time out has passed and the exception is still not resolved Note All actions are severity specific To configure Automated Exception Resolution 1 Select the stream and substream to be adjusted at the end of Action Processing from the Local Stream to Adjust and Sub Type drop down lists Initial Actions Check the Put alert in Inbox check box for each exception severity level low medium and high that is to be displayed in the Inbox when that threshold is exceeded The check box is checked by default In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception is triggered at the chosen severity level optional When entering more than one e mail address separate each address with either a semicolon or comma To view sample e mail alerts see Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Note The from e mail address used for all e mail notifications e g exception alerts or usage reports will show the E Mail address that was set in Configuration Server Messaging Sender E Mail For details see the Oracle Retail VCC Installation and Configuration Guide In the E mail Language
564. the two additional transitions that are allowed when the partner company is non local Events 10 37 Promotion Status Changes Figure 10 35 Promotion Status Changes Proposed Acknowledged No forecast change j T 1 Modified E Modified i Acknowledged Ad forecast change Parmer forecast updated Active Gb Precast cha Completed il Change Request Parmer forecast zeroed out Cancelled Parmer forecast zeroed out made by System 10 38 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 11 Demand This chapter consists of the following a Introduction Demand Policy Parameters a Viewing Demand Policies Creating a Demand Policy a Using Interactive Demand a Batch Jobs a Using Lift Factors Note The Demand module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu item will only appear if you have obtained a Demand license Introduction The Demand module creates base forecasts by applying statistical algorithms to historical time series The module allows you to view and enter overrides to the system generated forecast prior to saving the forecast This module also allows you to create batch forecast jobs that can be run on a routine schedule through Scheduler tasks Because the Demand module provides time series based statistical forecasts it is not appropriate for the following tasks a Generating promotional forecasts a Pr
565. thly or quarterly If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets in the future across all the data streams being retrieved at a context those columns are collapsed Unlike when you and your partner use uniform data periods in the past are not collapsed This prevents locking out daily product activity data edits for past periods by inadvertently collapsing them a Number of Digits is used to specify the default width of each column in the table view This does not apply to the data contained in the column only to the width of the column containing the data Maximum column width is 22 digits wide To set your preferences in Defaults 1 Select the Preferences Layout Data Defaults subtab The following screen appears in the Display pane Figure 9 2 Table Graph Screen f Table Graph Inbox Filters Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Display Mode Default Stream Period Display Begin Date End Date Start Period Current Period C periods in the past C periods in the future Number of Period Display Columns zo Graph y axis M scale To Fit Collapse empty columns F in past in future Number of Digits fe 2 Choose your data stream default settings 3 Click Save and your data stream preferences are set Creating and Editing Period Overlays In Oracle Retail VCC your data is displayed across time Depending on how your Oracle Retail VCC database is configured the data will display
566. thod from the drop down list Normal assumes deviation follows a normal distribution Poisson assumes deviation follows a Poisson distribution Used for slow moving items Periods Supply Forward calculates safety stock as a fixed number of periods of forecast consumption Periods Supply Back calculates safety stock as a fixed number of periods of actual consumption Select the safety stock calculation Basis from the drop down list Actual Consumption uses mean and deviation of actual consumption as basis of calculation Forecast Consumption uses mean and deviation of forecast consumption as basis of calculation Forecast Error uses the forecast error as the basis of calculation In addition to specifying the type method basis options you must specify certain parameters which vary depending on the options selected The table below outlines valid combinations and the required parameters for each Average Lead Time and Lead Time Standard Deviation are also required parameters where the default values are 1 and 0 respectively Enter the Repeat Frequency or how often you wish the job to run The default is for it to occur only once If the Recurrence is set to repeat supply the specifics for how often and when it will run Table 13 1 Safety Stock Calculation Parameters Time Series Type Method Basis Parameters Single Value Single Value Normal Act Cons History Range Forecast Cons Forecast Range Forec
567. tion a Event Name User defined name of the Event a Event Category category the Event belongs to Category indicates the reason for planning the Event i e Holiday Price Change Retailer Promotion etc Begin Date date the Item s Promotion begins a End Date date the Item s Promotion ends a Promotion Status status of the Promotion for which the Item is a part a Condition OK displays when Promotion condition is okay a Entire Promotion hidden a Sales Impact quantity hidden a Price Impact Type hidden a Price Impact hidden a DC Order Offset hidden a DC Order quantity hidden a Created By Name of the User who created the Event hidden a Created Date Date the Promotion Item was created hidden Events 10 29 Promotion Items a Last Changed Date Date the Promotion Item was last modified hidden a Last Changed By Name of the User who last modified the Promotion Item hidden a Comment Item specific comments can be viewed and edited by clicking the dots in this column Grey dots indicate that a comment has not yet been made for the Item Promotion Item Type can be either Promoted or Cannibalized a Printer Friendly View dots in this column can be clicked to display a screen formatted specifically for printing a Overridden Yes if any of the following fields for that Item are modified Price Impact Type Price Impact Sales Impact Type Sales Impact Qty are modified
568. tion Periods Tab EEEereeremekee 15 33 Creating Time Period Folders 53 5352 yx n nln gina tacai ainda wail aiken d 15 33 Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab 15 34 Configuration General Tabs c 25 2tn sn e HIK En H N apts h ka th keliye ri e KEK k GEN a 15 35 Renaming Labelsis iyya Nab K SE ln i Hl knee KOREK KEY seek KORKA YEKA KN AY AYRI 15 35 Setting Export Compression S Ze EEEEEEE ereke rere yekeke keke keke eke ke ke K eee Ke KRA KK Ke 15 36 Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab 15 37 Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data ereke 15 37 Managing Company General Information and Preferences About Your Company General Information L rrr erke kereker ke kek 16 1 Managing Company General Preferemnces rrr rere ereke ekere kek k rek reK e 16 2 Company General Config General Preferences E iEir reee ree keke erkek ke keke 16 2 Managing Groups for a Company ree rere ereke ere kereke kek ee Kere ee ere Ke KeH AK HHHH 16 5 Managing Links for a Com panmy rrr ere rere ke kereker ke kereker re kek er Ker rere ere Ae Hek re nHKR 16 5 Creating a Company Link with the
569. tion provide the complete solution to allow trading partners with different forecast methods to synchronize their methods quickly and easily and to collaborate 21 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Straight Line Disaggregation Proportional Disaggregation Proportional disaggregation does not employ disaggregation profiles To use proportional disaggregation data must already exist for the selected context Equal distribution is performed if data does not exist for the selected context Proportional disaggregation compares the aggregate value for a specific context with a new aggregate value for the context It then determines the percent change between the old value and the new value and changes each leaf value in the context by the same percentage increase or percentage decrease as the aggregate For example if the original aggregate value is 10 and the new value is 15 the percent change is 50 and all leaf items are increased by 50 Straight Line Disaggregation Straight Line Disaggregation distributes an equal percentage of the given Value among each of the leaves For example if SpeedyRx had selected a context that resembled the tree below and they wished to allocate each type of Snack evenly by period across all locations they would see a distribution similar to the one in See Straight Line Disaggregation below Figure 21 1 North East SpeedyRx Snacks amp North East Waltham Distribution Center Fram
570. tions Inbox Display Mode contains filters and search features to allow you to quickly search for exceptions Make your selections and click the Set icon Figure 2 28 Exceptions Inbox Display Mode Context Display Mode Ki B EA a ke r C Filter Select A Filter Search Choose Search Type a Filter Allows you to select previously created filters from a drop down list to display all exceptions within specified ranges from an original data stream For details about filters see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features For details about creating filters see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences a Search Allows you to select search criteria from a drop down list to quickly locate any individual exception without having to manually page through numerous exceptions For details about the search feature see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Exceptions Criteria Display Mode allows you to select whether to show criteria at and above your context or at and below your context from a drop down list Make your selection and click the Set icon Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 21 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Display Pane The Display pane is the primary display area for the Oracle Retail VCC user interface It allows you to display the information you specify in the Context Chooser and Oracle Retail VCC menu You can display data stream data in table or graph mode Table Mod
571. tner Location Alternate Id Type Global Item Number Type Local Item Number Local Item Number Type x Creator Company Id Creator Location Id Partner Company Id Partner Location Id Global Item Number Stream Type Code Period Begin Period End 4 gt Stream Itern Type Code Quantity Creation Date Reason Code Comment uom User Name a 3 Enter a File Path if different from the default 4 Select a File Delimiter Options are comma tab or other user specified 5 If you wish to set data precision check the Set Precision check box This will enable the Decimal Places text box where you can enter the number of decimal places that will display 6 Select a UOM from the drop down 7 Hide or show columns by moving items into the Visible and Hidden select boxes 8 Click Save Be advised that saving Data Streams in the above scenario will result in file extraction of the following a Leaf Stream Data a stream subtype leaf period stream total leaf period stream subtype period overlay stream total period overlay standard UOM will be applied if selected from the General Config Real Time Extract tab Aggregate Stream Data a When Product is at aggregate level leaf period stream subtype Managing Company General Information and Preferences 16 9 Using the Stream Types Tab leaf period stream total period overlay subtype period overlay total
572. to 255 characters per post Comments will appear in a threaded discussion style format with many comments and replies to those comments visible on the same screen When there are no comments at a selected context the speech bubble icon will appear with no babble inside to indicate an absence of data After a comment has been entered the icon will contain filled speech bubbles To enter a comment for a given context 1 Select Context Chooser Context 2 Set your context 3 Click on the Collaboration Comment icon The comment screen appears Figure 2 16 Collaboration Comment screen Author Comment Your Comment E 4 Enter a comment and click Post Your comment will appear under the Comment column and your name and company under the Author column Figure 2 17 Collaboration Comment Detail screen Author Comment Dave Wilson El posted on 10 03 03 14 49 59 Nabisco Order more fast This product is flying off the shelves Your Comment H Your partners will be able to post new comments on the same context thread which will be viewable by once again clicking on the Collaboration Comments icon for that given context Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 13 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface 5 Click Done when you have finished reading and entering comments Selecting and Removing a Bookmark To view contexts that you have bookmarked you can use the Bookmark quick select drop down menu or the
573. to be purged Once you have created the purge request it appears in Purge Data screen with all other purge requests where you can start the purge process or reject the request In addition any master data product partner or location hierarchy you cut and paste into the recycle bin can be purged by a superuser serveradmin Placing it in the recycle bin effectively submits a purge request similar to a purge request for transaction data You can purge data between specific creation dates static data purge or you can create a purge request for data that is a specified number of periods old To create a Transaction purge request 1 Select Company Purge Requests from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The Purge Requests screen appears Figure 26 1 Purge Requests Screen Transaction Event Promotions Collaboration Item Comments C Exceptions Company Stream Type Purge Type Range Based On Dates 231180120 Actual Sales kes Time Period Start Fixed l Actual Shipments Aggregate Aged Inventor Creation Date mnn yy g Li End Fi 909090909090 Available to Promise nd Fixed Buyer Company xl Average POS xl mm dd yy Add Request Current Requests Displaying 1 4 of 4 Company User Creation Purge Purge Purge Purge Is Status Last Request Stream Purge Exception Inbox Xx Name Date Begin End Begin End Period Updated Type Type Type Status Type Date Date Offset Offset Purge 10 14 02 r i Actual a Nab
574. to the Safety Stock field in the policy If Safety Stock Type Stream then the safety stock values are calculated out in time to the Planning Horizon specified in the Supply policy and are populated back into the configured stream If the Planning Horizon is null then safety stock is calculated for as many periods as there is forecast data Safety Stock Calculation H 3 Safety Stock Logic Single Value Calculations The Safety Stock value or time series is calculated as follows Normal Figure H 4 Single Value Calculations SS ko Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated output of the formula k Service Level Factor The inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution taking the desired service level from the item profile as a probability This can be calculated using the inverseNormalCdf method in class VisualNumerics math Statistics in the JNL available from Visual Numerics Inc Alternatively a lookup table can be generated using the normsinv function in Microsoft Excel cs Estimator of Calculated using the given basis date range and error Standard Deviation estimator of demand during the lead time Sigma in the above equation is calculated as follows Figure H 5 Formula to Calculate Estimator of Standard Deviation of Demand o Hg HO Item Description Source c Standard deviationof Calculated demand during the lead time Mean demand Calculated during the lead time Standard de
575. toring Usage Statistics Figure 24 2 Job Details Window A https messor2 syncrasystems com xt jsp monitor job_detail jsp row 1 amp amp col 2 e h skopput 1008184475129 e Parameters Integration_Adapter o Parameters o Configuration_Settings Parameters o CompletionCode Parameters TotalDataltems 0 Errors 1 RejectedDataltems 20 CompletionCode 7 e ControlFile o Parameters o Configuration _Settings o DataFile o CompletionCode Parameters Load_Summary o Parameters 7 Click the Refresh icon to see End Time and Status Updates 8 Click on the Printer Friendly Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of this screen or click the Export Data icon to extract the job list as an HTML or CSV file Monitoring Usage Statistics Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Manager A tab to this screen is only available to superusers serveradmins superadmins admins and managers It will not display at all when users in other roles access the Monitor For each local company in a collaboration usage statistics display the number of a locations m partners products m aggregates u single collab items u shared collab items a total collab units m streams a substreams active users inactive users system users Additional details are available through links for aggregates and collaboration items Usage information is initially generated and subsequently updated by ex
576. tract Supply Blocked Dates Vv Repeats eyExtract UOMs Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Event Totals Process Exception Alerts Execute Time Process Leaf Exceptions The Execute Time appears as a date time combination The date field initially displays the current date in the default date format dd mm yy You can revise the date format by selecting from options available in Preferences General The Time field always displays the time in military format HH mm ss and is not affected by time format changes made in Preferences General Note It is recommended that all installation and user machines be synchronized to avoid apparent discrepancies in reading processing times In the Execute Time field you can leave the date time as displayed to schedule the processing to run or begin immediately or you can edit to schedule the processing to begin later Be sure to revise the date using the current Date Format defined in Preferences General Enter the time in the military format HH mm ss The Execute Time field initially displays the same time as the selected time zone s local time Leaving the Repeats box unchecked means that your Event will only execute one time It will be listed on the Events screen only until its processing has completed Clicking this check box brings up a field to let you schedule the Event to repeat at designated intervals A Repeating Event
577. tracts 2 Enable disable modules by checking the check boxes 3 Click Save to save changes Done to exit without saving Note To expand or collapse the entire tree see Working With Tree Hierarchies Examining a User Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Examining a user allows you to view and update the login status and to change a user s password To examine a user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the Administrator main page 2 Select a user and right click on the highlighted user 3 Click Examine User The Examine User screen appears 4 Click Done when you are finished to return to the Roles amp Users screen Disabling a User Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To disable a user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC Administrator main page 2 Highlight the user you want to disable and right click on the user Click Examine The user s Examine User screen appears 3 Click the check box next to Login Allowed to deselect it Server Level Configuration and Management 15 23 Roles amp Users Search 4 Click Update User 5 Click Done The user remains in the tree but is not able to log in Moving a User to a New Role Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To move a user to a new role you must cut the user and paste the user under the new role Note that a user cannot move herself or another user at her own level to a new role Changing a User Password
578. trading partner list This allows you to configure collaborations between your locations and products and between those of your trading partners See Managing Company Trading Partners Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin Each of the Master Data hierarchies Products Locations Partners and Periods includes a Recycle Bin category Although nodes cannot be directly deleted from hierarchies items placed Cut Paste in the Recycle Bin for Products Locations Partners or Periods can no longer be seen in any End User hierarchy view though associated data remains in the database In addition items placed in the Products Locations or Partners Recycle Bins are defined for removal upon the next corresponding Master Data Purge After purge these items are removed from the database Note The Period Hierarchy Recycle Bin is not affected by Master Data purge Items placed there will remain 17 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Master Data Hierarchies Managing Master Data Folders Administrator use folders to manage four different hierarchies Products m Partners a Locations a Periods These hierarchies can be accessed in the Company Master Data screen under their respective tabs Administrator options accessed through the hierarchy tree s right click menu include a New Category create new folder Cut temporarily places the selected folder or item on the clipboard for past
579. ucts or for special events that do not reflect historical behavior More frequently however you want to utilize automated factors based upon historical analysis of forecast behavior Historical analysis takes the historical values for any data stream type you choose by context or period sums the data for each item and derives the percentage of each item relative to the category that contains it Oracle Retail VCC allows you to generate disaggregation profiles based on a data stream s history For details on creating disaggregation profiles see Configuring Disaggregation Factors Configuring Disaggregation Factors Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu The disaggregation screen appears 2 Select the Create tab This screen will show the Context Based subtab as selected 3 The Manual Entry radio button will also be selected by default When you enter disaggregation profiles manually you must enter a numeric value or a percent value for each leaf in the hierarchy context location partner product you select Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 21 5 Configuring Disaggregation Factors For example if your context resembled the one below you might have up to twenty four Collaboration Items Figure 21 5 Manual Disaggregation Factors Location Partner Product Q 4 VAO 6G B 1 XB 2 XB 3 XB 4 X B 1 YB 2 YB 3 YB 4 Y A 1 XA 2 XA 3 XA 4 X A 1 YA 2 YA
580. ue Chain Collaboration User Guide 17 Master Data This chapter contains the following topics a About Master Data a About Entering Master Data Managing Company Locations Managing Company Products a Managing Product Hierarchies a Guidelines for Creating Product Folders Managing Time Period Hierarchies Managing Company Trading Partners Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin Managing Master Data Folders a About Master Data Hierarchies a Working With Tree Hierarchies About Master Data A company s master data includes its product hierarchies and leaf nodes partner hierarchies and leaf nodes location hierarchies and leaf nodes and period hierarchies and leaf nodes It does not include the time series data associated with leaf nodes only the hierarchy folder names and leaf names and other leaf level data such as UOM conversion factors A superuser can create master data for any company a superadmin or an admin can create master data for their own company only For example a product hierarchy might contain the topmost folder called Shampoo Shampoo could have subfolders called Normal and Extra Body Each of those subfolders could contain leaf items called 16 ounce and 24 ounce All hierarchies are built in this manner a topmost folder multiple subfolders and finally leaf item nodes Master Data 17 1 About Entering Master Data About Entering Master Data In most instances
581. uested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts screen Click the link and save the data file on your computer About Repeat Frequency Each extraction type contains a Repeat Frequency option Setting up a Repeat Frequency involves specifying Dates dates during which the extract will be performed Start Date defaults to the current date and End Date is optional A specific time of day can be set or the extract can be run at Any Time 4 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction a Recurrence determines the frequency at which the report is generated The recurrence drop down includes Once Always Daily Weekly and Monthly If you opt to Always extract you will not be able to specify a Start At time since the extract will run every time the corresponding scheduler job is run A perpetually running report can be stopped by supplying an End Date at which it will expire or by deleting the report from the List Time the time of day that you wish to extract data This option does not appear when recurrence is set to Always The default setting Start Any Time allows the extraction to occur as soon as the scheduler is run that day Selecting the Start At radio button allows you to specify an exact time of day to run the extract Note that reports will only be processed when the Scheduler runs Figure 4 1 Repeat Frequency Repeat frequency
582. uick Stop Seller Company Speedy Rx Stratforth Shovel Co Wall Drugs Available Streams Accessible Streams Price POS Prelim Units Actual Sales Store On hand Store DC On hand Store Receipts Store Shipments Store Returns Store Waste Shrink Units POS Retail Sales KI P POS Retail Sales POS Retail Sales POS Retail Sales Lost Sales Open to Buy Store Open Orders Sales Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast xl Em 1R R RR 0 0 J 9 0I NE O 0 J 0 0I2 0 NR O 3 Highlight a company or multiple companies by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking the companies in the Company box and click View Selected Note that View Selected only displays after you have selected a company Server Level Configuration and Management 15 11 Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign Figure 15 7 Stream Types Tab Stream Types Modules Links Selected Company Name Buyer Company Available Streams 1 POS Prelim Units 3 Store On hand 10 POS Retail Sales 11 POS Retail Sales 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales 15 Open to Buy 16 Store Open Orders 18 POS Forecast 19 POS Forecast 20 POS Forecast 21 POS Forecast 22 Store Receipt Fest 23 Store Rainchecks Eza Zman Kio B Language General Periods Accessible Streams Pric
583. uired for a specific collaboration If you want collaboration items created by your partner to appear in your collaboration hierarchy see Company General Config General Preferences Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To create a collaboration manually using the VCC administrator tasks 1 Click the Company Collaborations from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The Company Collaboration screen appears 2 Select your company from the Company Chooser Managing Company Collaborations 22 1 Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen Figure 22 1 Company Collaboration Screen Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product Product List Start Editing Apply Changes Revert EN SY All Products n Pet Foods n Snacks Click AllPartners and select the leaf level partner or partner category location for the collaboration At the All Partners level all company products are highlighted no matter what the collaborations are So when creating or removing collaborations you must select a lower context If you add a new partner to a partner category that was previously a collaboration partner category you must create the collaboration item for the new partner Click AllProducts and select the leaf level product or product category If you add ane
584. ulation rule and the output stream will also have this same accumulation rule Available only at leaf base periods Table 8 17 Sum Metric Item Details Formula Sum of 1 10 streams at base periods Input All streams should have the same accumulation rule Output Same accumulation rule as the input streams Leaf Yes Sum No Overlay No Null Zero Handling Nulls will be treated as zeros The Time Average metric is the value of a single data stream averaged over a rolling horizon with optional data filtering The filters remove the H highest and L lowest values in the specified horizon before calculating the average of the remaining values Table 8 18 Time Average Metric Item Details Formula 1 2 R lt lt m 4 x y where Rx result at period x Ax y data stream at period x y n number of period to average Formula N A Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any stream N of periods to average relative to period x Could be either leading or trailing 8 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Variability Table 8 18 Cont Time Average Metric Item Details High Filter H H is an integer such that H L lt n Low Filter L L is an integer such that H L lt n Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay Yes n is automatically set to the number of base periods in each overlay ite
585. ule Each Stream Type is governed by one of three accumulation rules Movement Balance or Measure This rule indicates how data in the Data Stream behaves if and when its context and or time series is aggregated and how that affects the types of exception criteria you can create for it For details see About Accumulation Rules 15 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Accumulation Rules Number of Subtypes Each Stream Type has a fixed number of subtype substreams either one two or three If there are two or three subtypes there will be a Total substream included as well Modifiable attributes include a Revision History Defines whether or not the stream type will maintain a revision history when data is changed in any of the subtypes in the Data View a Edit When Defines whether or when substreams can be edited in the Data View Choose among the options Never Past Future or Always a Edit By Indicates which trading partner Status Buyer or Seller will be able to create and edit in the Data Stream a Name Name of the stream a Description Description of the stream There is a third designation called Year ago that becomes accessible for each substream when the Edit By attribute has been defined to be either Buyer or Seller Under that condition a check box for Year Ago will appear next to each substream If you select the option then a data stream containing year ago data for t
586. ult Filter None Hide Columns Visible Hidden Offset Show Collapsed Count Shared With View Exception a Period NICS Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Figure 8 25 Preferences Layout Lists screen with the Period Configuration drop down This feature is only accessible to users who have daily time buckets rather than weekly 9 24 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Changing Your Password Changing Your Password The Password feature allows you to change your password for Oracle Retail VCC To change your password 1 Select Preferences Password The Change Password screen appears Figure 9 26 Change Password Screen Change Password Password i New Password Confirm Password 2 Enter your current password in the Password text box 40 alphanumeric character limit Note Quotation marks and apostrophes are valid alphanumeric characters for all password fields 3 Enter your new password in the New Password text box 4 Reenter your new password in the Confirm Password text box 5 Click Save Preferences 9 25 Changing Your Password 9 26 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Partil Value Chain Collaboration Modules The following modules are separately priced options and access to them as menu items will only appear if you have obtained a license for each Part II contains the following chapters a Eve
587. umber Of Items Documents 0 The Events Promotions screen displays the list of attributes and tactics that define each Promotion In addition to displaying read only information this screen also allows you to Events 10 11 Promotions view a Promotions s history a delete Promotions u change the status of a Promotion a view and add edit comments for each Promotion view edit the number of Items in each Promotion a visit a link for each Promotion process totals The initial list view will show the default column option selections and order You can change the columns that display in the Events Promotions List screen by revising selection options in the Preferences Layout Lists Promotions screen by selecting the Configure List icon or by going to the Preferences General Layout screen directly For more information on configuring Lists see Setting List Screen Preferences Promotions List The Event Promotions list screen contains many of the same columns that the Event List contains which can also be applied to the Promotion level For more details on columns not included in the list below see column descriptions in the Events List Tab The following column options and actions are unique to the Promotion List Figure 10 10 Columns in the Events Promotions Tab os Sales Eve Begin Total Promotion Event Proce XxX act ID Date SD ss Even otal Tots Number Created ID Name Totals Ca
588. un at the frequency you choose until the report is deleted or the Scheduler job is deleted The time frame for reports rolls forward in time Sample report screens formats are shown in Appendix F Sample PDF Report Screens There are 10 report types See Comment displays all data stream comments See Data Change reports Data Stream values for the period selected and compares them to last period last week and the same period last year The report also includes data stream local location partner location and product See Data Stream report contains no calculations other than summation it extracts and formats multiple data streams for multiple contexts and multiple periods See Distributed Exception report shows some or all existing exceptions depending on the context You can choose to see all exceptions or only exceptions with a certain status You may choose to view exceptions of all severities or only exceptions of a particular severity See Exception Log counts the exceptions under a given context See Extract creates CSV and pipe delimited reports for data streams This report can be used to load data back into the Oracle Retail VCC system Reports 7 1 About Reports u See Last Transaction report is used to identify those products that might be purged based on lack of activity It shows when the last transaction occurred for any given products a See No Transaction report identifies products with no transactions for
589. up List Screen Uom Base Units Base Units Base Show In Inbox Status Severity Valid Valid Valid Medium High Trige Severity Severity Even Part Grou List Create Displaying 1 1 of I Name Comparison WS Active Exceptions r Groupi Context and Period 137 To examine Group Exception Criteria click on the colored dot next to each name The following screen appears showing a detailed list of all the exception criteria that comprise the group exception criteria Figure 6 10 Examine Group Exception Criteria Individual Criteria Of Group Displaying 1 3 of 3 Name Copy Typei Type2 Period Absolute Percent Sum Comparison Offset Local Partner Product Criterion Threshold Threshold Dave Dave 12 00 Parti D A a Crit g fetal Sales 1 4 Above Current To Wilson All Wilsen Wilson PASS ERRAR Threshold Threshold Locations p artners Products 12 00 Part D Dava Dave crit2 ies en Ren ac All ode Above Current To Wilson All Milsons a Ween iiaa erlods Threshold Threshold Locations P artners Products Finished Goods 12 00 Partner Dave WI WE Crit3 g Inv Finished 1 4 Above Current To wilson All a On All zon Goods Inv Threshold Threshold Locations partners Products Units Active Exceptions can be viewed by clicking on the number link that appears in Active Exceptions column of the Group List screen This will display Active Group Exception Criteria as seen in the list below 6
590. us permission for each VCC user role Table C 1 Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Home NONE NONE Company Create NONE Master Data J ALL Aggregates Create List NONE Collaborations Price Profile ALL Roles amp NONE Users Se E List Create Context Based Time Only Create Daily INew Edit Save Allocation Module Config Events Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration General User and Role Permissions C 1 Table C 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Demand Add Edit Delete Supply Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration IDAILY Db Shipping Calendar IDAILY Db Receiving Calendar Exceptions General Config 2 Preferences Save Groups IEdit Add Delete Links Add Edit Delete Period Create View Delete Overlays Purge Add Delete Requests Requests UOM List Bet Create Bet Scheduler NONE ALL Monitor NONE Jobs Delete Usage Current Connections Server Locks Purge Data NONE NONE Roles amp Users NONE NONE Configuration NONE Stream Types 4 List Assign Save Modules Save C 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table C 1 Cont Permissions for
591. usly and displays the HTML through the UI 5 Enter the date and time for the task to begin running in the Execute Time text box Use the format mm dd yy hh mm ss 6 To repeat the report generation task check the Repeats check box Enter the frequency that the task is to be repeated in the Repeats Every text box and select a time period from the drop down list For example Repeats Every 2 Weeks 7 Click Create 8 The new event appears in the Scheduler Events screen Deleting a Report To delete a report from the List screen 1 Select the Delete check box next to the report to be deleted Note Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted 2 Click Apply Changes Deleting a Template To delete a template from the Template screen 1 Select a template from the drop down list 2 Click Delete 7 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 8 Metrics This chapter includes the following topics a Introduction Viewing and Editing Metrics Creating Metrics m Processing Metrics Metric Types a Access Control a Deleting Metrics Introduction The Metrics module provides a way to configure and calculate business metrics by performing mathematical operations on existing data streams The computed results are then stored as a separate data stream Viewing and Editing Metrics The Metrics module has three main screens List View Edit D
592. uto supplied by VCC Leaf Node Local Location The Leaf node displays the current attributes of the item which are different for Location Partners and Products There is no Examine at Leaf node in the Periods hierarchy Figure 17 5 Examine Product Screen Examine Product Name Doggy Bag Treats Global Item Number 0168132113 GIN Type UPC x Local Item Number nabo168132113 LIN Type SELLER_ASSIGNED zj Unit of Measure EA Stat Factor o 50 Units per Load o 00 Weight Volume URL GIN Status foo foo Update Complete Leaf Node Partner Location The Partner leaf attributes are not editable for a Local Partner but these can be changed for a Non Local Partner Leaf Node Product The Product leaf node has special features that if revised place an additional listing in the Jobs Monitor 17 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies If the Global Item Number is revised then see the GIN Status field in this Examine screen and a new job listing Replace Product GIN When the job has completed the GIN Status field will be updated If the Stat Factor is updated then see new job listing Tag Aggregates Stat Factor Change If the Units Per Load is updated then see new job listing Tag Aggregates Units Per Load Change Adding a Leaf Node From the right click pop up menu select Add Product Add Partner or Add Location to a
593. vement DC Receipts z Local Save Cancel 4 After you have made your changes click Save to save and return to the Metric List screen or Cancel to return to the list without saving Note Data derived from Metrics calculations can be displayed in Data View Edit with a highlight color To select for this option see the Preferences Layout Table Graph Highlight Source screen 8 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Metrics Creating Metrics To create new metrics 1 2 Select a context Select Metrics Create The Create screen appears Figure 8 3 Create Screen List f Create Metric Name Metric Type Aggregate On Treat Null Value as Zero Processing Order Period Overlay Periods Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Output Stream Exception Status Exception Count X T Product i 3 jg lone Fixed e Rolling Start 0 End 1 Start Date 09 29703 Ga Time Any Time 7 End Date E mm dd yy HH mm mm dd yy Once Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator DC Receipts Movement DC Receipts Local Selected Active a In Process Auto In Process 4 D gt Superceding Escalated xl Enter the Metric Name This does not have to be a unique name Select the Metric Type you would like to use and if available whether you wish it to be a percentage or an absolute formula If you have selected a
594. viationof Calculated demand during a period Ca Standard deviation of Read from Supply lead time in terms of Policy periods u Mean of demand Calculated during a period calculated H 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Item Description Source u Mean lead time in Read from Supply i terms of periods Policy For a basis other than forecast error the actual standard deviation of the given data stream is used Figure H 6 Formula to Calculate Mean of Demand during a period nC 7 bJ D i Ma ii a ji d n 1 Item Description Source S4 Standard deviation per period Calculated 1 time period i Counter n number of time periods Calculated Demand at period i either actualor Read from current_stream D forecast TI Mean demand for a period Calculated If the forecast error is chosen as the basis then you are allowed to pick the estimator used either MAD or MSE For MAD Safety Stock Calculation H 5 Safety Stock Logic Figure H 8 Formula to Calculate MAD d n 1 a MAD gt F Dj i l Item Description Source MAD Mean square error per period Calculated i time period i Counter n number of time periods Calculated Forecast at period i Read from current_ a stream Demand actual or forecast at period Read from current_ D i i stream For MSE Figure H 9 Formula to Calculate MSE MSE Dy z Dy Ww daa i 1 Item Descripti
595. view a group exception and the individual exceptions that triggered the group exception 5 18 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded for details see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Group The Context Only subtab will be selected by default The group exceptions for the context you selected appear Figure 5 19 Group Exceptions for the Context ECE sour e ee Context Only Period Only Displaying 1 5 of 5 aoe Criteria Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status Name Criteria History Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active 8 Groups 04 12 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active 9 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active E J Gana EONAR lin Pisquatuck Boston 43 00 31 Actus e 9 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 awe Groapa 04 14 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 Active Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Ative E Groupi 04 10 02 huts Pisquatuck Boston 49 00 31 Active 9 9 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active el Groups 04 13 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 8 19 00 31 Active 9 Q 4 To view the individual exceptions that caused the group exception to be triggered click the colored dot under the View this exception icon Figur
596. view the individual exception in either table mode or graph mode Exception statuses can also be changed in the Exception Data Stream View The new status will be applied to all the exceptions collapsed into the edited row In Graph mode the value that triggered the exception is highlighted by a vertical blue line in graph mode as shown below 5 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 13 Exception Highlighted by a Vertical Blue Line in Graph Mode Context Display Mode Local Meena xeran Partner Predict Hu east Produce Chama Can CaN rR R L A ORR Mode None Eg Do Comment Status N A zj Resolution Code None zj UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr JHB Local Current Sales Forecast SalesFostBase To HI Partner Current Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base JH Loc SalesBase ld Loc SalesProm Loo SalesSeas IHI Loc Sales Tot HI Patt ship Fest B FF Part Ship Fest P d Part Ship Adjstmt gt Part Ship Fost T e o 0 6 0 0 2003 Rescale Rescale Visible Zoom In bek All Enable All Configure a 5 Click Back and the viewed exception is highlighted in yellow as shown below Figure 5 14 Exception Highlighted in Yellow Individual Group External Partner Apply Changes View Exceptions View Expanded Displaying 1 3 of 3 Pay Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared Vie
597. w The data stream View Edit screen appears that allows you to change the characteristics of any stream type Figure 15 5 Data Stream View Edit Screen Examine Stream Type Type Actual Sales zj Name Jactual Sales Stream Type 2 Description factual point of sale item movement Long Name Short Name Show Year Ago Real Time Export Sub Types JactualSales Base JactSales Bas Vv E Base point of sale item movement TT TT T TT TT Promotional point of sale item movement TT 77 Total JActualSales Total JactSales Tot Vv E Total point of sale item movement Accumulation Rule Movement r Maintain Revision History Create Edit By c Buyer amp Seller e Buyer seller Streams View Edit When Assigned To Never editable Editable in the future Editable in the past Always editable Buyer Company Buyer Local Company Nabisco Quick Stop v Seller Company BrE Server Level Configuration and Management 15 9 Configuration Stream Types Tab 10 11 12 13 Select a stream Type from the pulldown In the Name field enter a name for the data stream or change the data stream name if required The name change is reflected in the Stream Type drop box and anywhere the Stream Type is listed throughout Oracle Retail VCC DO NOT CHANGE THE MEANING of the stream when changing a stream name Use the existing subtype descriptions and review the other attributes to discover the purpose
598. w Percent Created Status Criteria History Planters Nabisco at Speedy multiple z Mixed pisadatice RX at multiple multiple multiple r multiple multiple z e Boston Planters a Speedy Jrmuttiple Holiday Nabisco at Rx at multiple multiple multiple z multiple multiple Bi o E Boston Planters Nabisco at Speedy 11 01 03 Cashews Pisquatuck Rx at 6 510 00 41 00 6 551 00 99 37 10 27 03 17 21 46 Boston Note Viewing an exception from the Exception Inbox changes the context to that of the selected exception Clicking the Back button returns you to the Exception Inbox and automatically restores your context Exceptions 5 15 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view an exception s criteria 1 Select your context 2 Select the Exceptions Inbox Individual subtab 3 For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the criteria that triggered the selected exception The Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen appears as a read only display Figure 5 15 Exceptions Criteria Individual Create Screen Status Valid Name groupall Group To Display All gt Effectivity Dates Start End Aggregate On UOM Base Units Jz Share with None I Period Base Peri
599. w product to a product category that was previously a collaboration product category you must create the collaboration item for the new product Click the Start Editing button The Stop Editing button appears Highlight the items on which you want to collaborate Click Apply Changes to create the collaboration or Revert to return to the last state at which Apply Changes was selected Click Stop Editing Note Any collaborations created when both root nodes All Partners All Locations are selected will be ignored The changes will appear to be applied when you click Apply Changes but when you click Stop Editing the tree will revert to its previous state You must have one non root node selected in order to add collaborations Also see Company General Config General Preferences for information on the Auto Create Collaborations feature Selecting this option gives your trading partners permission to create collaborations that will appear in your hierarchy 22 2 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 23 Managing Roles and Users This chapter includes the following topics About Roles and Users An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Roles amp Users Search Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Copying a User Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access Control Assign
600. ward Buy Fcst 111 Inventory Target 112 Inventory Target Max 113 Upside Percentage 114 Downside Percentage 115 Past Due Demand 116 Cumulative Quantity Received 117 Cumulative Quantity Consumed 118 Cumulative Demand 119 Upside Demand 120 Downside Demand 121 Channel Demand 122 Seasonal Demand 123 Committed Quantity 124 Base Unit Factor 125 Promo Unit Factor 126 Calculated Stream 1 127 Calculated Stream 2 128 Calculated Stream 3 129 Calculated Stream 4 130 Calculated Stream 5 131 Calculated Stream 6 132 Calculated Stream 7 133 Calculated Stream 8 134 Calculated Stream 9 135 Calculated Stream 10 136 DSD Receipt Fest 137 Lost Sales J 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table J 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 138 Locations Stocked 2 139 Average POS 2 140 Calculated Stream 11 141 Calculated Stream 12 142 Calculated Stream 13 143 Calculated Stream 14 144 Calculated Stream 15 145 Calculated Stream 16 146 Calculated Stream 17 147 Calculated Stream 18 148 Calculated Stream 19 149 Calculated Stream 20 150 POS Cost 151 Store Mrkdwn Units 152 Store Shpmnt Cost 153 Store Shpmnt Ret Data Stream Type Codes J 5 J 6 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide A about repeat frequency 4 2 scheduler 25 1 UOM factors 27 1 VCC monitor 24 1 about aggregates 20 1 about collaborations 22 1 about roles and u
601. when the same month and different years are selected anytime you use periods for example when you create exception criteria or trading partner metrics To create a period category 1 2 Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Click the Periods tab and highlight any period category where you want to insert a category Click Start Editing The Stop Editing button appears Right click the period category and select New Category from the pop up menu Note that leaf level periods only display the options Create Link and Cut New Category screen appears Figure 15 31 New Category Screen e Cornpany Master Datae Buyer Company be t23 New Category Name Local ID ETI m In the Name field enter the new category name in the Local ID field enter the company local ID if applicable Click Create Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Once the message bundles have been translated in bundleproperties jar and reinstalled you can add the language by selecting Configuration from the VCC menu and clicking the Language tab In most instances to change languages you should use a language already available If you do need to add a language manually contact Oracle for more information To add the language 1 2 Log in as superuser or serveradmin Only superuser or serveradmin can add a
602. will remain in the Events screen until you delete it Once you select an interval type enter the name for your Event from the Task menu and define how often to run it Points to remember Allow enough time for each event to process before the next event begins Schedule at times when processing loads are light Click the Create button to save the Event The Events screen opens displaying the new Event The Event created can be edited and deleted Click the Cancel button to exit the Add Event screen without saving When scheduling events be aware of the Repeat Frequency configured for processing times in Reports Extracts Disagg Setup Supply Batch Demand Batch and Safety Stock screens 25 4 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working with Tasks Processing on a particular feature may or may not occur when a Scheduler Event is executed Those configuring Repeat Frequency for a feature shoudl be aware of scheduled repeating Events affecting the feature Deleting events Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Superadmin To delete an Event 1 Click Scheduler from the VCC menu 2 Click the Events tab to display all scheduled events 3 Click the Delete check box next to an Event 4 Click the Delete Selected button to delete the checked Event Working with Tasks The VCC Scheduler is preloaded with the tasks commands required to facilitate basic VCC processing needs Ordinarily you do not have to add n
603. wo data streams or substreams using the current to current current to previous or current to threshold comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on percentage value Exception Criteria 6 27 Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Figure 6 19 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on Percentage Value type 1 type 2 Deviation type 2 100 When you create a seller to buyer data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation seller buyer When you create a seller to buyer data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on a percentage value Figure 6 20 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value seller buyer Deviation 100 buyer When you create a buyer to seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation buyer seller When you create a buyer to seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on a percenta
604. x 1 z1 where Formula Input Streams Output Stream Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Report in Overlay C Consumption at period x I current inventory R Result n a Inventory any balance stream Consumption any movement stream Any measure stream Yes Yes The input values are the aggregates Yes The inventory input is the average of each overlay period Nulls should be ignored in the average i e if inventory is only reported for one period in the overlay Xt will use that value and will not divide by the number of base periods in the overlay period 8 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 11 Cont Periods of Supply Item Details Null Zero Handling If Inventory null result zero If Cx null treat Cx as a zero Perpetual Inventory The current balance of inventory is maintained daily by adding to the inventory account when goods are received and deducting when they are used The Perpetual Inventory metric allows for a company to have more timely and accurate data on inventories as opposed to only reporting inventory when it is actually counted Table 8 12 Perpetual Inventory Metric Item Formula Formula Input Streams Output Stream Available at leaf Available at Overlay Available at sum Null Zero handling Details If the prior period has a value in actual inventory then calculated inventory this pe
605. xt Chooser is divided into tabs that allow you to view search and select your context in different ways The tabs are a See Context a See Display Mode Two other tabs Parameters and Trial Data appear only in VCC Demand see lt CROSS REF gt for details and VCC Supply see Using Interactive Supply for details modules The Context Chooser allows you to navigate through this data by selecting a Your company location or location folder category and your trading partner location or location folder category a A product or product folder category A bookmarked context that you had saved previously The search option which will look for specific Local Partner or Product identifiers and return search results in a list format Context Context Chooser Context tab displays the current context components local partner and product you have selected and also allows you to select a different context When applicable you will be able to see the 3 nearest hierarchy items for each dimension Figure 2 11 Context Chooser Context Tab Context Local buyer _admin All Locations gt Buyer DCs gt Manchester DC 3 Partner buyer admin All Partners gt Seller Plant 1 Product buyer admin All Products gt E collaboration Products Ws tA Product z C Name GIN LIN Folder a ay NG G Select Event Manchester DC 3 Seller Plant 1 Collaboration Products T Viewing Local Partner and Product Details
606. y Display data streams in table or graph mode VCC Platform Create values for a data stream VCC Platform Display a data stream revision history VCC Platform Display exceptions in the Exceptions Inbox VCC Platform Display exception criteria VCC Platform Create exception criteria VCC Platform Create and display metrics VCC Platform Make extract requests VCC Platform Generate reports VCC Platform Create and edit display preferences VCC Platform Change Password VCC Platform Open custom links VCC Platform Display Help options which consist of an online user manual access to the Support web site and the software s About screen information Xt Platform Log out of Oracle Retail VCC Platform Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 9 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface You can hide show the Menu by clicking the left arrow image above the Context Chooser To show the menu again click the right arrow in the upper left corner of the screen Note The Menu items available to you depend on the role and modules you are assigned For details see User and Role Permissions Context Chooser The inter enterprise supply chain data stored in Oracle Retail VCC is associated with products or product categories moving between seller locations or regions and buyer locations or regions The combination of seller locations buyer locations and products specifies the Context The Conte
607. y View view data in format that is suitable for printing Created By name of user who created the Event Created Date date the Event was created Last Changed Date date the Event was last modified Last Changed By name of user who last updated this Event Number Of Locations number of locations included in the Event Number Of Partners number of partners involved in the Event Number Of Products number of products affected by the Event URL website where Event details can be viewed Set Sales Impacts Yes or No will be displayed depending on whether or not sales impacts have been set for this Event Set Order Impacts Yes or No will display depending on whether or not order impacts have been set for this Event Stream Set stream set used by the Event Last Totaled Date date data was last totaled Event Theme Additional descriptive field Target Audience Event s target audience Event User Defined One to three custom fields that are company specific Partner Exclusivity Indicates whether promotion is shared exclusively with one partner company If selected the partner added in the first promotion is the only partner allowed for the event Total Crossdock Order Forecast Allows for total order computation Computed results display in the Promotion Item Examine screen Totals all four order values DC orders DSD orders Crossdock orders and Forward Buy minus the pr
608. y and the factor you determine to be appropriate for your requirements Creating a stat factor is particularly useful when aggregating across product lines Simply aggregating units of measure that are different for several products would produce a meaningless aggregate amount If you determine an appropriate stat factor for each product and aggregate using the stat factor the aggregate has meaning for your context Do not confuse the stat factor with unit of measure conversion which you can specify when loading product information Unit of measure conversion allows you to convert units of measure from one unit of measure to another usually a large number to a smaller number For example if you want to create cases to individual units each and there are 12 units in a case the unit of measure conversion factor would be 12 Enter the product s maximum Load capacity optional The Units per Loads field allows you to enter a rough cut transportation capacity estimate for this product This is the number of units expected to be shipped per load for this product Enter the product s load Weight optional Enter the product s load Volume optional Enter a URL to associate with this product optional 17 14 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Note The URL should appear in the format http www Oracle com and not www oracle com Make sure to begin your links with http and t
609. y pane 3 10 Oracle Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments Figure 3 8 Comment Input Area on the Display Pane Value Date 10 28 07 Comment Reason None Revision Status None z OK Cancel The comment screen displays a Value contained in the cell a Current Date a Comment text box a Reason drop down list a drop down list of adjustment reasons a Revision Status drop down a drop down status list Note The Revision Status drop down is only available at a leaf level context 4 Enter a comment and select an adjustment reason from the drop down list Comments are limited to 100 characters 5 Select a Revision Status if applicable 6 Click OK to save changes and return to the Table view Click Cancel to cancel changes and return to the Table view After a comment is added the gray box turns blue 7 Once back in Table view click Save at the top of the Display pane to save the comment Note You can only delete a comment while in the Base Units UOM The other UOMs are read only To read a comment rest the cursor on the blue box in the upper right corner of the cell The comment text appears within a yellow tooltip To delete a comment 1 Access the comment by clicking the blue square 2 Delete all text and spaces associated with the comment 3 Set the Reason to lt none specified gt 4 Click Save Data 3 1
610. y to highlight items on the Interactive screen Enter the minimum inventory override value in the Min Inventory Override text box This is a percent value of safety stock to use as the minimum allowable inventory Resupply plans will be calculated to keep inventory above this value Select the inventory period from the Inventory Period drop down list either Current or Previous Enter the Unavailable Stock number This is the number of inventory items that cannot be used but must be counted as part of the total Enter the Order Processing Time in base periods This value is the Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Enter the theoretical Transit Lead Time integer in number of base periods This value is the travel time between the seller location and buyer location This is the value used in the resupply calculation Enter the Lead Time Average in base periods This value is the average lead time time between when you ship it and when it arrives over a period range This is the value used in the safety stock calculation Enter the Lead Time Variability in base periods This value is the standard deviation of the lead time over a period range This is used in the safety stock calculation Enter the Min Order Quantity This value is the minimum quantity that may be ordered Enter the Order Increment Qty After the minimum quantity this value is the increment by which an order quant
611. ys with Rolling Dates Processes flagged reports in each format type defined as created in the Reports UI See Run Reports description on this page For each report where Destination Email Sends report in defined formats to respective email address supplied For each report where Destination FTP Sends report to the IPAddress name with Username Password While processing reports if java lang OutOfMemoryError occurs the java runtime params parameter in the ServerCommon properties file should be modified to increase the JVM size This file is found in Syncra_Home lib directory on the server machine Creates a Demand forecast for each Demand Request created since last time this task event was executed Calculates Lift Factors for each Lift Factor request created since last time this task event was executed Managing the Scheduler 25 7 Working with Tasks Table 25 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Run Demand Batch Requests Run Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Reports Run Safety Stock Batch Requests Run Supply amp Safety Stock Batch Requests Run Supply Batch Requests Send Promotion Alerts Send Reports Update Promotions Process Events Totals Creates a Demand forecast for each Demand Request created since last time this task event was executed Calculates Lif
612. yzer Vv Exceptions M Data M Metrics Iv Reports M extracts 6 Click Save About Data Stream Types and Data Streams A Data Stream Type is a configured group of fixed and modifiable attributes that define the way you can view and manipulate data in Oracle Retail VCC When a Data Stream Type is combined with a set of time series data it is called a Data Stream You can create view or edit a Data Stream depending on your role when The agreed upon time series Period hierarchy is established and available to the trading partner companies u The Data Stream module is licensed to the user s company The Stream Type is assigned to the user s company a Hierarchies for the context items Product Partner and Local are established and available to the administrators in the Master Data screens for each trading partner company a Collaborations are established between the user s company s contexts and its trading partners contexts a Access rights to the contexts are assigned to the user Oracle Retail VCC provides over 100 data stream types Each Data Stream Type contains fixed attributes and modifiable attributes If none of the existing stream types can be modified to meet your requirements additional stream types can be created Fixed attributes include Stream Type Code An ID that allows sorting and helps to identify the stream type data stream in the database and elsewhere in Oracle Retail VCC a Accumulation R

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Anleitung - Tramsoft  TSU9600 Service Manual  3 - La Nordica  お誕生日の贈り物に最適です - ハーモネートショッピングクラブ  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file